    [Congressional Bills 116th Congress]
    [From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]
    [H.R. 4674 Introduced in House (IH)]

    <DOC>

    116th CONGRESS
      1st Session
                                    H. R. 4674

     To amend and strengthen the Higher Education Act of 1965 to lower the
    cost of college for students and families, to hold colleges accountable
      for students' success, and to give a new generation of students the
     opportunity to graduate on-time and transition to a successful career.

    _______________________________________________________________________

                        IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

                                October 15, 2019

       Mr. Scott of Virginia (for himself, Mrs. Davis of California, Mr.
     Grijalva, Mr. Courtney, Ms. Fudge, Mr. Sablan, Ms. Wilson of Florida,
    Ms. Bonamici, Mr. Takano, Ms. Adams, Mr. DeSaulnier, Mr. Norcross, Ms.
    Jayapal, Mr. Morelle, Ms. Wild, Mr. Harder of California, Ms. Schrier,
     Mrs. Hayes, Ms. Shalala, Mr. Levin of Michigan, Ms. Omar, Mr. Trone,
     Mrs. Lee of Nevada, Mrs. Trahan, and Mr. Castro of Texas) introduced
     the following bill; which was referred to the Committee on Education
                                   and Labor

    _______________________________________________________________________

                                     A BILL

     To amend and strengthen the Higher Education Act of 1965 to lower the
    cost of college for students and families, to hold colleges accountable
      for students' success, and to give a new generation of students the
     opportunity to graduate on-time and transition to a successful career.

        Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the
    United States of America in Congress assembled,

    SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; TABLE OF CONTENTS.

        (a) Short Title.--This Act may be cited as the ``College
    Affordability Act''.
        (b) Table of Contents.--The table of contents for this Act is as
    follows:

    Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents.
    Sec. 2. References.
    Sec. 3. General effective date.
                          TITLE I--GENERAL PROVISIONS

                              Part A--Definitions

    Sec. 1001. Definition of institution of higher education for purposes
                                of title IV programs.
    Sec. 1002. Additional definitions.
    Sec. 1003. Gainful employment programs.
                     Part B--Additional General Provisions

    Sec. 1011. National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and
                                Integrity.
    Sec. 1012. Disclosures of foreign gifts.
    Sec. 1013. Alcohol and substance misuse prevention.
    Sec. 1014. Exception to required registration with selective service
                                system.
    Sec. 1015. Integrity of nonprofit institutions of higher education.
    Sec. 1016. Support and guidance for homeless individuals and foster
                                care youth.
    Sec. 1017. Calculation of percentage of enrolled students receiving or
                                eligible for Federal Pell Grants.
    Sec. 1018. Certification regarding the use of certain Federal funds.
                        Part C--Cost of Higher Education

    Sec. 1021. Consumer information.
    Sec. 1022. Postsecondary student data system.
    Sec. 1023. Avoiding duplicative reporting.
    Sec. 1024. Textbook information.
    Sec. 1025. Repeals.
    Sec. 1026. In-State tuition rates for homeless youth and foster care
                                youth.
      Part D--Administrative Provisions for Delivery of Student Financial
                                   Assistance

    Sec. 1031. Improvements to the Federal student aid office.
                     TITLE II--TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

          Part A--Teacher and School Leader Quality Partnership Grants

    Sec. 2001. Definitions.
    Sec. 2002. Purposes.
    Sec. 2003. Partnership grants.
    Sec. 2004. Administrative provisions.
    Sec. 2005. Accountability and evaluation.
    Sec. 2006. Accountability for programs that prepare teachers,
                                principals, or other school leaders.
    Sec. 2007. Teacher development.
    Sec. 2008. State functions.
    Sec. 2009. General provisions.
    Sec. 2010. Elevation of the education profession study.
    Sec. 2011. Authorization of appropriations.
             Part B--Enhancing Teacher and School Leader Education

    Sec. 2101. Enhancing teacher and school leader education.
                          TITLE III--INSTITUTIONAL AID

    Sec. 3001. Strengthening institutions.
    Sec. 3002. Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities.
    Sec. 3003. Historically Black College and University Capital Financing.
    Sec. 3004. Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities
                                and other minority-serving institutions.
    Sec. 3005. General provisions.
                          TITLE IV--STUDENT ASSISTANCE

    Sec. 4001. Effective date.
      Part A--Grants to Students in Attendance at Institutions of Higher
                                   Education

                         subpart 1--federal pell grants

    Sec. 4011. Amount of grants.
    Sec. 4012. Grant eligibility.
    Sec. 4013. Extending Federal Pell Grant eligibility of certain short-
                                term programs.
    Sec. 4014. Providing Federal Pell Grants for Iraq and Afghanistan
                                veteran's dependents.
    Sec. 4015. Federal Pell Grant fraud prevention.
    Sec. 4016. Federal Pell Grants on behalf of incarcerated individuals.
        subpart 2--federal early outreach and student services programs

                        Chapter 1--Federal Trio Programs

    Sec. 4021. Program authority; authorization of appropriations.
    Sec. 4022. Talent search.
    Sec. 4023. Upward bound.
    Sec. 4024. Student support services.
    Sec. 4025. Postbaccalaureate achievement program authority.
    Sec. 4026. Educational opportunity centers.
    Sec. 4027. Staff developmental activities.
    Sec. 4028. Reports and evaluations.
      Chapter 2--Gaining Early Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate
                                    Programs

    Sec. 4031. Gaining early awareness and readiness for undergraduate
                                programs.
         subpart 3--federal supplemental educational opportunity grants

    Sec. 4041. Purpose; appropriations authorized.
    Sec. 4042. Institutional eligibility.
    Sec. 4043. Allocation of funds.
    Sec. 4044. Emergency financial aid grant program.
    subpart 4--special programs for students whose families are engaged in
                         migrant and seasonal farmwork

    Sec. 4051. Special programs for students whose families are engaged in
                                migrant and seasonal farmwork.
              subpart 5--child care access means parents in school

    Sec. 4061. CCAMPIS Reauthorization.
                 subpart 6--jumpstart to college grant programs

    Sec. 4071. Jumpstart to college grant programs.
                            subpart 7--teach grants

    Sec. 4081. Revised definitions of teach grants.
    Sec. 4082. Revisions to establishing teach grant program.
    Sec. 4083. Revisions to teach grant agreements to serve and
                                eligibility.
    Sec. 4084. Revisions to teach grant data collection and reporting.
     subpart 8--northern mariana islands and american samoa college access

    Sec. 4091. Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa College access.
                  subpart 9--community college student success

    Sec. 4092. Community College Student Success Grant program authorized.
    Sec. 4093. Federal Pell Bonus Program.
                 Part B--Federal Family Education Loan Program

    Sec. 4101. Termination of certain repayment plan options and
                                opportunity to change repayment plans.
    Sec. 4102. Termination of interest capitalization for subsidized loans
                                after certain periods.
    Sec. 4103. Termination of interest capitalization for PLUS loans after
                                certain periods.
    Sec. 4104. Subsequent consolidation loans.
    Sec. 4105. Default reduction program.
    Sec. 4106. Termination of interest capitalization for unsubsidized
                                loans after certain periods.
    Sec. 4107. Disbursement of student loans.
    Sec. 4108. Student loan contract and loan disclosures.
    Sec. 4109. Borrower advocate conforming amendments.
    Sec. 4110. Cohort default rates.
    Sec. 4111. Automatic income monitoring procedures after a total and
                                permanent disability discharge.
    Sec. 4112. Repayment of parent loans due to student disability.
                      Part C--Federal Work-Study Programs

    Sec. 4201. Purpose; authorization of appropriations.
    Sec. 4202. Allocation formula.
    Sec. 4203. Grants for Federal work-study programs.
    Sec. 4204. Flexible use of funds.
    Sec. 4205. Job location and development programs.
    Sec. 4206. Community service.
    Sec. 4207. Pilot grant program.
    Sec. 4208. Department activities.
    Sec. 4209. Study and report.
                      Part D--Federal Direct Loan Program

    Sec. 4301. Program authority.
    Sec. 4302. Amendments to terms and conditions of loans and repayment
                                plans.
    Sec. 4303. Amendments to terms and conditions of public service loan
                                forgiveness.
    Sec. 4304. Federal Direct Perkins Loans terms and conditions.
    Sec. 4305. Common manual for loan servicers.
    Sec. 4306. Refinancing FFEL and Federal Direct Loans.
    Sec. 4307. Refinancing private student loans.
                         Part E--Federal Perkins Loans

    Sec. 4401. Authorization of appropriations for Perkins loan.
    Sec. 4402. Allocation of funds for Perkins loan.
    Sec. 4403. Federal Direct Perkins loan allocation.
    Sec. 4404. Agreements with institutions of higher education for
                                purposes of the Perkins loan program.
    Sec. 4405. Student loan information by eligible institutions for
                                purposes of the Perkins loan program.
    Sec. 4406. Terms of loans for purposes of the Perkins loan program.
    Sec. 4407. Reimbursement for cancellation of Perkins loans for certain
                                public service.
    Sec. 4408. Distribution of assets from student loan funds for purposes
                                of the Perkins loan program.
                             Part F--Need Analysis

    Sec. 4501. Conforming amendment to family contribution.
    Sec. 4502. Amendments to data elements when determining the expected
                                family contribution.
    Sec. 4503. Amendments to family contribution for dependent students.
    Sec. 4504. Amendments to family contribution for independent students
                                without dependents other than a spouse.
    Sec. 4505. Amendments to family contribution for independent students
                                with dependents other than a spouse.
    Sec. 4506. Institutional calculations for off-campus room and board.
    Sec. 4507. Updated tables and amounts to need analysis.
    Sec. 4508. Zero expected family contribution.
    Sec. 4509. Amendments to definitions in need analysis.
       Part G--General Provisions Relating to Student Assistance Programs

    Sec. 4601. Definition of eligible program.
    Sec. 4602. Definition of third party servicer.
    Sec. 4603. FAFSA simplification.
    Sec. 4604. Student eligibility.
    Sec. 4606. Reinstatement of the 6-year statute of limitations for
                                student loans.
    Sec. 4607. Student eligibility information for nutrition assistance
                                programs.
    Sec. 4608. Exit counseling.
    Sec. 4609. Clery Act amendments.
    Sec. 4610. Online survey tool for campus safety.
    Sec. 4611. Transfer of credit policies.
    Sec. 4612. Amendments to institutional and financial assistance.
    Sec. 4613. Information with respect to crime statistics for programs of
                                study abroad.
    Sec. 4614. Remedial education grants.
    Sec. 4615. Competency-based education.
    Sec. 4616. Competency-based education council.
    Sec. 4617. Written arrangements to provide educational programs.
    Sec. 4618. Improvements to program participation agreements.
    Sec. 4619. Compliance with the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
    Sec. 4620. Submission of data with respect to students with
                                disabilities.
    Sec. 4621. Education program on hazing.
    Sec. 4622. Changes to program participation agreements to strengthen
                                consumer protections.
    Sec. 4623. Misrepresentation and substantial misrepresentation defined.
    Sec. 4624. Teach-out plans.
    Sec. 4625. Experimental programs.
    Sec. 4626. Administrative expenses.
    Sec. 4627. Regional meetings and negotiated rulemaking.
    Sec. 4628. Income-based repayment plan.
    Sec. 4629. Fixed repayment plan.
    Sec. 4630. Requiring a common manual for loan servicers.
    Sec. 4631. Removal of record of default.
    Sec. 4632. Amendments to terms and conditions of borrower defenses.
    Sec. 4633. On-time repayment rates.
                           Part H--Program Integrity

                             subpart 1--state role

    Sec. 4701. State responsibilities.
                   subpart a--accrediting agency recognition

    Sec. 4711. Accrediting agency recognition of eligible job training
                                programs.
    Sec. 4712. Accrediting agency recognition of institutions enrolling
                                incarcerated individuals.
    Sec. 4713. Requirements for accrediting agency recognition.
                       subpart b--program review and data

    Sec. 4721. Eligibility and certification procedures.
    Sec. 4722. Program review and data.
                 subpart c--strengthening institutional quality

    Sec. 4731. Strengthening institutional quality.
          Part I--America's College Promise Federal-State Partnership

    Sec. 4801. Program authorized.
    Sec. 4802. Student Success Fund.
    Sec. 4803. Pathways to student success for Historically Black Colleges
                                and Universities, Tribal Colleges and
                                Universities, and Minority-Serving
                                Institutions.
    Sec. 4804. Unmet need for Federal Pell Grant recipients.
    Sec. 4805. Unmet need for students.
    Sec. 4806. Tuition waivers.
    Sec. 4807. Expansion for private institutions.
                        TITLE V--DEVELOPING INSTITUTIONS

    Sec. 5001. Hispanic-serving institutions.
    Sec. 5002. Promoting postbaccalaureate opportunities for Hispanic
                                Americans.
    Sec. 5003. General provisions.
                   TITLE VI--INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

    Sec. 6001. International education.
    Sec. 6002. Global business and professional education programs.
    Sec. 6003. Repeal of assistance program for Institute for International
                                Public Policy.
    Sec. 6004. General provisions.
           TITLE VII--GRADUATE AND POSTSECONDARY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS

    Sec. 7001. Graduate education programs.
    Sec. 7002. Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education.
    Sec. 7003. Minority-serving institutions innovation fund.
    Sec. 7004. Definitions.
    Sec. 7005. Supporting postsecondary faculty, staff, and administrators
                                in providing accessible education.
    Sec. 7006. Office of Accessibility.
    Sec. 7007. Postsecondary programs for students with intellectual
                                disabilities.
    Sec. 7008. National Technical Assistance Center and National
                                Coordinating Center for Inclusion of
                                Students with Intellectual Disabilities.
    Sec. 7009. Formula grants to States to improve higher education
                                opportunities for foster youth and homeless
                                youth.
                        TITLE VIII--ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS

    Sec. 8001. Ronald V. Dellums memorial STEAM scholars program.
    Sec. 8002. Teach for America.
    Sec. 8003. Patsy T. Mink Fellowship Program.
    Sec. 8004. Improving science, technology, engineering, and mathematics
                                education with a focus on American Indian,
                                Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian
                                students.
    Sec. 8005. Grants for rural-serving institutions of higher education.
    Sec. 8006. Training for realtime writers to provide closed captioning
                                and court reporting services.
    Sec. 8007. Grant program to establish, maintain, and improve veteran
                                student centers.
    Sec. 8008. University Sustainability Program amendments.
    Sec. 8009. Modeling and simulation.
    Sec. 8010. Mandatory funding for masters and postbaccalaureate
                                programs.
    Sec. 8011. Funds for access to open educational resources.
    Sec. 8012. Repeals.
               TITLE IX--DIRECTIVES TO THE SECRETARY OF EDUCATION

    Sec. 9001. Providing that the Secretary of Education may not issue or
                                enforce certain rules that weaken the
                                enforcement of the prohibition of sex
                                discrimination applicable under title IX of
                                the Education Amendments of 1972.
    Sec. 9002. Study and report on single certification form.
    Sec. 9003. Longitudinal study on the effectiveness of student loan
                                counseling.
    Sec. 9004. Study and procedures on determining family size.
    Sec. 9005. Universal unique numeric data identifier.
    Sec. 9006. Questions on food and housing insecurity in national
                                postsecondary student aid study.
    Sec. 9007. Disaggregation of data using racial groups.
    Sec. 9008. Accessible instructional materials and technology.
                       TITLE X--AMENDMENTS TO OTHER LAWS

                   Part A--Education of the Deaf Act of 1986

    Sec. 10001. Composition of Board of Trustees.
    Sec. 10002. Administrative requirements of Laurent Clerc National Deaf
                                Education Center.
    Sec. 10003. Federal endowment programs for Gallaudet University and the
                                National Technical Institute for the Deaf.
    Part B--Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of
                                      1978

    Sec. 10101. Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance
                                Act of 1978.
       Part C--Strengthening Program Alignment for Postsecondary Perkins
                    Career and Technical Education Programs

    Sec. 10201. Strengthening program alignment for postsecondary Perkins
                                Career and Technical Education Programs.
                    Part E--General Education Provisions Act

    Sec. 10301. Release of education records to facilitate the award of a
                                recognized postsecondary credential.
                 Part F--Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002

    Sec. 10401. Inclusion of racial subgroups in IPEDS data.
                  Part G--United States Institute of Peace Act

    Sec. 10501. Reauthorization of the United States Institute of Peace.

    SEC. 2. REFERENCES.

        Except as otherwise expressly provided, whenever in this Act an
    amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal
    of, a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to
    be made to a section or other provision of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.).

    SEC. 3. GENERAL EFFECTIVE DATE.

        Except as otherwise provided in this Act or the amendments made by
    this Act, this Act and the amendments made by this Act shall take
    effect on the date of enactment of this Act.

                          TITLE I--GENERAL PROVISIONS

                              PART A--DEFINITIONS

    SEC. 1001. DEFINITION OF INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR PURPOSES
                  OF TITLE IV PROGRAMS.

        Section 102(a)(4)(A) of Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1002(a)(4)(A)) is amended by inserting ``or receivership'' after ``that
    files for bankruptcy''.

    SEC. 1002. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS.

        Section 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003) is
    amended--
                (1) in paragraph (6), by striking ``section 3(2)'' and
            inserting ``section 3'';
                (2) in paragraph (13), by inserting ``controlled,'' before
            ``owned''; and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(25) Public institution of higher education.--The term
            `public institution of higher education' means an institution
            of higher education--
                        ``(A) for which all obligations of the institution
                    are valid and binding obligations of a State (or of an
                    equivalent governmental entity); and
                        ``(B) for which the full faith and credit of such
                    State (or equivalent governmental entity) is pledged
                    for the timely payment of such obligations.
                ``(26) Foster care youth.--The term `foster care youth'
            means an individual whose care and placement is the
            responsibility of the State or tribal agency that administers a
            State or tribal plan under part B or E of title IV of the
            Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 621 et seq.; 670 et seq.),
            without regard to whether foster care maintenance payments are
            made under section 472 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 672) on behalf of
            the individual, including any such individual who was in such
            care on or after attaining 13 years of age and without regard
            to the reason the individual left such care.
                ``(27) Federal education assistance funds.--The term
            `Federal education assistance funds'--
                        ``(A) except as provided in subparagraph (B), means
                    any Federal funds provided, under this Act or any other
                    Federal law, through a grant, contract, subsidy, loan,
                    or guarantee, or through insurance or other means
                    (including Federal funds disbursed or delivered to an
                    institution or on behalf of a student or to a student
                    to be used to attend the institution); and
                        ``(B) does not include any monthly housing stipend
                    provided under the Post-9/11 Educational Assistance
                    Program under chapter 33 of title 38, United States
                    Code.
                ``(28) Progress period status.--The term `progress period
            status' means the status of an institution of higher education
            that is determined by the Secretary to be in danger of failing
            to meet title IV eligibility criteria relating to student debt
            because the institution has an adjusted cohort default rate of
            not less than 10 percent and not more than 15 percent.''.

    SEC. 1003. GAINFUL EMPLOYMENT PROGRAMS.

        Part A of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1001 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 104. PROGRAM OF TRAINING TO PREPARE STUDENTS FOR GAINFUL
                  EMPLOYMENT IN A RECOGNIZED OCCUPATION.

        ``(a) Gainful Employment Program Defined.--In this Act (including
    for purposes of sections 101 and 102), the term `program of training to
    prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation'
    means a training program that--
                ``(1) is in compliance with the performance metrics
            (including the eligibility thresholds for each such metric)
            established under subsection (b)(1);
                ``(2) is in compliance with the notice requirements under
            subsection (b)(1)(C)(i)(II);
                ``(3) is otherwise eligible to receive funds under title
            IV; and
                ``(4) is not a training program that is substantially
            similar to a training program which, during a period determined
            by the Secretary, did not meet one or more of the performance
            metrics (such as an eligibility threshold) described in
            paragraph (1).
        ``(b) Secretarial Requirements.--
                ``(1)  Establishment of requirements.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Not later than 18 months after
                    the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act,
                    the Secretary shall establish requirements that
                    training programs shall meet to be programs of training
                    to prepare students for gainful employment in a
                    recognized occupation, which shall include--
                                ``(i) establishing performance metrics
                            (including eligibility thresholds for each such
                            metric) described in subparagraph (B); and
                                ``(ii) developing a disclosure template and
                            a verification process for disclosures
                            described in subparagraph (C).
                        ``(B) Performance metrics.--
                                ``(i) In general.--In establishing the
                            performance metrics under subparagraph (A)(i),
                            the Secretary shall, at a minimum, establish
                            the requirements for a debt-to-earnings rate
                            that serves the best interests of students and
                            taxpayers, which shall include--
                                        ``(I) a methodology for calculating
                                    such debt-to-earnings rate for a
                                    training program, including--
                                                ``(aa) a definition of the
                                            cohort of individuals on whom
                                            such rate shall be based, who
                                            shall be selected from the
                                            individuals who were enrolled
                                            in such training program
                                            (without regard to whether the
                                            individuals received a loan for
                                            such enrollment);
                                                ``(bb) a determination of
                                            the debt amount for such rate
                                            based on the median annual loan
                                            payment for the loans made
                                            under title IV and the private
                                            education loans received for
                                            such enrollment by such cohort;
                                            and
                                                ``(cc) a determination of
                                            the earnings amount for such
                                            rate based on the mean or
                                            median of the actual, student-
                                            level annual earnings for such
                                            cohort;
                                        ``(II) establishing a process (such
                                    as an appeals process) to authorize
                                    training programs to use alternate
                                    earnings in lieu of the mean or median
                                    of the actual, student-level annual
                                    earnings of a cohort; and
                                        ``(III) establishing a threshold
                                    rate that each training program shall
                                    meet to be eligible to receive funds
                                    under title IV.
                                ``(ii) Earnings data.--In determining the
                            mean or median of the actual, student-level
                            annual earnings for purposes of this
                            subparagraph, the Secretary shall obtain and
                            use the most appropriate available Federal data
                            on such earnings.
                        ``(C) Disclosure template.--The Secretary shall
                    develop--
                                ``(i) a disclosure template that--
                                        ``(I) is consumer tested; and
                                        ``(II) is used by each institution
                                    of higher education that offers a
                                    training program to provide enrolled
                                    and prospective students (including
                                    through publication on the website of
                                    such institution of higher education
                                    for such training program)--
                                                ``(aa) on an annual basis,
                                            student outcome information for
                                            such program (including the
                                            debt-to-earnings rate and
                                            whether the eligibility
                                            threshold for any other
                                            performance metric established
                                            under subparagraph (A)(i) has
                                            been met); and
                                                ``(bb) in a case in which
                                            the training program receives a
                                            notice of determination under
                                            paragraph (2)(B) that the
                                            program may be ineligible for
                                            funds under title IV, or may
                                            receive other sanctions, not
                                            later than 30 days after
                                            receipt of such notice, an
                                            explanation of such notice of
                                            determination; and
                                ``(ii) a process to annually verify that
                            each institution of higher education that
                            offers a training program is providing the
                            disclosures required under clause (i)(II).
                ``(2) Enforcement of requirements.--Not later than 2 years
            after the Secretary establishes requirements under paragraph
            (1), and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall, with respect
            to each training program that meets the definition of
            subsection (a) or that seeks to meet such definition--
                        ``(A) calculate the debt-to-earnings rate and
                    assess performance with respect to any other metric
                    established under paragraph (1)(A)(i) for the preceding
                    award year, and make such information publicly
                    available on the website of the Department;
                        ``(B) issue a notice of determination on whether
                    the program is meeting the requirements established by
                    the Secretary, including whether the program shall be
                    subject to sanctions (such as loss of eligibility under
                    title IV); and
                        ``(C) enforce the applicable sanctions.''.

                     PART B--ADDITIONAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

    SEC. 1011. NATIONAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON INSTITUTIONAL QUALITY AND
                  INTEGRITY.

        Section 114 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1011c)
    is amended by striking subsection (f).

    SEC. 1012. DISCLOSURES OF FOREIGN GIFTS.

        (a) In General.--Section 117 of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1011f) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by adding at the end the
                    following: ``In this paragraph, the term `aggregate
                    dollar amount' includes the fair market value of staff
                    members, textbooks, and other in-kind gifts.''; and
                        (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``In this
                    paragraph, the term `aggregate dollar amount' includes
                    the fair market value of staff members, textbooks, and
                    other in-kind gifts.'' after ``each foreign
                    government.'';
                (2) in subsection (d)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1) by striking ``are
                    substantially'' and all that follows through ``this
                    section,'' and inserting ``includes all information
                    required by this section,''; and
                        (B) in paragraph (2) by striking ``requirements
                    substantially similar to those'' and inserting ``all
                    the information'';
                (3) in subsection (e), by adding at the end the following:
            ``Not later than 30 days after receiving a disclosure report
            under this section, the Secretary shall make such report
            electronically available to the public for downloading on
            searchable database under which institutions can be
            individually identified and compared. Not later than 60 days
            after the date of the enactment of the College Affordability
            Act, the Secretary shall make available in the same manner as
            described in the preceding sentence, each disclosure report
            received under this section on or after January 1, 2000, to the
            extent that the Secretary has access to such report.'';
                (4) by amending subsection (g) to read as follows:
        ``(g) Regulations.--
                ``(1) In general.--Not later than 2 years after the date of
            the enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary
            shall issue regulations to carry out this section.
                ``(2) Procedure.--Regulations under paragraph (1) shall
            be--
                        ``(A) developed through the negotiated rulemaking
                    process under section 492;
                        ``(B) developed with consultation from
                    stakeholders; and
                        ``(C) published in the Federal Register in
                    accordance with section 482.''; and
                (5) in subsection (h)--
                        (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``or property''
                    and inserting ``property, human resources, or payment
                    of any staff;''; and
                        (B) in paragraph (5)(B), by inserting ``institutes,
                    instructional programs,'' after ``centers,''.
        (b) Applicability.--The amendments made by this section shall apply
    to institutions under section 117 of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1011f) on the date that is 2 years after the date of the
    enactment of this section.

    SEC. 1013. ALCOHOL AND SUBSTANCE MISUSE PREVENTION.

        (a) In General.--Section 120 of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1011i) is amended--
                (1) in the section heading, by striking ``drug and alcohol
            abuse'' and inserting ``alcohol and substance misuse'';
                (2) in subsection (a)--
                        (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by
                    striking ``a program to prevent the use of illicit
                    drugs and the abuse of alcohol by students and
                    employees that,'' and inserting ``an evidence-based
                    program to prevent alcohol and substance misuse by
                    students and employees that,'';
                        (B) by amending paragraph (1)(C) to read as
                    follows:
                        ``(C) a description of the health-risks associated
                    with the use of illicit drugs and alcohol and substance
                    misuse;'';
                        (C) by amending paragraph (1)(D) to read as
                    follows:
                        ``(D) a description of any alcohol or substance
                    misuse counseling, treatment, rehabilitation, recovery,
                    re-entry, or recovery support programs provided by the
                    institution (including in partnership with a community-
                    based organization) that are available to employees or
                    students;''; and
                        (D) in paragraph (1)(E), by striking ``that the
                    institution will impose'' and inserting ``of the
                    policies of the institution regarding'';
                (3) in subsection (c)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)--
                                (i) by striking ``and'' at the end of
                            subparagraph (A);
                                (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the
                            period and inserting ``; and''; and
                                (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(C) compliance assistance to assist institutions
                    in complying with the requirements of this section.'';
                        (B) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph
                    (4); and
                        (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
                ``(2) Interagency agreement.--Not later than 180 days after
            the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the
            Secretary shall enter into a interagency agreement with the
            Secretary of Health and Human Services to--
                        ``(A) determine criteria that satisfy the
                    requirement of subsection (a) that an institution of
                    higher education has adopted and has implemented an
                    evidence-based program described in such subsection;
                        ``(B) establish a process for disseminating the
                    best practices for adopting and implementing such an
                    evidence-based program; and
                        ``(C) establish a process that promotes
                    coordination and collaboration between institutions of
                    higher education and the respective State agencies that
                    administer the Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment
                    Block Grants pursuant to subpart II of part B of title
                    XIX of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-
                    21).
                ``(3) Guidance.--Not later than 1 year after the date of
            enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary
            shall, in coordination with the Secretary of Health and Human
            Services, issue guidance with respect to the criteria described
            in paragraph (2)(A).''; and
                (4) in subsection (e)--
                        (A) in the subsection heading, by striking ``drug
                    abuse'' in the heading and inserting ``substance
                    misuse'';
                        (B) in paragraph (1)--
                                (i) by striking ``other organizations'' and
                            inserting ``community-based organizations that
                            partner with institutions of higher
                            education'';
                                (ii) by striking ``programs of prevention,
                            and education (including treatment-referral) to
                            reduce and eliminate the illegal use of drugs
                            and alcohol and the violence associated with
                            such use'' and inserting ``evidence-based
                            programs of alcohol and substance misuse
                            prevention and education (including programs to
                            improve access to treatment, referral for
                            treatment services, or crisis intervention
                            services) to eliminate illegal substance use,
                            decrease substance misuse, and improve public
                            health and safety''; and
                                (iii) by striking ``alcohol and drug
                            abuse'' and inserting ``substance use
                            disorder'';
                        (C) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (5) as
                    paragraphs (3) through (6), respectively;
                        (D) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
                ``(2) Additional uses.--In addition to the activities
            described in paragraph (1), a grant or contract awarded under
            paragraph (1) may be used to carry out 1 or more of the
            following evidence-based programs or activities:
                        ``(A) Providing programs for recovery support
                    services, and peer-to-peer support services and
                    counseling for students with a substance use disorder.
                        ``(B) Promoting integration and collaboration in
                    campus-based health services between primary care,
                    substance use disorder services, and mental health
                    services.
                        ``(C) Promoting integrated care services for
                    students related to screening, diagnosis, prevention,
                    and treatment of mental, behavioral, and substance use
                    disorders.
                        ``(D) Providing re-entry assistance for students on
                    academic probation due to their substance use disorder.
                        ``(E) Preventing fatal and nonfatal overdoses.
                        ``(F) Providing education to students, faculty, or
                    other personnel on--
                                ``(i) recognizing the signs and symptoms of
                            substance use disorder, and how to engage and
                            support a person in a crisis situation;
                                ``(ii) resources available in the
                            community, within the institution of higher
                            education, and other relevant resources for
                            individuals with a substance use disorder; and
                                ``(iii) safely de-escalating crisis
                            situations involving individuals with a
                            substance use disorder.''; and
                        (E) by amending paragraph (6), as redesignated by
                    subparagraph (C), to read as follows:
                ``(6) Authorization of appropriations.--There are
            authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section
            $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding
            fiscal years.''.
        (b) Effective Dates.--
                (1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
            amendments made by this section shall take effect on the date
            of enactment of this Act.
                (2) Delayed effective dates.--The amendments made by
            subsection (a)(2) shall apply to institutions of higher
            education on the date that is 2 years after the date of
            enactment of this Act.

    SEC. 1014. EXCEPTION TO REQUIRED REGISTRATION WITH SELECTIVE SERVICE
                  SYSTEM.

        Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1011 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 124. EXCEPTION TO REQUIRED REGISTRATION WITH SELECTIVE SERVICE
                  SYSTEM.

        ``Notwithstanding section 12(f) of the Military Selective Service
    Act (50 U.S.C. 3811(f)), a person shall not be ineligible for
    assistance or a benefit provided under title IV if the person is
    required under section 3 of such Act (50 U.S.C. 3802) to present
    himself for and submit to registration under such section, and fails to
    do so in accordance with any proclamation, rule, or regulation issued
    under such section.''.

    SEC. 1015. INTEGRITY OF NONPROFIT INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION.

        Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1011 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further amended by adding at
    the end the following:

    ``SEC. 125. INTEGRITY OF NONPROFIT INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION.

        ``(a) Determination.--The Secretary may approve the conversion of
    an institution of higher education to a nonprofit institution of higher
    education only if the Secretary determines that such institution of
    higher education meets the requirements under subsection (b).
        ``(b) Application.--To be eligible to convert and participate as a
    nonprofit institution of higher education under this Act, an
    institution of higher education shall submit an application to the
    Secretary that demonstrates each of the following:
                ``(1) That the institution of higher education that submits
            such application is controlled, owned, and operated by one or
            more nonprofit corporations or associations, no part of the net
            earnings of which inures, or may lawfully inure, to the benefit
            of any private shareholder or individual.
                ``(2) That any assets or services acquired by the
            institution of higher education that submits such application
            from former owners of such institution of higher education were
            not acquired for more than the value of such assets or
            services.
                ``(3) That no member of the governing board of the
            institution of higher education that submits such application
            (other than ex officio members serving at the pleasure of the
            remainder of the governing board and receiving a fixed salary),
            or any person with the power to appoint or remove members of
            such governing board or any immediate family member of such a
            member of the board or such a person with power of appointment,
            receives any substantial direct or indirect economic benefit
            (including a lease, promissory note, or other contract) from
            such institution of higher education.
                ``(4) That the institution of higher education that submits
            such application is an organization described in section
            501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and is exempt
            from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code.
                ``(5) Subject to subsection (c), that none of the core
            functions of the institution of higher education that submits
            such application are under the control of, or subject to
            significant direction from, an entity that is not a public
            institution of higher education or other nonprofit entity.
        ``(c) Presumption of Significant Direction.--For purposes of
    paragraph (5) of subsection (b), in the case of an institution of
    higher education that submits an application under such subsection,
    there shall be a conclusive presumption that an entity (other than such
    institution of higher education) exercises significant direction over
    such institution if one or more of the employees or owners of the
    entity serves as an officer, member of the board, or person holding
    similar authority for such institution.
        ``(d) Transition Period.--In the case of a proprietary institution
    of higher education (as defined in section 102(b)) approved for
    conversion under subsection (a), for a period of at least 5 years that
    begins on the date such institution is approved for such conversion,
    the institution shall be subject to any provision of this Act and any
    regulations that apply to proprietary institutions of higher education.
        ``(e) Value.--The term `value', with respect to an acquisition
    under subsection (b)(2)--
                ``(1) includes the value of any ongoing relationship
            (including any contract, agreement, lease or other
            arrangement);
                ``(2) subject to paragraph (3), may be demonstrated
            through--
                        ``(A) a third-party appraisal based on comparable
                    assets acquired by, or goods or services procured by,
                    nonprofit corporations in similar market conditions;
                        ``(B) an independent financing of the acquisition
                    based upon the assets acquired; or
                        ``(C) a full and open competition in the
                    acquisition of services or assets, as such term is
                    defined in section 2.101(b) of title 48, Code of
                    Federal Regulations, as in effect on the date of the
                    enactment of this section; and
                ``(3) shall be subject to such other demonstration process
            determined appropriate by the Secretary in a case in which the
            Secretary does not accept a demonstration process described in
            paragraph (2).
        ``(f) Publication.--
                ``(1) Application.--Before the Secretary may approve the
            conversion of an institution of higher education under
            subsection (a), the application of such institution submitted
            to the Secretary under subsection (b) shall be published in the
            Federal Register with an appropriate notice and comment period.
                ``(2) Determination.--The Secretary shall publish each
            determination under this section, and the reasons for such
            determination, under the Federal Register.
        ``(g) Public Representation and Marketing of Nonprofit Status.--An
    institution of higher education shall not promote or market itself, in
    any manner, as a nonprofit institution of higher education unless--
                ``(1) in the case of an institution of higher education
            that seeks to convert to a nonprofit institution of higher
            education under this section--
                        ``(A) the Secretary has given final approval of the
                    conversion of the institution to a nonprofit
                    institution of higher education under this section;
                        ``(B) an accrediting agency or association
                    recognized by the Secretary pursuant to section 496 has
                    approved the nonprofit status of the institution; and
                        ``(C) the State has given final approval to the
                    institution as a nonprofit institution of higher
                    education, as applicable; and
                ``(2) the Commissioner of Internal Revenue has approved the
            institution as tax exempt for purposes of the Internal Revenue
            Code of 1986.
        ``(h) Office To Monitor Nonprofit Integrity.--Not later than 1 year
    after the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the
    Secretary shall establish an office within the Department with the
    expertise necessary to carry out this section.

    ``SEC. 126. REVIEW OF GOVERNANCE.

        ``The Secretary shall review the governance of an institution of
    higher education when such institution has engaged in transactions or
    arrangements determined by the Secretary as potential indicators of
    private inurement, in order to promote the highest standards of
    nonprofit integrity.''.

    SEC. 1016. SUPPORT AND GUIDANCE FOR HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FOSTER
                  CARE YOUTH.

        Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1011 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further amended by adding at
    the end the following:

    ``SEC. 127. SUPPORT AND GUIDANCE FOR HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FOSTER
                  CARE YOUTH.

        ``(a) Guidance.--Not later than 120 days after the date of
    enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary shall issue
    revised guidance for institutions of higher education and financial aid
    administrators regarding serving homeless individuals and foster care
    youth, including the requirements of the determination process for
    financial aid administrators as specified in section 480(d).
        ``(b) Professional Development.--Beginning not later than 1 year
    after the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the
    Secretary shall conduct an annual professional development or training
    program, such as a webinar, for liaisons described under section 485(k)
    and interested faculty or staff regarding postsecondary education
    services for such homeless individuals and foster care youth.
        ``(c) Report.--Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of
    the College Affordability Act, and not less than once every 5 years
    thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to Congress a report
    containing strategies used by institutions, financial aid
    administrators, and liaisons described under section 485(k) that were
    effective in meeting the needs of such homeless individuals and foster
    care youth, including strategies relating to streamlining financial aid
    policies and procedures and postsecondary education recruitment,
    retention, and completion.
        ``(d) Homeless Individual Defined.--In this section, the term
    `homeless individual' has the meaning given the term in section
    402A.''.

    SEC. 1017. CALCULATION OF PERCENTAGE OF ENROLLED STUDENTS RECEIVING OR
                  ELIGIBLE FOR FEDERAL PELL GRANTS.

        Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1011 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further amended by adding at
    the end the following:

    ``SEC. 128. CALCULATION OF PERCENTAGE OF ENROLLED STUDENTS RECEIVING OR
                  ELIGIBLE FOR FEDERAL PELL GRANTS.

        ``Beginning on the date of enactment of the College Affordability
    Act, for purposes of calculating under this Act the percentage of
    students enrolled at an institution of higher education or in a program
    who are receiving Federal Pell Grants under section 401 or who are
    eligible to receive such grants, the total number of students who are
    counted as enrolled in such institution or program shall not include
    students who are dually or concurrently enrolled in the institution or
    program and a secondary school.''.

    SEC. 1018. CERTIFICATION REGARDING THE USE OF CERTAIN FEDERAL FUNDS.

        (a) In General.--Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1011 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further
    amended by adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 129. CERTIFICATION REGARDING THE USE OF CERTAIN FEDERAL FUNDS.

        ``(a) Prohibition.--No Federal funds received under this Act by an
    institution of higher education or other postsecondary educational
    institution may be used to pay any person for influencing or attempting
    to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of
    Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a
    Member of Congress in connection with any Federal action described in
    subsection (b).
        ``(b) Applicability.--The prohibition in subsection (a) applies
    with respect to the following Federal actions:
                ``(1) The awarding of any Federal contract.
                ``(2) The making of any Federal grant.
                ``(3) The making of any Federal loan.
                ``(4) The entering into of any Federal cooperative
            agreement.
                ``(5) The extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or
            modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or
            cooperative agreement.
        ``(c) Lobbying and Earmarks.--No Federal student aid funding under
    this Act may be used to hire a registered lobbyist or pay any person or
    entity for securing an earmark.
        ``(d) Certification.--Each institution of higher education or other
    postsecondary educational institution receiving Federal funding under
    this Act, as a condition for receiving such funding, shall annually
    certify to the Secretary that the requirements of subsections (a)
    through (c) have been met.
        ``(e) Actions To Implement and Enforce.--The Secretary shall take
    such actions as are necessary to ensure that the provisions of this
    section are implemented and enforced.''.
        (b) Conforming Amendment.--Section 119 of the Higher Education
    Opportunity Act (20 U.S.C. 1011m) is repealed.

                        PART C--COST OF HIGHER EDUCATION

    SEC. 1021. CONSUMER INFORMATION.

        Section 132(i)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1015a(i)(1)) is amended--
                (1) in subparagraph (T), by striking ``rate,'' and
            inserting ``rate and adjusted cohort default rate,''; and
                (2) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(AA) The institution's expenditures on each of
                    the following:
                                ``(i) Instruction.
                                ``(ii) Student services.
                                ``(iii) Marketing.
                                ``(iv) Recruitment.
                                ``(v) Advertising.
                                ``(vi) Lobbying.''.

    SEC. 1022. POSTSECONDARY STUDENT DATA SYSTEM.

        (a) Postsecondary Student Data System.--Section 132 of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015a) is amended--
                (1) by redesignating subsection (l) as subsection (m); and
                (2) by inserting after subsection (k) the following:
        ``(l) Postsecondary Student Data System.--
                ``(1) In general.--
                        ``(A) Establishment of system.--The Commissioner of
                    the National Center for Education Statistics (referred
                    to in this subsection as the `Commissioner') shall
                    develop and maintain a secure, privacy-protected
                    postsecondary student-level data system in order to--
                                ``(i) accurately evaluate student
                            enrollment patterns, progression, completion,
                            and postcollegiate outcomes, and higher
                            education costs and financial aid;
                                ``(ii) assist with transparency,
                            institutional improvement, and analysis of
                            Federal aid programs;
                                ``(iii) provide accurate, complete, and
                            customizable information for students and
                            families making decisions about postsecondary
                            education; and
                                ``(iv) reduce the reporting burden on
                            institutions of higher education, in accordance
                            with section 1022(b)(2) of the College
                            Affordability Act.
                        ``(B) Avoiding duplicated reporting.--
                    Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, to
                    the extent that another provision of this section
                    requires the same reporting or collection of data that
                    is required under this subsection, an institution of
                    higher education, or the Secretary or Commissioner, may
                    use the reporting or data required for the
                    postsecondary student data system under this subsection
                    to satisfy both requirements.
                        ``(C) Development process.--In developing the
                    postsecondary student data system described in this
                    subsection, the Commissioner shall--
                                ``(i) focus on the needs of--
                                        ``(I) users of the data system; and
                                        ``(II) entities, including
                                    institutions of higher education,
                                    reporting to the data system;
                                ``(ii) take into consideration, to the
                            extent practicable--
                                        ``(I) the guidelines outlined in
                                    the U.S. Web Design Standards
                                    maintained by the General Services
                                    Administration and the Digital Services
                                    Playbook and TechFAR Handbook for
                                    Procuring Digital Services Using Agile
                                    Processes of the U.S. Digital Service;
                                    and
                                        ``(II) the relevant successor
                                    documents or recommendations of such
                                    guidelines;
                                ``(iii) use modern, relevant privacy- and
                            security-enhancing technology, and enhance and
                            update the data system as necessary to carry
                            out the purpose of this subsection;
                                ``(iv) ensure data privacy and security is
                            consistent with any Federal law relating to
                            privacy or data security, including--
                                        ``(I) the requirements of
                                    subchapter II of chapter 35 of title
                                    44, United States Code, specifying
                                    security categorization under the
                                    Federal Information Processing
                                    Standards or any relevant successor of
                                    such standards;
                                        ``(II) security requirements that
                                    are consistent with the Federal agency
                                    responsibilities in section 3554 of
                                    title 44, United States Code, or any
                                    relevant successor of such
                                    responsibilities; and
                                        ``(III) security requirements,
                                    guidelines, and controls consistent
                                    with cybersecurity standards and best
                                    practices developed by the National
                                    Institute of Standards and Technology,
                                    including frameworks, consistent with
                                    section 2(c) of the National Institute
                                    of Standards and Technology Act (15
                                    U.S.C. 272(c)), or any relevant
                                    successor of such frameworks;
                                ``(v) follow Federal data minimization
                            practices to ensure only the minimum amount of
                            data is collected to meet the system's goals,
                            in accordance with Federal data minimization
                            standards and guidelines developed by the
                            National Institute of Standards and Technology;
                            and
                                ``(vi) provide notice to students outlining
                            the data included in the system and how the
                            data are used.
                ``(2) Data elements.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Commissioner, in
                    consultation with the Postsecondary Student Data System
                    Advisory Committee established under subparagraph (B),
                    shall determine--
                                ``(i) the data elements to be included in
                            the postsecondary student data system, in
                            accordance with subparagraphs (C) and (D); and
                                ``(ii) how to include the data elements
                            required under subparagraph (C), and any
                            additional data elements selected under
                            subparagraph (D), in the postsecondary student
                            data system.
                        ``(B) Postsecondary student data system advisory
                    committee.--
                                ``(i) Establishment.--The Commissioner
                            shall establish a Postsecondary Student Data
                            System Advisory Committee (referred to in this
                            subsection as the `Advisory Committee'), whose
                            members shall include--
                                        ``(I) the Chief Privacy Officer of
                                    the Department or an official of the
                                    Department delegated the duties of
                                    overseeing data privacy at the
                                    Department;
                                        ``(II) the Chief Security Officer
                                    of the Department or an official of the
                                    Department delegated the duties of
                                    overseeing data security at the
                                    Department;
                                        ``(III) representatives of diverse
                                    institutions of higher education, which
                                    shall include equal representation
                                    between 2-year and 4-year institutions
                                    of higher education, and from public,
                                    nonprofit, and proprietary institutions
                                    of higher education, including
                                    minority-serving institutions;
                                        ``(IV) representatives from State
                                    higher education agencies, entities,
                                    bodies, or boards;
                                        ``(V) representatives of
                                    postsecondary students;
                                        ``(VI) representatives from
                                    relevant Federal agencies; and
                                        ``(VII) other stakeholders
                                    (including individuals with expertise
                                    in data privacy and security, consumer
                                    protection, and postsecondary education
                                    research).
                                ``(ii) Requirements.--The Commissioner
                            shall ensure that the Advisory Committee--
                                        ``(I) adheres to all requirements
                                    under the Federal Advisory Committee
                                    Act (5 U.S.C. App.);
                                        ``(II) establishes operating and
                                    meeting procedures and guidelines
                                    necessary to execute its advisory
                                    duties; and
                                        ``(III) is provided with
                                    appropriate staffing and resources to
                                    execute its advisory duties.
                        ``(C) Required data elements.--The data elements in
                    the postsecondary student data system shall include, at
                    a minimum, the following:
                                ``(i) Student-level data elements necessary
                            to calculate the information within the surveys
                            designated by the Commissioner as `student-
                            related surveys' in the Integrated
                            Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS), as
                            such surveys are in effect on the day before
                            the date of enactment of the College
                            Affordability Act, except that in the case that
                            collection of such elements would conflict with
                            subparagraph (F), such elements in conflict
                            with subparagraph (F) shall be included in the
                            aggregate instead of at the student level.
                                ``(ii) Student-level data elements
                            necessary to allow for reporting student
                            enrollment, persistence, retention, transfer,
                            and completion measures for all credential
                            levels separately (including certificate,
                            associate, baccalaureate, and advanced degree
                            levels), within and across institutions of
                            higher education (including across all
                            categories of institution level, control, and
                            predominant degree awarded). The data elements
                            shall allow for reporting about all such data
                            disaggregated by the following categories:
                                        ``(I) Enrollment status as a first-
                                    time student, recent transfer student,
                                    or other non-first-time student.
                                        ``(II) Attendance intensity,
                                    whether full-time or part-time.
                                        ``(III) Credential-seeking status,
                                    by credential level.
                                        ``(IV) Race or ethnicity (in
                                    accordance with section 153(a)(3)(B) of
                                    the Education Sciences Reform Act (20
                                    U.S.C. 9543(a)(3)(B))).
                                        ``(V) Age intervals.
                                        ``(VI) Gender.
                                        ``(VII) Program of study (as
                                    applicable).
                                        ``(VIII) Military or veteran
                                    benefit status (as determined based on
                                    receipt of veteran's education
                                    benefits, as defined in section
                                    480(c)).
                                        ``(IX) Status as a distance
                                    education student, whether exclusively
                                    or partially enrolled in distance
                                    education.
                                        ``(X) Federal Pell Grant and
                                    Federal loan recipient status, provided
                                    that the collection of such information
                                    complies with paragraph (1)(B).
                        ``(D) Other data elements.--
                                ``(i) In general.--The Commissioner may,
                            after consultation with the Advisory Committee
                            and provision of a public comment period,
                            include additional data elements in the
                            postsecondary student data system, such as
                            those described in clause (ii), if those data
                            elements--
                                        ``(I) are necessary to ensure that
                                    the postsecondary data system fulfills
                                    the purposes described in paragraph
                                    (1)(A); and
                                        ``(II) are consistent with data
                                    minimization principles, including the
                                    collection of only those additional
                                    elements that are necessary to ensure
                                    such purposes.
                                ``(ii) Data elements.--The data elements
                            described in clause (i) may include--
                                        ``(I) status as a first generation
                                    college student (as defined in section
                                    402A(h));
                                        ``(II) economic status;
                                        ``(III) participation in
                                    postsecondary remedial coursework or
                                    gateway course completion; or
                                        ``(IV) other data elements that are
                                    necessary in accordance with clause
                                    (i).
                        ``(E) Reevaluation.--Not less than once every 3
                    years after the implementation of the postsecondary
                    student data system described in this subsection, the
                    Commissioner, in consultation with the Advisory
                    Committee described in subparagraph (B), shall review
                    the data elements included in the postsecondary student
                    data system and may revise the data elements to be
                    included in such system.
                        ``(F) Prohibitions.--The Commissioner shall not
                    include individual health data (including data relating
                    to physical health or mental health), student
                    discipline records or data, elementary and secondary
                    education data, an exact address, citizenship status,
                    migrant status, or national origin status for students
                    or their families, course grades, postsecondary
                    entrance examination results, political affiliation, or
                    religion in the postsecondary student data system under
                    this subsection.
                ``(3) Periodic matching with other federal data systems.--
                        ``(A) Data sharing agreements.--
                                ``(i) The Commissioner shall ensure secure,
                            periodic data matches by entering into data
                            sharing agreements with each of the following
                            Federal agencies and offices:
                                        ``(I) The Secretary of the Treasury
                                    and the Commissioner of the Internal
                                    Revenue Service, in order to calculate
                                    aggregate program- and institution-
                                    level earnings of postsecondary
                                    students.
                                        ``(II) The Secretary of Defense, in
                                    order to assess the use of
                                    postsecondary educational benefits and
                                    the outcomes of servicemembers.
                                        ``(III) The Secretary of Veterans
                                    Affairs, in order to assess the use of
                                    postsecondary educational benefits and
                                    outcomes of veterans.
                                        ``(IV) The Director of the Bureau
                                    of the Census, in order to assess the
                                    occupational and earnings outcomes of
                                    former postsecondary education
                                    students.
                                        ``(V) The Chief Operating Officer
                                    of the Office of Federal Student Aid,
                                    in order to analyze the use of
                                    postsecondary educational benefits
                                    provided under this Act.
                                ``(ii) The heads of Federal agencies and
                            offices described under clause (i) shall enter
                            into data sharing agreements with the
                            Commissioner to ensure secure, periodic data
                            matches as described in this paragraph.
                        ``(B) Categories of data.--The Commissioner shall,
                    at a minimum, seek to ensure that the secure periodic
                    data system matches described in subparagraph (A)
                    permit consistent reporting of the following categories
                    of data for all postsecondary students:
                                ``(i) Enrollment, retention, transfer, and
                            completion outcomes for all postsecondary
                            students.
                                ``(ii) Financial indicators for
                            postsecondary students receiving Federal grants
                            and loans, including grant and loan aid by
                            source, cumulative student debt, loan repayment
                            status, and repayment plan.
                                ``(iii) Post-completion outcomes for all
                            postsecondary students, including earnings,
                            employment, and further education, by program
                            of study and credential level and as measured--
                                        ``(I) immediately after leaving
                                    postsecondary education; and
                                        ``(II) at time intervals
                                    appropriate to the credential sought
                                    and earned.
                        ``(C) Periodic data match streamlining and
                    confidentiality.--
                                ``(i) Streamlining.--In carrying out the
                            secure periodic data system matches under this
                            paragraph, the Commissioner shall--
                                        ``(I) ensure that such matches are
                                    not continuous, but occur at
                                    appropriate intervals, as determined by
                                    the Commissioner; and
                                        ``(II) seek to--
                                                ``(aa) streamline the data
                                            collection and reporting
                                            requirements for institutions
                                            of higher education;
                                                ``(bb) minimize duplicative
                                            reporting across or within
                                            Federal agencies or
                                            departments, including
                                            reporting requirements
                                            applicable to institutions of
                                            higher education under the
                                            Workforce Innovation and
                                            Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3101
                                            et seq.) and the Carl D.
                                            Perkins Career and Technical
                                            Education Act of 2006;
                                                ``(cc) protect student
                                            privacy; and
                                                ``(dd) streamline the
                                            application process for student
                                            loan benefit programs available
                                            to borrowers based on data
                                            available from different
                                            Federal data systems.
                                ``(ii) Review.--Not less often than once
                            every 3 years after the establishment of the
                            postsecondary student data system under this
                            subsection, the Commissioner, in consultation
                            with the Advisory Committee, shall review
                            methods for streamlining data collection from
                            institutions of higher education and minimizing
                            duplicative reporting within the Department and
                            across Federal agencies that provide data for
                            the postsecondary student data system.
                                ``(iii) Confidentiality.--The Commissioner
                            shall ensure that any periodic matching or
                            sharing of data through periodic data system
                            matches established in accordance with this
                            paragraph--
                                        ``(I) complies with the security
                                    and privacy protections described in
                                    paragraph (1)(C)(iv) and other Federal
                                    data protection protocols;
                                        ``(II) follows industry best
                                    practices commensurate with the
                                    sensitivity of specific data elements
                                    or metrics;
                                        ``(III) does not result in the
                                    creation of a single standing, linked
                                    Federal database at the Department that
                                    maintains the information reported
                                    across other Federal agencies; and
                                        ``(IV) discloses to postsecondary
                                    students what data are included in the
                                    data system and periodically matched
                                    and how the data are used.
                                ``(iv) Correction.--The Commissioner, in
                            consultation with the Advisory Committee, shall
                            establish a process for students to request
                            access to only their personal information for
                            inspection and request corrections to
                            inaccuracies in a manner that protects the
                            student's personally identifiable information.
                            The Commissioner shall respond in writing to
                            every request for a correction from a student.
                ``(4) Publicly available information.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Commissioner shall make the
                    summary aggregate information described in subparagraph
                    (C), at a minimum, publicly available through a user-
                    friendly consumer information website and analytic tool
                    that--
                                ``(i) provides appropriate mechanisms for
                            users to customize and filter information by
                            institutional and student characteristics;
                                ``(ii) allows users to build summary
                            aggregate reports of information, including
                            reports that allow comparisons across multiple
                            institutions and programs, subject to
                            subparagraph (B);
                                ``(iii) uses appropriate statistical
                            disclosure limitation techniques necessary to
                            ensure that the data released to the public
                            cannot be used to identify specific
                            individuals; and
                                ``(iv) provides users with appropriate
                            contextual factors to make comparisons, which
                            may include national median figures of the
                            summary aggregate information described in
                            subparagraph (C).
                        ``(B) No personally identifiable information
                    available.--The summary aggregate information described
                    in this paragraph shall not include personally
                    identifiable information.
                        ``(C) Summary aggregate information available.--The
                    summary aggregate information described in this
                    paragraph shall, at a minimum, include each of the
                    following for each institution of higher education:
                                ``(i) Measures of student access,
                            including--
                                        ``(I) admissions selectivity and
                                    yield; and
                                        ``(II) enrollment, disaggregated by
                                    each category described in paragraph
                                    (2)(C)(ii).
                                ``(ii) Measures of student progression,
                            including retention rates and persistence
                            rates, disaggregated by each category described
                            in paragraph (2)(C)(ii).
                                ``(iii) Measures of student completion,
                            including--
                                        ``(I) transfer rates and completion
                                    rates, disaggregated by each category
                                    described in paragraph (2)(C)(ii); and
                                        ``(II) number of completions,
                                    disaggregated by each category
                                    described in paragraph (2)(C)(ii).
                                ``(iv) Measures of student costs,
                            including--
                                        ``(I) tuition, required fees, total
                                    cost of attendance, and net price after
                                    total grant aid, disaggregated by in-
                                    State tuition or in-district tuition
                                    status (if applicable), program of
                                    study (if applicable), and credential
                                    level; and
                                        ``(II) typical grant amounts and
                                    loan amounts received by students
                                    reported separately from Federal,
                                    State, local, and institutional
                                    sources, and cumulative debt,
                                    disaggregated by each category
                                    described in paragraph (2)(C)(ii) and
                                    completion status.
                                ``(v) Measures of postcollegiate student
                            outcomes, including employment rates, mean and
                            median earnings, loan repayment and default
                            rates, and further education rates. These
                            measures shall--
                                        ``(I) be disaggregated by each
                                    category described in paragraph
                                    (2)(C)(ii) and completion status; and
                                        ``(II) be measured immediately
                                    after leaving postsecondary education
                                    and at time intervals appropriate to
                                    the credential sought or earned.
                        ``(D) Development criteria.--In developing the
                    method and format of making the information described
                    in this paragraph publicly available, the Commissioner
                    shall--
                                ``(i) focus on the needs of the users of
                            the information, which will include students,
                            families of students, potential students,
                            researchers, and other consumers of education
                            data;
                                ``(ii) take into consideration, to the
                            extent practicable, the guidelines described in
                            paragraph (1)(C)(ii)(I), and relevant successor
                            documents or recommendations of such
                            guidelines;
                                ``(iii) use modern, relevant technology and
                            enhance and update the postsecondary student
                            data system with information, as necessary to
                            carry out the purpose of this paragraph;
                                ``(iv) ensure data privacy and security in
                            accordance with standards and guidelines
                            developed by the National Institute of
                            Standards and Technology, and in accordance
                            with any other Federal law relating to privacy
                            or security, including complying with the
                            requirements of subchapter II of chapter 35 of
                            title 44, United States Code, specifying
                            security categorization under the Federal
                            Information Processing Standards, and security
                            requirements, and setting of National Institute
                            of Standards and Technology security baseline
                            controls at the appropriate level; and
                                ``(v) conduct consumer testing to determine
                            how to make the information as meaningful to
                            users as possible.
                ``(5) Permissible disclosures of data.--
                        ``(A) Data reports and queries.--
                                ``(i) In general.--The Commissioner shall
                            develop and implement a secure process for
                            making student-level, non-personally
                            identifiable information, with direct
                            identifiers removed, from the postsecondary
                            student data system available for vetted
                            research and evaluation purposes approved by
                            the Commissioner in a manner compatible with
                            practices for disclosing National Center for
                            Education Statistics restricted-use survey data
                            as in effect on the day before the date of
                            enactment of the College Affordability Act, or
                            by applying other research and disclosure
                            restrictions to ensure data privacy and
                            security. Such process shall be approved by the
                            National Center for Education Statistics'
                            Disclosure Review Board (or successor body).
                                ``(ii) Providing data reports and queries
                            to institutions and states.--
                                        ``(I) In general.--The Commissioner
                                    shall provide feedback reports, at
                                    least annually, to each institution of
                                    higher education, each postsecondary
                                    education system that fully
                                    participates in the postsecondary
                                    student data system, and each State
                                    higher education body as designated by
                                    the governor.
                                        ``(II) Feedback reports.--The
                                    feedback reports provided under this
                                    clause shall include program-level and
                                    institution-level information from the
                                    postsecondary student data system
                                    regarding students who are associated
                                    with the institution or, for State
                                    representatives, the institutions
                                    within that State, on or before the
                                    date of the report, on measures
                                    including student mobility and
                                    workforce outcomes, provided that the
                                    feedback aggregate summary reports
                                    protect the privacy of individuals.
                                        ``(III) Determination of content.--
                                    The content of the feedback reports
                                    shall be determined by the
                                    Commissioner, in consultation with the
                                    Advisory Committee.
                                ``(iii) Permitting state data queries.--The
                            Commissioner shall, in consultation with the
                            Advisory Committee and as soon as practicable,
                            create a process through which States may
                            submit lists of secondary school graduates
                            within the State to receive summary aggregate
                            outcomes for those students who enrolled at an
                            institution of higher education, including
                            postsecondary enrollment and college
                            completion, provided that those data protect
                            the privacy of individuals and that the State
                            data submitted to the Commissioner are not
                            stored in the postsecondary education system.
                                ``(iv) Regulations.--The Commissioner shall
                            promulgate regulations to ensure fair, secure,
                            and equitable access to data reports and
                            queries under this paragraph.
                        ``(B) Disclosure limitations.--In carrying out the
                    public reporting and disclosure requirements of this
                    subsection, the Commissioner shall use appropriate
                    statistical disclosure limitation techniques necessary
                    to ensure that the data released to the public cannot
                    include personally identifiable information or be used
                    to identify specific individuals.
                        ``(C) Sale of data prohibited.--Data collected
                    under this subsection, including the public-use data
                    set and data comprising the summary aggregate
                    information available under paragraph (4), shall not be
                    sold to any third party by the Commissioner, including
                    any institution of higher education or any other
                    entity.
                        ``(D) Limitation on use by other federal
                    agencies.--
                                ``(i) In general.--The Commissioner shall
                            not allow any other Federal agency to use data
                            collected under this subsection for any purpose
                            except--
                                        ``(I) for vetted research and
                                    evaluation conducted by the other
                                    Federal agency, as described in
                                    subparagraph (A)(i); or
                                        ``(II) for a purpose explicitly
                                    authorized by this subsection.
                                ``(ii) Prohibition on limitation of
                            services.--The Secretary, or the head of any
                            other Federal agency, shall not use data
                            collected under this subsection to limit
                            services to students.
                        ``(E) Law enforcement.--Personally identifiable
                    information collected under this subsection shall not
                    be used for any Federal, State, or local law
                    enforcement activity or any other activity that would
                    result in adverse action against any student or a
                    student's family, including debt collection activity or
                    enforcement of immigration laws.
                        ``(F) Limitation of use for federal rankings or
                    summative rating system.--The comprehensive data
                    collection and analysis necessary for the postsecondary
                    student data system under this subsection shall not be
                    used by the Secretary or any Federal entity to
                    establish any Federal ranking system of institutions of
                    higher education or a system that results in a
                    summative Federal rating of institutions of higher
                    education.
                        ``(G) Rule of construction.--Nothing in this
                    paragraph shall be construed to prevent the use of
                    individual categories of aggregate information to be
                    used for accountability purposes.
                        ``(H) Rule of construction regarding commercial use
                    of data.--Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed
                    to prohibit third-party entities from using publicly
                    available information in this data system for
                    commercial use.
                ``(6) Submission of data.--
                        ``(A) Required submission.--Each institution of
                    higher education participating in a program under title
                    IV, or the assigned agent of such institution, shall,
                    in accordance with section 487(a)(17), collect, and
                    submit to the Commissioner, the data requested by the
                    Commissioner to carry out this subsection.
                        ``(B) Voluntary submission.--Any postsecondary
                    institution not participating in a program under title
                    IV may voluntarily participate in the postsecondary
                    student data system under this subsection by collecting
                    and submitting data to the Commissioner, as the
                    Commissioner may request to carry out this subsection.
                        ``(C) Personally identifiable information.--In
                    accordance with paragraph (2)(C)(i), if the submission
                    of an element of student-level data is prohibited under
                    paragraph (2)(F) (or otherwise prohibited by law), the
                    institution of higher education shall submit that data
                    to the Commissioner in the aggregate.
                ``(7) Unlawful willful disclosure.--
                        ``(A) In general.--It shall be unlawful for any
                    person who obtains or has access to personally
                    identifiable information in connection with the
                    postsecondary student data system described in this
                    subsection to willfully disclose to any person (except
                    as authorized by Federal law) such personally
                    identifiable information.
                        ``(B) Penalty.--Any person who violates
                    subparagraph (A) shall be subject to a penalty
                    described under section 513 of the Confidential
                    Information Protection and Statistical Efficiency Act
                    of 2002 (44 U.S.C. 3501 note) and section 183(d)(6) of
                    the Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (20 U.S.C.
                    9573(d)(6)).
                        ``(C) Employee of officer of the united states.--If
                    a violation of subparagraph (A) is committed by any
                    officer or employee of the United States, the officer
                    or employee shall be dismissed from office or
                    discharged from employment upon conviction for the
                    violation.
                ``(8) Data security.--The Commissioner shall produce and
            update as needed guidance and regulations relating to privacy,
            security, and access which shall govern the use and disclosure
            of data collected in connection with the activities authorized
            in this subsection. The guidance and regulations developed and
            reviewed shall protect data from unauthorized access, use, and
            disclosure, and shall include--
                        ``(A) an audit capability, including mandatory and
                    regularly conducted audits;
                        ``(B) access controls;
                        ``(C) requirements to ensure sufficient data
                    security, quality, validity, and reliability;
                        ``(D) student confidentiality protection in
                    accordance with the Confidential Information Protection
                    and Statistical Efficiency Act;
                        ``(E) appropriate and applicable privacy and
                    security protection, including data retention and
                    destruction protocols and data minimization, in
                    accordance with the most recent Federal standards
                    developed by the National Institute of Standards and
                    Technology; and
                        ``(F) protocols for managing a breach, including
                    breach notifications, in accordance with the standards
                    of National Center for Education Statistics.
                ``(9) Data collection.--The Commissioner shall ensure that
            data collection, maintenance, and use under this subsection
            complies with section 552a of title 5, United States Code.
                ``(10) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                        ``(A) Institution of higher education.--The term
                    `institution of higher education' has the meaning given
                    the term in section 102.
                        ``(B) Personally identifiable information.--The
                    term `personally identifiable information' has the
                    meaning given the term in section 444 of the General
                    Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 1232g).''.
        (b) Effective Date; Transition Provisions.--
                (1) Effective date.--This section, and the amendments made
            by this section, shall take effect on the date that is 4 years
            after the date of enactment of this section.
                (2) In general.--The Secretary of Education and the
            Commissioner for Education Statistics shall take such steps as
            are necessary to ensure that the transition to, and
            implementation of, the postsecondary student data system
            required under section 132(l) of the Higher Education Act of
            1965, as added by this section, is carried out in a manner that
            reduces the reporting burden for entities that reported into
            the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS).

    SEC. 1023. AVOIDING DUPLICATIVE REPORTING.

        Section 132 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015a),
    as amended by section 1022, is further amended by adding at the end the
    following:
        ``(n) Avoiding Duplicative Reporting.--If the Secretary determines
    that the same reporting or collection of data that is required under
    subsection (l) is required by another reporting or collection of data
    requirement under this Act (other than under subsection (l)), the
    Secretary may--
                ``(1) use the data reported or collected under subsection
            (l); and
                ``(2) waive the other reporting or collection of data
            requirement.''.

    SEC. 1024. TEXTBOOK INFORMATION.

        Section 133 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015b)
    is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``identify ways to
            decrease'' and inserting ``identify and adopt innovative tools
            to decrease'';
                (2) in subsection (b)(9)--
                        (A) by striking ``to accompany a'' and inserting
                    ``to accompany or support a'' in the matter preceding
                    subparagraph (A); and
                        (B) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``materials,
                    computer disks, website access'' and inserting
                    ``materials, online and digital learning platforms and
                    materials, website access'';
                (3) in subsection (c)(1)(D)(i), by striking ``paperback,
            and unbound'' and inserting ``paperback, digital, and
            unbound''; and
                (4) in subsection (f)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``accessing
                    lower-cost digital course materials and digital
                    textbooks,'' after ``programs for''; and
                        (B) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``, such as
                    inclusive access programs, subscription models, or
                    digital content distribution platforms'' after
                    ``delivery programs''.

    SEC. 1025. REPEALS.

        Sections 134 and 136 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1015c) are repealed.

    SEC. 1026. IN-STATE TUITION RATES FOR HOMELESS YOUTH AND FOSTER CARE
                  YOUTH.

        Section 135 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015d)
    is amended--
                (1) in the section heading, by inserting ``, homeless
            youth, and foster care youth'' after ``children'';
                (2) in subsection (a)--
                        (A) by striking ``(a) Requirement.--In the case''
                    and inserting the following:
        ``(a) Requirement.--
                ``(1) Armed forces.--In the case''; and
                        (B) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(2) Homeless youth and foster care youth.--In the case of
            a homeless youth or a foster care youth, such State shall not
            charge such individual tuition for attendance at a public
            institution of higher education in the State at a rate that is
            greater than the rate charged for residents of the State.'';
            and
                (3) by striking subsections (c) and (d) and inserting the
            following:
        ``(c) Effective Date.--
                ``(1) Armed forces.--With respect to an individual
            described in subsection (a)(1), this section shall remain in
            effect as it was in effect on the day before the date of
            enactment of the College Affordability Act.
                ``(2) Homeless youth and foster care youth.--With respect
            to an individual described in subsection (a)(2), this section
            shall take effect at each public institution of higher
            education in a State that receives assistance under this Act
            for the first period of enrollment at such institution that
            begins during the first full award year following the date of
            enactment of the College Affordability Act.
        ``(d) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Armed forces.--The terms `armed forces' and `active
            duty for a period of more than 30 days' have the meanings given
            those terms in section 101 of title 10, United States Code.
                ``(2) Homeless youth.--The term `homeless youth' has the
            meaning given the term `homeless children and youths' in
            section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42
            U.S.C. 11434a).''.

      PART D--ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS FOR DELIVERY OF STUDENT FINANCIAL
                                   ASSISTANCE

    SEC. 1031. IMPROVEMENTS TO THE FEDERAL STUDENT AID OFFICE.

        Section 141 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1018) is
    amended--
                (1) in subsection (a), by amending paragraph (2) to read as
            follows:
                ``(2) Purposes.--The purposes of the PBO are as follows:
                        ``(A) To prioritize students and borrowers in the
                    decision-making processes related to all aspects of the
                    management and administration of the Federal student
                    financial assistance programs authorized under title
                    IV.
                        ``(B) To improve service to students and other
                    participants in the Federal student financial
                    assistance programs authorized under title IV.
                        ``(C) To make such programs more understandable to
                    students and their families.
                        ``(D) To increase the efficiency and effectiveness
                    of such programs for students and their families.
                        ``(E) To manage the costs of administering such
                    programs.
                        ``(F) To increase the accountability of the
                    officials responsible for administering the operational
                    aspects of such programs.
                        ``(G) To oversee institutions, contractors, and
                    third party servicers that participate in the Federal
                    student financial assistance programs authorized under
                    title IV.
                        ``(H) To provide greater flexibility in the
                    management and administration of such programs.
                        ``(I) To implement open, common, integrated systems
                    for the delivery of Federal student financial
                    assistance programs authorized under title IV.
                        ``(J) To develop and maintain a student financial
                    assistance system that contains complete, accurate, and
                    timely data to ensure program integrity.
                        ``(K) To increase transparency in the operations
                    and outcomes of Federal student financial assistance
                    programs authorized under title IV.'';
                (2) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)--
                                (i) by redesignating subparagraphs (B) and
                            (C) as subparagraphs (C) and (D), respectively;
                            and
                                (ii) by inserting after subparagraph (A)
                            the following:
                        ``(B) implement oversight and accountability
                    measures to ensure that the PBO carries out its duties
                    under this section efficiently, effectively, and in a
                    manner that accomplishes the purposes specified in
                    subsection (a)(2);'';
                        (B) in paragraph (2)(A)--
                                (i) by redesignating clauses (ii) through
                            (vi) as clauses (iii) through (vii);
                                (ii) by inserting after clause (i) the
                            following:
                                ``(ii) in accordance with paragraph (3),
                            the collection, publication, and sharing of
                            aggregate and longitudinal data that may be
                            used to evaluate Federal student financial
                            assistance programs authorized under title IV,
                            including the outcomes such programs
                            achieve;''; and
                                (iii) in clause (vii), as so redesignated,
                            by inserting ``, including oversight of
                            institutions, contractors, and third party
                            servicers that participate in such programs''
                            after ``title IV'' ;
                        (C) by redesignating paragraphs (3) through (6) as
                    paragraphs (4) through (7), respectively; and
                        (D) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
                ``(3) Collection, sharing, and publication of data.--
                        ``(A) Collection.--The PBO shall collect student-
                    level data that shall be used to evaluate Federal
                    student financial assistance programs authorized under
                    title IV.
                        ``(B) Sharing with nces.--The PBO shall make the
                    data collected under subparagraph (A) available to the
                    Commissioner of the National Center for Education
                    Statistics for purposes of research and policy
                    analysis.
                        ``(C) Research.--The Commissioner of the National
                    Center for Education Statistics shall ensure the data
                    shared under subparagraph (B) is made available, with
                    direct identifiers removed and with appropriate
                    restrictions to ensure data privacy and security, for
                    vetted research and evaluation purposes in a manner
                    consistent with the process under section
                    132(l)(5)(A)(i).
                        ``(D) Publication.--
                                ``(i) In general.--Not less frequently than
                            once annually, and subject to clause (ii), the
                            PBO shall make the data collected under
                            subparagraph (A) available on a publicly
                            accessible website of the Department of
                            Education in a format that enables members of
                            the public to easily retrieve, sort, and
                            analyze the data.
                                ``(ii) Privacy protections.--The data made
                            available under clause (i) shall not include--
                                        ``(I) student-level data; or
                                        ``(II) any data that would reveal
                                    personally identifiable information
                                    about an individual student.''.
                (3) by amending subsection (c) to read as follows:
        ``(c) Performance Plan, Report, and Briefing.--
                ``(1) Performance plan.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Not later than one year after
                    the date of the enactment of the College Affordability
                    Act, and not less than once every five years
                    thereafter, the Secretary and Chief Operating Officer
                    shall agree on a performance plan for the PBO for the
                    succeeding 5 years that--
                                ``(i) establishes measurable quantitative
                            and qualitative goals and objectives for the
                            organization; and
                                ``(ii) aligns such goals and objectives
                            with the purposes specified in subsection
                            (a)(2).
                        ``(B) Consultation.--In developing the five-year
                    performance plan and any revision to the plan, the
                    Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer shall consult
                    with students, institutions, Congress, contractors, the
                    Borrower Advocate, student aid experts, including
                    consumer advocacy and research groups, the Director of
                    the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, State
                    attorneys general, and other relevant parties.
                        ``(C) Revisions.--The Secretary and Chief Operating
                    Officer may annually update the plan under paragraph
                    (1) to incorporate the recommendations made pursuant to
                    the consultation required under subparagraph (B) that
                    are accepted by the Secretary and the Chief Operating
                    Officer.
                        ``(D) Areas.--The plan developed under subparagraph
                    (A) shall address the responsibilities of the PBO in
                    the following areas:
                                ``(i) Improving service to students and
                            other participants in the Federal student
                            financial assistance programs authorized under
                            title IV, including making those programs more
                            understandable and accessible to students and
                            their families.
                                ``(ii) Managing the costs and increasing
                            the efficiency of such programs.
                                ``(iii) Improving, integrating, and
                            investing in the systems that support such
                            programs.
                                ``(iv) Developing open, common, and
                            integrated systems for such programs.
                                ``(v) The collection, publication, and
                            sharing of data on such programs as described
                            in subsection (b)(3).
                                ``(vi) Improving performance standards and
                            outcomes with respect to institutions,
                            contractors, and third party servicers that act
                            as agents of the Department or as agents of
                            institutions that participate in such programs.
                                ``(vii) Any other areas identified by the
                            Secretary.
                        ``(E) Public availability.--Each plan developed
                    under subparagraph (A) shall be made available on a
                    publicly accessible website of the Department of
                    Education.
                ``(2) Annual report.--
                        ``(A) Report required.--Not later than one year
                    after the date of the enactment of the College
                    Affordability Act and annually thereafter, the
                    Secretary, acting through the Chief Operating Officer,
                    shall submit to Congress an annual report on the
                    performance of the PBO.
                        ``(B) Contents.--The annual report shall include
                    the following:
                                ``(i) An evaluation of the extent to which
                            the PBO met the goals and objectives contained
                            in the five-year performance plan described in
                            paragraph (1) for the preceding year.
                                ``(ii) A summary of the consultation
                            process under paragraph (1)(B) for the
                            preceding year, including the recommendations
                            that were accepted or denied by the Chief
                            Operating Officer during such year, and the
                            rationale for accepting or denying such
                            recommendations.
                                ``(iii) An independent financial audit of
                            the expenditures of both the PBO and the
                            programs administered by the PBO.
                                ``(iv) A summary of the actions taken by
                            the PBO to address--
                                        ``(I) the findings of the audit
                                    described in clause (iii); and
                                        ``(II) consumer feedback.
                                ``(v) Financial and performance
                            requirements applicable to the PBO under--
                                        ``(I) the Chief Financial Officers
                                    Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-576); or
                                        ``(II) the Government Performance
                                    and Results Act of 1993 (Public Law
                                    103-62).
                                ``(vi) The results achieved by the PBO
                            during the preceding year and whether such
                            results met the goals specified in the
                            performance plan under paragraph (1).
                                ``(vii) With respect to the preceding year,
                            the evaluation rating of the performance of the
                            Chief Operating Officer and senior managers
                            under subsections (d)(5) and (e)(2), including
                            the amounts of bonus compensation awarded to
                            the Chief Operating Officer and senior
                            managers.
                                ``(viii) Recommendations for legislative
                            and regulatory changes to improve service to
                            students and their families, and to improve the
                            efficiency and integrity of Federal student
                            financial assistance programs authorized under
                            title IV.
                                ``(ix) Financial statements that provide a
                            rationale for appropriately funding the
                            activities of the PBO.
                                ``(x) A summary of the management and
                            compliance of contractors managed by the PBO in
                            the preceding year, including corrective
                            actions taken by the PBO with respect to such
                            contractors.
                                ``(xi) A description of how the PBO used
                            the authority under paragraph (5) of subsection
                            (b) for making personnel and procurement
                            decisions in the preceding year, including the
                            number of individuals hired through such
                            authority and the bonuses provided to staff
                            during such year.
                                ``(xii) A summary of the oversight
                            activities of institutions, contractors, and
                            third party servicers that participate in the
                            Federal student financial assistance programs
                            authorized under title IV including--
                                        ``(I) fines levied on such
                                    institutions, contractors, and third
                                    party servicers, disaggregated by
                                    entity;
                                        ``(II) instances of fraud or
                                    misrepresentation by such institutions,
                                    contractors, or third party servicers;
                                    and
                                        ``(III) violations of provisions in
                                    this Act by such institutions,
                                    contractors, or third party servicers
                                    disaggregated by entity and type of
                                    violation.
                                ``(xiii) A summary of any improvements made
                            with respect to transparency and any new types
                            of data made available in the preceding year.
                                ``(xiv) A description of the progress made
                            in the preceding year towards the specific
                            measurable organization and individual goals
                            specified in subsection (d)(5)(A).
                                ``(xv) The report submitted to the
                            Secretary under subsection (f)(7).
                                ``(xvi) Other such information as the
                            Director of the Office of Management and Budget
                            shall prescribe for performance based
                            organizations.
                ``(3) Consultation with stakeholders.--The Chief Operating
            Officer, in preparing the annual report described in paragraph
            (2), shall establish appropriate means to consult with
            students, borrowers, institutions, student aid experts,
            including consumer advocacy and research groups, the Director
            of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, and others
            involved in the delivery and evaluation of student aid under
            title IV--
                        ``(A) regarding the degree of satisfaction with the
                    delivery system; and
                        ``(B) to seek suggestions on means to improve the
                    performance of the delivery system.
                ``(4) Briefing on enforcement of program integrity.--The
            Secretary shall, at the request of the authorizing committees,
            provide to the authorizing committees a briefing on the steps
            the Department of Education has taken to ensure--
                        ``(A) the experiences of students and borrowers are
                    accounted for in decision making; and
                        ``(B) that contractors, lenders, and guaranty
                    agencies and third party servicers are adhering to the
                    requirements of title IV, the terms of any contract
                    with the Secretary, consumer protection laws, Federal
                    regulations and guidelines, and directives of the PBO.
                ``(5) Coordination with the director of the bureau of
            consumer financial protection.--Not later than 180 days after
            the date of the enactment of the College Affordability Act, the
            Secretary shall enter into a memorandum of understanding with
            the Private Education Loan Ombudsman in accordance with section
            1035(c)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
            Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5535(c)(2)).''.
                (4) in subsection (d)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``management
                    ability'' and all that follows through the period at
                    the end and inserting ``management ability, including
                    contractor management, expertise in the Federal student
                    financial assistance programs authorized under title
                    IV, experience with financial systems, and knowledge of
                    consumer financial protection laws, and without regard
                    to political affiliation or activity.'';
                        (B) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (5) as
                    paragraphs (3) through (6);
                        (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
                ``(2) Restrictions.--
                        ``(A) Preservice and in-service restrictions.--An
                    individual may not serve as the Chief Operating Officer
                    if such individual--
                                ``(i) is employed by, or has a financial
                            interest in, an entity that contracts with the
                            PBO; or
                                ``(ii) was employed by, or had a financial
                            interest in, any such entity in any of the five
                            years preceding the date of the individual's
                            appointment as the Chief Operating Officer.
                        ``(B) Postservice restrictions.--An individual who
                    served as the Chief Operating Officer may not accept
                    employment with an entity that contracts with the PBO
                    until a period of five years has elapsed following the
                    date on which such individual's service as the Chief
                    Operating Officer terminated.'';
                        (D) in paragraph (5), as so redesignated--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                        (I) by inserting ``specific''
                                    before ``measurable''; and
                                        (II) by inserting ``and metrics
                                    used to measure progress toward such
                                    goals'' before the period; and
                                (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ``on
                            the website of the Department'' before the
                            period; and
                        (E) in paragraph (6), as so redesignated, by
                    amending subparagraph (B) to read as follows:
                        ``(B) Bonus authorized.--The Secretary may pay to
                    the Chief Operating Officer a bonus in an amount that
                    does not exceed 50 percent of such annual rate of basic
                    pay. The decision to pay such a bonus, and the amount
                    of the bonus, shall be based solely on the Secretary's
                    evaluation of the performance of the Chief Operating
                    Officer with respect to the goals set forth in the
                    performance agreement as described in paragraph
                    (5)(A).'';
                (5) in subsection (e)(2), by striking ``organization and
            individual goals'' and inserting ``specific, measurable
            organization and individual goals and the metrics used to
            measure progress toward such goals. Performance agreements for
            senior management responsible for procurement shall include
            metrics that measure ability to oversee contractors.'';
                (6) by amending subsection (f) to read as follows:
        ``(f) Borrower Advocate.--
                ``(1) In general.--There is established in the PBO an
            `Office of the Borrower Advocate' (referred to in this
            subsection as the `Office'). The function of the Office shall
            be to provide timely assistance to borrowers of loans made,
            insured, or guaranteed under title IV by performing the duties
            described in paragraph (6).
                ``(2) Head of office.--There shall be an official known as
            the `Borrower Advocate' who shall serve as the head of the
            Office. The Borrower Advocate shall be appointed by the
            Secretary from among individuals who have worked closely with
            the Federal student loan programs authorized under title IV.
                ``(3) Removal.--The Borrower Advocate may be removed only
            by the Secretary who shall communicate the reasons for any such
            removal to the authorizing committees.
                ``(4) Restrictions.--
                        ``(A) Preservice and in-service restrictions.--An
                    individual may not serve as the Borrower Advocate if
                    such individual--
                                ``(i) is employed by, or has a financial
                            interest in, an entity that contracts with the
                            PBO; or
                                ``(ii) was employed by, or had a financial
                            interest in, any such entity in any of the five
                            years preceding the date of the individual's
                            appointment as the Borrower Advocate.
                        ``(B) Postservice restrictions.--An individual who
                    served as the Borrower Advocate may not accept
                    employment with an entity that contracts with the PBO
                    until a period of five years has elapsed following the
                    date on which such individual's service as the Borrower
                    Advocate terminated.
                ``(5) Staff.--The Office shall be staffed sufficiently to
            carry out the responsibilities of the Office under this
            subsection.
                ``(6) Duties of the borrower advocate.--The Office of the
            Borrower Advocate shall--
                        ``(A) assist borrowers of loans made, insured, or
                    guaranteed under title IV in resolving problems with
                    the PBO and its contractors or other agents, including
                    by--
                                ``(i) receiving and reviewing complaints of
                            such problems from borrowers;
                                ``(ii) working to resolve such complaints
                            in a manner that is in the best interests of
                            borrowers; and
                                ``(iii) transmitting such complaints to
                            States and recognized accrediting agencies or
                            associations, as appropriate.
                        ``(B) attempt to resolve complaints within the
                    Department of Education and with institutions of higher
                    education, lenders, guaranty agencies, loan servicers,
                    and other participants in the Federal student loan
                    programs authorized under title IV in a manner that
                    will improve the experience of the borrower;
                        ``(C) conduct impartial reviews regarding a
                    student's independence under subparagraph (B) or (H) of
                    section 480(d)(1), in consultation with knowledgeable
                    parties, including institutions of higher education,
                    child welfare agencies, local educational agency
                    liaisons for homeless individuals designated under
                    section 722(g)(1)(J)(ii) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless
                    Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11432(g)(1)(J)(ii)), or State
                    Coordinators for Education of Homeless Children and
                    Youth established in accordance with section 722 of
                    such Act (42 U.S.C. 11432);
                        ``(D) compile and analyze data on borrower
                    complaints and share such data with the Director of the
                    Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection;
                        ``(E) publish, with any personally identifiable
                    information redacted, such complaints and responses of
                    the Secretary to such complaints on the website of the
                    Department; and
                        ``(F) make appropriate recommendations to Congress,
                    the Chief Operating Officer, and Secretary with respect
                    to Federal student loan programs authorized under title
                    IV and the experiences of borrowers in repayment of
                    loans under such programs.
                ``(7) Public information.--The Chief Operating Officer
            shall establish and maintain a public page on the website of
            the Department of Education exclusively to provide members of
            the public with information about the role of the PBO with
            respect to the oversight of institutions of higher education,
            lenders, guaranty agencies, contractors that contract with the
            PBO, subcontractors of such contractors, and third party
            servicers.
                ``(8) Report.--On an annual basis, the Borrower Advocate
            shall submit to the Chief Operating Officer a report on the
            activities of the Office during the preceding year that--
                        ``(A) identifies the activities carried out by the
                    Borrower Advocate;
                        ``(B) summarizes the complaints received from
                    borrowers, including the number of such complaints, and
                    explains the activities undertaken by the PBO to
                    address such complaints;
                        ``(C) proposes changes in the administrative
                    practices of the PBO to mitigate problems experienced
                    by borrowers; and
                        ``(D) identifies potential legislative changes
                    which may be appropriate to mitigate such problems.'';
                (7) by redesignating subsection (i) as subsection (k); and
                (8) by inserting after subsection (h) the following:
        ``(i) Enforcement Unit.--
                ``(1) In general.--Not later than 180 days after the date
            of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary
            shall establish within the PBO an enforcement unit (referred to
            in this section as the `Unit') to review and investigate
            violations of this Act and recommend enforcement actions in
            accordance with paragraph (3).
                ``(2) Chief enforcement officer.--
                        ``(A) Appointment.--The Secretary shall appoint an
                    official to be known as the `Chief Enforcement Officer'
                    who shall serve as the head of the Unit. The Secretary
                    shall appoint an individual to serve as the Chief
                    Enforcement Officer solely on the basis of such
                    individual's integrity and expertise in law and
                    investigations and without regard to such individual's
                    political affiliation.
                        ``(B) Authority.--The Chief Enforcement Officer
                    shall report directly to the Secretary without being
                    required to report through any other official of the
                    Department of Education.
                        ``(C) Term.--The Chief Enforcement Officer shall be
                    appointed for a term of 6 years and may be reappointed
                    for additional terms of 6 years at the discretion of
                    the Secretary.
                        ``(D) Removal.--
                                ``(i) In general.--The Chief Enforcement
                            Officer may not be removed during the Officer's
                            term except for cause.
                                ``(ii) Notice to congress.--If the
                            Secretary removes the Chief Enforcement Officer
                            before the expiration of the Officer's term,
                            the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing
                            committees a report that explains the reasons
                            for such removal. The report shall be submitted
                            to the authorizing committees not later than 30
                            days after the date on which the removal takes
                            effect.
                ``(3) Duties.--The Chief Enforcement Officer shall have the
            following duties:
                        ``(A) Receive, process, and analyze allegations
                    that a covered entity has violated Federal law or has
                    engaged in unfair, deceptive, or abusive practices.
                        ``(B) Review and investigate such allegations or
                    refer such allegations to an entity described in
                    subparagraphs (A) through (E) of paragraph (6).
                        ``(C) After reviewing and investigating an
                    allegation under subparagraph (B), in consultation with
                    the Chief Operating Officer--
                                ``(i) if the covered entity subject to such
                            allegation is an entity described in clause (i)
                            or (iii) of paragraph (8)(A), make
                            recommendations with respect to such covered
                            entity, including--
                                        ``(I) whether such covered entity
                                    should be limited, suspended, or
                                    terminated from participation in one or
                                    more programs under title IV;
                                        ``(II) whether such covered entity
                                    should be subject to an emergency
                                    action under section 487(c)(1)(G);
                                        ``(III) whether such covered entity
                                    should be subject to a civil penalty
                                    described in section 487(c)(3)(B);
                                        ``(IV) whether such covered entity
                                    should be subject to a criminal penalty
                                    described in section 490; or
                                        ``(V) whether such covered entity
                                    should be subject to a combination of
                                    any of the actions described in
                                    subclauses (I) though (IV);
                                ``(ii) if the covered entity subject to
                            such allegation is an entity described in
                            clause (ii) of paragraph (8)(A), make
                            recommendations with respect to such covered
                            entity, including whether such covered entity
                            should be limited, suspended, or terminated
                            from administering or providing services with
                            respect to one or more programs under title IV;
                            and
                                ``(iii) provide the Secretary with such
                            recommendations.
                ``(4) Secretarial review and action.--After receiving
            notice of a determination of the Chief Enforcement Officer
            under paragraph (3)(C), the Secretary shall decide whether or
            not to pursue enforcement action against the entity concerned,
            in accordance with the procedures established under section
            487(c)(3). In a case in which the Chief Enforcement Officer
            recommends enforcement action against an entity, but the
            Secretary decides not to pursue such enforcement action, the
            Secretary shall notify the Chief Enforcement Officer, in
            writing, of the rationale for such decision.
                ``(5) Coordination and staffing.--The Chief Enforcement
            Officer shall--
                        ``(A) coordinate with relevant Federal and State
                    agencies and oversight bodies; and
                        ``(B) hire staff with the expertise necessary to
                    conduct investigations, respond to allegations against
                    covered entities, and enforce compliance with laws
                    governing Federal student financial assistance programs
                    under title IV.
                ``(6) Information sharing.--The Chief Enforcement Officer
            shall develop and implement a process for sharing relevant
            information about allegations against covered entities with--
                        ``(A) the Borrower Advocate appointed under
                    subsection (f);
                        ``(B) personnel of the Department responsible for
                    processing borrower defense claims submitted under
                    section 493H;
                        ``(C) other relevant Federal agencies;
                        ``(D) States, including State law enforcement and
                    regulatory agencies; and
                        ``(E) recognized accrediting agencies or
                    associations.
                ``(7) Report to congress.--On an annual basis, the Chief
            Enforcement Officer shall submit to the authorizing committees
            a report that includes--
                        ``(A) the number of allegations about covered
                    entities received by Unit in the year covered by the
                    report;
                        ``(B) the number of such allegations investigated
                    by the Unit;
                        ``(C) the number of such allegations that were
                    referred to the Secretary under paragraph (3)(C) and a
                    summary of any action taken by the Secretary with
                    respect to such allegations;
                        ``(D) the number of such allegations that were
                    referred to other Federal agencies and the names of the
                    agencies to which the allegations were referred; and
                        ``(E) the number of such allegations that remain
                    under review or investigation as of the date of the
                    report.
                ``(8) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                        ``(A) Covered entity.--In this subsection, the term
                    `covered entity' means--
                                ``(i) an institution of higher education
                            (as defined in section 102) that participates
                            in the Federal student financial assistance
                            programs authorized under title IV;
                                ``(ii) a contractor that contracts with the
                            PBO to provide services relating to such
                            programs, or a subcontractor of such
                            contractor; or
                                ``(iii) a third party servicer.
                        ``(B) Third party servicer.--the term `third party
                    servicer' has the meaning given that term in section
                    481(c).''.

                     TITLE II--TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

          PART A--TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER QUALITY PARTNERSHIP GRANTS

    SEC. 2001. DEFINITIONS.

        Section 200 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1021) is
    amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 200. DEFINITIONS.

        ``Except as otherwise provided, in this title:
                ``(1) Arts and sciences.--The term `arts and sciences'
            means--
                        ``(A) when referring to an organizational unit of
                    an institution of higher education, any academic unit
                    that offers one or more academic majors in disciplines
                    or content areas corresponding to the academic subject
                    matter areas in which teachers provide instruction; and
                        ``(B) when referring to a specific academic subject
                    area, the disciplines or content areas in which
                    academic majors are offered by the arts and sciences
                    organizational unit.
                ``(2) Blended learning.--The term `blended learning' has
            the meaning given the term in section 4102 of the Elementary
            and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7112).
                ``(3) Children from low-income families.--The term
            `children from low-income families' means children described in
            section 1124(c)(1)(A) of the Elementary and Secondary Education
            Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6333(c)(1)(A)).
                ``(4) Comprehensive literacy instruction.--The term
            `comprehensive literacy instruction' has the meaning given the
            term in section 2221(b)(1) of the Elementary and Secondary
            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6641(b)(1)).
                ``(5) Digital learning.--The term `digital learning' has
            the meaning given the term in section 4102 of the Elementary
            and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7112).
                ``(6) Diverse teacher candidates.--The term `diverse
            teacher candidates' means teacher candidates who are--
                        ``(A) members of racial and ethnic groups
                    underrepresented in the teaching profession; or
                        ``(B) linguistically and culturally prepared to
                    educate students in high-need schools.
                ``(7) Early childhood educator.--The term `early childhood
            educator' means an individual with primary responsibility for
            the education of children in an early childhood education
            program.
                ``(8) Educational service agency.--The term `educational
            service agency' has the meaning given the term in section 8101
            of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20
            U.S.C. 7801).
                ``(9) Educator.--The term `educator' means a teacher,
            principal or other school leader, specialized instructional
            support personnel, or other staff member who provides or
            directly supports instruction, such as a school librarian,
            counselor, or paraprofessional.
                ``(10) Eligible partnership.--The term `eligible
            partnership' means an entity--
                        ``(A) that--
                                ``(i) shall include--
                                        ``(I) a high-need local educational
                                    agency;
                                        ``(II)(aa) a high-need school or a
                                    consortium of high-need schools served
                                    by such high-need local educational
                                    agency; or
                                        ``(bb) as applicable, a high-need
                                    early childhood education program;
                                        ``(III) a partner institution;
                                        ``(IV) a school, department, or
                                    program of education within such
                                    partner institution, which may include
                                    an existing teacher professional
                                    development program with proven
                                    outcomes within a four-year institution
                                    of higher education that provides
                                    intensive and sustained collaboration
                                    between faculty and local educational
                                    agencies consistent with the
                                    requirements of this title; and
                                        ``(V) a school or department of
                                    arts and sciences within such partner
                                    institution; or
                                ``(ii) shall include--
                                        ``(I)(aa) a partner education
                                    institution;
                                        ``(bb) a school, department, or
                                    program of education within such
                                    partner institution, which may include
                                    an existing teacher professional
                                    development program with proven
                                    outcomes within a four-year institution
                                    of higher education that provides
                                    intensive and sustained collaboration
                                    between faculty and local educational
                                    agencies consistent with the
                                    requirements of this title; or
                                        ``(cc) a school or department of
                                    arts and sciences within such partner
                                    institution; and
                                        ``(II) a State educational agency
                                    that will serve to place graduates of
                                    partnership programs into high-need
                                    local educational agencies, schools, or
                                    early childhood programs, or schools
                                    that have been identified for
                                    comprehensive support and improvement
                                    under section 1111(d)(2) of the
                                    Elementary and Secondary Education Act
                                    of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(d)(2)); and
                        ``(B) that may include any of the following:
                                ``(i) The Governor of the State.
                                ``(ii) The State educational agency.
                                ``(iii) The State board of education.
                                ``(iv) The State agency for higher
                            education.
                                ``(v) A public or private nonprofit
                            educational organization.
                                ``(vi) An educational service agency.
                                ``(vii) A public school teacher, principal,
                            or school leader organization.
                                ``(viii) A high-performing local
                            educational agency, or a consortium of such
                            local educational agencies, that can serve as a
                            resource to the partnership.
                                ``(ix) A charter school (as defined in
                            section 4310 of the Elementary and Secondary
                            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7221i)).
                                ``(x) A school or department within the
                            partner institution that focuses on psychology
                            and human development.
                                ``(xi) A school or department within the
                            partner institution for teacher or school
                            leader preparation with comparable expertise in
                            the disciplines of teaching, learning, and
                            child and adolescent development.
                                ``(xii) An entity operating a program that
                            provides alternative routes to State
                            certification of teachers or principals.
                ``(11) English learner.--The term `English learner' has the
            meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and
            Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
                ``(12) Evidence-based.--The term `evidence-based' has the
            meaning given the term in subclauses (I) and (II) of section
            8101(21)(A)(i) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of
            1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801(21)(A)).
                ``(13) Evidence of student learning.--The term `evidence of
            student learning' means multiple measures of student learning
            that include the following:
                        ``(A) Valid and reliable student assessment data,
                    which may include data--
                                ``(i) on student learning gains on
                            statewide academic assessments under section
                            1111(b)(2) of the Elementary and Secondary
                            Education Act of 1965;
                                ``(ii) from student academic achievement
                            assessments used at the national, State, or
                            local levels, where available and appropriate
                            for the curriculum and students taught;
                                ``(iii) from classroom-based summative
                            assessments; and
                                ``(iv) from high quality validated
                            performance-based assessments that are aligned
                            with challenging State academic standards
                            adopted under section 1111(b)(1) of the
                            Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965
                            (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(1)).
                        ``(B) Not less than one of the following additional
                    measures:
                                ``(i) Student work, including measures of
                            performance criteria and evidence of student
                            growth.
                                ``(ii) Teacher-generated information about
                            student goals and growth.
                                ``(iii) Parental feedback about student
                            goals and growth.
                                ``(iv) Student feedback about learning and
                            teaching supports.
                                ``(v) Assessments of affective engagement
                            and self-efficacy.
                                ``(vi) Other appropriate measures, as
                            determined by the State.
                ``(14) Foster care.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The term `foster care' means 24-
                    hour substitute care for a child placed away from the
                    child's parents or guardians and for whom the State
                    agency has placement and care responsibility. The term
                    includes care through a placement in a foster family
                    home, a foster home of a relative, a group home, an
                    emergency shelter, a residential facility, a child care
                    institution, or a pre-adoptive home.
                        ``(B) Rule.--A child shall be considered to be in
                    foster care under subparagraph (A) without regard to
                    whether--
                                ``(i) the foster care facility is licensed
                            and payments are made by the State or local
                            agency for the care of the child;
                                ``(ii) adoption subsidy payments are being
                            made prior to the finalization of an adoption;
                            or
                                ``(iii) Federal matching funds for any
                            payments described in clause (i) or (ii) are
                            being made.
                ``(15) High-need early childhood education program.--The
            term `high-need early childhood education program' means an
            early childhood education program serving children from low-
            income families that is located within the geographic area
            served by a high-need local educational agency.
                ``(16) High-need local educational agency.--The term `high-
            need local educational agency' means a local educational
            agency--
                        ``(A)(i) that serves not fewer than 10,000 low-
                    income children;
                        ``(ii) for which not less than 40 percent of the
                    children served by the agency are low-income children;
                        ``(iii) that meets the eligibility requirements for
                    funding under the Small, Rural School Achievement
                    Program under section 5211(b) of the Elementary and
                    Secondary Education Act of 1965 or the Rural and Low-
                    Income School Program under section 6221(b) of such
                    Act; or
                        ``(iv) that has a percentage of low-income children
                    that is in the highest quartile among such agencies in
                    the State; and
                        ``(B)(i) for which one or more schools served by
                    the agency is identified by the State for comprehensive
                    supports and interventions under section
                    1111(c)(4)(D)(i) of the Elementary and Secondary
                    Education Act of 1965; or
                        ``(ii) for which one or more schools served by the
                    agency has a high teacher turnover rate or is
                    experiencing a teacher shortage in a high-needs field,
                    as determined by the State.
                ``(17) High-need school.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The term `high-need school'
                    means a school that, based on the most recent data
                    available, is--
                                ``(i) an elementary school, in which not
                            less than 60 percent of students are eligible
                            for a free or reduced price school lunch under
                            the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch
                            Act;
                                ``(ii) any other school that is not an
                            elementary school, in which not less than 45
                            percent of students are eligible for a free or
                            reduced price school lunch under the Richard B.
                            Russell National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C.
                            1751 et seq.); or
                                ``(iii) identified for comprehensive
                            support and improvement under section
                            1111(c)(4)(D) of the Elementary and Secondary
                            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                            6311(c)(4)(D)), targeted support and
                            improvement under section 1111(d)(2) of such
                            Act (20 U.S.C. 6311(d)(2)), or additional
                            targeted support under section 1111(d)(2)(C) of
                            such Act (20 U.S.C. 6311(d)(2)(C)).
                        ``(B) Special rule.--
                                ``(i) Designation by the secretary.--The
                            Secretary may, upon approval of an application
                            submitted by an eligible partnership seeking a
                            grant under this title, designate a school that
                            does not qualify as a high-need school under
                            subparagraph (A) as a high-need school for the
                            purpose of this title. The Secretary shall base
                            the approval of an application for designation
                            of a school under this clause on a
                            consideration of the information required under
                            clause (ii), and may also take into account
                            other information submitted by the eligible
                            partnership.
                                ``(ii) Application requirements.--An
                            application for designation of a school under
                            clause (i) shall include--
                                        ``(I) the number and percentage of
                                    students attending such school who
                                    are--
                                                ``(aa) aged 5 through 17 in
                                            poverty counted in the most
                                            recent census data approved by
                                            the Secretary;
                                                ``(bb) eligible for a free
                                            or reduced price school lunch
                                            under the Richard B. Russell
                                            National School Lunch Act;
                                                ``(cc) in families
                                            receiving assistance under the
                                            State program funded under part
                                            A of title IV of the Social
                                            Security Act; or
                                                ``(dd) eligible to receive
                                            medical assistance under the
                                            Medicaid program;
                                        ``(II) information about the
                                    student academic achievement of
                                    students at such school; and
                                        ``(III) for a secondary school, the
                                    four-year adjusted cohort graduation
                                    rate for such school.
                ``(18) Highly competent.--The term `highly competent', when
            used with respect to an early childhood educator, means an
            early childhood educator--
                        ``(A) with specialized education and training in
                    development and education of young children from birth
                    until entry into kindergarten or a specialization in
                    infants and toddlers or pre-school children;
                        ``(B) with a baccalaureate degree in an academic
                    major in an early childhood or related field; and
                        ``(C) who has demonstrated a high level of
                    knowledge and use of content and pedagogy in the
                    relevant areas associated with quality early childhood
                    education.
                ``(19) Homeless child.--The term `homeless child' means an
            individual who is a homeless child or youth under section 725
            of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C.
            11434a).
                ``(20) Induction program.--The term `induction program'
            means a formalized program for new teachers, principals, or
            school leaders, during not less than the teachers', principals,
            or school leaders' first 2 years of, respectively, teaching or
            leading, that is designed to provide support for, and improve
            the professional performance and increase the retention in the
            education field of, beginning teachers, principals, or school
            leaders. Such program shall promote effective teaching or
            leadership skills and shall include the following components:
                        ``(A) High-quality and structured teacher or school
                    leader mentoring led by a trained and expert mentor who
                    has demonstrated high skill and effectiveness and who
                    teaches or leads, or has taught or led, in the same or
                    similar field, grade, or subject as the mentee.
                        ``(B) Periodic, structured time for collaboration,
                    including with mentors, as well as time for
                    information-sharing among teachers, principals, other
                    school leaders and administrators, other appropriate
                    instructional staff, and participating faculty or
                    program staff in the partner institution.
                        ``(C) The application of evidence-based
                    instructional practices.
                        ``(D) Opportunities for new teachers, principals,
                    or school leaders to draw directly on the expertise of
                    mentors, faculty or program staff, and researchers,
                    including through mentor observation and feedback, to
                    support the integration of evidence-based research and
                    practice.
                        ``(E) The development of skills in evidence-based
                    instructional and behavioral supports and
                    interventions.
                        ``(F) Faculty or program staff who--
                                ``(i) model the integration of research and
                            practice in the classroom and school; and
                                ``(ii) as appropriate, assist new teachers
                            or school leaders with the effective use and
                            integration of educational technology and the
                            principles of universal design for learning
                            into the classroom or school.
                        ``(G) Interdisciplinary collaboration among teacher
                    leaders or school leaders, faculty or program staff,
                    researchers, and other staff who prepare new teachers
                    or school leaders with respect to, as applicable, the
                    learning process, the assessment of learning, or the
                    leadership of a school.
                        ``(H) As applicable to the role, assistance with
                    understanding of the effective use of data,
                    particularly student achievement data, and the
                    applicability of such data to inform and improve
                    classroom instruction and school leadership.
                        ``(I) Regular and structured observation and
                    evaluation of new teachers, principals, or other school
                    leaders that are based in part on evidence of student
                    learning, shall include multiple measures of educator
                    performance, and shall provide clear, timely, and
                    useful feedback to teachers, principals, or other
                    school leaders to be used to improve instruction, as
                    applicable.
                        ``(J) With respect to a principal induction
                    program, the development of local-educational-agency-
                    wide systems such as rigorous leader standards,
                    continuous ongoing identification of goals for
                    improvement, and support for achieving those goals.
                        ``(K) The development of skills in improving the
                    school culture and climate related to school leadership
                    and the role of the principal, including to--
                                ``(i) nurture teacher and staff development
                            to strengthen classroom practice;
                                ``(ii) build and sustain an inclusive
                            culture of learning among adults and children;
                                ``(iii) strengthen communications and
                            relationships with teachers, parents,
                            caregivers, paraprofessionals, and community
                            stakeholders;
                                ``(iv) facilitate the sharing of knowledge,
                            insight, and best practices in the community
                            served by the school, preschool program, or
                            early childhood education program, including
                            with youth serving programs (such as before-
                            and after-school and summer programs); and
                                ``(v) build relationships and communicate
                            effectively with State and local educational
                            agency officials.
                ``(21) Infant or toddler with a disability.--The term
            `infant or toddler with a disability' has the meaning given the
            term in section 632 of the Individuals with Disabilities
            Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1432).
                ``(22) Mentoring.--The term `mentoring' means the mentoring
            or coaching of new or prospective teachers, principals, or
            school leaders through a program that--
                        ``(A) includes clear criteria for the selection of
                    teacher, principal, or school leader mentors who may be
                    program staff and who will provide role model
                    relationships for mentees, which criteria shall be
                    developed by the eligible partnership and based on
                    measures of teacher or school leader effectiveness;
                        ``(B) provides high-quality training for such
                    mentors, including instructional strategies for
                    culturally relevant teaching practices, literacy
                    instruction and classroom management (including
                    approaches that improve the schoolwide climate for
                    learning, create inclusive classroom environments, and
                    address the social and emotional needs of students,
                    which may include positive behavioral interventions and
                    supports);
                        ``(C) provides regular and ongoing opportunities
                    for mentors and mentees to observe each other's
                    teaching or leading methods in classroom or school
                    settings during the day in a high-need school in the
                    high-need local educational agency in the eligible
                    partnership;
                        ``(D) provides paid release time for mentors;
                        ``(E) for teachers, provides mentoring to each
                    mentee by a colleague who teaches in the same field,
                    grade, or subject as the mentee;
                        ``(F) for teachers, promotes empirically-based
                    practice of, and evidence-based research on, where
                    applicable--
                                ``(i) teaching and learning;
                                ``(ii) assessment of student learning;
                                ``(iii) the development of teaching skills
                            through the use of instructional and behavioral
                            interventions; and
                                ``(iv) the improvement of the mentees'
                            capacity to measurably advance student
                            learning; and
                        ``(G) includes--
                                ``(i) common planning time or regularly
                            scheduled collaboration for the mentor and
                            mentee; and
                                ``(ii) as applicable, joint professional
                            development opportunities.
                ``(23) Parent.--The term `parent' has the meaning given the
            term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education
            Act of 1965.
                ``(24) Partner institution.--The term `partner institution'
            means an institution of higher education, which may include a
            2-year institution of higher education offering a dual program
            with a 4-year institution of higher education, participating in
            an eligible partnership that has a teacher or school leader
            preparation program that is accredited by the State--
                        ``(A) in the case of a teacher preparation
                    program--
                                ``(i) whose graduates exhibit strong
                            performance on State-determined qualifying
                            assessments for new teachers through--
                                        ``(I) demonstrating that 80 percent
                                    or more of the graduates of the program
                                    who intend to enter the field of
                                    teaching have passed all of the
                                    applicable State qualification
                                    assessments for new teachers, which
                                    shall include an assessment of each
                                    prospective teacher's subject matter
                                    knowledge in the content area in which
                                    the teacher intends to teach; or
                                        ``(II) that is not designated as a
                                    low-performing teacher preparation
                                    program in the State as determined by
                                    the State--
                                                ``(aa) using criteria
                                            consistent with the
                                            requirements for the State
                                            assessment under section 207(a)
                                            before the first publication of
                                            such report card; and
                                                ``(bb) using the State
                                            assessment required under
                                            section 207(a), after the first
                                            publication of such report card
                                            and for every year thereafter;
                                            and
                                ``(ii) that requires--
                                        ``(I) each student in the program
                                    to meet high academic standards or
                                    demonstrate a record of success, as
                                    determined by the institution
                                    (including prior to entering and being
                                    accepted into a program), and
                                    participate in intensive clinical
                                    experience;
                                        ``(II) each student in the program
                                    preparing to become a teacher who meets
                                    the applicable State certification and
                                    licensure requirements, including any
                                    requirements for certification obtained
                                    through alternative routes to
                                    certification, or, with regard to
                                    special education teachers, the
                                    qualifications described in section
                                    612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with
                                    Disabilities Education Act; and
                                        ``(III) each student in the program
                                    preparing to become an early childhood
                                    educator to become highly competent;
                                    and
                        ``(B) in the case of a school leader preparation
                    program--
                                ``(i) whose graduates exhibit a strong
                            record of successful school leadership as
                            demonstrated by--
                                        ``(I) a high percentage of such
                                    graduates taking positions as assistant
                                    principals and principals within 3
                                    years of completing the program; and
                                        ``(II) a high percentage of such
                                    graduates rated effective or above in
                                    State school leader evaluation and
                                    support systems (as described in
                                    section 2101(c)(4)(B)(ii) of the
                                    Elementary and Secondary Education Act
                                    of 1965) or, if no such ratings are
                                    available, other, comparable indicators
                                    of performance; and
                                ``(ii) that requires each student in the
                            program to participate in intensive clinical
                            experience in an authentic setting (including
                            by assuming substantial leadership
                            responsibilities) in which the student can be
                            evaluated on leadership skills and the
                            student's effect on student outcomes as part of
                            program completion.
                ``(25) Professional development.--The term `professional
            development' has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of
            the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
                ``(26) Profession-ready.--The term `profession-ready'--
                        ``(A) when used with respect to a principal or
                    other school leader, means a principal or other school
                    leader who--
                                ``(i) has an advanced degree, or other
                            appropriate credential;
                                ``(ii) has completed a principal or other
                            school leader preparation process and is fully
                            certified and licensed by the State in which
                            the principal or other school leader is
                            employed;
                                ``(iii) has demonstrated instructional
                            leadership, including the ability to collect,
                            analyze, and utilize data on evidence of
                            student learning and evidence of classroom
                            practice;
                                ``(iv) has demonstrated proficiency in
                            professionally recognized leadership standards,
                            such as through--
                                        ``(I) a performance assessment;
                                        ``(II) completion of a residency
                                    program; or
                                        ``(III) other measures of
                                    leadership effectiveness, as determined
                                    by the State; and
                                ``(v) has demonstrated the ability to work
                            with students who are culturally and
                            linguistically diverse;
                        ``(B) when used with respect to a teacher, means a
                    teacher who--
                                ``(i) has completed a teacher preparation
                            program and is fully certified and licensed to
                            teach by the State in which the teacher is
                            employed;
                                ``(ii) has a baccalaureate degree or
                            higher;
                                ``(iii) has demonstrated content knowledge
                            in the subject or subjects the teacher teaches;
                                ``(iv) has demonstrated the ability to work
                            with students who are culturally and
                            linguistically diverse;
                                ``(v) has demonstrated teaching skills,
                            such as through--
                                        ``(I) a teacher performance
                                    assessment; or
                                        ``(II) other measures of teaching
                                    skills, as determined by the State; and
                                ``(vi) has demonstrated proficiency with
                            the use of educational technology; and
                        ``(C) when used with respect to any other educator
                    not described in subparagraph (A) or (B), means an
                    educator who has completed an appropriate preparation
                    program and is fully certified or licensed by the State
                    in which the educator is employed.
                ``(27) Residency program.--The term `residency program'
            means a school-based educator preparation program in which a
            prospective teacher, principal, or other school leader--
                        ``(A) for 1 academic year, works alongside a mentor
                    teacher, principal, or other school leader who is--
                                ``(i) the educator of record; and
                                ``(ii) is rated as effective or above in
                            the State's school leader evaluation and
                            support system (as described in section
                            2101(c)(4)(B)(ii) of the Elementary and
                            Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                            6611(c)(4)(B)(ii))) or, if no such ratings are
                            available, other, on comparable indicators of
                            performance;
                        ``(B) receives concurrent instruction during the
                    year described in subparagraph (A) from the partner
                    institution, which may be courses taught by local
                    educational agency personnel or residency program
                    faculty, in, as applicable--
                                ``(i) the teaching of the content area in
                            which the teacher will become certified or
                            licensed;
                                ``(ii) pedagogical practices; and
                                ``(iii) leadership, management,
                            organizational, and instructional skills
                            necessary to serve as a principal or other
                            school leader;
                        ``(C) acquires effective teaching or leadership
                    skills; and
                        ``(D) prior to completion of the program, attains
                    full State teacher, principal, or school leader
                    certification or licensure, and becomes profession-
                    ready.
                ``(28) School leader.--The term `school leader' has the
            meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and
            Secondary Education Act of 1965.
                ``(29) School leader preparation entity.--The term `school
            leader preparation entity' means an institution of higher
            education or a nonprofit organization, including those
            institutions or organizations that provide alternative routes
            to certification, that is approved by the State to prepare
            school leaders to be effective.
                ``(30) School leader preparation program.--The term `school
            leader preparation program' means a program offered by a school
            leader preparation entity, whether a traditional or alternative
            route, that is approved by the State to prepare school leaders
            to be effective and that leads to a specific State
            certification to be a school leader.
                ``(31) School leader skills.--The term `school leader
            skills' refers to evidenced-based competencies for principals
            and other school leaders such as--
                        ``(A) shaping a vision of academic success for all
                    students;
                        ``(B) creating a safe and inclusive learning
                    environment;
                        ``(C) cultivating leadership in others;
                        ``(D) improving instruction; and
                        ``(E) managing people, data, and processes to
                    foster school improvement.
                ``(32) Teacher leader.--The term `teacher leader' means an
            effective educator who carries out formalized leadership
            responsibilities based on the demonstrated needs of the
            elementary school or secondary school in which the teacher is
            employed, while maintaining a role as a classroom instructor
            who--
                        ``(A) is trained in and practices teacher
                    leadership; and
                        ``(B) fosters a collaborative culture to--
                                ``(i) support educator development,
                            effectiveness, and student learning;
                                ``(ii) support access and use research to
                            improve practice and student learning;
                                ``(iii) promote professional learning for
                            continuous improvement;
                                ``(iv) facilitate improvements in
                            instruction and student learning; promote the
                            appropriate use of assessments and data for
                            school and district improvement;
                                ``(v) improve outreach and collaboration
                            with families and community;
                                ``(vi) advance the profession by shaping
                            and implementing policy;
                                ``(vii) advocate for increased access to
                            great teaching and learning for all students;
                            and
                                ``(viii) demonstrate cultural competencies
                            and provide instruction and support as such.
                ``(33) Teaching skills.--The term `teaching skills' means
            skills that enable a teacher to--
                        ``(A) increase student learning, achievement, and
                    the ability to apply knowledge;
                        ``(B) effectively convey, explain, and provide
                    opportunities for students to develop the skills
                    aligned with the full depth and breadth of the State
                    challenging academic standards, including the
                    application of academic subject matter;
                        ``(C) effectively teach higher-order analytical,
                    evaluation, problem-solving, critical thinking, social
                    and emotional, collaboration, and communication skills;
                        ``(D) employ strategies grounded in the disciplines
                    of teaching and learning that--
                                ``(i) are based on empirically based
                            practice and evidence-based research, where
                            applicable, related to teaching and learning;
                                ``(ii) are specific to academic subject
                            matter; and
                                ``(iii) focus on the identification of
                            students' specific learning needs, particularly
                            students with disabilities, students who are
                            English learners, students who are gifted and
                            talented, and students with low literacy
                            levels, and the tailoring of academic
                            instruction to such needs;
                        ``(E) design and conduct ongoing assessments of
                    student learning, which may include the use of
                    formative assessments, performance-based assessments,
                    project-based assessments, or portfolio assessments,
                    that measures higher-order thinking skills (including
                    application, analysis, synthesis, and evaluation) and
                    use this information to inform and personalize
                    instruction;
                        ``(F) support the social, emotional, and academic
                    achievement of all students including effectively
                    manage a classroom creating a positive and inclusive
                    classroom environment, including the ability to
                    implement positive behavioral interventions, trauma-
                    informed care, and other support strategies;
                        ``(G) support an inclusive learning environment
                    through culturally responsive teaching;
                        ``(H) support technology-rich instruction,
                    assessment and learning management in content areas,
                    technology literacy, and understanding of the
                    principles of universal design;
                        ``(I) demonstrate proficiency with the use of
                    educational technology;
                        ``(J) communicate and work with families, and
                    involve families in their children's education; and
                        ``(K) use, in the case of an early childhood
                    educator or an educator at the elementary school or
                    secondary school level, age-appropriate and
                    developmentally appropriate strategies and practices
                    for children and youth in early childhood education and
                    elementary school or secondary school programs,
                    respectively.
                ``(34) Teacher performance assessment.--The term `teacher
            performance assessment' means a pre-service assessment used to
            measure teacher performance that is approved by the State and
            is--
                        ``(A) based on professional teaching standards;
                        ``(B) used to measure the effectiveness of a
                    teacher's--
                                ``(i) curriculum planning;
                                ``(ii) instruction of students, including
                            appropriate plans and modifications for
                            students who are limited English proficient and
                            students who are children with disabilities;
                                ``(iii) assessment of students, including
                            analysis of evidence of student learning;
                                ``(iv) ability to advance student learning;
                            and
                                ``(v) demonstrate cultural competencies
                            through curriculum planning and instruction;
                        ``(C) validated based on professional assessment
                    standards;
                        ``(D) reliably scored by trained evaluators, with
                    appropriate oversight of the process to ensure
                    consistency; and
                        ``(E) used to support continuous improvement of
                    educator practice.
                ``(35) Teacher preparation entity.--The term `teacher
            preparation entity' means an institution of higher education, a
            nonprofit organization, or other organization that is approved
            by a State to prepare teachers to be effective in the
            classroom.
                ``(36) Teacher preparation program.--The term `teacher
            preparation program' means a program offered by a teacher
            preparation entity that leads to a specific State teacher
            certification.
                ``(37) Trauma-informed care.--The term `trauma-informed
            care' is defined as the evidence-based practices outlined in
            section 4108(B)(II)(aa) of the Elementary and Secondary
            Education Act of 1965.''.

    SEC. 2002. PURPOSES.

        Section 201 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022) is
    amended--
                (1) in paragraph (2), by striking ``by improving the
            preparation of prospective teachers and enhancing professional
            development activities for new teachers'' and inserting ``,
            school leaders, including teacher leaders, and other educators
            by improving the preparation of prospective teachers, school
            leaders, and other educators and enhancing professional
            development activities for new teachers, school leaders, and
            other educators'';
                (2) in paragraph (3), by striking ``; and'' and inserting a
            semicolon;
                (3) by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the following
            new paragraphs:
                ``(4) hold teacher, principal and school leader, and other
            educator preparation programs accountable for preparing
            effective teachers, principals and school leaders, and other
            educators;
                ``(5) recruit individuals, including members of racial and
            ethnic groups underrepresented in the teaching profession and
            individuals from other occupations (including informal
            education and youth development fields), as profession-ready
            teachers and other educators, with an emphasis on areas of
            State-identified teacher shortage; and
                ``(6) meet the staffing needs of high-need local
            educational agencies and high-need schools through close
            partnerships with educator preparation programs within
            institutions of higher education.''.

    SEC. 2003. PARTNERSHIP GRANTS.

        Section 202 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022a)
    is amended--
                (1) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``equitable
                    distribution,'' after ``professional development,'';
                        (B) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
                ``(2) a description of the extent to which the program to
            be carried out with grant funds, as described in subsection
            (c), will prepare prospective teachers, school leaders, and new
            educators with strong teaching, school leadership, and other
            professional skills necessary to increase learning and academic
            achievement;'';
                        (C) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``, school
                    leaders, and other educators,'' after ``new teachers'';
                        (D) in paragraph (4)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ``,
                            school leader, and other educator'' after
                            ``other teacher''; and
                                (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ``,
                            school leader, and other educator'' after
                            ``promote teacher'';
                        (E) in paragraph (6)--
                                (i) by redesignating subparagraphs (I),
                            (J), and (K) as subparagraphs (J), (K), and
                            (M), respectively;
                                (ii) by striking subparagraphs (F), (G),
                            and (H) and inserting the following:
                        ``(F) how the partnership will prepare educators to
                    teach and work with students with disabilities,
                    including training related to early identification of
                    students with disabilities and participation as a
                    member of individualized education program teams, as
                    defined in section 614(d)(1)(B) of the Individuals with
                    Disabilities Education Act to ensure that students with
                    disabilities receive effective services, consistent
                    with the requirements of the Individuals with
                    Disabilities Education Act, that are needed for such
                    students to achieve to challenging State academic
                    standards;
                        ``(G) how the partnership will prepare educators to
                    teach and work with students who are English learners
                    to ensure that students who are English learners
                    receive the services that are needed for such students
                    to achieve to challenging State academic standards;
                        ``(H) in the case of activities related to
                    principal and school leader preparation programs, how
                    the partnership will prepare principals and other
                    school leaders to foster instruction that supports the
                    success of all students, including students with
                    disabilities, students who are English learners, and
                    students in early childhood education in alignment with
                    State early learning standards for early childhood
                    education programs;
                        ``(I) how faculty at the partner institution will
                    work, during the term of the grant, with mentor
                    educators in the classrooms and administrators of high-
                    need schools served by the high-need local educational
                    agency in the partnership to--
                                ``(i) provide high-quality professional
                            development activities to strengthen the
                            content knowledge and teaching skills of
                            elementary school and secondary school teachers
                            and other educators, including multi-tiered
                            systems of support and universal design for
                            learning;
                                ``(ii) train other classroom teachers,
                            principals or other school leaders, school
                            librarians, and other educators to implement
                            literacy programs that incorporate the
                            components of comprehensive literacy
                            instruction; and
                                ``(iii) provide evidence-based, high-
                            quality professional development activities to
                            strengthen the instructional and leadership
                            skills of elementary school and secondary
                            school principals or other school leaders and
                            district superintendents, if the partner
                            institution has a principal or school leader
                            preparation program;'';
                                (iii) in subparagraph (J) (as so
                            redesignated), by inserting ``as applicable''
                            before ``how the partnership'';
                                (iv) in subparagraph (K) (as so
                            redesignated)--
                                        (I) by inserting ``, principals or
                                    other school leaders'' after
                                    ``teachers''; and
                                        (II) by striking ``and'' at the
                                    end; and
                                (v) by inserting after subparagraph (K) (as
                            so resdesignated) the following:
                        ``(L) how faculty at the partner institution for
                    school leader preparation will work, during the term of
                    the grant, with their--
                                ``(i) State to use rigorous, research-based
                            leader standards and align program
                            accreditation criteria and principal licensure
                            requirements with those standards; and
                                ``(ii) high-needs local education agencies
                            that hire their graduates to use rigorous,
                            evidence-based leader standards and align
                            program content and local educational agencies'
                            evaluation systems with those standards; and''.
                        (F) in paragraph (7)--
                                (i) in the matter before subparagraph (A),
                            by striking ``under this section'' and
                            inserting ``under paragraphs (1)(B)(iv) and (3)
                            of subsection (d)'';
                                (ii) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ``as
                            applicable,'' before ``a demonstration''; and
                                (iii) in subparagraph (B), by striking
                            ``scientifically valid'' and inserting
                            ``evidence-based'';
                (2) by amending subsection (c) to read as follows:
        ``(c) Use of Grant Funds.--An eligible partnership that receives a
    grant under this section--
                ``(1) shall use such grant to carry out --
                        ``(A) a program for the pre-baccalaureate or post-
                    baccalaureate preparation of teachers described in
                    subsection (d);
                        ``(B) a teaching residency program, or a principal
                    or other school leader residency program, described in
                    subsection (e);
                        ``(C) a high-quality `Grow Your Own' program; or
                        ``(D) a combination of such programs; and
                ``(2) may use such grant to carry out other educator
            development programs under subsection (f), based upon the
            results of the needs assessment in subsection (b)(1).'';
                (3) in subsection (d)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)--
                                (i) by striking ``limited English
                            proficient'' both places it appears and
                            inserting ``English learners'';
                                (ii) by striking ``scientifically valid''
                            both places it appears and inserting
                            ``evidence-based''; and
                                (iii) in subparagraph (B)(ii)(VI), by
                            striking ``reading instruction'' both places it
                            appears and inserting ``comprehensive literacy
                            instruction'';
                        (B) in paragraph (5)(B), by striking ``limited
                    English proficient students'' and inserting ``students
                    who are English learners'';
                        (C) in paragraph (5)(C), by inserting
                    ``paraprofessionals,'' after ``occupations,''; and
                        (D) in paragraph (6)(A), by striking ``reading
                    instruction'' and inserting ``comprehensive literacy
                    instruction'';
                (4) by amending subsection (e) to read as follows:
        ``(e) Partnership Grants for the Establishment of Teaching and
    Principal or Other School Leader Residency Programs.--
                ``(1) In general.--An eligible partnership receiving a
            grant to carry out an effective teaching residency program or
            principal or other school leader residency program that meets
            the following requirements:
                        ``(A) Teaching residency program.--An eligible
                    partnership carrying out a teaching residency program
                    shall--
                                ``(i) support a teaching residency program
                            described in paragraph (2) for high-need
                            schools, as determined by the needs of high-
                            need local educational agency in the
                            partnership, and in high-need subjects and
                            areas, as defined by such local educational
                            agency; and
                                ``(ii) place graduates of the teaching
                            residency program in cohorts that facilitate
                            professional collaboration, both among
                            graduates of the residency program and between
                            such graduates and mentor teachers in the
                            receiving school.
                        ``(B) Principal or school leader residency
                    program.--An eligible partnership carrying out a
                    principal or school leader residency program shall
                    support a program described in paragraph (3) for high-
                    need schools, as determined by the needs of the high-
                    need local educational agency in the partnership.
                ``(2) Teaching residency program.--
                        ``(A) Establishment and design.--A teaching
                    residency program under this paragraph shall be a
                    program based upon models of successful teaching
                    residencies that serves as a mechanism to prepare
                    teachers for success in high-need schools in the
                    eligible partnership and shall be designed to include
                    the following characteristics of successful programs:
                                ``(i) The integration of pedagogy,
                            classroom practice and teacher mentoring.
                                ``(ii) The exposure to principles of child
                            and youth development, and understanding and
                            applying principles of learning, behavior, and
                            community and family engagement.
                                ``(iii) The exposure to principles of
                            universal design for learning and multi-tiered
                            systems of support.
                                ``(iv) Engagement of teaching residents in
                            rigorous coursework that results in a
                            baccalaureate or master's degree while
                            undertaking a guided teaching clinical
                            experience.
                                ``(v) Experience and learning opportunities
                            alongside a trained and experienced mentor
                            teacher--
                                        ``(I) whose teaching shall
                                    complement the residency program so
                                    that school-based clinical practice is
                                    tightly aligned and integrated with
                                    coursework;
                                        ``(II) who shall have extra
                                    responsibilities as a teacher leader of
                                    the teaching residency program, as a
                                    mentor for residents, and as a teacher
                                    coach during the induction program for
                                    new teachers, and for establishing,
                                    within the program, a learning
                                    community in which all individuals are
                                    expected to continually improve their
                                    capacity to advance student learning;
                                    and
                                        ``(III) who may be relieved from
                                    teaching duties or may be offered a
                                    stipend as a result of such additional
                                    responsibilities.
                                ``(vi) The establishment of clear criteria
                            for the selection of mentor teachers based on
                            the appropriate subject area knowledge and
                            measures of teacher effectiveness, which shall
                            be based on, but not limited to, observations
                            of the following:
                                        ``(I) Planning and preparation,
                                    including demonstrated knowledge of
                                    content, pedagogy, and assessment,
                                    including the use of formative,
                                    summative, and diagnostic assessments
                                    to inform instruction and improve
                                    student learning.
                                        ``(II) Appropriate instruction that
                                    engages all students.
                                        ``(III) Collaboration with
                                    colleagues to improve instruction.
                                        ``(IV) Analysis of evidence of
                                    student learning.
                                        ``(V) Collaboration and the
                                    cultivation of relationships with
                                    external stakeholders (which may
                                    include professional disciplinary
                                    organizations and nonprofit advocacy
                                    organizations) to foster the sharing of
                                    evidence-based resources to promote
                                    high-quality, effective practices.
                                ``(vii) The development of admissions goals
                            and priorities--
                                        ``(I) that are aligned with the
                                    hiring objectives of the local
                                    educational agency partnering with the
                                    program, as well as the instructional
                                    initiatives and curriculum of such
                                    agency to hire qualified graduates from
                                    the teaching residency program; and
                                        ``(II) which may include
                                    consideration of applicants who reflect
                                    the communities in which they will
                                    teach as well as consideration of
                                    individuals from underrepresented
                                    populations in the teaching profession.
                                ``(viii) Continued support for residents
                            once such residents are hired as the teachers
                            of record, through an induction program,
                            evidence-based professional development, and
                            networking opportunities to support the
                            residents through not less than the residents'
                            first 2 years of teaching.
                        ``(B) Selection of individuals as teacher
                    residents.--
                                ``(i) Eligible individual.--In order to be
                            eligible to be a teacher resident in a teaching
                            residency program under this paragraph, an
                            individual shall--
                                        ``(I) be a recent graduate of a 4-
                                    year institution of higher education or
                                    a mid-career professional possessing
                                    strong content knowledge or a record of
                                    professional accomplishment;
                                        ``(II) in the case of an
                                    undergraduate residency, enrolled as an
                                    undergraduate student in a partner
                                    institution as defined in this title;
                                    and
                                        ``(III) submit an application to
                                    the residency program.
                                ``(ii) Selection criteria.--An eligible
                            partnership carrying out a teaching residency
                            program under this subsection shall establish
                            criteria for the selection of eligible
                            individuals to participate in the teaching
                            residency program based on the following
                            characteristics:
                                        ``(I) Strong content knowledge or
                                    record of accomplishment in the field
                                    or subject area to be taught.
                                        ``(II) Strong verbal and written
                                    communication skills, which may be
                                    demonstrated by performance on
                                    appropriate assessments.
                                        ``(III) Other attributes linked to
                                    effective teaching, which may be
                                    determined by interviews or performance
                                    assessments, as specified by the
                                    eligible partnership.
                ``(3) Partnership grants for the development of principal
            and other school leader residency programs.--
                        ``(A) Establishment and design.--A principal or
                    other school leader residency program under this
                    paragraph shall be a program based upon models of
                    successful principal or other school leader
                    residencies, and may include the development or support
                    of principal pipelines, that serve as a mechanism to
                    prepare principals and other school leaders for success
                    in high-need schools in the eligible partnership and
                    shall be designed to include the following
                    characteristics of successful programs:
                                ``(i) Engagement of principal or other
                            school leader residents in rigorous graduate-
                            level coursework to earn an appropriate
                            advanced credential while undertaking a guided
                            principal or other school leader clinical
                            experience.
                                ``(ii) Experience and learning
                            opportunities, including those that provide
                            continuous feedback throughout the program on a
                            participants' progress, alongside a trained and
                            experienced mentor principal or other school
                            leader--
                                        ``(I) whose mentoring shall be
                                    based on standards of effective
                                    mentoring practice and shall complement
                                    the residence program so that school-
                                    based clinical practice is tightly
                                    aligned with coursework; and
                                        ``(II) who may be relieved from
                                    some portion of principal or other
                                    school leader duties or may be offered
                                    a stipend as a result of such
                                    additional responsibilities.
                                ``(iii) The establishment of clear criteria
                            for the selection of mentor principals or other
                            school leaders, which may be based on
                            observations of the following:
                                        ``(I) Demonstrating awareness of,
                                    and having experience with, the
                                    knowledge, skills, and attitudes to--
                                                ``(aa) establish and
                                            maintain a professional
                                            learning community that
                                            effectively extracts
                                            information from data to
                                            improve the school culture and
                                            climate, and personalize
                                            instruction for all students to
                                            result in improved student
                                            achievement;
                                                ``(bb) create and maintain
                                            a learning culture within the
                                            school that provides an
                                            inclusive climate conducive to
                                            the development of all members
                                            of the school community,
                                            including one of continuous
                                            improvement and learning for
                                            adults tied to student learning
                                            and other school goals;
                                                ``(cc) develop the
                                            professional capacity and
                                            practice of school personnel
                                            and foster a professional
                                            community of teachers and other
                                            professional staff;
                                                ``(dd) engage in continuous
                                            professional development,
                                            utilizing a combination of
                                            academic study, developmental
                                            simulation exercises, self-
                                            reflection, mentorship, and
                                            internship;
                                                ``(ee) understand youth
                                            development appropriate to the
                                            age level served by the school,
                                            and use this knowledge to set
                                            high expectations and standards
                                            for the academic, social,
                                            emotional, and physical
                                            development of all students;
                                            and
                                                ``(ff) actively engage with
                                            families and the community to
                                            create shared responsibility
                                            for student academic
                                            performance and successful
                                            development.
                                        ``(II) Planning and articulating a
                                    shared and coherent schoolwide
                                    direction and policy for achieving high
                                    standards of student performance, and
                                    closing gaps in achievement among
                                    subgroups of students.
                                        ``(III) Identifying and
                                    implementing the activities and
                                    rigorous curriculum necessary for
                                    achieving such standards of student
                                    performance.
                                        ``(IV) Supporting a culture of
                                    learning, collaboration, and
                                    professional behavior and ensuring
                                    quality measures of instructional
                                    practice.
                                        ``(V) Communicating with, and
                                    engaging, parents, families, and other
                                    external communities.
                                        ``(VI) Cultivating relationships
                                    and collaborating with external
                                    stakeholders, which may include
                                    professional disciplinary organizations
                                    and nonprofit advocacy organizations,
                                    to foster the sharing of evidence-based
                                    resources to promote high-quality,
                                    effective practices.
                                        ``(VII) Collecting, analyzing, and
                                    utilizing data and other evidence of
                                    student learning and evidence of
                                    classroom practice to guide decisions
                                    and actions for continuous improvement
                                    and to ensure performance
                                    accountability.
                                ``(iv) The development of admissions goals
                            and priorities--
                                        ``(I) that are aligned with the
                                    hiring objectives of the local
                                    educational agency partnering with the
                                    program, as well as the instructional
                                    initiatives and curriculum of such
                                    agency to hire qualified graduates from
                                    the principal residency program; and
                                        ``(II) which may include
                                    consideration of applicants who reflect
                                    the communities in which they will
                                    serve and consideration of individuals
                                    from underrepresented populations in
                                    school leadership positions.
                                ``(v) Continued support for residents once
                            such residents are hired as principals or other
                            school leaders, through an induction program,
                            evidence-based professional development to
                            support the knowledge and skills of the
                            principal or other school leader in a continuum
                            of learning and content expertise in
                            developmentally appropriate or age-appropriate
                            educational practices, and networking
                            opportunities to support the residents through
                            not less than the residents' first 2 years of
                            serving as principal or other school leader of
                            a school.
                        ``(B) Selection of individuals as principal or
                    other school leader residents.--
                                ``(i) Eligible individual.--In order to be
                            eligible to be a principal or other school
                            leader resident in a principal or other school
                            leader residency program under this paragraph,
                            an individual shall--
                                        ``(I) have prior prekindergarten
                                    through grade 12 teaching experience;
                                        ``(II) have experience as an
                                    effective leader, manager, and written
                                    and oral communicator; and
                                        ``(III) submit an application to
                                    the residency program.
                                ``(ii) Selection criteria.--An eligible
                            partnership carrying out a principal or other
                            school leader residency program under this
                            subsection shall establish criteria for the
                            selection of eligible individuals to
                            participate in the principal residency program
                            based on the following characteristics:
                                        ``(I) Strong instructional
                                    leadership skills in an elementary
                                    school or secondary school setting.
                                        ``(II) Strong verbal and written
                                    communication skills, which may be
                                    demonstrated by performance on
                                    appropriate assessments.
                                        ``(III) Other attributes linked to
                                    effective leadership, such as sound
                                    judgment, organizational capacity,
                                    collaboration, commitment to equity and
                                    inclusiveness, and openness to
                                    continuous learning, which may be
                                    determined by interviews or performance
                                    assessment, as specified by the
                                    eligible partnership.
                ``(4) Stipends or salaries; applications; agreements; and
            repayments.--
                        ``(A) Stipends or salaries.--A teaching residency
                    program, or a principal or other school leader
                    residency program, under this subsection--
                                ``(i) shall provide a 1-year living stipend
                            or salary to residents during the teaching
                            residency program or the principal or other
                            school leader residency program; and
                                ``(ii) may provide a stipend to a mentor
                            teacher or mentor principal.
                        ``(B) Applications.--
                                ``(i) In general.--Each residency candidate
                            desiring a stipend or salary during the period
                            of residency shall submit an application to the
                            eligible partnership at such time, in such
                            manner, and containing such information and
                            assurances, as the eligible partnership may
                            require, and which shall include an agreement
                            to serve described in clause (ii).
                                ``(ii) Agreements to serve.--Each
                            application submitted under clause (i) shall
                            contain or be accompanied by an agreement that
                            the applicant will--
                                        ``(I) upon successfully completing
                                    the 1-year teaching residency program,
                                    or principal or other school leader
                                    residency program, serve as a full-time
                                    teacher, principal, or other school
                                    leader for a total of not less than 3
                                    school years at--
                                                ``(aa) a high-need school
                                            served by the high-need local
                                            educational agency in the
                                            eligible partnership and, in
                                            the case of a teacher, teach a
                                            subject or area that is
                                            designated as high-need by the
                                            partnership; or
                                                ``(bb) in a case in which
                                            no appropriate position is
                                            available in a high-need school
                                            served by the high-need local
                                            educational agency in the
                                            eligible partnership, any other
                                            high-need school;
                                        ``(II) provide to the eligible
                                    partnership a certificate, from the
                                    chief administrative officer of the
                                    local educational agency in which the
                                    teacher or principal or other school
                                    leader is employed, of the employment
                                    required under subclause (I) at the
                                    beginning of, and upon completion of,
                                    each year or partial year of service;
                                        ``(III) in the case of a teacher
                                    resident, meet the requirements to be a
                                    profession-ready teacher;
                                        ``(IV) in the case of a principal
                                    or other school leader resident, meet
                                    the requirements to be a profession-
                                    ready principal or other school leader;
                                    and
                                        ``(V) comply with the requirements
                                    set by the eligible partnership under
                                    subparagraph (C) if the applicant is
                                    unable or unwilling to complete the
                                    service obligation required by this
                                    subparagraph.
                        ``(C) Repayments.--
                                ``(i) In general.--An eligible partnership
                            carrying out a teaching residency program, or a
                            principal or other school leader residency
                            program, under this subsection shall require a
                            recipient of a stipend or salary under
                            subparagraph (A) who does not complete, or who
                            notifies the partnership that the recipient
                            intends not to complete, the service obligation
                            required by subparagraph (B) to repay such
                            stipend or salary to the eligible partnership,
                            together with interest, at a rate specified by
                            the partnership in the agreement, and in
                            accordance with such other terms and conditions
                            specified by the eligible partnership, as
                            necessary.
                                ``(ii) Other terms and conditions.--Any
                            other terms and conditions specified by the
                            eligible partnership may include reasonable
                            provisions for prorate repayment of the stipend
                            or salary described in subparagraph (A) or for
                            deferral of a resident's service obligation
                            required by subparagraph (B), on grounds of
                            health, incapacitation, inability to secure
                            employment in a school served by the eligible
                            partnership, being called to active duty in the
                            Armed Forces of the United States, or other
                            extraordinary circumstances.
                                ``(iii) Use of repayments.--An eligible
                            partnership shall use any repayment received
                            under this subparagraph to carry out additional
                            activities that are consistent with the
                            purposes of this section.''; and
                (5) by striking subsection (f) and inserting the following:
        ``(f) Teacher Leader Development Program.--
                ``(1) In general.--A teacher leader development program
            carried out with a grant awarded under this section shall
            provide for the professional development of teachers, as
            described in paragraph (2), who maintain their roles as
            classroom teachers and who also carry out formalized leadership
            responsibilities to increase the academic achievement of
            students and promote data-driven instructional practices that
            address the demonstrated needs at the elementary schools and
            secondary schools in which the teachers are employed, such as--
                        ``(A) development of curriculum and curricular
                    resources;
                        ``(B) facilitating the work of committees and
                    teams;
                        ``(C) family and community engagement;
                        ``(D) school discipline and culture;
                        ``(E) peer observations and coaching;
                        ``(F) dual enrollment instruction; or
                        ``(G) cultural competencies.
                ``(2) Professional development.--The professional
            development of teachers in a teacher leader development program
            carried out with a grant awarded under this section shall
            include--
                        ``(A) one year of professional development,
                    training, and support that may--
                                ``(i) include--
                                        ``(I) the engagement of teachers in
                                    rigorous coursework and fieldwork
                                    relevant to their role as a teacher
                                    leader, including available teacher
                                    leader standards; and
                                        ``(II) regular observations and
                                    professional support from--
                                                ``(aa) a principal, vice
                                            principal, or a designated
                                            instructional leader of the
                                            school;
                                                ``(bb) a representative
                                            from the institution of higher
                                            education that is a partner in
                                            the eligible partnership;
                                                ``(cc) a representative
                                            from another entity that is a
                                            partner in the eligible
                                            partnership; and
                                                ``(dd) another member of
                                            the teacher leader cohort, if
                                            applicable, or a peer teacher;
                                            and
                                ``(ii) result in the awarding of a
                            credential in teacher leadership; and
                        ``(B) one or 2 additional years of support from a
                    principal, vice principal, or a designated
                    instructional leader of the school, a representative
                    from the institution of higher education that is a
                    partner in the eligible partnership, and a
                    representative from another entity that is a partner in
                    the eligible partnership.
                ``(3) Teacher leader development program plan.--In carrying
            out a teacher leader development program under this section, an
            eligible partnership shall develop a plan that shall describe--
                        ``(A) how the work hours of teacher leaders will be
                    allocated between their classroom responsibilities and
                    responsibilities as a teacher leader, which may include
                    a description of whether the teacher leader will be
                    relieved from teaching duties during their
                    participation in the teacher leader development
                    program;
                        ``(B) how the partnership will support teacher
                    leaders after the first year of professional
                    development in the program; and
                        ``(C) how teacher leader activities could be
                    sustained by the eligible partnership after the program
                    concludes, which may include a description of
                    opportunities for the teacher leaders to assist in the
                    educator preparation program at the institution of
                    higher education in the partnership.
                ``(4) Selection of teacher leaders; use of funds.--In
            carrying out a teacher leader development program under this
            section, an eligible partnership--
                        ``(A) shall select a teacher for participation in
                    the program--
                                ``(i) who--
                                        ``(I) is fully certified to teach
                                    in the State of the high-need local
                                    educational agency that is a partner in
                                    the eligible partnership;
                                        ``(II) is employed by such high-
                                    need local educational agency;
                                        ``(III) has not less than 3 years
                                    of teaching experience; and
                                        ``(IV) submits an application for
                                    participation to the eligible
                                    partnership; and
                                ``(ii) based on selection criteria that
                            includes--
                                        ``(I) demonstration of strong
                                    content knowledge or a record of
                                    accomplishment in the field or subject
                                    area the teacher will support as a
                                    teacher leader; and
                                        ``(II) demonstration of attributes
                                    linked to effective teaching that are
                                    determined through interviews,
                                    observations, other exhibits, student
                                    achievement, or performance
                                    assessments, such as those leading to
                                    an advanced credential;
                        ``(B) may develop admissions goals and priorities
                    for the teacher leader development program that--
                                ``(i) are aligned with the demonstrated
                            needs of the school or high-need local
                            educational agency in which the teacher is
                            employed;
                                ``(ii) considers cultural competencies that
                            would make the applicant effective in the
                            applicant's teacher leader role; and
                                ``(iii) considers whether the teacher has
                            substantial teaching experience in the school
                            in which the teacher is employed or in a school
                            that is similar to the school in which the
                            teacher is employed;
                        ``(C) shall use the grant funds to pay for costs of
                    training and supporting teacher leaders for not less
                    than 2 years and not more than 3 years;
                        ``(D) may use the grant funds to pay for a portion
                    of a stipend for teacher leaders if such grant funds
                    are matched by additional non-Federal public or private
                    funds as follows:
                                ``(i) during each of the first and second
                            years of the grant period, grant funds may pay
                            not more than 50 percent of such stipend; and
                                ``(ii) during the third year of the grant
                            period, grant funds may pay not more than 33
                            percent of such stipend; and
                        ``(E) may require teacher leaders to pay back the
                    cost of attaining the credential described in paragraph
                    (2)(A)(ii) if they do not complete their term of
                    service in the teacher leader development program.
        ``(g) Partnership Grants for the Establishment of Grow Your Own
    Programs.--
                ``(1) In general.--An eligible partnership that receives a
            grant under this section may use such grant to carry out a
            high-quality `Grow Your Own' program to address subject or
            geographic areas of teacher or school leader shortages or to
            increase the diversity of the teacher or school leader
            workforce.
                ``(2) Elements of a grow your own program.--A Grow Your Own
            program carried out under this section shall--
                        ``(A) integrate career-focused courses on education
                    topics with school-based learning experience;
                        ``(B) provide opportunities for candidates to
                    practice and develop the skills and dispositions that
                    will help them become skilled educators and leaders;
                        ``(C) support candidates as they complete their
                    associate, baccalaureate, or master's degree and earn
                    their teaching or school leadership credential; and
                        ``(D) offer financial aid, in addition to financial
                    assistance that may be received under title IV, to
                    candidates and work in partnership with members of the
                    eligible partnership to provide academic, counseling,
                    and programmatic supports.
                ``(3) Establishment and design.--To create and enhance
            multiple pathways to enter the educator and leadership
            workforce, an eligible partnership carrying out a Grow Your Own
            program under this section, in collaboration with organizations
            representing educators and leaders and additional
            stakeholders--
                        ``(A) shall--
                                ``(i) establish an advisory group to review
                            barriers impacting underrepresented populations
                            entering the teaching and school leadership
                            profession, identify local teacher and leader
                            workforce needs, develop policies on the
                            creation or expansion of Grow Your Own
                            programs, and provide guidance and oversight on
                            the implementation of such programs;
                                ``(ii) track and evaluate the effectiveness
                            of the program, including, at a minimum, using
                            the data required under section 204(a)(1);
                                ``(iii) require candidates to complete all
                            State requirements to become fully certified;
                                ``(iv) provide academic and testing
                            supports, including advising and financial
                            assistance, to candidates for admission and
                            completion of education preparation programs as
                            well as State licensure assessments;
                                ``(v) include efforts, to the extent
                            feasible, to recruit current paraprofessionals,
                            as defined under section 8101 of the Elementary
                            and Secondary Education Act of 1965,
                            instructional assistants, district employees
                            not certified to teach or lead (such as long-
                            term substitute teachers), after school and
                            summer program staff, parent school volunteers,
                            retired military personnel, and other career
                            changers with experience in hard to staff areas
                            who are not currently certified to teach or
                            lead with a specific focus on recruiting
                            individuals who are reflective of the race,
                            ethnicity, and native language of the existing
                            community's student population; and
                                ``(vi) provide a year-long clinical
                            experience or teaching or school leadership
                            residency in which candidates teach or lead
                            alongside an expert mentor teacher or school
                            leader; and
                        ``(B) may include--
                                ``(i) a stipend to cover candidate living
                            expenses or childcare costs; and
                                ``(ii) compensation for mentors.''.

    SEC. 2004. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.

        Section 203 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022b)
    is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)(2), by striking ``five-year period''
            and inserting ``five-year period, except such partnership may
            receive an additional grant during such period if such grant is
            used to establish a teaching residency program, or a principal
            or other school leader residency program, if such residency
            program was not established with the prior grant''; and
                (2) in subsection (b)(2)--
                        (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                                (i) striking ``teacher preparation
                            program'' and inserting ``teacher education,
                            school leader preparation, or educator
                            development program'';
                                (ii) inserting ``and demonstrated success
                            in having a diverse set of candidates complete
                            the program, and entering and remaining in the
                            profession'', after ``such program''; and
                                (iii) striking ``; and'' at the end;
                        (B) by redesignating subparagraph (B) as
                    subparagraph (C); and
                        (C) by inserting after subparagraph (A) the
                    following:
                        ``(B) provide a 1-year preservice clinical or
                    residency experience that includes the integration of
                    coursework and clinical practice and offers cohorts of
                    candidates the opportunity to learn to teach or lead in
                    partner schools or teaching academies; and''.

    SEC. 2005. ACCOUNTABILITY AND EVALUATION.

        Section 204(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1022c(a)) is amended to read as follows:
        ``(a) Eligible Partnership Evaluation.--Each eligible partnership
    submitting an application for a grant under this part shall establish,
    and include in such application, an evaluation plan that includes
    rigorous, comprehensive, and measurable performance objectives. The
    plan shall include objectives and measures for--
                ``(1) achievement for all prospective and new educators as
            measured by the eligible partnership;
                ``(2) after the completion of the partnership program,
            educator retention at the end of year 3 and year 5;
                ``(3) pass rates and scaled scores for initial State
            certification or licensure of teachers or pass rates and
            average scores on valid and reliable teacher performance
            assessments; and
                ``(4)(A) the percentage of profession-ready teachers,
            principals or other school leaders hired by the high-need local
            educational agency participating in the eligible partnership;
                ``(B) the percentage of profession-ready teachers,
            principals, and other educators hired by the high-need local
            educational agency who are members of underrepresented groups;
                ``(C) the percentage of profession-ready teachers hired by
            the high-need local educational agency who teach high-need
            academic subject areas, such as reading, science, technology,
            engineering, mathematics, computer science, and foreign
            language (including less commonly taught languages and critical
            foreign languages);
                ``(D) the percentage of profession-ready teachers hired by
            the high-need local educational agency who teach in high-need
            areas, including special education, bilingual education,
            language instruction educational programs for English language
            learners, and early childhood education;
                ``(E) the percentage of profession-ready teachers,
            principals or other school leaders, and other educators hired
            by the high-need local educational agency who teach in high-
            need schools, disaggregated by the elementary school and
            secondary school levels;
                ``(F) as applicable, the percentage of early childhood
            education program classes in the geographic area served by the
            eligible partnership taught by early childhood educators who
            are highly competent as a result of participation in the
            partnership program;
                ``(G) as applicable, the percentage of educators who have
            completed the partnership program able to--
                        ``(i) integrate technology effectively into
                    curricula and instruction, including technology
                    consistent with the principles of universal design for
                    learning; and
                        ``(ii) use technology effectively to collect,
                    manage, and analyze data to improve teaching and
                    learning for the purpose of improving student learning
                    outcomes; and
                ``(H) as applicable, the percentage of educators who have
            completed the partnership program taking school leadership
            positions who, after 3 years in the role, receive ratings of
            effective or above in State school leader evaluation and
            support systems (as described in section 2014(c)(4)(B)(ii) of
            the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965) or, if no
            such ratings are available, other comparable indicators of
            performance.''.

    SEC. 2006. ACCOUNTABILITY FOR PROGRAMS THAT PREPARE TEACHERS,
                  PRINCIPALS, OR OTHER SCHOOL LEADERS.

        Section 205 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022d)
    is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)--
                        (A) by striking the subsection header and inserting
                    the following: ``Institutional and Program Report Cards
                    on the Quality of Teacher and School Leader
                    Preparation''; and
                        (B) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the
                    following:
                ``(1) Report card.--Each teacher preparation or school
            leader preparation entity approved to operate teacher
            preparation or school leader preparation programs in the State
            and that receives or enrolls students receiving Federal
            assistance shall report annually to the State and the general
            public, in a uniform and comprehensive manner that conforms
            with the definitions and methods established by the Secretary,
            the following:
                        ``(A) Pass rates and scaled scores.--For the most
                    recent year for which the information is available for
                    each teacher or school leader preparation program
                    offered by the teacher preparation or school leader
                    preparation entity the following:
                                ``(i) Except as provided in clause (ii),
                            for those students who took the assessments
                            used for teacher or school leader certification
                            or licensure by the State in which the entity
                            is located and are enrolled in the teacher or
                            school leader preparation program, and for
                            those who have taken such assessments and have
                            completed the teacher or school preparation
                            program during the 2-year period preceding such
                            year, for each of such assessments--
                                        ``(I) the percentages of students
                                    enrolled in the preparation program,
                                    and those who have completed such
                                    program, who passed such assessment;
                                        ``(II) the percentage of students
                                    who have taken such assessment who
                                    enrolled in and completed the teacher
                                    or school leader preparation program;
                                    and
                                        ``(III) the average scaled score
                                    for all students who took such
                                    assessment.
                                ``(ii) In the case of an entity that
                            requires a valid and reliable teacher
                            performance assessment in order to complete the
                            preparation program, the entity may submit in
                            lieu of the information described in clause (i)
                            the pass rate and average score of students
                            taking the teacher performance assessment.
                        ``(B) Entity information.--A description of the
                    following:
                                ``(i) The median grade point average and
                            range of grade point averages for admitted
                            students.
                                ``(ii) The number of students in the
                            entity, disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and
                            gender, except that such disaggregation shall
                            not be required in a case in which the result
                            would reveal personally identifiable
                            information about an individual student.
                                ``(iii) The number of hours and types of
                            supervised clinical preparation required for
                            each program.
                                ``(iv) The total number and percentage of
                            students who have completed programs for
                            certification or licensure disaggregated by
                            subject area and by race, ethnicity, gender,
                            income status, and language diversity
                            (graduates who have bilingual or dual language
                            immersion endorsements), except that such
                            disaggregation shall not be required in a case
                            in which the result would reveal personally
                            identifiable information about an individual
                            student.
                                ``(v) The percentage and total number of
                            program completers who have been certified or
                            licensed as teachers or school leaders
                            (disaggregated by subject area of certification
                            or licensure and by race, ethnicity, and
                            gender, except that such disaggregation shall
                            not be required in a case in which the number
                            of students in a category is insufficient to
                            yield statistically reliable information or the
                            results would reveal personally identifiable
                            information about an individual student).
                                ``(vi) The 3- and 5-year teacher or school
                            leader retention rates, including, at a
                            minimum, in the same school and local
                            educational agency, and within the profession
                            (disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and gender,
                            except that such disaggregation shall not be
                            required in a case in which the number of
                            students in a category is insufficient to yield
                            statistically reliable information or the
                            results would reveal personally identifiable
                            information about an individual student).
                        ``(C) Accreditation.--Whether the program or entity
                    is accredited by a specialized accrediting agency
                    recognized by the Secretary for accreditation of
                    professional teacher or school leader education
                    programs.
                        ``(D) Designation as low-performing.--Which
                    programs (if any) offered by the entity have been
                    designated as low-performing by the State under section
                    207(a).'';
                (2) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                        (I) by inserting ``and school
                                    leader'' after ``teacher''; and
                                        (II) by inserting ``, including
                                    teacher performance assessments'' after
                                    ``the State'';
                                (ii) by amending subparagraph (D) to read
                            as follows:
                        ``(D)(i) Except as provided in clause (ii), for
                    each of the assessments used by the State for teacher
                    or school leader certification or licensure,
                    disaggregated by subject area, race, ethnicity, and
                    gender, except that such disaggregation shall not be
                    required in a case in which the result would reveal
                    personally identifiable information about an individual
                    student--
                                ``(I) for each entity located in the State,
                            the percentage of students at each entity who
                            have completed 100 percent of the nonclinical
                            coursework and taken the assessment who pass
                            such assessment;
                                ``(II) the percentage of all such students
                            in all such programs and entities who have
                            taken the assessment who pass such assessment;
                                ``(III) the percentage of students who have
                            taken the assessment and who enrolled in and
                            completed a teacher or school leader
                            preparation program; and
                                ``(IV) the average scaled score of
                            individuals participating in such a program, or
                            who have completed such a program during the 2-
                            year period preceding the first year for which
                            the annual State report card is provided, who
                            took each such assessment.
                        ``(ii) In the case of a State that has implemented
                    a valid and reliable teacher performance assessment,
                    the State may submit in lieu of the information
                    described in clause (i) the pass rate and average score
                    of students taking the teacher performance assessment,
                    disaggregated by subject area, race, ethnicity, and
                    gender, except that such disaggregation shall not be
                    required in a case in which the result would reveal
                    personally identifiable information about an individual
                    student.'';
                                (iii) by striking subparagraphs (G) through
                            (L) and inserting the following:
                        ``(G) For each teacher and school leader
                    preparation program in the State the following:
                                ``(i) The programs' admission rate, median
                            grade point average, and range of grade point
                            averages for admitted students.
                                ``(ii) The number of students in the
                            program disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and
                            gender, except that such disaggregation shall
                            not be required in a case in which the result
                            would reveal personally identifiable
                            information about an individual student.
                                ``(iii) The number of hours and types of
                            supervised clinical preparation required.
                                ``(iv) Whether such program has been
                            identified as low-performing, as designated by
                            the State under section 207(a).
                                ``(v) For each school leader preparation
                            program in the State, the total number and
                            percentage of program completers placed as
                            principals who are rated as effective or above
                            on the State school leader evaluation and
                            support systems (as described in section
                            2101(c)(4)(B)(2) of the Elementary and
                            Secondary Education Act of 1965) or, if no such
                            ratings are available, other comparable
                            indicators of performance after three years of
                            leading a school.
                        ``(H) For the State as a whole, and for each
                    teacher preparation entity in the State, the number of
                    teachers prepared, in the aggregate and reported
                    separately by the following:
                                ``(i) Area of certification or licensure.
                                ``(ii) Route of certification (traditional
                            versus alternative).
                                ``(iii) Academic major.
                                ``(iv) Degree type (baccalaureate, post-
                            baccalaureate, and master's degrees).
                                ``(v) Subject area for which the teacher
                            has been prepared to teach.
                                ``(vi) The relationship of the subject area
                            and grade span of teachers graduated by the
                            teacher preparation entity to identified
                            teacher shortage areas of the State.
                                ``(vii) The percentage of teachers
                            graduated teaching in high-need schools.
                                ``(viii) Placement in a teaching or school
                            leadership position within 6 months of program
                            completion.
                                ``(ix) Rates of 3- and 5-year teacher or
                            school leadership retention including, at a
                            minimum, in the same school and local
                            educational agency, and within the
                            profession.''; and
                        (B) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(3) No requirement for reporting on students not working
            in the state.--Nothing in this section shall require a State to
            report data on program completers who do not work as teachers,
            principals, or school leaders in such State.''; and
                (3) in subsection (d)(2), by adding at the end the
            following:
                        ``(D) The relationship of the subject area and
                    grade span of teachers graduated by teacher preparation
                    entities across the States to identified teacher
                    shortage areas.
                        ``(E) The number and percentages of such graduates
                    teaching in high-need schools.''.

    SEC. 2007. TEACHER DEVELOPMENT.

        Section 206 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022e)
    is amended by striking ``limited English proficient'' both places it
    appears and inserting ``English learner''.

    SEC. 2008. STATE FUNCTIONS.

        Section 207 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022f)
    is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 207. STATE FUNCTIONS.

        ``(a) State Assessment.--
                ``(1) In general.--In order to receive funds under this Act
            or under title II of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act
            of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6601 et seq.), a State shall conduct an
            assessment to identify at-risk and low-performing teacher and
            school leader preparation programs in the State and to assist
            such programs through the provision of technical assistance.
                ``(2) Provision of low-performing list.--Each State
            described in paragraph (1) shall--
                        ``(A) provide the Secretary and the general public
                    an annual list of low-performing teacher and school
                    leader preparation programs and an identification of
                    those programs at risk of being placed on such list, as
                    applicable;
                        ``(B) report any teacher and school leader
                    preparation program that has been closed and the
                    reasons for such closure; and
                        ``(C) describe the assessment, described in
                    paragraph (1), in the report under section 205(b).
                ``(3) Determination of at-risk and low-performing
            programs.--The levels of performance and the criteria for
            meeting those levels for purposes of the assessment under
            paragraph (1) shall be determined by the State in consultation
            with a representative group of community stakeholders,
            including, at a minimum, representatives of leaders and faculty
            of traditional and alternative route teacher and school leader
            preparation programs, prekindergarten through 12th grade
            leaders and instructional staff, current teacher and school
            leader candidates participating in traditional and alternative
            route teacher or school leader preparation programs, the
            State's standards board or other appropriate standards body,
            and other stakeholders identified by the State. In making such
            determination, the State shall consider multiple measures and
            the information reported by teacher preparation entities under
            section 205.
        ``(b) Reporting and Improvement.--In order to receive funds under
    this Act or under title II of the Elementary and Secondary Education
    Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6601 et seq.), a State shall--
                ``(1) report to the Secretary and the general public any
            programs described in subsection (a);
                ``(2) establish a period of improvement and redesign (as
            established by the State) for programs identified as at-risk
            under subsection (a);
                ``(3) provide programs identified as at-risk under
            subsection (a) with technical assistance for a period of not
            longer than 3 years;
                ``(4) identify at-risk programs as low-performing if there
            is not sufficient improvement following the period of technical
            assistance provided by the State; and
                ``(5) subject low-performing programs to the provisions
            described in subsection (c) (as determined by the State) not
            later than 1 year after the date of such identification as a
            low-performing program.
        ``(c) Termination of Eligibility.--Any teacher or school leader
    preparation program that is projected to close--
                ``(1) shall be ineligible for any funding for professional
            development activities awarded by the Department;
                ``(2) may not be permitted to provide new awards under
            subpart 9 of part A of title IV; and
                ``(3) shall provide transitional support, including
            remedial services if necessary, for students enrolled in the
            program in the year prior to such closure.
        ``(d) Negotiated Rulemaking.--If the Secretary develops any
    regulations implementing subsection (c)(2), the Secretary shall submit
    such proposed regulations to a negotiated rulemaking process, which
    shall include representatives of States, institutions of higher
    education, and educational and student organizations.
        ``(e) Application of Requirements.--The requirements of this
    section shall apply to both traditional teacher preparation programs
    and alternative routes to State certification and licensure
    programs.''.

    SEC. 2009. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

        Section 208(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1022g(a)) is amended by striking ``sections 205 and 206'' and inserting
    ``section 205''.

    SEC. 2010. ELEVATION OF THE EDUCATION PROFESSION STUDY.

        Part A of title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1022 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 208 the following:

    ``SEC. 209. ELEVATION OF THE EDUCATION PROFESSION STUDY.

        ``(a) Purpose.--The purpose of this section is to authorize a
    feasibilty study on the elevation of the education profession by
    examining State policies related to teacher and school leader education
    and certification, produce a comprehensive set of expectations that
    sets a high bar for entry into the profession and ensures that all
    entering teachers and school leaders are profession-ready, and develop
    recommendations to Congress on best practices with respect to elevating
    the education profession that are evidence-based, reliable, and
    verified by the field.
        ``(b) Establishment.--
                ``(1) In general.--The Secretary of Education shall
            establish an Advisory Committee to carry out the elevation of
            the education profession study described in subsection (c) and
            make recommendations to Congress on the findings.
                ``(2) Membership of the advisory committee.--The Advisory
            Committee shall include representatives or advocates from the
            following categories:
                        ``(A) Teacher unions.
                        ``(B) School leader organizations.
                        ``(C) State and local chief executives or their
                    representatives.
                        ``(D) State educational agencies and local
                    educational agencies.
                        ``(E) Teacher and school leader advocacy
                    organizations.
                        ``(F) School administrator organizations.
                        ``(G) Institutions of higher education, including
                    colleges of teacher education.
                        ``(H) Civil rights organizations.
                        ``(I) Organizations representing students with
                    disabilities.
                        ``(J) Organizations representing English learners.
                        ``(K) Nonprofit organizations representing subject-
                    fields, such as STEM Educator organizations,
                    comprehensive literacy Educator organizations, and arts
                    and humanities educator organizations.
                        ``(L) Professional development organizations.
                        ``(M) Educational technology organizations.
                        ``(N) Nonprofit research organizations.
                        ``(O) Organizations representing nontraditional
                    pathways into teacher and school leader education.
                        ``(P) Organizations representing parents.
        ``(c) Duties of the Advisory Committee.--
                ``(1) Feasibility study.--The Advisory Committee shall
            conduct a feasibility study to--
                        ``(A) assess the state of policies and practices
                    related to teacher and school leader education and
                    entry into the profession including barriers to
                    achieving certification and licensure, best practices
                    in producing profession-ready teachers and school
                    leaders, and recruitment and retention of teachers and
                    school leaders in schools;
                        ``(B) compile best practices for educating and
                    training profession-ready teachers and school leaders
                    including evidence-based practices for training
                    teachers and school leaders to support diverse
                    learners, developing teacher and school leaders, and
                    successful pre-service and in-service educational
                    activities;
                        ``(C) review certification and credentialing
                    practices throughout the Nation including minimum
                    standards in each State, differences in types of
                    credentials, and impact of different certification
                    processes in each State for teachers and school leaders
                    who relocate; and
                        ``(D) recommend a comprehensive set of rigorous
                    expectations for States standards to elevate the
                    profession of teaching and to produce profession-ready
                    teachers and school leaders prepared to educate diverse
                    learners in inclusive educational settings.
                ``(2) Reports.--
                        ``(A) Not later than 1 year after the Advisory
                    Committee's first meeting, the Committee shall submit
                    an interim report to the Secretary and to the
                    authorizing committees detailing the methods of the
                    study and progress in developing the set of
                    comprehensive and rigorous expectations.
                        ``(B) Not later than 3 years after the Advisory
                    Committee's first meeting, the Committee shall submit a
                    final report to the Secretary and to the authorizing
                    committees detailing the findings, recommendations, and
                    suggested set of comprehensive and rigorous
                    expectations.
                ``(3) Dissemination of information.--In carrying out the
            study under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall, after the
            release of the study, disseminate information found in the
            study in an accessible format to all stakeholders.
                ``(4) Database.--Not later than 180 days after the date of
            the enactment of this subsection, the Secretary shall produce
            an electronically accessible clearinghouse of State
            certification procedures and best State practices for producing
            and retaining profession-ready teachers and school leaders.''.

    SEC. 2011. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

        Part A of title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1022 et seq.) is amended--
                (1) by redesignating section 209 as section 210; and
                (2) in section 210, as so redesignated--
                        (A) by striking ``$300,000,000'' and inserting
                    ``$500,000,000'';
                        (B) by striking ``2009'' and inserting ``2019'';
                    and
                        (C) by striking ``two succeeding'' and inserting
                    ``5 succeeding''.

             PART B--ENHANCING TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER EDUCATION

    SEC. 2101. ENHANCING TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER EDUCATION.

        Part B of title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1031 et seq.) is amended to read as follows:

            ``PART B--ENHANCING TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER EDUCATION

    ``SEC. 230. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

        ``(a) In General.--There are authorized to be appropriated to carry
    out this part $100,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5
    succeeding fiscal years.
        ``(b) Distribution of Funds.--Subparts 1 through 4 of this part
    shall each receive a minimum of 20 percent of the amount appropriated
    for a fiscal year, and the Secretary shall have discretion over the
    distribution under this part of the remaining amount appropriated for
    such fiscal year.

        ``Subpart 1--Honorable Augustus F. Hawkins Centers of Excellence

    ``SEC. 231. FINDINGS.

        ``Congress finds the following:
                ``(1) Our Nation's schools are experiencing a severe
            teacher diversity gap that negatively impacts student
            achievement and school culture--50 percent of current students
            are students of color while only 18 percent of teachers are of
            color, according to a 2016 study by the Brookings Institution.
                ``(2) A 2016 report conducted by the Department of
            Education shows that teachers of color tend to provide more
            culturally relevant teaching and better understand the
            situations that students of color may face. These factors help
            in the development of trusting teacher-student relationships.
            Researchers from Vanderbilt University also found that greater
            racial and ethnic diversity in the principal corps benefits
            students, especially students of color.
                ``(3) Teachers and school leaders of color can also serve
            as cultural ambassadors who help students feel more welcome at
            school or as role models.
                ``(4) Research consistently shows that increasing diversity
            in the teaching profession can have positive impacts on student
            educational experiences and outcomes. Students of color
            demonstrate greater academic achievement and social-emotional
            development in classes with teachers of color. Studies also
            suggest that all students, including White students, benefit
            from having teachers of color offering their distinctive
            knowledge, experiences, and role modeling to the student body
            as a whole.

    ``SEC. 232. PURPOSE.

        ``The purpose of this subpart is to strengthen and expand the
    recruitment, training, and retention of candidates of color into the
    teaching profession.

    ``SEC. 233. ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION DEFINED.

        ``In this subpart, the term `eligible institution' means an
    institution of higher education that has a teacher or school leader
    preparation program that is a accredited by the State and that is--
                ``(1) a part B institution (as defined in section 322);
                ``(2) a Hispanic-serving institution (as defined in section
            502);
                ``(3) a Tribal college or university (as defined in section
            316);
                ``(4) an Alaska Native-serving institution (as defined in
            section 317(b));
                ``(5) a Native Hawaiian-serving institution (as defined in
            section 317(b));
                ``(6) a predominantly Black institution (as defined in
            section 318);
                ``(7) an Asian-American and Native American Pacific
            Islander-serving institution (as defined in section 320(b));
                ``(8) a Native American-serving, nontribal institution (as
            defined in section 319);
                ``(9) a consortium of any of the institutions described in
            paragraphs (1) through (8); or
                ``(10) an institution described in paragraphs (1) through
            (8), or a consortium described in paragraph (9), in partnership
            with any other institution of higher education, but only if the
            center of excellence established under section 234 is located
            at an institution described in paragraphs (1) through (8).

    ``SEC. 234. AUGUSTUS F. HAWKINS CENTERS OF EXCELLENCE.

        ``(a) Program Authorized.--From the amounts provided to carry out
    this subpart, the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis,
    to eligible institutions to establish centers of excellence.
        ``(b) Use of Funds.--An eligible institution shall use a grant
    received under this subpart to ensure that programs offered at a center
    of excellence established by such institution prepare current and
    future teachers or school leaders to be profession-ready, and meet the
    applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including
    any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes
    to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the
    qualifications described in section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals
    with Disabilities Education Act, by carrying out one or more of the
    following activities:
                ``(1) Implementing reforms within teacher or school leader
            preparation programs to ensure that such programs are preparing
            teachers or school leaders who meet such applicable State
            certification and licensure requirements or qualifications, and
            are using evidence-based instructional practices to improve
            student academic achievement, by--
                        ``(A) retraining or recruiting faculty; and
                        ``(B) designing (or redesigning) teacher or school
                    leader preparation programs that--
                                ``(i) prepare teachers or school leaders to
                            serve in low-performing schools and close
                            student achievement gaps; and
                                ``(ii) are based on--
                                        ``(I) rigorous academic content;
                                        ``(II) evidence-based research; and
                                        ``(III) challenging State academic
                                    standards as described in section
                                    1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and
                                    Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20
                                    U.S.C. 6311(b)(1)); and
                                ``(iii) promote effective teaching skills.
                ``(2) Providing sustained and high-quality preservice
            clinical experience, including the mentoring of prospective
            teachers by exemplary teachers or teacher leaders,
            substantially increasing interaction between faculty at
            institutions of higher education and new and experienced
            teachers, principals, school leaders, and other administrators
            at elementary schools or secondary schools, and providing
            support, including preparation time, for such interaction.
                ``(3) Developing and implementing initiatives to promote
            retention of teachers who meet such applicable State
            certification and licensure requirements or qualifications, and
            principals and other school leaders, including teachers,
            principals, and other school leaders of color, including
            programs that provide--
                        ``(A) teacher or principal and other school leader
                    mentoring; and
                        ``(B) induction and support for teachers and
                    principals and other school leaders during their first
                    three years of employment as teachers, principals, or
                    other school leaders, respectively.
                ``(4) Awarding scholarships based on financial need to help
            students pay the costs of tuition, room, board, and other
            expenses of completing a teacher or other school leader
            preparation program at the Center of Excellence, not to exceed
            the cost of attendance as defined in section 472.
                ``(5) Disseminating information on effective practices for
            teacher or other school leader preparation and successful
            teacher or other school leader certification and licensure
            assessment preparation strategies.
                ``(6) Activities authorized under section 202.
        ``(c) Application.--Any eligible institution desiring a grant under
    this subpart shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time,
    in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary
    may require.
        ``(d) Limitation on Administrative Expenses.--An eligible
    institution that receives a grant under this subpart may use not more
    than 2 percent of the funds provided to administer the grant.
        ``(e) Regulations.--The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations
    as may be necessary to carry out this subpart.

                  ``Subpart 2--Preparing Well-Rounded Teachers

    ``SEC. 241. WELL-ROUNDED TEACHING GRANTS.

        ``(a) Findings.--Congress finds that--
                ``(1) students have diverse learning needs and teachers
            must be prepared to provide a high-quality, equitable education
            to every child;
                ``(2) improving the pedagogical competencies, behavior
            management skills, and cultural competencies of teacher
            candidates prepares them to effectively teach students from
            diverse backgrounds and increases the likelihood they will
            remain in the profession; and
                ``(3) teachers who hold dual certification and receive
            training in social and emotional learning competencies and
            nonexclusionary, positive behavior management practices are
            better prepared to create a supportive school climate and meet
            the needs of all students, including English learners, racially
            diverse students, students with disabilities, low-income
            students, and students who have experienced trauma.
        ``(b) Purpose.--The purpose of this subpart is to--
                ``(1) strengthen and expand teacher preparation programs
            that embed dual certification for teacher candidates in special
            education; and
                ``(2) strengthen and expand teacher preparation programs
            that embed training on inclusive practices, culturally
            responsive teaching, social and emotional learning competencies
            and nonexclusionary, positive behavior management practices to
            teacher candidates.
        ``(c) Authorization of Program.--
                ``(1) In general.--From the amounts provided to carry out
            this subpart, the Secretary shall award grants, on a
            competitive basis, to eligible partnerships to improve the
            preparation of general education teacher candidates to ensure
            that such teacher candidates possess the knowledge, skills, and
            credentials necessary to effectively instruct students with
            disabilities in general education classrooms, and an
            understanding of positive behavior-management practices that
            reduce the use of exclusionary and aversive disciplinary
            practices and create a supportive school climate.
                ``(2) Duration of grants.--A grant under this subpart shall
            be awarded for a period of not more than 5 years.
                ``(3) Non-federal share.--An eligible partnership that
            receives a grant under this subpart shall provide not less than
            25 percent of the cost of the activities carried out with such
            grant from non-Federal sources, which may be provided in cash
            or in-kind.
        ``(d) Definition of Eligible Partnership.--In this section, the
    term `eligible partnership' means a partnership that--
                ``(1) shall include--
                        ``(A) one or more departments or programs at an
                    institution of higher education--
                                ``(i) that prepare elementary or secondary
                            general education teachers;
                                ``(ii) that have a program of study that
                            leads to an undergraduate degree, a master's
                            degree, or completion of a postbaccalaureate
                            program required for teacher certification; and
                                ``(iii) the profession-ready graduates of
                            which meet the applicable State certification
                            and licensure requirements, including any
                            requirements for certification obtained through
                            alternative routes to certification, or, with
                            regard to special education teachers, the
                            qualifications described in section
                            612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with
                            Disabilities Education Act;
                        ``(B) a department or program that has expertise in
                    special education at an institution of higher
                    education; and
                        ``(C) a high-need local educational agency; and
                ``(2) may include--
                        ``(A) a department or program of mathematics, earth
                    or physical science, foreign language, or another
                    department at the institution that has a role in
                    preparing teachers; or
                        ``(B) a non-profit, research-based organization.
        ``(e) Activities.--An eligible partnership that receives a grant
    under this section--
                ``(1) shall use the grant funds to--
                        ``(A) develop or strengthen an undergraduate,
                    postbaccalaureate, or master's teacher preparation
                    program by integrating special education pedagogy into
                    the general education curriculum and academic content
                    that results in applicable dual State certification for
                    teacher candidates who complete the program;
                        ``(B) develop or strengthen an undergraduate,
                    postbaccalaureate, or master's teacher preparation
                    program by embedding social and emotional learning
                    strategies, inclusive practices, culturally responsive
                    teaching, and nonexclusionary, positive behavior-
                    management practices into the general education
                    curriculum and academic content;
                        ``(C) provide teacher candidates participating in
                    the program under subparagraph (A) with skills related
                    to--
                                ``(i) response to intervention, positive
                            behavioral interventions and supports
                            (including eliminating the use of aversive
                            interventions such as seclusion and
                            restraints), differentiated instruction, and
                            data-driven instruction (including the use of
                            data to identify and address disparities in
                            rates of discipline among student subgroups);
                                ``(ii) universal design for learning;
                                ``(iii) determining and utilizing
                            accommodations for instruction and assessments
                            for students with disabilities;
                                ``(iv) collaborating with stakeholders such
                            as special educators, related services
                            providers, out-of-school time providers, and
                            parents, including participation in
                            individualized education program development
                            and implementation;
                                ``(v) appropriately utilizing technology
                            and assistive technology for students with
                            disabilities; and
                                ``(vi) effectively and equitably using
                            technology for digital and blended learning;
                        ``(D) provide teacher candidates participating in
                    the program under subparagraph (B) with skills related
                    to--
                                ``(i) social and emotional learning
                            competencies;
                                ``(ii) positive behavior interventions and
                            supports or multitiered systems of support;
                                ``(iii) trauma-informed care;
                                ``(iv) evidenced-based restorative justice
                            practices;
                                ``(v) culturally responsive teaching and
                            anti-bias training that is evidence-based; and
                        ``(E) provide extensive clinical experience for
                    participants described in subparagraphs (A) and (B)
                    with mentoring and induction support throughout the
                    program that continues during the first 2 years of
                    full-time teaching.
        ``(f) Application.--
                ``(1) Application requirements.--An eligible partnership
            seeking a grant under this section shall submit an application
            to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing
            such information as the Secretary may require. Such application
            shall include--
                        ``(A) a self-assessment by the eligible partnership
                    of the existing teacher preparation program at the
                    institution of higher education and needs related to
                    preparing general education teacher candidates to
                    instruct students with disabilities; and
                        ``(B) an assessment of the existing personnel needs
                    for general education teachers who instruct students
                    with disabilities, performed by the high-need local
                    educational agency described in subsection (d)(1)(C).
                ``(2) Peer review.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall convene a
                    peer review committee to review applications for grants
                    under this subpart and to make recommendations to the
                    Secretary regarding the selection of eligible
                    partnerships for such grants.
                        ``(B) Membership.--Members of the peer review
                    committee shall be recognized experts in the fields of
                    special education, social and emotional learning,
                    teacher preparation, and general education and shall
                    not be in a position to benefit financially from any
                    grants awarded under this section.
        ``(g) Equitable Geographic Distribution.--In awarding grants under
    this subpart, the Secretary shall, to the maximum extent possible,
    provide for an equitable geographic distribution of such grants.
        ``(h) Evaluations.--
                ``(1) By the partnership.--
                        ``(A) In general.--An eligible partnership
                    receiving a grant under this subpart shall conduct an
                    evaluation at the end of the grant period to
                    determine--
                                ``(i) the effectiveness of the general
                            education teachers who completed a program
                            under subsection (c)(1) with respect to
                            instruction of students with disabilities in
                            general education classrooms; and
                                ``(ii) the systemic impact of the
                            activities carried out by such grant on how
                            each institution of higher education that is a
                            member of the partnership prepares teachers for
                            instruction in elementary schools and secondary
                            schools.
                        ``(B) Report to the secretary.--Each eligible
                    partnership performing an evaluation under subparagraph
                    (A) shall report the findings of such evaluation to the
                    Secretary.
                ``(2) Report by the secretary.--Not later than 180 days
            after the last day of the grant period for which an evaluation
            was conducted under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall make
            available to the authorizing committees and the public the
            findings of the evaluations submitted under paragraph (1), and
            information on best practices related to effective instruction
            of students with disabilities in general education classrooms.

        ``Subpart 3--Preparing Teachers for English-Learner Instruction

    ``SEC. 251. TEACHING ENGLISH LEARNERS GRANT.

        ``(a) Authorization of Program.--The Secretary shall award grants,
    on a competitive basis, to eligible partnerships to improve the
    preparation of teacher candidates to ensure that such teacher
    candidates possess the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively
    instruct English learners.
        ``(b) Duration of Grants.--A grant under this section shall be
    awarded for a period of not more than 5 years.
        ``(c) Non-Federal Share.--An eligible partnership that receives a
    grant under this section shall provide not less than 25 percent of the
    cost of the activities carried out with such grant from non-Federal
    sources, which may be provided in cash or in kind.
        ``(d) Eligible Partnership.--The term `eligible partnership' means
    an eligible institution of higher education in partnership with a high-
    need local educational agency or a high-need early childhood education
    program.
        ``(e) Uses of Funds.--An eligible partnership that receives a grant
    under this section shall use the grant to--
                ``(1) develop or strengthen an undergraduate,
            postbaccalaureate, or master's teacher preparation program by
            integrating strategies for teaching English learners into the
            education curriculum and academic content;
                ``(2) provide teacher candidates participating in a program
            under paragraph (1) with skills related to--
                        ``(A) helping English learners--
                                ``(i) achieve at high levels in
                            prekindergarten programs, and elementary
                            schools and secondary schools so that such
                            English learners can meet the challenging State
                            academic standards adopted under section
                            1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and Secondary
                            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(1)) by
                            the State of the school attended by the English
                            learners, which all children in the State are
                            expected to meet; and
                                ``(ii) attain English proficiency;
                        ``(B) appropriately identifying and meeting the
                    specific learning needs of children with disabilities
                    who are English learners;
                        ``(C) recognizing and addressing the social and
                    emotional needs of English learners; and
                        ``(D) promoting parental, family, and community
                    engagement in educational programs that serve English
                    learners;
                ``(3) provide authentic clinical learning opportunities for
            teacher candidates participating in the program involving
            sustained interactions with teachers and English learners at
            public prekindergarten programs, or elementary schools or
            secondary schools, to the extent practicable, or simulated
            environments at the eligible institution of higher education
            involved, that foster in-depth, first-hand engagement with
            tasks required of a teacher providing instruction to English
            learners; and
                ``(4) provide teacher candidates with the required
            coursework to qualify for an English-as-a-second-language
            certification, endorsement, or initial teaching credential, as
            recognized by the State of the eligible partnership.
        ``(f) Application.--An eligible partnership seeking a grant under
    this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time,
    in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may
    require. Such application shall include--
                ``(1) a self-assessment by the eligible partnership of the
            existing teacher preparation program at the institution of
            higher education and the needs related to preparing teacher
            candidates to instruct English learners in the manner described
            in subsection (d)(2); and
                ``(2) a self-assessment by the eligible partnership of the
            personnel needs for teachers who instruct English learners at
            local, public prekindergarten programs, and elementary schools
            and secondary schools.
        ``(g) Equitable Geographic Distribution.--In awarding grants under
    this section, the Secretary shall, to the maximum extent possible,
    provide for an equitable geographic distribution of such grants.
        ``(h) Evaluations.--
                ``(1) Report from eligible partnerships.--An eligible
            partnership receiving a grant under this section shall submit
            to the Secretary the results of an evaluation conducted by the
            partnership at the end of the grant period to determine--
                        ``(A) the effectiveness of teachers who completed a
                    program under subsection (d)(1) with respect to
                    instruction of English learners; and
                        ``(B) the systemic impact of the activities carried
                    out by such grant on how such partnership prepares
                    teachers to provide instruction in prekindergarten
                    programs, and elementary schools and secondary schools.
                ``(2) Report from the secretary.--Not later than 180 days
            after the last day of the grant period under this section, the
            Secretary shall make available to the authorizing committees
            and the public--
                        ``(A) the findings of the evaluations submitted
                    under paragraph (1); and
                        ``(B) information on best practices related to
                    effective instruction of English learners.

    ``Subpart 4--Graduate Fellowships To Prepare Faculty in High-Need Areas
                            at Colleges of Education

    ``SEC. 261. GRADUATE FELLOWSHIPS TO PREPARE FACULTY IN HIGH-NEED AREAS
                  AT COLLEGES OF EDUCATION.

        ``(a) Grants by Secretary.--From the amounts provided to carry out
    this subpart, the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis,
    to eligible institutions to enable such institutions to make graduate
    fellowship awards to qualified individuals in accordance with the
    provisions of this section.
        ``(b) Eligible Institutions.--In this section, the term `eligible
    institution' means an institution of higher education, or a consortium
    of such institutions, that offers a program of postbaccalaureate study
    leading to a doctoral degree.
        ``(c) Applications.--An eligible institution that desires a grant
    under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such
    time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary
    may reasonably require.
        ``(d) Types of Fellowships Supported.--
                ``(1) In general.--An eligible institution that receives a
            grant under this subpart shall use the grant funds to provide
            graduate fellowships to individuals who are preparing for the
            professorate in order to prepare individuals to become
            elementary school and secondary school science, technology,
            engineering, and math teachers, special education teachers, and
            teachers who provide instruction for English-learners, who meet
            the applicable State certification and licensure requirements,
            including any requirements for certification obtained through
            alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special
            education teachers, the qualifications described in section
            612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education
            Act.
                ``(2) Types of study.--A graduate fellowship provided under
            this section shall support an individual in pursuing
            postbaccalaureate study, which leads to a doctoral degree and
            may include a master's degree as part of such study, related to
            teacher preparation and pedagogy in one of the following areas:
                        ``(A) Science, technology, engineering,
                    mathematics, and computer science, and their related
                    subfields, if the individual has completed a master's
                    degree in mathematics, engineering, science, or
                    computer science and is pursuing a doctoral degree in
                    mathematics, science, engineering, or education.
                        ``(B) Special education.
                        ``(C) The instruction of English-learners,
                    including postbaccalaureate study in language
                    instruction educational programs.
        ``(e) Fellowship Terms and Conditions.--
                ``(1) Selection of fellows.--The Secretary shall ensure
            that an eligible institution that receives a grant under this
            subpart--
                        ``(A) shall provide graduate fellowship awards to
                    individuals who plan to pursue a career in instruction
                    at an institution of higher education that has a
                    teacher preparation program; and
                        ``(B) may not provide a graduate fellowship to an
                    otherwise eligible individual--
                                ``(i) during periods in which such
                            individual is enrolled at an institution of
                            higher education unless such individual is
                            maintaining satisfactory academic progress in,
                            and devoting full-time study or research to,
                            the pursuit of the degree for which the
                            fellowship support was provided; or
                                ``(ii) if the individual is engaged in
                            gainful employment, other than part-time
                            employment related to teaching, research, or a
                            similar activity determined by the institution
                            to be consistent with and supportive of the
                            individual's progress toward the degree for
                            which the fellowship support was provided.
                ``(2) Amount of fellowship awards.--
                        ``(A) In general.--An eligible institution that
                    receives a grant under this subpart shall award
                    stipends to individuals who are provided graduate
                    fellowships under this subpart.
                        ``(B) Awards based on need.--A stipend provided
                    under this subpart shall be in an amount equal to the
                    level of support provided by the National Science
                    Foundation graduate fellowships, except that such
                    stipend shall be adjusted as necessary so as not to
                    exceed the fellowship recipient's demonstrated need, as
                    determined by the institution of higher education where
                    the fellowship recipient is enrolled.
                ``(3) Service requirement.--
                        ``(A) Teaching required.--Each individual who
                    receives a graduate fellowship under this subpart and
                    earns a doctoral degree shall teach for 1 year at an
                    institution of higher education that has a teacher
                    preparation program for each year of fellowship support
                    received under this section.
                        ``(B) Institutional obligation.--Each eligible
                    institution that receives a grant under this subpart
                    shall provide an assurance to the Secretary that the
                    institution has inquired of and determined the decision
                    of each individual who has received a graduate
                    fellowship to, within 3 years of receiving a doctoral
                    degree, begin employment at an institution of higher
                    education that has a teacher preparation program, as
                    required by this section.
                        ``(C) Agreement required.--Prior to receiving an
                    initial graduate fellowship award, and upon the annual
                    renewal of the graduate fellowship award, an individual
                    selected to receive a graduate fellowship under this
                    section shall sign an agreement with the Secretary
                    agreeing to pursue a career in instruction at an
                    institution of higher education that has a teacher
                    preparation program in accordance with subparagraph
                    (A).
                        ``(D) Failure to comply.--If an individual who
                    receives a graduate fellowship award under this section
                    fails to comply with the agreement signed pursuant to
                    subparagraph (C), the sum of the amounts of any
                    graduate fellowship award received by such recipient
                    shall, upon a determination of such a failure, be
                    treated as a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan
                    under part D of title IV, and shall be subject to
                    repayment, together with interest thereon accruing from
                    the date of the fellowship award, in accordance with
                    terms and conditions specified by the Secretary in
                    regulations under this subpart.
                        ``(E) Modified service requirement.--The Secretary
                    may waive or modify the service requirement of this
                    paragraph in accordance with regulations promulgated by
                    the Secretary with respect to the criteria to determine
                    the circumstances under which compliance with such
                    service requirement is inequitable or represents a
                    substantial hardship. The Secretary may waive the
                    service requirement if compliance by the fellowship
                    recipient is determined to be inequitable or represent
                    a substantial hardship--
                                ``(i) because the individual is permanently
                            and totally disabled at the time of the waiver
                            request; or
                                ``(ii) based on documentation presented to
                            the Secretary of substantial economic or
                            personal hardship.
        ``(f) Institutional Support for Fellows.--An eligible institution
    that receives a grant under this section may reserve not more than ten
    percent of the grant amount for academic and career transition support
    for graduate fellowship recipients and for meeting the institutional
    obligation described in subsection (e)(3)(B).
        ``(g) Restriction on Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that
    receives a grant under this section may not use grant funds for general
    operational overhead of the institution.

                        ``Subpart 5--General Provisions

    ``SEC. 281. COMPETITIVE PRIORITY.

        ``In awarding grants under subparts 1 through 4, the Secretary
    shall award competitive priority to eligible institutions, eligible
    partnerships, and eligible entities that demonstrate in the application
    for such a grant a plan to--
                ``(1) increase the diversity in the educator workforce
            through--
                        ``(A) recruiting, enrolling, and preparing diverse
                    teacher candidates; and
                        ``(B) efforts that help retain diverse teacher
                    candidates in high-needs schools;
                ``(2) address the shortage of teachers in high-needs fields
            including science, technology, engineering, arts, mathematics,
            or computer science through--
                        ``(A) recruiting, enrolling, and preparing teacher
                    candidates to achieve certification, as required by the
                    State, to offer instruction in high-needs fields,
                    including science, technology, engineering, arts,
                    mathematics, or computer science; and
                        ``(B) efforts that help retain teachers of high-
                    needs fields in high-needs schools;
                ``(3) expand the pipeline of school leaders through
            preparing teacher leaders, which may be achieved by efforts
            that may include--
                        ``(A) embedding pedagogical coursework for teacher
                    candidates that fosters--
                                ``(i) leadership and advocacy skills;
                                ``(ii) knowledge of school management and
                            finance;
                                ``(iii) school operations and business
                            skills;
                                ``(iv) effective use and management of
                            educational technology;
                                ``(v) strategies for community and family
                            engagement; and
                                ``(vi) mentorship and coaching strategies;
                            and
                        ``(B) providing opportunities for teacher
                    candidates to receive--
                                ``(i) exposure to and modeling from teacher
                            leaders and school leaders; and
                                ``(ii) ongoing support and continuation of
                            professional development on teacher or other
                            school leadership once exiting the teacher or
                            other school leader preparation program.''.

                          TITLE III--INSTITUTIONAL AID

    SEC. 3001. STRENGTHENING INSTITUTIONS.

        (a) Program Purpose.--Section 311(d) of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1057(d)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (2)--
                        (A) by striking ``non-Federal sources'' and
                    inserting ``non-Federal sources (which may include
                    gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a specific
                    purpose)''; and
                        (B) by striking ``or greater than'' and inserting
                    ``50 percent of''; and
                (2) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
                ``(4) Scholarship.--An eligible institution that uses grant
            funds provided under this section to establish or increase an
            endowment fund may use the interest proceeds from such
            endowment to provide scholarships to students for the purposes
            of attending such institution.''.
        (b) Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities.--Section 316(c)
    of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c(c)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (2)--
                        (A) in subparagraph (D), by striking ``Indians''
                    and all that follows through ``policy'' and inserting
                    ``American Indians and Alaska Natives are
                    underrepresented, instruction in Native American
                    language, and instruction to support tribal governance,
                    tribal public policy, and tribal history and
                    sovereignty;'' and
                        (B) in subparagraph (L) by striking ``outreach''
                    and all that follows through ``education'' and
                    inserting ``outreach and recruitment activities and
                    programs that encourage American Indian and Alaska
                    Native elementary school students, secondary school
                    students, and adults to develop the academic skills and
                    the interest to pursue and succeed in postsecondary
                    education''; and
                (2) in paragraph (3)--
                        (A) in subparagraph (B)--
                                (i) by striking ``matching funds'' and
                            inserting ``matching funds (which may include
                            gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a
                            specific purpose)''; and
                                (ii) by striking ``equal to the Federal
                            funds'' and inserting ``equal to 50 percent of
                            the Federal funds''; and
                        (B) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the
                    following:
                        ``(D) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that
                    uses grant funds provided under this section to
                    establish or increase an endowment fund may use the
                    interest proceeds from such endowment to provide
                    scholarships to students for the purposes of attending
                    such institution.''.
        (c) Elimination of Pre-Approval Requirement; Use of Unexpended
    Funds.--Section 316(d) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1059c(d)) is amended--
                (1) by striking paragraph (1);
                (2) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (4) as
            paragraphs (1) through (3), respectively; and
                (3) in paragraph (2), as so redesignated, by adding at the
            end the following:
                        ``(C) Use of unexpended funds.--Any funds paid to
                    an institution and not expended or used for the
                    purposes for which the funds were paid during the 5-
                    year period following the date of the initial grant
                    award, may be carried over and expended during the
                    succeeding 5-year period, if such funds were obligated
                    for a purpose for which the funds were paid during the
                    5-year period following the date of the initial grant
                    award.''.
        (d) Promoting the Sustainability of Native American Languages.--
    Part A of title III of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1057
    et seq.) is further amended by inserting after section 316 (20 U.S.C.
    1059c) the following:

    ``SEC. 316A. NATIVE AMERICAN LANGUAGE VITALIZATION AND TRAINING
                  PROGRAM.

        ``(a) Establishment.--
                ``(1) In general.--From the amount appropriated under
            subsection (d), the Secretary shall establish the Native
            American Language Vitalization and Training Program under which
            the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis, to
            eligible institutions to promote the preservation,
            revitalization, relevancy, and use of Native American
            languages.
                ``(2) Term.--The term of a grant under this section shall
            be not more than 5 years.
                ``(3) Application.--
                        ``(A) Streamlined process.--In carrying out the
                    program under this section, the Secretary shall
                    establish application requirements in such a manner as
                    to simplify and streamline the process for the grant
                    application under this section.
                        ``(B) In general.--To be eligible to receive a
                    grant under this subsection, an eligible institution
                    shall submit to the Secretary an application at such
                    time, in such manner, and in accordance with any other
                    application requirements described in subparagraph (A),
                    that the Secretary may prescribe, and including the
                    following:
                                ``(i) A description of the 5-year program
                            of the eligible institution for meeting the
                            needs of American Indians, Alaska Natives,
                            Native Hawaiians, or Native American Pacific
                            Islanders, as appropriate, in the area served
                            by the institution, and how such plan is
                            consistent with the purposes described in
                            paragraph (1).
                                ``(ii)(I) An identification of the
                            population to be served by the eligible
                            institution; and
                                ``(II) an identification of the status of
                            Native American language understanding and use
                            within that population and a description of the
                            manner in which the program will help preserve
                            and revitalize the relevant Native American
                            language.
                                ``(iii) A description of the services to be
                            provided under the program, including the
                            manner in which the services will be integrated
                            with other appropriate language programs
                            available in the relevant community.
                                ``(iv) A description, to be prepared in
                            consultation with the Secretary, of the
                            performance measures to be used to assess the
                            performance of the eligible institution in
                            carrying out the program.
        ``(b) Use of Funds.--An eligible institution may use a grant under
    this section to carry out activities consistent with the purposes
    described in subsection (a)(1), including--
                ``(1) curriculum development and academic instruction,
            including educational activities, programs, and partnerships
            relating to students in early childhood education programs
            through grade 12;
                ``(2) professional development for faculty at the eligible
            institution and in-service training programs for early
            childhood education programs through grade 12 instructors and
            administrators; and
                ``(3) innovative Native American language programs for
            students in early childhood education programs through grade
            12, including language immersion programs.
        ``(c) Applicability of Other Provisions.--
                ``(1) Concurrent funding.--
                        ``(A) Tribal college or university.--An eligible
                    institution that is a Tribal College or University may,
                    concurrently, receive a grant under this section and
                    funds under section 316.
                        ``(B) Alaska native-serving institution or native
                    hawaiian-serving institution.--An eligible institution
                    that is an Alaska Native-serving institution or Native
                    Hawaiian-serving institution may, concurrently, receive
                    a grant under this section and funds under section 317.
                        ``(C) Asian american and native american pacific
                    islander-serving institution.--An eligible institution
                    that is an Asian American and Native American Pacific
                    Islander-serving institution may, concurrently, receive
                    a grant under this section and funds under section 320.
                ``(2) Exemption.--Sections 312(b) and 313(d) shall not
            apply to an eligible institution that receives a grant under
            this section.
        ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be
    appropriated to carry out this section $20,000,000 (of which
    $15,000,000 shall be available for Tribal Colleges or Universities and
    $5,000,000 shall be available for the institutions described in
    subparagraphs (B) through (D) of subsection (e)(1)) for fiscal year
    2021 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
        ``(e) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible
            institution' means--
                        ``(A) a Tribal College or University, as defined in
                    section 316;
                        ``(B) an Alaska Native-serving institution, as
                    defined in section 317;
                        ``(C) a Native Hawaiian-serving institution, as
                    defined in section 317; or
                        ``(D) an Asian American and Native American Pacific
                    Islander-serving institution, as defined in section
                    320, which is located in American Samoa, Guam, or the
                    Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
                ``(2) Native american.--The term `Native American' has the
            meaning given the term in section 371(c)(6).''.
        (e) Predominantly Black Institutions.--Section 318(d)(3) of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e(d)(3)) is amended--
                (1) in subparagraph (B)--
                        (A) by striking ``non-Federal sources'' and
                    inserting ``non-Federal sources (which may include
                    gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a specific
                    purpose)''; and
                        (B) by striking ``equal to or greater than the
                    Federal funds'' and inserting ``equal to 50 percent of
                    the Federal funds''; and
                (2) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the following:
                        ``(D) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that
                    uses grant funds provided under this section to
                    establish or increase an endowment fund may use the
                    interest proceeds from such endowment to provide
                    scholarships to students for the purposes of attending
                    such institution.''.
        (f) Technical Correction to Section 317.--Section 317(d)(3)(A) of
    the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059d(d)(3)(A)) is amended
    to read as follows:
                        ``(A) Eligibility.--No Alaskan Native-serving
                    institution of Native Hawaiian-serving institution that
                    receives funds under this section shall concurrently
                    receive funds under other provisions of this part, part
                    B, or part A of title V.''.
        (g) Technical Correction to Section 318.--Section 318(i) of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e) is amended--
                (1) in the subsection heading, by striking ``Special Rule
            on Eligibility'' and inserting ``Special Rules'' ;
                (2) by striking ``No Predominantly'' and inserting the
            following:
                ``(1) Eligibility.--No Predominantly''; and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(2) Exemption.--Section 313(d) shall not apply to
            institutions that are eligible to receive funds under this
            section.''.
        (h) Technical Correction to Section 320.--Section 320(d)(3)(A) of
    the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059g(d)(3)(A)) is amended
    by inserting ``part A of'' after ``or''.

    SEC. 3002. STRENGTHENING HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES.

        (a) Allowable Uses of Funds.--Section 323(a) of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1062(a)) is amended--
                (1) by striking paragraphs (6) and (7) and inserting the
            following:
                ``(6) Tutoring, counseling, advising, and student service
            programs designed to improve academic success, including
            innovative and customized instructional courses (which may
            include remedial education and English language instruction)
            designed to help retain students and move students rapidly into
            core courses and through program completion.
                ``(7) Funds and administrative management, and acquisition
            of technology, services, and equipment for use in strengthening
            funds and administrative management.'';
                (2) in paragraph (10)--
                        (A) by striking ``teacher education'' and inserting
                    ``traditional or alternative route teacher
                    preparation''; and
                        (B) by striking ``preparation for teacher
                    certification'' and inserting ``preparation of
                    graduates for teacher certification or licensure'';
                (3) by redesignating paragraph (15) as paragraph (19); and
                (4) by inserting after paragraph (14) the following:
                ``(15) Distance education programs and creating or
            improving facilities for internet or other distance learning
            academic instruction capabilities, including the purchase or
            rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.
                ``(16) Establishing or improving a program that produces
            improved results in the educational outcomes of African
            American males.
                ``(17) Scholarships, fellowships, and other financial
            assistance for financially needy undergraduate students, as
            determined by the institution, to permit the enrollment and
            degree completion of such students in the physical or natural
            sciences, engineering, mathematics or other scientific
            disciplines in which African Americans are underrepresented,
            except that not more than 30 percent of the grant amount may be
            used for this purpose.
                ``(18) Establishing or improving an office of sponsored
            programs to assist with identifying external funding
            opportunities, applying for external funding, and administering
            grant awards.''.
        (b) Historically Black Colleges and Universities.--Section 323(b)
    of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1062(b)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (2)--
                        (A) by striking ``non-Federal sources'' and
                    inserting ``non-Federal sources (which may include
                    gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a specific
                    purpose)''; and
                        (B) by striking ``equal to or greater than the
                    Federal funds'' and inserting ``equal to 50 percent of
                    the Federal funds''; and
                (2) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
                ``(4) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that uses
            grant funds provided under this section to establish or
            increase an endowment fund may use the interest proceeds from
            such endowment to provide scholarships to students for the
            purposes of attending such institution.''.
        (c) Allotments and Application Process.--
                (1) Allotments.--Section 324 of the Higher Education Act of
            1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063) is amended--
                        (A) in subsection (c), by striking ``5'' and
                    inserting ``6'';
                        (B) in subsection (d)(1), by striking subparagraphs
                    (A) and (B) and inserting the following:
                        ``(A) less than $500,000 for a part B institution
                    which has received a grant under this part, the
                    Secretary shall award the part B institution an
                    allotment in the amount of $500,000; and
                        ``(B) less than $250,000 for a part B institution
                    which has not received a grant under this part for a
                    fiscal year prior to fiscal year 2019, the Secretary
                    shall award the part B institution an allotment in the
                    amount of $250,000.''; and
                        (C) in subsection (h)--
                                (i) in paragraphs (1)(C) and (2)(C), by
                            striking ``within 5 years'' each time it
                            appears and inserting ``within 6 years''; and
                                (ii) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(3) Limitation for new institutions.--Notwithstanding any
            other provision of this section, no part B institution that
            would otherwise be eligible for funds under this part shall
            receive an allotment under this part for a fiscal year,
            unless--
                        ``(A) such institution received an allotment under
                    this part for fiscal year 2019; or
                        ``(B) the amount appropriated under section
                    399(a)(2)(A) for such fiscal year is not less than
                    $282,420,000.''.
                (2) Applications.--Section 325(c) of the Higher Education
            Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063a(c)) is amended by inserting ``,
            including goals to enhance student retention, graduation, and
            postgraduate outcomes,'' after ``management and academic
            programs''.
        (d) Professional or Graduate Institutions.--Section 326(c) of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(c)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (7)--
                        (A) by striking ``equipment,'' and inserting
                    ``equipment, technology, and services,''; and
                        (B) by inserting ``and administrative'' after ``in
                    strengthening funds'';
                (2) by redesignating paragraph (12) as paragraph (13); and
                (3) by striking paragraph (11) and inserting the following:
                ``(11) tutoring, counseling, advising, and student service
            programs designed to improve academic success, including
            innovative and customized instructional courses (which may
            include remedial education and English language instruction)
            designed to help retain students and move students rapidly into
            core courses and through program completion; and
                ``(12) distance education programs and creating or
            improving facilities for internet or other distance learning
            academic instruction capabilities, including the purchase or
            rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services;
            and''.
        (e) Eligibility.--Section 326(e)(1) of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(e)) is amended--
                (1) in subparagraph (W), by striking ``and'' at the end;
                (2) in subparagraph (X), by striking the period at the end
            and inserting ``; and''; and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(Y) University of the Virgin Islands School of
                    Medicine.''.
        (f) Conforming Amendment.--Section 326(f) of the Higher Education
    Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(f)) is amended by striking ``through (X)''
    both places it appears and inserting ``through (Y)''.
        (g) Interaction With Other Grant Programs.--Section 326(h) of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(h)) is amended by
    striking ``or 724'' and inserting ``724, 727, or 729.''.

    SEC. 3003. HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY CAPITAL FINANCING.

        (a) Bond Insurance and Capital Finance of STEM Facilities.--Section
    343 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066b) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``an escrow
                    account'' and inserting ``a bond insurance fund'';
                        (B) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``(except that
                    loans for the purpose of science, technology,
                    engineering, or mathematics related academic facilities
                    shall carry not more than a 1 percent rate of
                    interest)'' after ``charge such interest on loans'';
                        (C) in paragraph (8)--
                                (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph
                            (A), by striking ``an escrow account'' and
                            inserting ``a bond insurance fund''; and
                                (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``the
                            escrow account'' and inserting ``the bond
                            insurance fund'';
                        (D) in paragraph (9), by striking ``escrow
                    account'' each place it appears and inserting ``bond
                    insurance fund''; and
                        (E) in paragraph (12), by striking ``, except as
                    otherwise required by the Secretary''; and
                (2) in subsection (c), by striking ``escrow account'' each
            place it appears and inserting ``bond insurance fund''.
        (b) Increased Aggregate Bond Limit.--Section 344 of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066c) is amended--
                (1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking
            ``$1,100,000,000'' and inserting ``$3,600,000,000'';
                (2) in paragraph (1), by striking ``$733,333,333'' and
            inserting ``two-thirds''; and
                (3) in paragraph (2), by striking ``$366,666,667'' and
            inserting ``one-third''.
        (c) Strengthening Technical Assistance.--Section 345 of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066d) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (8), by inserting ``and'' at the end;
                (2) by striking paragraph (9) and inserting the following:
                ``(9) may, directly or by grant or contract, provide
            financial counseling and technical assistance to eligible
            institutions to prepare the institutions to qualify, apply for,
            and maintain a capital improvement loan, including a loan under
            this part.''; and
                (3) by striking paragraph (10) and inserting the following:
                ``(10) may provide for the modification or deferment of a
            loan made under this part based on need of the institution, as
            defined by the Secretary, for a period not to exceed 6 fiscal
            years, and, during the period of deferment of such a loan,
            interest on the loan will not accrue or be capitalized.''.
        (d) HBCU Capital Financing Advisory Board.--Paragraph (2) of
    Section 347(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066f(c))
    is amended to read as follows:
                ``(2) Report.--On an annual basis, the Advisory Board shall
            prepare and submit to the authorizing committees a report on--
                        ``(A) the financial status of the historically
                    Black colleges and universities described in paragraph
                    (1)(A);
                        ``(B) an overview of all loans awarded under the
                    program under this part, including the most recent
                    loans awarded for the fiscal year in which the report
                    is submitted; and
                        ``(C) administrative and legislative
                    recommendations for addressing the issues related to
                    construction financing facing historically Black
                    colleges and universities.''.

    SEC. 3004. STRENGTHENING HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES
                  AND OTHER MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS.

        Section 371(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1067q(b)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (1)(A)--
                        (A) in the first sentence, by striking
                    ``appropriated,'' and all that follows through ``2019''
                    and inserting the following: ``appropriated,
                    $300,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding
                    fiscal year''; and
                        (B) by striking the second sentence; and
                (2) in paragraph (2)--
                        (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                                (i) in clause (i), by striking
                            ``$100,000,000'' and inserting
                            ``$117,500,000'';
                                (ii) in clause (ii), by striking
                            ``$100,000,000'' and inserting ``$99,875,000'';
                                (iii) in clause (iii)--
                                        (I) by striking ``$55,000,000'' and
                                    inserting ``$65,000,000''; and
                                        (II) by striking ``(D)'' and
                                    inserting ``(E)'';
                                (iv) by redesignating clause (iii) as
                            clause (iv); and
                                (v) by inserting after clause (ii) the
                            following:
                                ``(iii) $17,625,000 shall be available for
                            allocation under subparagraph (D);'';
                        (B) by redesignating subparagraph (D) as
                    subparagraph (E) and--
                                (i) in clause (i), by striking
                            ``$30,000,000'' each place it appears and
                            inserting ``$35,000,000'';
                                (ii) in clause (ii), by striking
                            ``$15,000,000'' each place it appears and
                            inserting ``$18,000,000''; and
                                (iii) in clauses (iii) and (iv), by
                            striking ``$5,000,000'' each place it appears
                            and inserting ``$6,000,000''; and
                        (C) by striking subparagraph (C) and inserting the
                    following:
                        ``(C) Allocation and allotment hbcus.--The amount
                    made available for allocation under this subparagraph
                    by subparagraph (A)(ii) for any fiscal year shall be
                    available to eligible institutions described in
                    subsection (a)(1) and shall be made available as grants
                    under section 323 and allotted among such institutions
                    under section 324, treating such amount, plus the
                    amount appropriated for such fiscal year in a regular
                    or supplemental appropriation Act to carry out part B
                    of this title, as the amount appropriated to carry out
                    part B of this title for purposes of allotments under
                    section 324, for use by such institutions with a
                    priority for--
                                ``(i) activities described in paragraphs
                            (1), (2), (4), (5), and (10) of section 323(a);
                            and
                                ``(ii) other activities, consistent with
                            the institution's comprehensive plan and
                            designed to increase the institution's capacity
                            to prepare students for careers in the physical
                            or natural sciences, mathematics, computer
                            science or information technology or sciences,
                            engineering, language instruction in the less-
                            commonly taught languages or international
                            affairs, or nursing or allied health
                            professions.
                        ``(D) Allocation and allotment pbis.--The amount
                    made available for allocation under this subparagraph
                    by subparagraph (A)(iii) for any fiscal year shall be
                    available to eligible institutions described in
                    subsection (a)(5) and shall be available for a
                    competitive grant program to award grants of $600,000
                    annually for programs in any of the following areas:
                                ``(i) science, technology, engineering, or
                            mathematics (STEM);
                                ``(ii) health education;
                                ``(iii) internationalization or
                            globalization;
                                ``(iv) teacher preparation; or
                                ``(v) improving educational outcomes of
                            African American males.''.

    SEC. 3005. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

        Section 399(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1068h(a)) is amended--
                (1) by striking ``2009'' each place it appears and
            inserting ``2021'';
                (2) in paragraph (1)--
                        (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking
                    ``$135,000,000'' and inserting ``$150,000,000'';
                        (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking
                    ``$30,000,000'' and inserting ``$45,000,000'';
                        (C) in subparagraph (C), by striking
                    ``$15,000,000'' and inserting ``$25,000,000'';
                        (D) in subparagraph (D), by striking
                    ``$75,000,000'' and inserting ``$90,000,000'';
                        (E) in subparagraph (E), by striking
                    ``$25,000,000'' and inserting ``$30,000,000''; and
                        (F) in subparagraph (F), by striking
                    ``$30,000,000'' and inserting ``$60,000,000'';
                (3) in paragraph (2)--
                        (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking
                    ``$375,000,000'' and inserting ``$400,000,000''; and
                        (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking
                    ``$125,000,000'' and inserting ``$135,000,000'';
                (4) in paragraph (3), by striking ``$10,000,000'' and
            inserting ``$220,000,000''; and
                (5) in paragraph (4)(A), by striking ``$185,000'' and
            inserting ``$225,000''.

                          TITLE IV--STUDENT ASSISTANCE

    SEC. 4001. EFFECTIVE DATE.

        Except as otherwise provided in this title or the amendments made
    by this title, this title and the amendments made by this title shall
    take effect on July 1, 2021.

      PART A--GRANTS TO STUDENTS IN ATTENDANCE AT INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER
                                   EDUCATION

                         Subpart 1--Federal Pell Grants

    SEC. 4011. AMOUNT OF GRANTS.

        Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a)
    is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)(1)--
                        (A) by striking ``through fiscal year 2017''; and
                        (B) by inserting ``or as a postbaccalaureate in
                    accordance with subsection (c)(1)(B)'' after ``as an
                    undergraduate'';
                (2) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (2)(A)(ii), by striking
                    ``paragraph (7)(B)'' and inserting ``paragraph
                    (6)(B)'';
                        (B) by striking paragraph (6), and redesignating
                    paragraph (7) as paragraph (6); and
                        (C) in paragraph (6)(C) (as so redesignated), by
                    amending clause (iii) to read as follows:
                                ``(iii) Subsequent award years.--
                                        ``(I) Award years 2018-2019, 2019-
                                    2020 and 2020-2021.--For each of the
                                    award years 2018-2019, 2019-2020, and
                                    2020-2021 the amount determined under
                                    this subparagraph for purposes of
                                    subparagraph (B)(iii) shall be equal to
                                    the amount determined under clause (ii)
                                    for award year 2017-2018.
                                        ``(II) Award year 2021-2022.--For
                                    award year 2021-2022, the amount
                                    determined under this subparagraph for
                                    purposes of subparagraph (B)(iii) shall
                                    be equal to--
                                                ``(aa) $6,195 or the total
                                            maximum Federal Pell Grant for
                                            the preceding award year (as
                                            determined under clause
                                            (iv)(II)), whichever is
                                            greater, increased by $500;
                                            reduced by
                                                ``(bb) $5,135 or the
                                            maximum Federal Pell Grant for
                                            which a student was eligible
                                            for the preceding award year,
                                            as specified in the last
                                            enacted appropriation Act
                                            applicable to that year,
                                            whichever is greater, and
                                                ``(cc) rounded to the
                                            nearest $5.
                                        ``(III) Award year 2022-2023 and
                                    each subsequent award year.--For award
                                    year 2022-2023 and each subsequent
                                    award year, the amount determined under
                                    this subparagraph for purposes of
                                    subparagraph (B)(iii) shall be equal
                                    to--
                                                ``(aa) $6,695 or the total
                                            maximum Federal Pell Grant for
                                            the preceding award year (as
                                            determined under clause
                                            (iv)(II)), whichever is
                                            greater, increased by a
                                            percentage equal to the annual
                                            adjustment percentage for the
                                            award year for which the amount
                                            under this subparagraph is
                                            being determined; reduced by
                                                ``(bb) $5,135 or the
                                            maximum Federal Pell Grant for
                                            which a student was eligible
                                            for the preceding award year,
                                            as specified in the last
                                            enacted appropriation Act
                                            applicable to that year,
                                            whichever is greater; and
                                                ``(cc) rounded to the
                                            nearest $5.'';
                (3) in subsection (f)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by striking the matter
                    preceding subparagraph (A) and inserting the following:
                    ``After receiving an application for a Federal Pell
                    Grant under this subpart, the Secretary (including any
                    contractor of the Secretary processing applications for
                    Federal Pell Grants under this subpart) shall, in a
                    timely manner, furnish to the student financial aid
                    administrator at each institution of higher education
                    that a student awarded a Federal Pell Grant under this
                    subpart is attending, the expected family contribution
                    for each such student. Each such student financial
                    administrator shall--''; and
                        (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``after academic
                    year 1986-1987''; and
                (4) in subsection (j)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1) by inserting before the period
                    the following: ``, or if such institution of higher
                    education is subject to an ineligibility determination
                    under section 435(a)(9) or 493I(b)''; and
                        (B) in paragraph (2) by inserting ``, final
                    adjusted cohort default rate, or on-time repayment
                    rate'' before ``determination''.

    SEC. 4012. GRANT ELIGIBILITY.

        Section 401(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1070a(c)) is amended--
                (1) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
                ``(1) Period of eligibility for grants.--The period during
            which a student may receive Federal Pell Grants shall be the
            period required for the completion of the first undergraduate
            baccalaureate course of study being pursued by that student at
            the institution at which the student is in attendance except
            that--
                        ``(A) any period during which the student is
                    enrolled in a noncredit or remedial course of study as
                    defined in paragraph (2) shall not be counted for the
                    purpose of this paragraph; and
                        ``(B) the period during which a student may receive
                    Federal Pell Grants shall also include the period
                    required for the completion of the first
                    postbaccalaureate course of study at an eligible
                    institution that meets the definition of institution of
                    higher education in section 101, in a case in which--
                                ``(i) the student received a Federal Pell
                            Grant during the period required for the
                            completion of the student's first undergraduate
                            baccalaureate course of study for fewer than 14
                            semesters, or the equivalent of fewer than 14
                            semesters, as determined under paragraph (5);
                                ``(ii) the student would otherwise be
                            eligible for a Federal Pell Grant, but for the
                            completion of such baccalaureate course of
                            study; and
                                ``(iii) the period during which the student
                            receives Federal Pell Grants does not exceed
                            the student's duration limits under paragraph
                            (5).''; and
                (2) in paragraph (5)--
                        (A) by striking ``(5) The period'' and inserting
                    the following: ``(5) Maximum period.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in
                    subparagraph (B), the period'';
                        (B) by striking ``12'' each place the term appears
                    and inserting ``14''; and
                        (C) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(B) Exception.--
                                ``(i) In general.--Any Federal Pell Grant
                            that a student received during a period
                            described in subclause (I) or (II) of clause
                            (ii) shall not count toward the student's
                            duration limits under this paragraph.
                                ``(ii) Applicable periods.--Clause (i)
                            shall apply with respect to any Federal Pell
                            Grant awarded to a student to attend an
                            institution--
                                        ``(I) during a period--
                                                ``(aa) for which the
                                            student received a loan under
                                            this title; and
                                                ``(bb) for which the loan
                                            described in item (aa) is
                                            forgiven under--

                                                        ``(AA) section
                                                    437(c)(1) or 464(g)(1)
                                                    due to the closing of
                                                    the institution;

                                                        ``(BB) section 493H
                                                    due to the student's
                                                    successful assertion of
                                                    a defense to repayment
                                                    of the loan; or

                                                        ``(CC) section
                                                    432(a)(6), section
                                                    685.215 of title 34,
                                                    Code of Federal
                                                    Regulations (or a
                                                    successor regulation),
                                                    or any other loan
                                                    forgiveness provision
                                                    or regulation under
                                                    this Act, as a result
                                                    of a determination by
                                                    the Secretary or a
                                                    court that the
                                                    institution committed
                                                    fraud or other
                                                    misconduct; or

                                        ``(II) during a period for which
                                    the student did not receive a loan
                                    under this title but for which, if the
                                    student had received such a loan, the
                                    student would have qualified for loan
                                    forgiveness under subclause (I)(bb).''.

    SEC. 4013. EXTENDING FEDERAL PELL GRANT ELIGIBILITY OF CERTAIN SHORT-
                  TERM PROGRAMS.

        (a) In General.--Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1070a) is amended by inserting after subsection (j) the
    following:
        ``(k) Job Training Federal Pell Grant Program.--
                ``(1) In general.--For the award year beginning on July 1,
            2021, and each subsequent award year, the Secretary shall carry
            out a program through which the Secretary shall award job
            training Federal Pell Grants to students in eligible job
            training programs approved by the Secretary in accordance with
            paragraph (4).
                ``(2) Terms and conditions.--Each job training Federal Pell
            Grant awarded under this subsection shall have the same terms
            and conditions, and be awarded in the same manner, as a Federal
            Pell Grant awarded under subsection (a), except as follows:
                        ``(A) A student who is eligible to receive a job
                    training Federal Pell Grant under this subsection is a
                    student who--
                                ``(i) has not yet attained a
                            postbaccalaureate degree; and
                                ``(ii) is enrolled, or accepted for
                            enrollment, in an eligible job training program
                            at an institution of higher education.
                        ``(B) The amount of a job training Federal Pell
                    Grant for an eligible student shall be determined under
                    subsection (b), except that subsection (b)(4) shall not
                    apply.
                ``(3) Treatment of job training federal pell grant.--
                        ``(A) Inclusion in total eligibility period.--The
                    period during which a student received a job training
                    Federal Pell Grant under this subsection shall be
                    included in calculating the duration limits with
                    respect to such student under subsection (c)(5) and to
                    the extent that such period was a fraction of a
                    semester or the equivalent, only that same fraction of
                    such semester or equivalent shall count towards such
                    duration limits.
                        ``(B) Prevention of double benefits.--No student
                    may for the same payment period receive both a job
                    training Federal Pell Grant under this subsection and a
                    Federal Pell Grant under subsection (a).
                ``(4) Approval of eligible job training programs.--
                        ``(A) Eligible job training program.--An eligible
                    job training program shall be a career and technical
                    education program at an institution of higher education
                    that the Secretary determines meets the following
                    requirements:
                                ``(i) The job training program provides not
                            less than 150, and less than 600, clock hours
                            of instructional time over a period of not less
                            than 8, and less than 15, weeks.
                                ``(ii) The job training program provides
                            training aligned with the requirements of high-
                            skill, high-wage, or in-demand industry sectors
                            or occupations in the State or local area in
                            which the job training program is provided, as
                            determined by an industry or sector partnership
                            in such State or local area.
                                ``(iii) The job training program has been
                            determined by the institution of higher
                            education and by such industry or sector
                            partnership to provide academic content, an
                            amount of instructional time, and a recognized
                            postsecondary credential that are sufficient
                            to--
                                        ``(I) meet the hiring requirements
                                    of potential employers in the sectors
                                    or occupations described in clause
                                    (ii); and
                                        ``(II) satisfy any applicable
                                    educational prerequisite requirement
                                    for professional license or
                                    certification, so that a student who
                                    completes the program and seeks
                                    employment is qualified to take any
                                    licensure or certification examination
                                    needed to practice or find employment
                                    in such sectors or occupations.
                                ``(iv) The job training program prepares
                            students to pursue related certificate or
                            degree programs at an institution of higher
                            education, including--
                                        ``(I) by ensuring the acceptability
                                    of the credits received under the job
                                    training program toward meeting such
                                    certificate or degree program
                                    requirements (such as through an
                                    articulation agreement); and
                                        ``(II) by ensuring that a student
                                    who completes noncredit coursework in
                                    the job training program, upon
                                    completion of the job training program
                                    and enrollment in such a related
                                    certificate or degree program, will
                                    receive academic credit for such
                                    noncredit coursework that will be
                                    accepted toward meeting such
                                    certificate or degree program
                                    requirements.
                                ``(v) The job training program provides to
                            the Secretary the annual earnings expected to
                            be paid in the sectors or occupations for which
                            the program provides training not later than 6
                            months after completion of such program (in
                            this subsection referred to as the `expected
                            earnings'), as such earnings are determined by
                            an industry or sector partnership in the State
                            or local area in which the program is provided,
                            and which shall be--
                                        ``(I) greater than the average or
                                    median annual earnings paid to
                                    individuals with only a high school
                                    diploma (or the equivalent) based on
                                    the most recently available data from
                                    the Bureau of Labor Statistics or the
                                    Bureau of the Census with respect to
                                    such State or local area, or the Nation
                                    as a whole, as selected by such
                                    program;
                                        ``(II) validated by the Secretary;
                                    and
                                        ``(III) used to review the job
                                    training program under subparagraph
                                    (C).
                                ``(vi) The job training program is part of
                            a career pathway, and includes counseling for
                            students to--
                                        ``(I) support each such student in
                                    achieving the student's education and
                                    career goals; and
                                        ``(II) ensure that each such
                                    student receives information on--
                                                ``(aa) the sectors or
                                            occupations described in clause
                                            (ii) for which the job training
                                            program provides training
                                            (including the expected
                                            earnings to be paid, and, if
                                            available, the mean and median
                                            earnings (described in
                                            subparagraph (C)(ii)) paid, in
                                            such sectors or occupations);
                                            and
                                                ``(bb) the related
                                            certificate or degree programs
                                            described in clause (iv) for
                                            which the job training program
                                            provides preparation.
                                ``(vii) The job training program meets the
                            requirements under section 104 that are
                            applicable to a program of training to prepare
                            students for gainful employment in a recognized
                            occupation.
                                ``(viii) The job training program does not
                            exceed by more than 50 percent the minimum
                            number of clock hours required by a State to
                            receive a professional license or certification
                            in the State.
                                ``(ix) The job training program is provided
                            by an institution of higher education that--
                                        ``(I) is approved by an accrediting
                                    agency or association that meets the
                                    requirements of section 496(a)(4)(C);
                                        ``(II) during the preceding 5
                                    years, has not been subject to any
                                    adverse actions or negative actions by
                                    the accrediting agency or association
                                    of the institution, State or Federal
                                    enforcement agencies, or the Secretary;
                                        ``(III) is listed on the provider
                                    list under section 122(d) of the
                                    Workforce Innovation and Opportunity
                                    Act (29 U.S.C. 3152(d)); and
                                        ``(IV) has a designated official
                                    responsible for engaging with the
                                    workforce development system in the
                                    State or local area in which the job
                                    training program is provided.
                                ``(x) The job training program has a
                            verified completion rate and a verified annual
                            earnings rate that meets the requirements of
                            clauses (i) and (iii) of section 481(b)(2)(A),
                            respectively, and satisfies the criteria
                            described in clause (v) of such section.
                                ``(xi) The State board representing the
                            State in which the job training program is
                            provided certifies to the Secretary that the
                            program meets the requirements of clauses (ii),
                            (viii), and (ix)(III).
                        ``(B) Initial approval by the secretary.--Not later
                    than 180 days after the date on which a job training
                    program is submitted for approval under this
                    subparagraph, the Secretary shall make a determination
                    as to whether such job training program is an eligible
                    job training program in accordance with subparagraph
                    (A).
                        ``(C) Review of approval.--
                                ``(i) In general.--Not later than 3 years
                            after the date an eligible job training program
                            is approved under subparagraph (B), and not
                            less than once every 3 years thereafter, the
                            Secretary shall, using the data collected under
                            paragraph (5) and such other information as the
                            Secretary may require, determine whether such
                            job training program continues to meet the
                            requirements of subparagraph (A).
                                ``(ii) Requirements.--Subject to clause
                            (iii), a determination under clause (i) that a
                            job training program continues to meet the
                            requirements of subparagraph (A) shall, at a
                            minimum, require the Secretary to determine
                            that the mean or median earnings (whichever is
                            higher) paid to students not later than 6
                            months after completing such program is equal
                            to or greater than the expected earnings of the
                            program.
                                ``(iii) Exception and appeals.--
                                        ``(I) Exception.--The Secretary may
                                    extend, by not more than an additional
                                    6 months, the period by when, after
                                    completion of the job training program,
                                    the mean or median earnings (whichever
                                    is higher) paid to students meets the
                                    requirements of clause (ii), in a case
                                    in which the job training program
                                    requesting such extension provides
                                    sufficient justification for such
                                    extension (as determined by the
                                    Secretary).
                                        ``(II) Appeals.--Not later than 60
                                    days after receiving notification from
                                    the Secretary of the loss of
                                    eligibility resulting from the review
                                    under subparagraph (C), a job training
                                    program may appeal any loss of
                                    eligibility under this subparagraph by
                                    demonstrating extenuating
                                    circumstances.
                                        ``(III) Secretarial requirements.--
                                    The Secretary shall issue a decision on
                                    any appeal submitted by a job training
                                    program under subclause (II) not later
                                    than 45 days after its submission.
                ``(5) Data collection.--Using the postsecondary student
            data system established under section 132(l) or a successor
            system (whichever includes the most recent data) to streamline
            reporting requirements and minimize reporting burdens, and in
            coordination with the National Center for Education Statistics,
            the Secretary of Labor, and each institution of higher
            education offering an eligible job training program under this
            subsection, the Secretary shall, on at least an annual basis,
            collect data with respect to each such eligible job training
            program, including the following:
                        ``(A) The number and demographics of students who
                    enroll in the program.
                        ``(B) The number of credits attempted and
                    accumulated annually by students enrolled in the
                    program.
                        ``(C) The share of such students who cease
                    enrollment on or before the completion of 60 percent of
                    the payment period or period of enrollment.
                        ``(D) The verified completion rate and the verified
                    annual earnings rate described in clauses (i) and (iii)
                    of section 481(b)(2)(A), respectively, for the program.
                        ``(E) The number and demographics of--
                                ``(i) students who complete the program;
                            and
                                ``(ii) students who do not complete the
                            program.
                        ``(F) The outcomes of the students who complete the
                    program, including--
                                ``(i) the share of such students who
                            continue enrollment at the institution of
                            higher education offering the program;
                                ``(ii) the share of such students who
                            transfer to another institution of higher
                            education;
                                ``(iii) the share of such students who
                            complete a subsequent certificate or degree
                            program;
                                ``(iv) the share of such students who
                            secure employment 6 months and 1 year,
                            respectively--
                                        ``(I) after completion of such
                                    program; or
                                        ``(II) in the case of a program
                                    that prepares students for a
                                    professional license or certification
                                    exam, after acquiring such license or
                                    certification;
                                ``(v) the expected earnings in the sectors
                            or occupations for which the program provides
                            training;
                                ``(vi) the mean and median earnings paid in
                            such sectors or occupations to such students
                            not later than 6 months after completing such
                            program (as described in paragraph (4)(C)(ii));
                            and
                                ``(vii) in the case of a job training
                            program that prepares students for a
                            professional license or certification exams,
                            the share of such students who pass such exams.
                ``(6) Title of job training federal pell grant.--Grants
            made under this subsection shall be known as `job training
            Federal Pell Grants'.
                ``(7) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                        ``(A) Articulation agreement.--The term
                    `articulation agreement' has the meaning given the term
                    in section 486A.
                        ``(B) Career and technical education.--The term
                    `career and technical education' has the meaning given
                    the term in section 3 of the Carl D. Perkins Career and
                    Technical Education Act (20 U.S.C. 2302).
                        ``(C) Institution of higher education.--The term
                    `institution of higher education' means an eligible
                    institution for purposes of this subpart that is an
                    institution of higher education (as defined in section
                    101) or a postsecondary vocational institution (as
                    defined in section 102(c)).
                        ``(D) WIOA definitions.--The terms `career
                    pathway', `industry or sector partnership', `in-demand
                    industry sector or occupation', `recognized
                    postsecondary credential', `State board', and
                    `workforce development system' have the meanings given
                    such terms in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and
                    Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).''.
        (b) Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of enactment of
    this Act, the Secretary of Education shall--
                (1) submit to the Committee on Education and Labor of the
            House of Representatives and the Committee on Health,
            Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on the
            impact of eligible job training programs described in
            subsection (k) of section 401 of the Higher Education Act of
            1965 (20 U.S.C. 1079a), as added by this section, based on the
            most recent data collected under paragraph (5) of such
            subsection (k); and
                (2) make the report described in paragraph (1) available
            publicly on the website of the Department of Education.

    SEC. 4014. PROVIDING FEDERAL PELL GRANTS FOR IRAQ AND AFGHANISTAN
                  VETERAN'S DEPENDENTS.

        (a) Amendment.--Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
    U.S.C. 1070a et seq.) as amended by this subpart, is further amended by
    inserting after subsection (k) the following:
        ``(l) Scholarships for Veteran's Dependents.--
                ``(1) Definition of eligible veteran's dependent.--In this
            subsection, the term `eligible veteran's dependent' means a
            dependent or an independent student--
                        ``(A) whose parent or guardian was a member of the
                    Armed Forces of the United States and died as a result
                    of performing military service in Iraq or Afghanistan
                    after September 11, 2001; and
                        ``(B) who, at the time of the parent or guardian's
                    death, was--
                                ``(i) less than 24 years of age; or
                                ``(ii) enrolled at an institution of higher
                            education on a part-time or full-time basis.
                ``(2) Grants.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall award a
                    Federal Pell Grant, as modified in accordance with the
                    requirements of this subsection, to each eligible
                    veteran's dependent to assist in paying the eligible
                    veteran's dependent's cost of attendance at an
                    institution of higher education.
                        ``(B) Designation.--Federal Pell Grants made under
                    this subsection may be known as `Iraq and Afghanistan
                    Service Grants'.
                ``(3) Prevention of double benefits.--No eligible veteran's
            dependent may receive a grant under both this subsection and
            subsection (a) or (k).
                ``(4) Terms and conditions.--The Secretary shall award Iraq
            and Afghanistan Service Grants under this subsection in the
            same manner and with the same terms and conditions, including
            the length of the period of eligibility, as the Secretary
            awards Federal Pell Grants under subsection (a), except that--
                        ``(A) the award rules and determination of need
                    applicable to the calculation of Federal Pell Grants
                    under subsection (a) shall not apply to Iraq and
                    Afghanistan Service Grants;
                        ``(B) the provisions of paragraph (2)(A)(iii) and
                    (3) of subsection (b), and subsection (f), shall not
                    apply;
                        ``(C) the maximum period determined under
                    subsection (c)(5) shall be determined by including all
                    Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grants received by the
                    eligible veteran's dependent, including such Grants
                    received under subpart 10 before the date of enactment
                    of the College Affordability Act; and
                        ``(D) an Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant to an
                    eligible veteran's dependent for any award year shall
                    equal the maximum Federal Pell Grant available under
                    subsection (b)(5) for that award year, except that an
                    Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant--
                                ``(i) shall not exceed the cost of
                            attendance of the eligible veteran's dependent
                            for that award year; and
                                ``(ii) shall be adjusted to reflect the
                            attendance by the eligible veteran's dependent
                            on a less than full-time basis in the same
                            manner as such adjustments are made for a
                            Federal Pell Grant under subsection (a).
                ``(5) Estimated financial assistance.--For purposes of
            determinations of need under part F, an Iraq and Afghanistan
            Service Grant shall not be treated as estimated financial
            assistance as described in sections 471(3) and 480(j).''.
        (b) Effective Date; Transition.--
                (1) Effective date.--The amendments made by this section
            shall take effect with respect to the award year that begins
            following the date of enactment of this Act, and each
            succeeding award year.
                (2) Transition.--The Secretary shall take such steps as are
            necessary to transition from the Iraq and Afghanistan Service
            Grants program under subpart 10 of part A of title IV of the
            Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070h), as in effect on
            the day before the effective date of this Act, and the Iraq and
            Afghanistan Service Grants program under section 401(l) of the
            Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a(j)), as added by
            this section.

    SEC. 4015. FEDERAL PELL GRANT FRAUD PREVENTION.

        Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a et
    seq.), as amended by this subpart, is further amended by inserting
    after subsection (l) the following:
        ``(m) Prevention of Fraud.--
                ``(1) Report.--Not later than December 31 of each year, the
            Secretary shall prepare and submit a report to the authorizing
            committees that includes the following information with respect
            to unusual enrollment history:
                        ``(A) The number and percentage of total applicants
                    who were flagged for an unusual enrollment history in
                    the preceding award year.
                        ``(B) The number and percentage of institutions
                    that have had fewer than 2 percent of applicants
                    flagged for an unusual enrollment history in the
                    preceding award year.
                        ``(C) The name of each institution that has had
                    more than 2 percent of total applicants flagged for an
                    unusual enrollment history in the preceding award year.
                        ``(D) If the percentage of total applicants in
                    subparagraph (A) is greater than 2 percent, a detailed
                    plan from the Secretary as to how to reduce that
                    percentage below 2 percent by the following award year.
                ``(2) Definition.--For the purposes of this subsection the
            term `unusual enrollment history' means, with respect to the
            application for Federal student aid--
                        ``(A) a pattern in which a student attends an
                    institution long enough to receive a disbursement of
                    credit balance funds authorized by this title, does not
                    complete the enrollment period, enrolls at another
                    institution and repeats this pattern to collect an
                    additional credit balance of funds authorized by this
                    title without earning academic credit; or
                        ``(B) any other enrollment pattern that the
                    Department believes may signal an attempt by a student
                    to receive funds authorized under this title in a
                    fraudulent manner.''.

    SEC. 4016. FEDERAL PELL GRANTS ON BEHALF OF INCARCERATED INDIVIDUALS.

        (a) In General.--Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1070a), as amended by this subpart, is further amended by
    adding at the end the following:
        ``(n) Federal Pell Grants on Behalf of Incarcerated Individuals.--
                ``(1) Institutional requirements.--An eligible institution
            may not award a Federal Pell Grant to an incarcerated
            individual or on behalf of such individual, unless the
            institution meets the following:
                        ``(A) The institution is approved to enroll
                    incarcerated individuals by--
                                ``(i) the Secretary in accordance with
                            paragraph (2); and
                                ``(ii) an accrediting agency or association
                            that meets the requirements of section
                            496(a)(4)(D).
                        ``(B) The eligible institution--
                                ``(i) is an institution of higher education
                            (as defined in section 101) or a postsecondary
                            vocational institution (as defined in section
                            102(c)); and
                                ``(ii) during the preceding 5 years, has
                            not been subject to the denial, withdrawal,
                            suspension, or termination of accreditation.
                        ``(C) The institution provides each incarcerated
                    individual, upon completion of a course offered by the
                    institution, with academic credits that are the
                    equivalent to credits earned by non-incarcerated
                    students for an equivalent course of study.
                        ``(D) The institution provides to the Secretary
                    confirmation from each facility involved that the
                    course of study offered by the institution at such
                    facility is accessible to incarcerated individuals
                    (including such individuals who are individuals with
                    disabilities).
                        ``(E) The institution does not enroll incarcerated
                    individuals in a course of study offered primarily as a
                    distance education program, except in a case in which
                    the institution provides to the Secretary--
                                ``(i) confirmation that the distance
                            education program offers levels of faculty
                            interaction, peer engagement, and student
                            support sufficient to enable incarcerated
                            individuals to successfully participate in such
                            a program; and
                                ``(ii) evidence of the institution's
                            success in offering other distance education
                            programs.
                        ``(F) The institution develops and carries out a
                    process to allow each incarcerated individual to access
                    the transcripts and any other educational records of
                    such individual held by the institution, without regard
                    to the facility at which the individual is being held
                    or whether the individual has been released from such a
                    facility.
                        ``(G) The institution develops and carries out a
                    process to allow each incarcerated individual an
                    opportunity to provide feedback on courses that is
                    comparable to the opportunity to provide such feedback
                    that the institution offers to non-incarcerated
                    students.
                        ``(H) The institution does not directly charge an
                    incarcerated individual--
                                ``(i) in the case of such an individual who
                            is an individual with a disability, for any
                            cost of the provision of reasonable
                            accommodations for the individual to
                            participate in a course of study offered by the
                            institution;
                                ``(ii) in the case of such an individual
                            with an expected family contribution for an
                            award year that would not disqualify the
                            individual from receiving a Federal Pell Grant,
                            for any amount of the cost of attendance not
                            covered by the Federal Pell Grant or other
                            Federal assistance received by the institution
                            on behalf of the individual by ensuring that
                            any such amount is offset--
                                        ``(I) by a State or institutional
                                    grant; or
                                        ``(II) other non-Federal financial
                                    assistance that does not have to be
                                    repaid by such individual; or
                                ``(iii) in the case of such an individual
                            with an expected family contribution for an
                            award year that would disqualify the individual
                            from receiving a Federal Pell Grant, an amount
                            that exceeds such expected family contribution.
                        ``(I) The institution makes available to
                    incarcerated individuals who are considering enrolling
                    in a course of study offered by the institution, in
                    simple and understandable terms, the following:
                                ``(i) Information with respect to each
                            course of study at the institution for which
                            such an individual may receive a Federal Pell
                            Grant, including--
                                        ``(I) the cost of attendance;
                                        ``(II) the mode of instruction
                                    (such as distance education, in-person
                                    instruction, or a combination of such
                                    modes);
                                        ``(III) how enrollment in such
                                    course of study will impact the period
                                    of eligibility for Federal Pell Grants
                                    for such an individual, including in a
                                    case in which the individual is
                                    transferred to another facility or
                                    released before the completion of such
                                    course;
                                        ``(IV) the transferability of
                                    credits earned, and the acceptability
                                    of such credits toward a certificate or
                                    degree program offered by the
                                    institution;
                                        ``(V) the process for continuing
                                    postsecondary education--
                                                ``(aa) upon transfer to
                                            another facility; or
                                                ``(bb) after the student's
                                            period of incarceration or
                                            confinement; and
                                        ``(VI) the process for continuing
                                    enrollment at the institution after the
                                    student's period of incarceration or
                                    confinement, including any barriers to
                                    admission (such as criminal history
                                    questions on applications for admission
                                    to such institution).
                                ``(ii) In the case of an institution that
                            offers a program to prepare incarcerated
                            individuals for gainful employment in a
                            recognized occupation (as such term is defined
                            in section 104)--
                                        ``(I) information on any applicable
                                    State licensure and certification
                                    requirements, including the
                                    requirements of the State in which the
                                    facility involved is located and each
                                    State in which such individuals
                                    permanently reside; and
                                        ``(II) restrictions related to the
                                    employment of formerly incarcerated
                                    individuals for each recognized
                                    occupation for which the course of
                                    study prepares students, including such
                                    restrictions--
                                                ``(aa) in Federal law; and
                                                ``(bb) in the laws of the
                                            State in which the facility
                                            involved is located and each
                                            State in which such individuals
                                            permanently reside.
                        ``(J) The institution submits the information
                    described in subparagraph (I) to each facility
                    involved, the Secretary, and the accrediting agency or
                    association described in subparagraph (A)(ii).
                ``(2) Approval by the secretary.--
                        ``(A) Initial eligibility.--With respect to an
                    eligible institution that seeks to award Federal Pell
                    Grants to incarcerated individuals under this
                    subsection, the Secretary shall make an initial
                    determination about whether such institution meets the
                    requirements of this subsection, which shall include a
                    confirmation that the institution--
                                ``(i) has secured the approval required
                            under paragraph (1)(A)(ii); and
                                ``(ii) meets the requirements of paragraph
                            (1)(B).
                        ``(B) Ongoing eligibility.--Not later than 5 years
                    after the Secretary makes an initial determination
                    under subparagraph (A) that an institution meets the
                    requirements of this subsection, and not less than
                    every 5 years thereafter, the Secretary shall determine
                    whether such institution continues to meet the
                    requirements of this subsection, based on--
                                ``(i) a review of the data collected under
                            paragraph (3) with respect to the courses of
                            study offered by such institution in which
                            incarcerated individuals are enrolled, and
                            other applicable information that may be
                            available to the Secretary; and
                                ``(ii) whether such institution meets the
                            requirements of paragraph (1).
                ``(3) Data collection.--The Secretary shall, on at least an
            annual basis, collect data with respect to each course of study
            offered by each institution at which incarcerated individuals
            are enrolled, including--
                        ``(A) the demographics of such individuals;
                        ``(B) the share of such individuals receiving
                    Federal Pell Grants;
                        ``(C) information on the academic outcomes of such
                    individuals (such as credits attempted and earned, and
                    credential and degree completion);
                        ``(D) to the extent practicable, information on
                    post-release outcomes of such individuals (such as
                    continued postsecondary enrollment, employment, and
                    recidivism); and
                        ``(E) any data from student satisfaction surveys
                    conducted by the institution or the facility involved
                    regarding such course of study.
                ``(4) Best practices in educating incarcerated
            individuals.--Not later than 3 years after the date of
            enactment of the College Affordability Act, and at least once
            every 3 years thereafter, the Secretary shall collect and
            disseminate to institutions awarding Federal Pell Grants to
            incarcerated individuals under this subsection, best practices
            with respect to the postsecondary education of such
            individuals.
                ``(5) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                        ``(A) Facility.--The term `facility' means--
                                ``(i) a place used for the confinement of
                            individuals convicted of a criminal offense
                            that is owned by, or under contract to, the
                            Bureau of Prisons, a State, or a unit of local
                            government; or
                                ``(ii) a facility to which an individual
                            subject to involuntary civil confinement is
                            committed.
                        ``(B) Facility involved.--The term `facility
                    involved' means, when used with respect to an
                    institution of higher education, a facility at which a
                    course of study of the institution is offered to
                    incarcerated individuals.
                        ``(C) Incarcerated individual.--The term
                    `incarcerated individual' means an individual who is
                    incarcerated in a facility or who is subject to an
                    involuntary civil commitment.
                        ``(D) Non-incarcerated student.--The term `non-
                    incarcerated student' means a student at an institution
                    of higher education who is not an incarcerated
                    individual.''.
        (b) Report on Impacts of Federal Pell Grants Awarded to
    Incarcerated Individuals.--Not later than 3 years after the date of
    enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall submit to the
    authorizing committees and make publicly available on the website of
    the Department of Education, a report on the impacts of subsection (n)
    of section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a),
    as added by this section, based on the most recent data collected under
    paragraph (3) of such subsection (n).

        Subpart 2--Federal Early Outreach and Student Services Programs

                        CHAPTER 1--FEDERAL TRIO PROGRAMS

    SEC. 4021. PROGRAM AUTHORITY; AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

        (a) In General.--Section 402A of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1070a-11) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (b)(3), by striking ``$200,000'' and all
            that follows through the period at the end and inserting the
            following: ``$220,000, except that for any fiscal year for
            which such minimum individual grant amount would result in
            fewer than 2,780 grants awarded under this chapter, an
            individual grant authorized under this chapter shall be awarded
            in an amount that would result in not fewer than 2,780 grants
            awarded under this chapter for such fiscal year.'';
                (2) in subsection (c)--
                        (A) by amending subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2)
                    to read as follows:
                        ``(A) Accountability for outcomes.--In making
                    grants under this chapter, the Secretary shall consider
                    each applicant's prior success in achieving high-
                    quality service delivery, as determined under
                    subsection (f) under the particular program for which
                    funds are sought. The level of consideration given the
                    factor of prior success in achieving high-quality
                    service delivery shall not vary from the level of
                    consideration given such factor during fiscal years
                    1994 through 1997, except that grants made under
                    section 402H shall not be given such consideration.'';
                        (B) in paragraph (6)--
                                (i) in the heading, by striking ``With
                            other programs for disadvantaged students'';
                            and
                                (ii) by striking the last sentence;
                        (C) by redesignating paragraphs (7) and (8) as
                    paragraphs (8) and (9), respectively;
                        (D) by inserting after paragraph (6) the following:
                ``(7) Inclusion of homeless and foster students.--The
            Secretary shall, as appropriate, require each applicant for
            funds under the programs authorized by this chapter (other than
            the programs authorized under section 402E or 402G) to identify
            and conduct outreach to foster care youth and homeless
            individuals and make available to foster care youth and
            homeless individuals services under such programs, including
            mentoring, tutoring, and other services provided by such
            programs.'';
                        (E) in paragraph (8), as so redesignated, by
                    striking ``8 months'' both places it appears and
                    inserting ``90 days''; and
                        (F) in paragraph (9), as so redesignated--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                        (I) by striking ``Not later than
                                    180 days after the date of enactment of
                                    the Higher Education Opportunity Act,''
                                    and inserting ``Not less than 90 days
                                    before the date on which a competition
                                    for a grant under this chapter
                                    begins,'';
                                        (II) in clause (iii), by striking
                                    ``prior experience'' and inserting
                                    ``accountability for outcomes''; and
                                        (III) in clause (v), by striking
                                    ``prior experience'' and inserting
                                    ``accountability for outcomes'';
                                (ii) by striking subparagraph (B) and
                            redesignating subparagraph (C) as subparagraph
                            (B); and
                                (iii) in subparagraph (B), as so
                            redesignated, by adding at the end the
                            following:
                                ``(vii) Technical components of
                            applications.--
                                        ``(I) Treatment of nonsubstantive
                                    technical components of applications.--
                                    With respect to any competition for a
                                    grant under this chapter, the Secretary
                                    may not reject grant applications on
                                    the sole basis of a failure to meet
                                    page limits and formatting standards
                                    (including with respect to font size,
                                    font style, font type, line spacing,
                                    paragraph justification, and page
                                    margins).
                                        ``(II) Treatment of technical
                                    budget errors in applications.--
                                                ``(aa) In general.--With
                                            respect to any competition for
                                            a grant under this chapter, the
                                            Secretary may not reject grant
                                            applications on the sole basis
                                            of a typographical or rounding
                                            error in a proposed budget
                                            until the Secretary has given
                                            the applicant an opportunity
                                            for correction in accordance
                                            with item (bb).
                                                ``(bb) Notice and
                                            opportunity for correction.--
                                            The Secretary shall provide
                                            notice and identification of an
                                            error described in item (aa) to
                                            the applicant before awarding
                                            grants for each competition and
                                            shall allow the applicant to
                                            submit a revised application
                                            that corrects the identified
                                            error.
                                                ``(cc) Treatment of revised
                                            applications.--The Secretary
                                            shall treat the revised
                                            application in the same manner
                                            as a timely submitted
                                            application.
                                                ``(dd) Failure to
                                            correct.--If an applicant has
                                            received a notice and
                                            opportunity for correction of a
                                            typographical or rounding error
                                            in a proposed budget in
                                            accordance with item (bb) and
                                            the applicant fails to correct
                                            the error and submit a revised
                                            application, the Secretary may
                                            reject or penalize that grant
                                            application.'';
                (3) in subsection (d)(3), by adding at the end the
            following: ``In addition, the Secretary shall host at least one
            virtual, interactive training to ensure that any interested
            applicants have access to technical assistance.'';
                (4) in subsection (e)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)--
                                (i) by striking ``or'' at the end of
                            subparagraph (C);
                                (ii) by striking the period at the end of
                            subparagraph (D) and inserting a semicolon; and
                                (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(E) documentation that the student has been determined
            eligible for a Federal Pell Grant authorized under section 401;
            or
                ``(F) for a grant authorized under section 402B or 402F of
            this chapter, documentation that a student is attending a
            school that--
                        ``(i) elects, or for which the local educational
                    agency serving the school elects on behalf of the
                    school, to receive special assistance payment under
                    section 11(a)(1)(F)(ii) of the Richard B. Russell
                    National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C.
                    1759a(a)(1)(F)(ii)); or
                        ``(ii) had a percentage of enrolled students who
                    were identified students (defined in clause (i) of
                    section 11(a)(1)(F) of such Act (42 U.S.C.
                    1759a(a)(1)(F))) that meets or exceeds the threshold
                    described in clause (viii) of such section (42 U.S.C.
                    1759a(a)(1)(F)) during the school year that ends prior
                    to the first period for which such grant is awarded.'';
                    and
                        (B) in paragraph (2)--
                                (i) by striking ``or'' at the end of
                            subparagraph (C);
                                (ii) by striking the period at the end of
                            subparagraph (D) and inserting a semicolon; and
                                (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(E) documentation that the student has been determined to
            be eligible for a Federal Pell Grant authorized under section
            401; or
                ``(F) for a grant authorized under section 402B or 402F of
            this chapter, documentation that a student is attending a
            school that--
                        ``(i) elects, or for which the local educational
                    agency serving the school elects on behalf of the
                    school, to receive special assistance payment under
                    section 11(a)(1)(F)(ii) of the Richard B. Russell
                    National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C.
                    1759a(a)(1)(F)(ii)); or
                        ``(ii) had a percentage of enrolled students who
                    were identified students (defined in clause (i) of
                    section 11(a)(1)(F) of such Act (42 U.S.C.
                    1759a(a)(1)(F))) that meets or exceeds the threshold
                    described in clause (viii) of such section (42 U.S.C.
                    1759a(a)(1)(F)) during the school year that ends prior
                    to the first period for which such grant is awarded.'';
                (5) in subsection (f)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)--
                                (i) by striking ``Prior experience'' and
                            inserting ``Accountability in outcomes'' in the
                            heading;
                                (ii) by striking ``on or after January 1,
                            2009'' and inserting ``on or after the date of
                            enactment of the College Affordability Act'';
                            and
                                (iii) by striking ``prior experience of''
                            and inserting ``success in achieving'';
                        (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``college
                    students, and'' and inserting ``college students,
                    foster care youth, homeless individuals, and''; and
                        (C) in paragraph (3)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                        (I) in clause (iv), by striking
                                    ``will make such students eligible for
                                    programs such as the Academic
                                    Competitiveness Grants Program'' and
                                    inserting ``includes at least 4 years
                                    of mathematics, 3 years of science, and
                                    2 years of a foreign language'';
                                        (II) by redesignating clauses (v)
                                    and (vi) as clauses (vi) and (vii),
                                    respectively; and
                                        (III) by inserting after clause
                                    (iv) the following:
                                ``(v) the completion of financial aid
                            applications, including the Free Application
                            for Federal Student Aid described in section
                            483(a) and college admissions applications;''.
                                (ii) in subparagraph (B)--
                                        (I) by inserting ``except in the
                                    case of programs that specifically
                                    target veterans,'' after ``under
                                    section 402C,'';
                                        (II) in clause (v), by striking
                                    ``will make such students eligible for
                                    programs such as the Academic
                                    Competitiveness Grants Program'' and
                                    inserting ``includes at least 4 years
                                    of mathematics, 3 years of science, and
                                    2 years of a foreign language'';
                                        (III) by redesignating clauses (vi)
                                    and (vii) as clauses (vii) and (viii),
                                    respectively; and
                                        (IV) by inserting after clause (v)
                                    the following:
                                ``(vi) the completion of financial aid
                            applications, including the Free Application
                            for Federal Student Aid described in section
                            483(a) and college admission applications;'';
                                (iii) by redesignating subparagraphs (C),
                            (D), and (E), as subparagraphs (D), (E), and
                            (F), respectively;
                                (iv) by inserting after subparagraph (B)
                            the following:
                        ``(C) For programs authorized under section 402C
                    that specifically target veterans, the extent to which
                    the eligible entity met or exceeded the entity's
                    objectives for such program regarding--
                                ``(i) the delivery of service to a total
                            number of students served by the program, as
                            agreed upon by the entity and the Secretary for
                            the period of the program;
                                ``(ii) such students' academic performance
                            as measured by standardized tests;
                                ``(iii) the retention and completion of
                            participants in the program;
                                ``(iv) the provision of assistance to
                            students served by the program in completing
                            financial aid applications, including the Free
                            Application for Federal Student Aid described
                            in section 483(a) and college admission
                            applications;
                                ``(v) the enrollment of such students in an
                            institution of higher education; and
                                ``(vi) to the extent practicable, the
                            postsecondary completion of such students.'';
                                (v) in subparagraph (D)(ii), as
                            redesignated in clause (iii)--
                                        (I) in subclause (I), by striking
                                    ``in which such students were
                                    enrolled'' and inserting ``at any
                                    baccalaureate granting institution
                                    within 6 years of initial enrollment in
                                    the project''; and
                                        (II) in subclause (II), by striking
                                    items (aa) and (bb) and inserting the
                                    following:
                                        ``(aa) the transfer of such
                                    students to institutions of higher
                                    education that offer baccalaureate
                                    degrees, regardless of whether the
                                    transferring student completes a degree
                                    or certificate; or
                                        ``(bb) the completion of a degree
                                    or certificate by such students at any
                                    accredited institution within 4 years
                                    of initial enrollment in the
                                    project;'';
                                (vi) in subparagraph (E), as redesignated--
                                        (I) in clause (iii), by striking
                                    ``; and'' and inserting ``within 2
                                    years of receiving the baccalaureate
                                    degree;''; and
                                        (II) in clause (iv), by striking
                                    ``graduate study and the attainment of
                                    doctoral degrees by former program
                                    participants.'' and inserting
                                    ``graduate study; and
                                ``(v) the attainment of doctoral degrees by
                            former program participants within 10 years of
                            receiving the baccalaureate degree.''; and
                                (vii) in subparagraph (F), as
                            redesignated--
                                        (I) in clause (i), by inserting
                                    ``within 2 years of service'' before
                                    the semicolon; and
                                        (II) in clause (ii), by inserting
                                    ``or re-enrollment'' after ``the
                                    enrollment'';
                (6) in subsection (g)--
                        (A) by striking ``$900,000,000 for fiscal year 2009
                    and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five
                    succeeding fiscal years.'' and inserting
                    ``$1,120,000,000 for fiscal year 2021, and each of the
                    5 succeeding fiscal years. The amount authorized to be
                    appropriated in the preceding sentence for fiscal year
                    2022 and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years shall be
                    deemed increased by the annual adjustment percentage.
                    For purposes of this subsection, the term `adjustment
                    percentage' as applied to a fiscal year, means the
                    estimated percentage change in the Consumer Price Index
                    (as determined by the Secretary, using the definition
                    in section 478(f)) for the most recent calendar year
                    ending before the beginning of that fiscal year.'';
                        (B) by striking ``\1/2\ of'';
                        (C) by striking ``, and to provide'' and inserting
                    ``, to provide''; and
                        (D) by striking ``current grantees.'' and all that
                    follows through ``additional readers.'' and inserting
                    ``current grantees, and to carry out the requirements
                    of subsection (c)(9)(A).'';
                (7) in subsection (h)--
                        (A) by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the
                    following:
                ``(4) Homeless individual.--The term `homeless individual'
            has the meaning given the term `homeless children and youth'
            under section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act
            (42 U.S.C. 11434a).
                ``(5) Low-income individual.--The term `low-income
            individual' means--
                        ``(A) an individual from a family whose taxable
                    income for the preceding year did not exceed 150
                    percent of the poverty line applicable to the
                    individual's family size as determined under section
                    673(2) of the Community Services Block Grant Act (42
                    U.S.C. 9902(2));
                        ``(B) an individual whose taxable income as
                    reported on the individual's most recently completed
                    Free Application for Federal Student Aid under section
                    483(a) did not exceed 150 percent of such poverty line;
                        ``(C) an individual who has been determined to be
                    eligible for a Federal Pell Grant authorized under
                    section 401; or
                        ``(D) for grants authorized under 402B and 402F of
                    this chapter, a student who is attending a school
                    that--
                                ``(i) elects, or for which the local
                            educational agency serving the school elects on
                            behalf of the school, to receive special
                            assistance payment under section
                            11(a)(1)(F)(ii) of the Richard B. Russell
                            National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C.
                            1759a(a)(1)(F)(ii)); or
                                ``(ii) had a percentage of enrolled
                            students who were identified students (defined
                            in clause (i) of section 11(a)(1)(F) of such
                            Act (42 U.S.C. 1759a(a)(1)(F))) that meets or
                            exceeds the threshold described in clause
                            (viii) of such section (42 U.S.C.
                            1759a(a)(1)(F)) during the school year that
                            ends prior to the first year of the period for
                            which such grant is awarded.'';
                        (B) by redesignating paragraph (5) as subsection
                    (i) and subparagraphs (A) through (D) as paragraphs (1)
                    through (4); and
                        (C) by redesignating paragraph (6) as subsection
                    (j); and
                (8) in subsection (j), as redesignated, by striking
            ``subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (5)'' and
            inserting ``paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of subsection (i)''.
        (b) Conforming Amendments.--Chapter 1 of subpart 2 of part A of
    title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-11) is
    amended--
                (1) by striking ``homeless children and youths as defined
            in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act''
            each place it appears and inserting ``homeless individuals'';
            and
                (2) by striking ``homeless children and youths (as such
            term is defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless
            Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a))'' each place it appears and
            inserting ``homeless individuals''.

    SEC. 4022. TALENT SEARCH.

        Section 402B of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
    12) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)--
                        (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' at the
                    end;
                        (B) by redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph
                    (4); and
                        (C) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
                ``(3) to advise such youths regarding the postsecondary
            education selection process, including consideration of
            financial aid awards offered, potential Federal loan burden,
            and likelihood of graduating; and'';
                (2) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) by striking ``and'' at the end of paragraph
                    (5); and
                        (B) by striking paragraph (6) and inserting the
                    following:
                ``(6) education or counseling services to assist students
            and their families regarding career choice; and
                ``(7) connections to programs providing financial literacy
            and economic literacy so that students and their families are
            able to make informed choices regarding postsecondary
            education, including considering degree choices and potential
            Federal loan burdens.'';
                (3) in subsection (c)(2), by striking ``career'' and
            inserting ``academic''; and
                (4) in subsection (d)--
                        (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``and'' after the
                    semicolon;
                        (B) in paragraph (4), by striking the period at the
                    end and inserting a semicolon; and
                        (C) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(5) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the
            project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as
            needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in
            the project of homeless individuals, including unaccompanied
            youth and foster care youth;
                ``(6) require that such entity submit, as part of the
            application for the project, a description of the activities
            that will be undertaken to reach out to such homeless
            individuals and foster care youth as part of the project; and
                ``(7) require an assurance that such entity will prepare
            and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the
            conclusion of the project regarding such homeless individuals
            and foster care youth.''.

    SEC. 4023. UPWARD BOUND.

        Section 402C of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
    13) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (b), by striking paragraphs (5) and (6)
            and inserting the following:
                ``(5) assistance to students and their families regarding
            career choice;
                ``(6) education or counseling services designed to
            education improve the financial literacy and economic literacy
            of students or the students' parents in order to aid them in
            making informed decisions about the postsecondary education
            selection process and assist students and their families in
            making informed choices regarding the postsecondary education
            selection process; and
                ``(7) in the case of such a project that is not
            specifically designed for veterans, as part of core curriculum,
            instruction in mathematics through pre-calculus, science,
            foreign language, language arts, and literature, and in the
            case of such a project that is specifically designed for
            veterans, instruction in mathematics through pre-calculus,
            science, foreign language, and language arts.'';
                (2) by striking subsections (c) and (g) and redesignating
            subsections (d), (e), (f), and (h) as subsections (c), (d),
            (e), and (f), respectively;
                (3) in subsection (c), as so redesignated--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``youth'' and
                    inserting ``participants'';
                        (B) in paragraph (2)--
                                (i) by striking ``youth participating in
                            the project'' and inserting ``project
                            participants''; and
                                (ii) by striking ``youth;'' and inserting
                            ``participants;'' and
                        (C) in paragraph (5), by striking ``youth
                    participating in the project'' and inserting
                    ``participants''; and
                (4) in subsection (d), as so redesignated--
                        (A) in paragraph (4), by striking ``and'' after the
                    semicolon;
                        (B) in paragraph (5), by striking the period at the
                    end and inserting a semicolon; and
                        (C) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(6) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the
            project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as
            needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in
            the project of homeless individuals, including unaccompanied
            youth and foster care youth;
                ``(7) require that such entity submit, as part of the
            application, a description of the activities that will be
            undertaken to reach out to such homeless individuals and foster
            care youth regarding the project; and
                ``(8) require an assurance that such entity will prepare
            and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the
            conclusion of the project regarding such homeless individuals
            and foster care youth.''; and
                (5) in subsection (e), as so redesignated--
                        (A) by striking ``$60'' and inserting ``$90'';
                        (B) by striking ``$300'' and inserting ``$450'';
                        (C) by striking ``$40'' and inserting ``$60''; and
                        (D) by adding at the end the following: ``Adults
                    participating in a project specifically targeting
                    veterans under this section may be paid stipends not in
                    excess of $100 per month during the year.''.

    SEC. 4024. STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES.

        Section 402D of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
    14) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)--
                        (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``limited English
                    proficient'' and inserting ``low-income and first
                    generation college students, including limited English
                    proficient students''; and
                        (B) in paragraph (4), by striking ``, including--''
                    and all that follows through the end of the paragraph
                    and inserting a period;
                (2) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (4), by striking ``including
                    financial planning for postsecondary education;'' and
                    inserting ``including--
                        ``(A) financial planning for postsecondary
                    education, including loan burdens required, repayment
                    options, and expected earnings in potential career
                    fields;
                        ``(B) basic personal income, household money
                    management, and financial planning skills; and
                        ``(C) basic economic decisionmaking skills.'';
                        (B) in paragraph (5), by striking ``and'' at the
                    end;
                        (C) in paragraph (6), by striking the period at the
                    end and inserting ``; and''; and
                        (D) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(7) basic and emergency supplemental living assistance
            grants in accordance with subsection (f).'';
                (3) in subsection (e)--
                        (A) in paragraph (5), by striking ``and'' after the
                    semicolon;
                        (B) in paragraph (6)(B), by striking the period at
                    the end and inserting a semicolon; and
                        (C) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(7) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the
            project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as
            needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in
            the project of homeless individuals, including unaccompanied
            youth and foster care youth;
                ``(8) require that such entity submit, in the application
            for the project, a description of the activities that will be
            undertaken to reach out to such homeless individuals and foster
            care youth, who are enrolled or accepted for enrollment at the
            institution; and
                ``(9) require an assurance that such entity will prepare
            and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the
            conclusion of the project regarding such homeless individuals
            and foster care youth.''; and
                (4) by adding at the end the following:
        ``(f) Basic and Emergency Supplemental Living Assistance Grants.--
                ``(1) In general.--In carrying out the activities required
            under subsection (b)(7) with a grant received under this
            section, the recipient of such grant shall provide basic and
            emergency supplemental living assistance grants to assist
            students who are current participants in the student support
            services program offered by the institution (in this subsection
            referred to as `eligible students')--
                        ``(A) in the case of a basic supplemental living
                    assistance grant, in covering reasonable, anticipated
                    expenses necessary for the completion of an academic
                    year of the students' first undergraduate baccalaureate
                    course of study; and
                        ``(B) in the case of an emergency supplemental
                    living assistance grant, in covering reasonable,
                    unanticipated expenses necessary for the students to
                    persist in college during such academic year.
                ``(2) Amount of grants.--The recipient may determine--
                        ``(A) the appropriate division of the funds between
                    basic and emergency supplemental assistance grants,
                    except that funds shall be provided for both basic and
                    emergency grants;
                        ``(B) the amount of each such grant and the total
                    grant funds that an eligible student may receive,
                    except that a student may not receive more than a total
                    of $500 in emergency supplemental assistance grants per
                    academic year; and
                        ``(C) the anticipated and unanticipated expenses
                    referred to in paragraph (1) that such grants will
                    cover based on the needs of eligible students, which--
                                ``(i) may vary by factors including
                            academic year, housing, parental status,
                            location in urban or rural area, or other
                            circumstances; and
                                ``(ii) for an individual student, may
                            cover--
                                        ``(I) any component of the cost of
                                    attendance for the student;
                                        ``(II) an allowance for actual or
                                    expected expenses incurred for
                                    dependent care that exceeds such
                                    expenses determined for the student
                                    under section 472(8);
                                        ``(III) an allowance for actual or
                                    expected expenses for transportation
                                    that exceeds such expenses determined
                                    for the student under section 472; and
                                        ``(IV) personal items or expenses
                                    not otherwise covered by the cost of
                                    attendance for the student.
                ``(3) Percentage of total funds.--The recipient may use not
            more than 2 percent of the funds awarded under this section for
            grants under this subsection.
                ``(4) Determination of need.--A grant provided to a student
            under this subsection shall not be considered in determining
            that student's need for grant or work assistance under this
            title, except that in no case shall the total amount of student
            financial assistance awarded to a student under this title
            exceed that student's cost of attendance by more than $500.
                ``(5) Consultation.--In making grants to students under
            this subsection, an institution shall ensure that adequate
            consultation takes place between the student support service
            program office and the institution's financial aid office.
                ``(6) Supplement, not supplant.--Funds received by a grant
            recipient that are used under this subsection shall be used to
            supplement, and not supplant, non-Federal funds expended for
            student support services programs.
                ``(7) Funds.--For a fiscal year for which the funds
            allocated for projects authorized under this section from the
            amounts appropriated pursuant to the authority of section
            402A(g) exceeds the funds allocated for such purpose for fiscal
            year 2020, not more than 2 percent of such excess funds may be
            made available for grants under this subsection.''.

    SEC. 4025. POSTBACCALAUREATE ACHIEVEMENT PROGRAM AUTHORITY.

        Section 402E of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
    15) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (b)(2)--
                        (A) by striking ``summer''; and
                        (B) by inserting ``or faculty-led research
                    experiences'' before the semicolon;
                (2) in subsection (d)(4)--
                        (A) by striking ``summer''; and
                        (B) by inserting ``or faculty-led experiences who
                    have stipends'' after ``internships''; and
                (3) in subsection (f)(1), by striking ``$2,800'' and
            inserting ``$4,000''.

    SEC. 4026. EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY CENTERS.

        Section 402F of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
    16) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``pursue'' and
            inserting ``begin or re-enter'';
                (2) in subsection (b)(5), by striking ``students;'' and
            inserting ``students, including--
                        ``(A) financial planning for postsecondary
                    education, including student loan debt, repayment
                    options, and expected earnings in potential career
                    fields;
                        ``(B) basic personal income, household money
                    management, and financial planning skills; and
                        ``(C) basic economic decisionmaking skills;''; and
                (3) in subsection (c)--
                        (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' after the
                    semicolon;
                        (B) in paragraph (3), by striking the period at the
                    end and inserting a semicolon; and
                        (C) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(4) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the
            project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as
            needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in
            the project of homeless individuals, including unaccompanied
            youth and foster care youth;
                ``(5) require that such entity submit, as part of the
            application, a description of the activities that will be
            undertaken to reach out to such homeless individuals and foster
            care youth regarding the project; and
                ``(6) require an assurance that such entity will prepare
            and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the
            conclusion of the project regarding such homeless individuals
            and foster care youth.''.

    SEC. 4027. STAFF DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES.

        Section 402G(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1070a-17(b)) is amended--
                (1) by inserting ``webinars, online classes,'' after
            ``seminars, workshops,'';
                (2) by striking ``new directors'' and inserting ``staff'';
                (3) by redesignating paragraphs (1) through (5) as
            paragraphs (2) through (6), respectively;
                (4) by inserting before paragraph (2), as so redesignated,
            the following:
                ``(1) Legislative and regulatory requirements and program
            management for new directors of programs funded under this
            chapter.'';
                (5) in paragraph (2), as redesignated, by inserting ``for
            continuing directors and staff of programs'' after ``operation
            of programs''; and
                (6) in paragraph (4), as redesignated, by striking ``model
            programs'' and inserting ``innovations''.

    SEC. 4028. REPORTS AND EVALUATIONS.

        (a) Other Reporting Requirements.--Section 402H of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-18) is further amended--
                (1) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``,
                            including a rigorous evaluation of the programs
                            and projects assisted under section 402C. The
                            evaluation of the programs and projects
                            assisted under section 402C shall be
                            implemented not later than June 30, 2010'' and
                            inserting ``The issues such evaluations shall
                            measure shall include the effectiveness of
                            programs and projects assisted under this
                            chapter in--
                                ``(i) meeting or exceeding the stated
                            objectives regarding the outcome criteria under
                            402A(f);
                                ``(ii) enhancing the access of low-income
                            individuals and first-generation college
                            students to postsecondary education;
                                ``(iii) preparing individuals for
                            postsecondary education; and
                                ``(iv) comparing students who participate
                            in the programs funded under this chapter with
                            students who do not participate in such
                            programs with respect to--
                                        ``(I) level of education completed;
                                        ``(II) retention rates;
                                        ``(III) graduation rates;
                                        ``(IV) college admission and
                                    completion rates; and
                                        ``(V) other issues as the Secretary
                                    considers appropriate.''; and
                                (ii) in subparagraph (C), by inserting
                            ``and take into account the agreed upon target
                            determined under section 402A(f)(4)'' before
                            the period; and
                        (B) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
                ``(2) Practices.--The evaluations described in paragraph
            (1) shall identify institutional, community, and program or
            project practices that are effective in--
                        ``(A) enhancing the access of low-income
                    individuals and first-generation college students to
                    postsecondary education;
                        ``(B) the preparation of such individuals and
                    students for postsecondary education;
                        ``(C) fostering the success of the individuals and
                    students in postsecondary education; and
                        ``(D) for programs and projects assisted under
                    section 402C, the characteristics of students who
                    benefit most from such programs and projects.''; and
                (2) in subsection (d), by inserting ``, including the
            authorizing committees'' before the period.
        (b) Homeless Individuals and Foster Care Youth.--Section 402H of
    the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-18) is further
    amended by adding at the end the following:
        ``(e) Report Regarding Homeless Individuals and Foster Care
    Youth.--Each entity carrying out a project under section 402B, 402C,
    402D, or 402F shall, at the conclusion of the project, prepare and
    submit a report to the Secretary that includes--
                ``(1) where available, data on the number of homeless
            individuals and foster care youth served through the project;
            and
                ``(2) a description of any strategies or program
            enhancements that were used in the project and that were
            effective in meeting the needs of such homeless individuals and
            foster care youth.''.

      CHAPTER 2--GAINING EARLY AWARENESS AND READINESS FOR UNDERGRADUATE
                                    PROGRAMS

    SEC. 4031. GAINING EARLY AWARENESS AND READINESS FOR UNDERGRADUATE
                  PROGRAMS.

        Chapter 2 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1070a-21 et seq.) is amended--
                (1) in section 404A (20 U.S.C. 1070a-21)--
                        (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of
                    subsection (a)(1), by inserting ``, including for
                    college readiness'' after ``academic support''; and
                        (B) in subsection (b)--
                                (i) by amending paragraph (3) to read as
                            follows:
                ``(3) Priority.--In making awards to eligible entities
            described in subsection (c), the Secretary may give a
            competitive priority--
                        ``(A) to eligible entities that--
                                ``(i) on the day before the date of
                            enactment of the College Affordability Act,
                            carried out successful educational opportunity
                            programs under this chapter (as this chapter
                            was in effect on such day); and
                                ``(ii) have a prior, demonstrated
                            commitment to early intervention leading to
                            college access and readiness through
                            collaboration and replication of successful
                            strategies; or
                        ``(B) to eligible entities that ensure that
                    students that received assistance under this chapter on
                    the day before the date of enactment of the College
                    Affordability Act continue to receive such assistance
                    through the completion of secondary school.'';
                                (ii) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(4) Multiple award prohibition.--
                        ``(A) In general.--An eligible entity described in
                    subsection (c)(1) that receives a grant under this
                    chapter shall not be eligible to receive an additional
                    grant under this chapter until after the date on which
                    the grant period with respect to such grant expires.
                        ``(B) Exception for no-cost extension.--
                    Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), an eligible entity
                    described in subsection (c)(1) that receives a grant
                    under this chapter that has been extended under section
                    75.261 of title 34, Code of Federal Regulations may
                    receive an additional grant under this chapter prior to
                    the date on which the grant period applicable to such
                    extension expires.''; and
                (2) in section 404B (20 U.S.C. 1070a-22)--
                        (A) in subsection (a), in the matter preceding
                    paragraph (1), by inserting ``(except with respect to
                    continuation awards under this chapter)'' after
                    ``grants''; and
                        (B) in subsection (d)(1)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting
                            ``and'' after the semicolon;
                                (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``;
                            and'' and inserting a period; and
                                (iii) by striking subparagraph (C);
                (3) in section 404C (20 U.S.C. 1070a-23)--
                        (A) in subsection (a)(2)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (I), by striking
                            ``and'' after the semicolon;
                                (ii) in subparagraph (J), by striking the
                            period at the end and inserting a semicolon;
                            and
                                (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(K) provide an assurance that the eligible entity
                    has reviewed and revised policies and practices as
                    needed to remove barriers to the participation and
                    retention of homeless individuals (as defined in
                    section 402A) in the program, including unaccompanied
                    youth and foster care youth;
                        ``(L) describe the activities that will be
                    undertaken to reach out to such homeless individuals
                    and foster care youth as part of the program; and
                        ``(M) provide an assurance that the eligible entity
                    will prepare and submit the report required under
                    section 404G(c) at the conclusion of the grant
                    regarding such homeless individuals and foster care
                    youth.'';
                        (B) in subsection (b)(1)(A)--
                                (i) by inserting ``matching funds'' after
                            ``will provide'';
                                (ii) by inserting ``equaling'' after
                            ``private funds,''; and
                                (iii) by striking ``the cost of the
                            program, which matching funds'' and inserting
                            ``the total Federal grant award under this
                            chapter, which'';
                        (C) in subsection (c)(1), by inserting ``at any
                    point during the grant award period'' after ``obligated
                    to students''; and
                        (D) by striking subsection (d) and inserting the
                    following:
        ``(d) Peer Review Panels and Competitions.--The Secretary shall--
                ``(1) convene peer review panels to assist in making
            determinations regarding the awarding of grants under this
            chapter; and
                ``(2) host a grant competition to make new awards under
            this chapter in any year in which there are funds available to
            make new awards.'';
                (4) in section 404D (20 U.S.C. 1070a-24)--
                        (A) in subsection (b)--
                                (i) in paragraph (1), by striking ``or
                            former participants of a program under this
                            chapter'' and inserting ``, former participants
                            of a program under this chapter, or peers and
                            near peers'' after ``adults'';
                                (ii) in paragraph (3), by inserting
                            ``academic, social, and postsecondary
                            planning'' after ``supportive'';
                                (iii) in paragraph (10)--
                                        (I) by redesignating subparagraphs
                                    (E) through (K) as subparagraphs (F)
                                    through (L), respectively;
                                        (II) by inserting after
                                    subparagraph (D) the following:
                        ``(E) counseling or referral services to address
                    the behavioral, social-emotional, and mental health
                    needs of at-risk students;'';
                                        (III) in subparagraph (I), as
                                    redesignated by subclause (I), by
                                    inserting ``, cognitive, non-cognitive,
                                    and credit-by-examination'' after
                                    ``skills'';
                                        (IV) in subparagraph (K), as
                                    redesignated by subclause (I), by
                                    striking ``and'' after the semicolon;
                                        (V) in subparagraph (L), as
                                    redesignated by subclause (I), by
                                    striking the period at the end and
                                    inserting ``; and''; and
                                        (VI) by adding at the end the
                                    following:
                        ``(M) capacity building activities that create
                    college-going cultures in participating schools and
                    local educational agencies.''; and
                                (iv) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(16) Creating or expanding secondary school drop-out
            recovery programs that allow students who have dropped out of
            secondary school to complete a regular secondary school diploma
            and begin college-level work.
                ``(17) Establishing data collection and data sharing
            agreements to obtain, analyze, and report postsecondary outcome
            data for eligible students for a period of not more than 72
            months after the end of the grant award period, which may
            include postsecondary enrollment, persistence, and completion
            data.
                ``(18) Establishing or maintaining an agreement with a
            consortium of eligible entities described in section 404A(c)
            to--
                        ``(A) foster collaborative approaches to research
                    and evaluation;
                        ``(B) improve the quality of data collection, data
                    sharing, analysis and reporting; and
                        ``(C) apply evidence to improve programs and
                    evaluation under this chapter.
                ``(19) Facilitating the recruitment, participation, and
            retention of homeless individuals (as defined in section 402A)
            and foster care youth in the services provided under this
            chapter, including--
                        ``(A) establishing partnerships with community-
                    based organizations, child welfare agencies, homeless
                    shelters, and local educational agency liaisons for
                    homeless individuals to identify such individuals and
                    youth, improve policies and practices, and to establish
                    data sharing agreements;
                        ``(B) carrying out activities (consistent with the
                    McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11301
                    et seq.)) to facilitate continued participation of
                    students who are no longer enrolled in a school served
                    under this chapter due to changes in residence
                    resulting from homelessness or foster care placement,
                    including--
                                ``(i) allowing continued participation when
                            such a student is no longer enrolled, on a
                            temporary basis, in a school served under this
                            chapter; or
                                ``(ii) providing transitional services and
                            referrals when such a student is no longer
                            enrolled, on a permanent basis, in a school
                            served under this chapter; and
                        ``(C) carrying out other activities to meet the
                    needs of such homeless individuals and foster care
                    youth.
                ``(20) Providing services under this chapter to students
            who have received services under a previous grant award under
            this chapter but have not yet completed grade 12.'';
                        (B) in subsection (c)--
                                (i) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``and
                            technical assistance'' after ``support''; and
                                (ii) by striking paragraph (9); and
                        (C) in subsection (d)--
                                (i) in paragraph (3), by striking ``or'';
                                (ii) by redesignating paragraph (4) as
                            paragraph (5); and
                                (iii) by inserting after paragraph (3) the
                            following:
                ``(4) eligible for free or reduced-price lunch under the
            Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 1751 et
            seq.); or'';
                (5) in section 404E (20 U.S.C. 1070a-25)--
                        (A) in subsection (a)--
                                (i) by redesignating paragraph (2) as
                            paragraph (3);
                                (ii) by inserting after paragraph (1) the
                            following:
                ``(2) Application requirements.--
                        ``(A) Plan for maintenance of financial
                    assistance.--An eligible entity proposing to establish
                    or maintain a financial assistance program providing
                    scholarships for students assisted by the program of
                    the eligible entity under this chapter shall include a
                    plan regarding the financial application program with
                    the application submitted under section 404C.
                        ``(B) Scholarship details.--Under a plan described
                    in subparagraph (A), an eligible entity--
                                ``(i) may elect to offer 1 or more types of
                            scholarships; and
                                ``(ii) shall describe, for each type of
                            scholarship--
                                        ``(I) the minimum and maximum
                                    awards for the scholarships, consistent
                                    with subsection (d), based on criteria
                                    and disbursement priorities established
                                    by the eligible entity;
                                        ``(II) the duration of the
                                    scholarships, which may be single-year
                                    or multi-year awards;
                                        ``(III) the enrollment requirements
                                    for participating students, which may
                                    include providing scholarships for
                                    participating students who are enrolled
                                    in an institution of higher education
                                    on less than a full-time basis during
                                    any award year; and
                                        ``(IV) any additional student
                                    eligibility criteria established by the
                                    eligible entity for earning and
                                    maintaining scholarships under this
                                    section, including--
                                                ``(aa) financial need;
                                                ``(bb) meeting
                                            participation milestones in the
                                            activities offered by the
                                            eligible entity under section
                                            404D;
                                                ``(cc) meeting and
                                            maintaining satisfactory
                                            academic milestones; and
                                                ``(dd) other criteria
                                            aligned with State and local
                                            goals to incentivize
                                            postsecondary readiness,
                                            access, and success.''; and
                                (iii) in paragraph (3), as redesignated by
                            clause (i), by striking ``may award'' and
                            inserting ``may use not less than 10 percent
                            and not more than 50 percent of funds made
                            available under this chapter to award'';
                        (B) in subsection (b)--
                                (i) in the subsection heading, by striking
                            ``Limitation'' and inserting ``State
                            limitation''; and
                                (ii) in paragraph (2), by striking
                            ``eligible entity demonstrates'' and all that
                            follows through the period at the end and
                            inserting the following: ``eligible entity--
                        ``(A) demonstrates that the eligible entity has
                    another means of providing the students with the
                    financial assistance described in this section or
                    eligible students have reasonable access to State and
                    local financial assistance programs; and
                        ``(B) describes such means or access in the
                    application submitted under section 404C.'';
                        (C) in subsection (e)--
                                (i) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting
                            the following:
                ``(1) In general.--
                        ``(A) Scholarship plan.--Each eligible entity
                    described in section 404A(c)(1) that receives a grant
                    under this chapter shall hold in reserve, for the
                    students served by such grant as described in section
                    404B(d)(1)(A) or 404D(d), an estimated amount that is
                    based on the eligible entity's scholarship plan
                    described in subsection (a)(1).
                        ``(B) Interest use.--Interest earned on funds held
                    in reserve under subparagraph (A) may be used by the
                    eligible entity to administer the scholarship program
                    during the award period and through the post-award
                    period described in paragraph (4).'';
                                (ii) in paragraph (2)(B), by inserting ``,
                            or been accepted for enrollment,'' after
                            ``enrolled''; and
                                (iii) in paragraph (3)--
                                        (I) in subparagraph (A), by
                                    striking ``and'' after the semicolon;
                                        (II) by redesignating subparagraph
                                    (B) as subparagraph (C); and
                                        (III) by inserting after
                                    subparagraph (A) the following:
                        ``(B) the costs associated with enrolling in an
                    institution of higher education; and''; and
                        (D) in subsection (g)--
                                (i) in paragraph (3)--
                                        (I) by inserting ``or, if the
                                    eligible entity chooses, in another
                                    program of study or credential program
                                    for which an individual could use funds
                                    received under a Federal Pell Grant to
                                    attend,'' before ``that is located'';
                                    and
                                        (II) by striking ``except that, at
                                    the State's option'' and inserting
                                    ``except that, at the eligible entity's
                                    option''; and
                                (ii) in paragraph (4), by inserting ``and
                            qualifies for an award, consistent with the
                            eligible entity's scholarship plan as described
                            in subsection (a)(2)'' after ``404D(a)'';
                (6) in section 404G (20 U.S.C. 1070a-27)--
                        (A) in subsection (b)--
                                (i) in paragraph (1), by striking ``and''
                            after the semicolon;
                                (ii) in paragraph (2), by striking the
                            period at the end and inserting ``; and''; and
                                (iii) by inserting after paragraph (2) the
                            following:
                ``(3) include the following metrics:
                        ``(A) The number of students completing the Free
                    Application for Federal Student Aid under section 483.
                        ``(B) If applicable, the number of students
                    receiving a scholarship under section 404E.
                        ``(C) The graduation rate of participating students
                    from high school.
                        ``(D) The enrollment of participating students in
                    postsecondary education.
                        ``(E) Such other metrics as the Secretary may
                    require.'';
                        (B) by redesignating subsections (c) and (d) as
                    subsections (e) and (f), respectively;
                        (C) by inserting after subsection (b) the
                    following:
        ``(c) Report on Homeless Individuals and Foster Care Youth.--Each
    eligible entity that receives a grant under section 404A shall, at the
    conclusion of such grant, prepare and submit a report to the Secretary
    that includes--
                ``(1) where available, the number of homeless individuals
            (as defined in section 402A) and foster care youth served
            through the program; and
                ``(2) a description of any strategies or program
            enhancements that were used by the eligible entity in carrying
            out the program that were effective in meeting the needs of
            such homeless individuals and foster care youth.'';
                        (D) in subsection (d), as so redesignated--
                                (i) in the subsection heading, by inserting
                            ``and technical assistance'' after ``Federal
                            evaluation'';
                                (ii) in the matter preceding paragraph
                            (1)--
                                        (I) by inserting ``after
                                    consultation with the community of
                                    eligible entities receiving grants
                                    under this chapter and'' after
                                    ``Secretary shall,'';
                                        (II) by striking ``0.75'' and
                                    inserting ``1''; and
                                        (III) by striking ``evaluate the
                                    effectiveness of the program and, as
                                    appropriate, disseminate the results of
                                    the evaluation. Such evaluation shall
                                    include a separate analysis of'';
                                (iii) by redesignating paragraphs (1) and
                            (2) as subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively,
                            and indenting the margins appropriately; and
                                (iv) before subparagraph (A) (as
                            redesignated by clause (iii)), by inserting the
                            following:
                ``(1) provide pre-application technical assistance
            workshops for eligible entities and potential applicants in any
            year in which new awards are expected to be made;
                ``(2) support initiatives designed to improve the research,
            data collection and infrastructure, and evaluation capacity of
            eligible entities; and
                ``(3) evaluate the effectiveness of the program and, as
            appropriate, disseminate the results of the evaluation. Such
            evaluation may include a separate analysis of--''; and
                (7) in section 404H, by striking ``$400,000,000 for fiscal
            year 2009'' and inserting ``$500,000,000 for fiscal year
            2021''.

         Subpart 3--Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants

    SEC. 4041. PURPOSE; APPROPRIATIONS AUTHORIZED.

        Section 413A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b)
    is amended--
                (1) by amending subsection (a) to read as follows:
        ``(a) Purpose of Subpart.--It is the purpose of this subpart to--
                ``(1) provide, through institutions of higher education,
            supplemental grants to assist in making available the benefits
            of postsecondary education to qualified students who
            demonstrate financial need in accordance with the provisions of
            part F of this title; and
                ``(2) to establish grant programs at various institutions
            of higher education, as defined in section 101, to determine
            best practices and policies regarding the distribution of
            emergency grant aid to assist students in completing their
            program of study, notwithstanding aid they may have received in
            accordance with the provisions of part F of this title.'';
                (2) in subsection (b)(1), by striking ``appropriated'' and
            all that follows through the end and inserting ``appropriated--
                        ``(A) $1,150,000,000 for fiscal year 2021;
                        ``(B) $1,300,000,000 for fiscal year 2022;
                        ``(C) $1,450,000,000, for fiscal year 2023;
                        ``(D) $1,600,000,000 for fiscal year 2024; and
                        ``(E) $1,750,000,000 for fiscal year 2025 and each
                    succeeding fiscal year.'';
                (3) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3); and
                (4) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
                ``(2) For the purpose of enabling the Secretary to fund
            emergency grant aid programs under section 440D, there are
            allocated, from funds authorized under paragraph (b)(1),
            $12,500,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding
            fiscal years.''.

    SEC. 4042. INSTITUTIONAL ELIGIBILITY.

        Section 413C(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1070b-2) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (2)--
                        (A) by striking ``agrees'' inserting ``except as
                    provided in paragraph (4), agrees''; and
                        (B) by striking ``and'' at the end;
                (2) in paragraph (3)(D), by striking the period and
            inserting ``; and''; and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(4) agrees that the Federal share of an award under this
            subpart to an institution eligible for assistance under title
            III or title V shall equal 100 percent of such award.''.

    SEC. 4043. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.

        Section 413D of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b-
    3) is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 413D. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.

        ``(a) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Years 2021 Through 2025.--
                ``(1) In general.--From the amount appropriated under
            section 413A(b)(1) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall
            allocate to each institution--
                        ``(A) for fiscal year 2021, an amount equal to the
                    greater of--
                                ``(i) 90 percent of the amount the
                            institution received under subsection (a) for
                            fiscal year 2020, as such subsection was in
                            effect with respect to such fiscal year (in
                            this subparagraph referred to as `the 2020
                            amount for the institution'); or
                                ``(ii) the fair share amount for the
                            institution determined under subsection (c);
                        ``(B) for fiscal year 2022, an amount equal to the
                    greater of--
                                ``(i) 80 percent of the 2020 amount for the
                            institution; or
                                ``(ii) the fair share amount for the
                            institution determined under subsection (c);
                        ``(C) for fiscal year 2023, an amount equal to the
                    greater of--
                                ``(i) 60 percent of the fiscal year 2020
                            amount for the institution; or
                                ``(ii) the fair share amount for the
                            institution determined under subsection (c);
                        ``(D) for fiscal year 2024, an amount equal to the
                    greater of--
                                ``(i) 40 percent of the 2020 amount for the
                            institution; or
                                ``(ii) the fair share amount for the
                            institution determined under subsection (c);
                            and
                        ``(E) for fiscal year 2025, an amount equal to the
                    greater of--
                                ``(i) 20 percent of the 2020 amount for the
                            institution; or
                                ``(ii) the fair share amount for the
                            institution determined under subsection (c).
                ``(2) Ratable reduction.--
                        ``(A) In general.--If the amount appropriated under
                    section 413A(b)(1) for a fiscal year is less than the
                    amount required to be allocated to the institutions
                    under this subsection, then the amount of the
                    allocation to each institution shall be ratably
                    reduced.
                        ``(B) Additional appropriations.--If the amounts
                    allocated to each institution are ratably reduced under
                    subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year and additional
                    amounts are appropriated for such fiscal year, the
                    amount allocated to each institution from the
                    additional amounts shall be increased on the same basis
                    as the amounts under subparagraph (A) were reduced
                    (until each institution receives the amount required to
                    be allocated under this subsection).
        ``(b) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Year 2026 and Each Succeeding
    Fiscal Year.--From the amount appropriated under section 413A(b)(1) for
    fiscal year 2026 and each succeeding fiscal year, the Secretary shall
    allocate to each institution the fair share amount for the institution
    determined under subsection (c).
        ``(c) Determination of Fair Share Amount.--
                ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), the fair share
            amount for an institution for a fiscal year shall be equal to
            the sum of the institution's undergraduate student need
            described in paragraph (2) for the preceding fiscal year.
                ``(2) Institutional undergraduate student need
            calculation.--The institutional undergraduate student need for
            an institution for a fiscal year shall be equal to the sum of
            the following:
                        ``(A) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount
                    that bears the same proportion to the available
                    appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total
                    amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at the
                    institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the
                    total amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at all
                    institutions participating under this part for the
                    preceding fiscal year.
                        ``(B) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount
                    that bears the same proportion to the available
                    appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total
                    amount of the undergraduate student need at the
                    institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the
                    total amount of undergraduate student need at all
                    institutions participating under this part for the
                    preceding fiscal year.
                ``(3) Eligibility for fair share amount.--The Secretary may
            not allocate funds under this subpart to any institution that,
            for 2 or more fiscal years during any 3 fiscal year period
            beginning not earlier than the first day of the first fiscal
            year that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of this
            paragraph, has a student population with less than 7 percent of
            undergraduate students who are recipients of Federal Pell
            Grants.
        ``(d) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Average cost of attendance.--The term `average cost
            of attendance' has the meaning given the term in section
            4202(e)(5)(B).
                ``(2) Undergraduate student need.--The term `undergraduate
            student need' means, with respect to an undergraduate student
            for an award year, the lesser of the following:
                        ``(A) The total of the amount equal to (except the
                    amount computed by this clause shall not be less than
                    zero)--
                                ``(i) the average cost of attendance for
                            the award year, minus
                                ``(ii) such undergraduate student's
                            expected family contribution (computed in
                            accordance with part F of this title) for the
                            preceding award year.
                        ``(B) The total loan annual limit for a Federal
                    Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and a Federal Direct
                    Loan.''.

    SEC. 4044. EMERGENCY FINANCIAL AID GRANT PROGRAM.

        Part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1070b et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

                  ``Subpart 11--Emergency Financial Aid Grants

    ``SEC. 440D. EMERGENCY FINANCIAL AID GRANT PROGRAM.

        ``(a) Emergency Financial Aid Grant Programs Authorized.--The
    Secretary shall carry out a grant program to make grants, in accordance
    with subsection (c), to eligible entities to provide emergency
    financial aid grants to students in accordance with subsection (d).
        ``(b) Matching Funds.--
                ``(1) Limitation on amount of federal share.--Except as
            provided in paragraph (3), the Federal share of the cost of any
            emergency grant aid program carried out under this section may
            not exceed 50 percent.
                ``(2) Limitation.--Matching funds provided by an eligible
            entity under this subsection may not include in-kind
            contributions.
                ``(3) Exceptions.--The Federal share of the cost of an
            emergency grant aid program carried out under this section
            shall equal 100 percent if the institution carrying out the
            emergency grant aid is an institution of higher education
            eligible for assistance under title III or V.
        ``(c) Application.--
                ``(1) In general.--Each eligible entity desiring to carry
            out an emergency grant aid program under this section shall
            submit an application to the Secretary, at such time, in such
            manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may
            require.
                ``(2) Outreach.--The Secretary shall, at least 30 days
            before each deadline to submit applications under paragraph
            (1), conduct outreach to institutions of higher education
            described in subsection (b)(3) to provide such institutions
            with information on the opportunity to apply under paragraph
            (1) to carry out an emergency grant aid program under this
            section.
                ``(3) Contents.--Each application under paragraph (1) shall
            include a description of the emergency grant aid program to be
            carried out by the eligible entity, including--
                        ``(A) an estimate of the number of emergency
                    financial aid grants that such entity will make in an
                    award year and how such eligible entity assessed such
                    estimate;
                        ``(B) the criteria the eligible entity will use to
                    determine an emergency for which an eligible student
                    will be eligible to receive an emergency financial aid
                    grant;
                        ``(C) an assurance that an emergency for which an
                    eligible student will be eligible to receive an
                    emergency financial aid grant will include financial
                    challenges that would directly impact the ability of an
                    eligible student to continue and complete the course of
                    study of such student, including--
                                ``(i) a loss of employment, transportation,
                            child care, utilities, or housing of the
                            student;
                                ``(ii) a medical condition (including
                            pregnancy) of the student, or a dependent of
                            the student;
                                ``(iii) with respect to the eligible
                            student, food insecurity; and
                                ``(iv) in the case of an eligible student
                            who is a dependent student--
                                        ``(I) the death of a parent or
                                    guardian of such eligible student; or
                                        ``(II) a medical condition of the
                                    parent or guardian of such eligible
                                    student which results in the loss of
                                    employment of such parent or guardian;
                        ``(D) a description of the process by which an
                    eligible student may apply and receive an emergency
                    financial aid grant;
                        ``(E) an assurance that the eligible entity, when
                    applicable, will make information available to eligible
                    students about the eligibility of such students and
                    their dependents for assistance under the supplemental
                    nutrition assistance program under the Food and
                    Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), the
                    special supplemental nutrition program for women,
                    infants, and children under the Child Nutrition Act of
                    1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786), and the program of block grants
                    for States for temporary assistance for needy families
                    established under part A of title IV of the Social
                    Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.);
                        ``(F) how the eligible entity will administer the
                    emergency grant aid program, including the processes
                    the eligible entity will use to respond to
                    applications, approve applications, and disburse
                    emergency financial aid grants outside of normal
                    business hours;
                        ``(G) an assurance that the process by which an
                    eligible student applies for an emergency financial aid
                    grant includes--
                                ``(i) to the extent practicable, an
                            interview; and
                                ``(ii) at least one opportunity to appeal a
                            denial of such a grant;
                        ``(H) an assurance that the eligible entity will
                    acknowledge receipt of a student's request and
                    distribute funds in a timely manner as determined by
                    the Secretary;
                        ``(I) a description of how the school intends to
                    limit fraud or abuse; and
                        ``(J) any other information the Secretary may
                    require.
                ``(4) Priority.--In selecting eligible entities to carry
            out an emergency grant aid program under this section, the
            Secretary shall give priority to an eligible entity in which at
            least 30 percent of the students enrolled at such eligible
            entity are eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant.
        ``(d) Use of Funds.--
                ``(1) In general.--An eligible entity may only use funds
            provided under this section to make emergency financial aid
            grants to eligible students.
                ``(2) Limitations.--
                        ``(A) Amount.--An emergency financial aid grant to
                    an eligible student may not be in an amount greater
                    than $750.
                        ``(B) Total amount.--The total amount of the
                    Federal share of emergency financial aid grants that an
                    eligible student may receive from an eligible entity
                    may not exceed $2,000. An eligible student may receive
                    an amount under this section that would cause the
                    amount of total financial aid received by such student
                    to exceed the cost of attendance of the institution of
                    higher education in which the student is enrolled.
        ``(e) Reporting and Oversight.--
                ``(1) In general.--Not less frequently than once annually,
            each eligible entity that receives a grant under this subpart
            shall submit to the Secretary a report on the progress of the
            eligible entity in carrying out the programs supported by such
            grant.
                ``(2) Form of report.--The report under paragraph (1) shall
            be submitted to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and
            containing such information as the Secretary may require. The
            Secretary shall issue uniform guidelines describing the
            information that shall be reported by grantees under such
            paragraph.
                ``(3) Content of report.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The report under paragraph (1)
                    shall include, at minimum, the following:
                                ``(i) The number of students that received
                            a grant, including the number of students who
                            received more than one grant.
                                ``(ii) The average award amount awarded to
                            eligible students.
                                ``(iii) The types of emergencies declared
                            and frequencies emergencies declared by
                            eligible students.
                                ``(iv) The number of students that applied
                            for emergency grant aid.
                                ``(v) The number of students that were
                            denied such grants.
                                ``(vi) The average amount of time it took
                            an eligible entity to respond to requests for
                            emergency grant aid and average amount of time
                            it took the eligible entity to award or deny
                            the emergency grant aid.
                                ``(vii) Outcomes of the eligible students
                            that received emergency grant aid, including
                            rates of persistence, retention, and
                            completion, and a comparison of such rates for
                            such students as compared to such rates for
                            Federal Pell recipients at the institution.
        ``(f) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means an
            institution of higher education that on the date such entity
            receives a grant under this section, is participating in the
            FSEOG program under subpart 3.
                ``(2) Eligible student.--The term `eligible student' means
            a student who--
                        ``(A) is enrolled in an eligible entity on an at
                    least half-time basis; and
                        ``(B) who is making satisfactory academic progress.
                ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the
            term in section 101.''.

    Subpart 4--Special Programs for Students Whose Families Are Engaged in
                         Migrant and Seasonal Farmwork

    SEC. 4051. SPECIAL PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WHOSE FAMILIES ARE ENGAGED IN
                  MIGRANT AND SEASONAL FARMWORK.

        Section 418A(i) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1070d-2(i)) is amended by striking ``2009'' and inserting ``2021''.

              Subpart 5--Child Care Access Means Parents in School

    SEC. 4061. CCAMPIS REAUTHORIZATION.

        Section 419N of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070e)
    is amended--
                (1) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (2)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                        (I) by striking ``The amount'' and
                                    inserting ``Except as provided in
                                    subparagraph (C), the amount''; and
                                        (II) by striking ``1 percent'' and
                                    inserting ``2 percent'';
                                (ii) in subparagraph (B)(ii), by striking
                            ``subsection (g)'' and inserting ``subsection
                            (h)''; and
                                (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(C) Performance bonus.--
                                ``(i) In general.--Notwithstanding
                            subparagraph (A), for any fiscal year for which
                            the amount appropriated under subsection (h) is
                            not less than $140,000,000, the Secretary may
                            pay a performance bonus to an eligible
                            institution of higher education.
                                ``(ii) Maximum amount.--A bonus paid to an
                            eligible institution of higher education under
                            clause (i) for a fiscal year shall not exceed
                            an amount equal to 20 percent of the amount of
                            the annual grant payment received by the
                            institution under paragraph (3)(B) for the
                            fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which
                            the bonus is paid.
                                ``(iii) Use of bonus.--A bonus received by
                            an institution under clause (i) shall be used
                            by the institution in the same manner as a
                            grant under this section and shall be treated
                            as grant funds for purposes of the application
                            of paragraph (5), except that the Secretary may
                            extend the grant period as necessary for the
                            institution to use such bonus.
                                ``(iv) Eligible institution of higher
                            education.--In this subparagraph, the term
                            `eligible institution of higher education'
                            means an institution of higher education that--
                                        ``(I) has received a grant under
                                    this section for not less than the
                                    period of three consecutive fiscal
                                    years preceding the fiscal year in
                                    which the bonus is paid under clause
                                    (i);
                                        ``(II) for each such preceding
                                    fiscal year, has met or exceeded the
                                    performance levels established by the
                                    institution for such year under
                                    subsection (e)(1)(B)(v); and
                                        ``(III) has demonstrated the need
                                    for such bonus.''; and
                        (B) in paragraph (3)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``4
                            years'' and inserting ``5 years''; and
                                (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking
                            ``subsection (e)(2)'' and inserting
                            ``subsection (e)(3)'';
                (2) by amending subsection (c) to read as follows:
        ``(c) Applications.--
                ``(1) In general.--An institution of higher education
            desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application
            to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied
            by such information as the Secretary may require. Such
            application shall--
                        ``(A) demonstrate that the institution is an
                    eligible institution described in subsection (b)(4);
                        ``(B) specify the amount of funds requested;
                        ``(C) demonstrate the need of low-income students
                    at the institution for campus-based child care services
                    by including in the application--
                                ``(i) information regarding student
                            demographics, including whether the student is
                            a full-time or part-time student;
                                ``(ii) an assessment of child care capacity
                            on or near campus;
                                ``(iii) information regarding the waiting
                            lists for child care services on or near
                            campus;
                                ``(iv) information regarding additional
                            needs created by concentrations of poverty or
                            by geographic isolation;
                                ``(v) information about the number of low-
                            income student parents being served through
                            campus-based child care services; and
                                ``(vi) other relevant data;
                        ``(D) specify the estimated percentage of the
                    institution's grant that will be used directly to
                    subsidize the fee charged for on-campus and off-campus
                    childcare, respectively, for low-income students;
                        ``(E) contain a description of the activities to be
                    assisted, including whether the grant funds will
                    support an existing child care program or a new child
                    care program;
                        ``(F) identify the resources, including technical
                    expertise and financial support, that the institution
                    will draw upon to support the child care program and
                    the participation of low-income students in the program
                    (such as accessing social services funding, using
                    student activity fees to help pay the costs of child
                    care, using resources obtained by meeting the needs of
                    parents who are not low-income students, and accessing
                    foundation, corporate, or other institutional support)
                    and demonstrate that the use of the resources will not
                    result in increases in student tuition;
                        ``(G) contain an assurance that the institution
                    will meet the child care needs of low-income students
                    through the provision of services, or through a
                    contract for the provision of services;
                        ``(H) describe the extent to which the child care
                    program will coordinate with the institution's early
                    childhood education curriculum, to the extent the
                    curriculum is available, to meet the needs of the
                    students in the early childhood education program at
                    the institution, and the needs of the parents and
                    children participating in the child care program
                    assisted under this section;
                        ``(I) in the case of an institution seeking
                    assistance for a new child care program--
                                ``(i) provide a timeline, covering the
                            period from receipt of the grant through the
                            provision of the child care services,
                            delineating the specific steps the institution
                            will take to achieve the goal of providing low-
                            income students with child care services;
                                ``(ii) specify any measures the institution
                            will take to assist low-income students with
                            child care during the period before the
                            institution provides child care services; and
                                ``(iii) include a plan for identifying
                            resources needed for the child care services,
                            including space in which to provide child care
                            services, and technical assistance if
                            necessary;
                        ``(J) contain an assurance that any child care
                    facility assisted under this section will meet the
                    applicable State and local government licensing,
                    certification, approval, or registration requirements;
                        ``(K) in the case of an institution that is awarded
                    a grant under this section after the date of the
                    enactment of the College Affordability Act, provide an
                    assurance that, not later than three years after the
                    date on which such grant is awarded, any child care
                    facility assisted with such grant will--
                                ``(i) meet Head Start performance standards
                            under subchapter B of chapter 13 of title 45,
                            Code of Federal Regulations (as in effect on
                            the date of enactment of the College
                            Affordability Act) and any successor
                            regulations;
                                ``(ii) be in the top tier of the quality
                            rating improvement system for such facilities
                            used by the State in which the facility is
                            located;
                                ``(iii) meet the licensing requirements of
                            the State in which the facility is located and
                            the quality requirements under the Child Care
                            and Development Block Grant Act of 1990 (42
                            U.S.C. 9858 et seq.); or
                                ``(iv) be accredited by a national early
                            childhood accrediting body with demonstrated
                            valid and reliable program quality standards;
                        ``(L) contain an assurance that the institution,
                    when applicable, will make information available to
                    students receiving child care services provided under
                    this section about the eligibility of such students and
                    their dependents for assistance under the supplemental
                    nutrition assistance program under the Food and
                    Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), the
                    special supplemental nutrition program for women,
                    infants, and children under the Child Nutrition Act of
                    1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786), and the program of block grants
                    for States for temporary assistance for needy families
                    established under part A of title IV of the Social
                    Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.); and
                        ``(M) contain an abstract summarizing the contents
                    of such application and how the institution intends to
                    achieve the purpose under subsection (a).
                ``(2) Technical assistance.--The Secretary may provide
            technical assistance to eligible institutions to help such
            institutions qualify, apply for, and maintain a grant under
            this section.'';
                (3) in subsection (d)--
                        (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by
                    striking ``to institutions of higher education that
                    submit applications describing programs that'';
                        (B) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
                ``(1) based on the extent to which institutions of higher
            education that submit applications for such a grant leverage
            local or institutional resources, including in-kind
            contributions, to support the activities assisted under this
            section;'';
                        (C) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph
                    (3);
                        (D) by inserting after paragraph (1), the
                    following:
                ``(2) to institutions of higher education that, compared to
            other institutions of higher education that submit applications
            for such a grant, demonstrate a high likelihood of need for
            campus-based child care based on student demographics (such as
            a high proportion of low-income students or independent
            students); and''; and
                        (E) in paragraph (3) (as redesignated by
                    subparagraph (C)), by inserting ``to institutions of
                    higher education that submit applications describing
                    programs that'' before ``utilize''; and
                (4) in subsection (e)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)(B)--
                                (i) by redesignating clauses (ii), (iii),
                            and (iv) as clauses (vi), (vii), and (viii),
                            respectively; and
                                (ii) by striking the semicolon at the end
                            of clause (i) and inserting the following:
                            ``which shall include--
                                        ``(I) the number of full- and part-
                                    time students, respectively, receiving
                                    child care services under this section
                                    at least once per week during the
                                    academic year;
                                        ``(II) the number of credits
                                    accumulated by students receiving such
                                    child care services;
                                        ``(III) the number of students
                                    receiving child care services under
                                    this section at least once per week
                                    during the academic year who--
                                                ``(aa) remain enrolled at
                                            the institution during the
                                            academic year for which they
                                            received such services;
                                                ``(bb) enroll at the
                                            institution for the following
                                            academic year; and
                                                ``(cc) graduate or transfer
                                            within--

                                                        ``(AA) 150 percent
                                                    of the normal time for
                                                    completion of a
                                                    student's four-year
                                                    degree granting
                                                    program; or

                                                        ``(BB) 200 percent
                                                    of the normal time for
                                                    completion of a
                                                    student's two-year
                                                    degree-granting
                                                    program;

                                ``(ii) with respect to the total student
                            enrollment at the institution and the total
                            enrollment of low-income students at the
                            institution, respectively--
                                        ``(I) the rate at which students
                                    who complete an academic year at the
                                    institution re-enroll in the
                                    institution for the following academic
                                    year; and
                                        ``(II) the percentage of students
                                    graduating or transferring within--
                                                ``(aa) 150 percent of the
                                            normal time for completion of a
                                            student's four-year degree
                                            granting program; or
                                                ``(bb) 200 percent of the
                                            normal time for completion of a
                                            student's two-year degree
                                            granting program;
                                ``(iii) the percentage of the institution's
                            grant that was used directly to subsidize the
                            fee charged for on-campus and off-campus
                            childcare, respectively, for low-income
                            students;
                                ``(iv) whether the institution restricts
                            eligibility for child care services to only
                            full-time students;
                                ``(v) the sufficiently ambitious levels of
                            performance established for such year by the
                            institution that demonstrate meaningful
                            progress and allow for meaningful evaluation of
                            program quality based on the information in
                            clauses (i)(III) and (iii);'';
                        (B) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph
                    (3);
                        (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
                ``(2) Report.--
                        ``(A) Report required.--On an annual basis, the
                    Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees a
                    report that includes--
                                ``(i) a summary of the information
                            described in paragraph (1); and
                                ``(ii) each abstract submitted under
                            subsection (c)(1)(M) by an institution of
                            higher education that receives a grant under
                            this section.
                        ``(B) Public availability.--The Secretary shall
                    make each report submitted under subparagraph (A)
                    publicly available.'';
                        (D) in paragraph (3), as so redesignated, by
                    inserting ``(other than the information provided under
                    subparagraph (B)(v) of such paragraph)'' after
                    ``paragraph (1)''; and
                        (E) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(4) Technical assistance.--The Secretary shall provide
            technical assistance to institutions of higher education
            receiving grants under this section to help such institutions
            meet the reporting requirements under this subsection.'';
                (5) by redesignating subsection (g) as subsection (h);
                (6) by inserting after subsection (f) the following:
        ``(g) Nondiscrimination.--No person in the United States shall, on
    the basis of actual or perceived race, color, religion, national
    origin, sex (including sexual orientation, gender identity, pregnancy,
    childbirth, a medical condition related to pregnancy or childbirth, and
    sex stereotype), or disability, be excluded from participation in, be
    denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination by any
    program funded, in whole or in part, with funds made available under
    this section or with amounts appropriated for grants, contracts, or
    certificates administered with such funds.''; and
                (7) in subsection (h), as so redesignated, by striking
            ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009'' and
            inserting ``$200,000,000 for fiscal year 2021''.

                 Subpart 6--Jumpstart to College Grant Programs

    SEC. 4071. JUMPSTART TO COLLEGE GRANT PROGRAMS.

        Part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1070 et seq.) is further amended by inserting after subpart 7 the
    following:

                       ``Subpart 8--Jumpstart to College

    ``SEC. 419O. DEFINITIONS.

        ``In this subpart:
                ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means an
            institution of higher education in partnership with one or more
            local educational agencies (which may be an educational service
            agency). Such partnership may also include other entities such
            as nonprofit organizations or businesses, and schools in
            juvenile detention centers.
                ``(2) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the
            term in section 101 (20 U.S.C. 1001).
                ``(3) ESEA terms.--The terms `dual or concurrent enrollment
            program', `early college high school', `educational service
            agency', `four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate', `local
            educational agency', `secondary school', and `State' have
            meanings given the terms in section 8101 of the Elementary and
            Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
                ``(4) Low-income student.--The term `low-income student'
            means a student counted under section 1124(c) of the Elementary
            and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6333(c)).
                ``(5) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term
            `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning given the
            term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity
            Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).

    ``SEC. 419P. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS; RESERVATIONS.

        ``(a) In General.--To carry out this subpart, there are authorized
    to be appropriated $250,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the
    five succeeding fiscal years.
        ``(b) Reservations.--From the funds appropriated under subsection
    (a) for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve--
                ``(1) not less than 40 percent for grants to eligible
            entities under section 419Q;
                ``(2) not less than 55 percent for grants to States under
            section 419R; and
                ``(3) not less than 5 percent for national activities under
            section 419T.

    ``SEC. 419Q. GRANTS TO ELIGIBLE ENTITIES.

        ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants to eligible
    entities, on a competitive basis, to assist such entities in
    establishing or supporting an early college high school or dual or
    concurrent enrollment program in accordance with this section.
        ``(b) Duration.--Each grant under this section shall be awarded for
    a period of 6 years.
        ``(c) Grant Amount.--The Secretary shall ensure that the amount of
    each grant under this section is sufficient to enable each grantee to
    carry out the activities described in subsection (h), except that a
    grant under this section may not exceed $2,000,000.
        ``(d) Matching Requirement.--
                ``(1) In general.--For each year that an eligible entity
            receives a grant under this section, the entity shall
            contribute matching funds, in the amounts described in
            paragraph (2), for the activities supported by the grant.
                ``(2) Amounts described.--The amounts described in this
            paragraph are--
                        ``(A) for each of the first and second years of the
                    grant period, 20 percent of the grant amount;
                        ``(B) for each of the third and fourth years of the
                    grant period, 30 percent of the grant amount;
                        ``(C) for the fifth year of the grant period, 40
                    percent of the grant amount; and
                        ``(D) for the sixth year of the grant period, 50
                    percent of the grant amount.
                ``(3) Determination of amount contributed.--
                        ``(A) In-kind contributions.--The Secretary shall
                    allow an eligible entity to meet the requirements of
                    this subsection through in-kind contributions.
                        ``(B) Non-federal sources.--Not less than half of
                    each amount described in paragraph (2) shall be
                    provided by the eligible entity from non-Federal
                    sources.
        ``(e) Supplement, Not Supplant.--An eligible entity shall use a
    grant received under this section only to supplement funds that would,
    in the absence of such grant, be made available from other Federal,
    State, or local sources for activities supported by the grant, not to
    supplant such funds.
        ``(f) Priority.--In awarding grants under this section, the
    Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that--
                ``(1) propose to establish or support an early college high
            school or other dual or concurrent enrollment program that will
            serve a student population of which not less than 51 percent
            are low-income students;
                ``(2) include a local educational agency which serves a
            high school that is--
                        ``(A) identified for comprehensive support and
                    improvement under section 1111(c)(4)(D)(i) of the
                    Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20
                    U.S.C. 6311(c)(4)(D)(i)); or
                        ``(B) implementing a targeted support and
                    improvement plan as described in section 1111(d)(2) of
                    the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20
                    U.S.C. 6311(d)(2));
                ``(3) are from States that provide assistance to early
            college high schools or other dual enrollment programs, such as
            assistance to defray the costs of higher education (including
            costs of tuition, fees, and textbooks); and
                ``(4) propose to establish or support an early college high
            school or dual or concurrent enrollment program that meets
            quality standards established by--
                        ``(A) a nationally recognized accrediting agency or
                    association that offers accreditation specifically for
                    such programs; or
                        ``(B) a State process specifically for the review
                    and approval of such programs.
        ``(g) Equitable Distribution.--The Secretary shall ensure, to the
    extent practicable, that eligible entities receiving grants under this
    section--
                ``(1) are from a representative cross section of--
                        ``(A) urban, suburban, and rural areas; and
                        ``(B) regions of the United States; and
                ``(2) include both two-year and four-year institutions of
            higher education.
        ``(h) Uses of Funds.--
                ``(1) Mandatory activities.--
                        ``(A) In general.--An eligible entity shall use
                    grant funds received under this section--
                                ``(i) to support the activities described
                            in its application under subsection (i);
                                ``(ii) to create and maintain a coherent
                            system of supports for students, teachers,
                            principals, and faculty under the program,
                            including--
                                        ``(I) college and career readiness,
                                    academic, and social support services
                                    for students; and
                                        ``(II) professional development for
                                    secondary school teachers, faculty, and
                                    principals, and faculty from the
                                    institution of higher education,
                                    including--
                                                ``(aa) joint professional
                                            development activities; and
                                                ``(bb) activities to assist
                                            such teachers, faculty, and
                                            principals in using effective
                                            parent and community engagement
                                            strategies and to help ensure
                                            the success of students
                                            academically at risk of not
                                            enrolling in or completing
                                            postsecondary education, first-
                                            generation college students,
                                            and students described in
                                            section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of
                                            the Elementary and Secondary
                                            Education Act of 1965 (20
                                            U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(B)(xi));
                                ``(iii) to carry out liaison activities
                            among the partners that comprise the eligible
                            entity pursuant to an agreement or memorandum
                            of understanding documenting commitments,
                            resources, roles, and responsibilities of the
                            partners consistent with the design of the
                            program;
                                ``(iv) for outreach programs to ensure that
                            secondary school students and their families,
                            including students academically at risk of not
                            enrolling in or completing postsecondary
                            education, first-generation college students,
                            and students described in section
                            1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the Elementary and
                            Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                            6311(b)(2)(B)(xi)), are--
                                        ``(I) aware of, and recruited into,
                                    the early college high school or dual
                                    or concurrent enrollment program; and
                                        ``(II) assisted with the process of
                                    enrolling and succeeding in the early
                                    college high school or dual or
                                    concurrent enrollment program, which
                                    may include providing academic support;
                                ``(v) to collect, share, and use data (in
                            compliance with section 444 of the General
                            Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 1232g)) for
                            program improvement and program evaluation; and
                                ``(vi) to review and strengthen its program
                            to maximize the potential that students
                            participating in the program will eventually
                            complete a recognized postsecondary credential,
                            including by optimizing--
                                        ``(I) the curriculum of the
                                    program;
                                        ``(II) the use of high-quality
                                    assessments of student learning, such
                                    as performance-based, project-based, or
                                    portfolio assessments that measure
                                    higher-order thinking skills;
                                        ``(III) the sequence of courses
                                    offered by the program; and
                                        ``(IV) the alignment of academic
                                    calendars between the secondary schools
                                    and the institution of higher education
                                    participating in the program.
                        ``(B) New programs.--In the case of an eligible
                    entity that uses a grant under this section to
                    establish an early college high school or dual or
                    concurrent enrollment program, the entity shall use
                    such funds during the first year of the grant period--
                                ``(i) to design the curriculum and sequence
                            of courses in collaboration with, at a
                            minimum--
                                        ``(I) faculty from the institution
                                    of higher education;
                                        ``(II) teachers and faculty from
                                    the local educational agency; and
                                        ``(III) in the case of a career and
                                    technical education program, employers
                                    or workforce development entities to
                                    ensure that the program is aligned with
                                    labor market demand;
                                ``(ii) to develop and implement an
                            articulation agreement between the institution
                            of higher education and the local educational
                            agency that governs how secondary and
                            postsecondary credits will be awarded under the
                            program; and
                                ``(iii) to carry out the activities
                            described in subparagraph (A).
                ``(2) Allowable activities.--An eligible entity may use
            grant funds received under this section to support the
            activities described in its application under subsection (i),
            including by--
                        ``(A) purchasing textbooks and equipment that
                    support the program's curriculum;
                        ``(B) pursuant to the assurance provided by the
                    eligible entity under subsection (i)(3)(A), paying
                    tuition and fees for postsecondary courses taken by
                    students under the program;
                        ``(C) incorporating work-based learning
                    opportunities (other than by paying wages of students)
                    into the program (which may include partnering with
                    entities that provide such opportunities), including--
                                ``(i) internships;
                                ``(ii) career-based capstone projects;
                                ``(iii) pre-apprenticeships and registered
                            apprenticeships provided by eligible providers
                            of apprenticeship programs described in section
                            122(a)(2)(B) of the Workforce Innovation and
                            Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3152(a)(2)(B)); and
                                ``(iv) work-based learning opportunities
                            provided under chapters 1 and 2 of subpart 2 of
                            part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act
                            of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-11 et seq.);
                        ``(D) providing students with transportation to and
                    from the program;
                        ``(E) paying costs for--
                                ``(i) high school teachers to obtain the
                            skills, credentials, or industry certifications
                            necessary to teach for the institution of
                            higher education participating in the program;
                            or
                                ``(ii) postsecondary faculty to become
                            certified to teach high school; or
                        ``(F) providing time during which secondary school
                    teachers and faculty and faculty from an institution of
                    higher education can collaborate, which may include
                    professional development, the planning of team
                    activities for such teachers and faculty and curricular
                    design and student assessment.
        ``(i) Application.--
                ``(1) In general.--To be eligible to receive a grant under
            this section, an eligible entity shall submit to the Secretary
            an application at such time, in such manner, and containing
            such information as the Secretary may require.
                ``(2) Contents of application.--The application under
            paragraph (1) shall include, at minimum, a description of--
                        ``(A) the partnership that comprises the eligible
                    entity, including documentation of partner commitments,
                    resources and budget, roles, and responsibilities;
                        ``(B) how the partners that comprise the eligible
                    entity will coordinate to carry out the mandatory
                    activities described in subsection (h)(1);
                        ``(C) the number of students intended to be served
                    by the program and demographic information relating to
                    such students;
                        ``(D) how the eligible entity's curriculum and
                    sequence of courses form a program of study leading to
                    a recognized postsecondary credential;
                        ``(E) how postsecondary credits earned will be
                    transferable to institutions of higher education within
                    the State, including any applicable statewide transfer
                    agreements and any provisions of such agreements that
                    are specific to dual or concurrent enrollment programs;
                        ``(F) how the eligible entity will conduct outreach
                    to students;
                        ``(G) how the eligible entity will determine the
                    eligibility of students for postsecondary courses,
                    including an explanation of the multiple factors the
                    entity will take into account to assess the readiness
                    of students for such courses; and
                        ``(H) the sustainability plan for the early college
                    high school or other dual or concurrent enrollment
                    program.
                ``(3) Assurances.--The application under paragraph (1)
            shall include assurances from the eligible entity that--
                        ``(A) students participating in a program funded
                    with a grant under this section will not be required to
                    pay tuition or fees for postsecondary courses taken
                    under the program;
                        ``(B) postsecondary credits earned by students
                    under the program will be transcribed upon completion
                    of the required course work; and
                        ``(C) instructors of postsecondary courses under
                    the program will meet the same standards applicable to
                    other faculty at the institution of higher education
                    that is participating in the program.

    ``SEC. 419R. GRANTS TO STATES.

        ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants to States, on a
    competitive basis, to assist States in supporting or establishing early
    college high schools or dual or concurrent enrollment programs.
        ``(b) Duration.--Each grant under this section shall be awarded for
    a period of 6 years.
        ``(c) Grant Amount.--The Secretary shall ensure that the amount of
    each grant under this section is sufficient to enable each grantee to
    carry out the activities described in subsection (f).
        ``(d) Matching Requirement.--For each year that a State receives a
    grant under this section, the State shall provide, from non-Federal
    sources, an amount equal to 50 percent of the amount of the grant
    received by the State for such year to carry out the activities
    supported by the grant.
        ``(e) Supplement, Not Supplant.--A State shall use a grant received
    under this section only to supplement funds that would, in the absence
    of such grant, be made available from other Federal, State, or local
    sources for activities supported by the grant, not to supplant such
    funds.
        ``(f) Uses of Funds.--
                ``(1) Mandatory activities.--A State shall use grant funds
            received under this section to--
                        ``(A) support the activities described in its
                    application under subsection (g);
                        ``(B) plan and implement a statewide strategy for
                    expanding access to early college high schools and dual
                    or concurrent enrollment programs for students who are
                    underrepresented in higher education to raise statewide
                    rates of secondary school graduation, readiness for
                    postsecondary education, and completion of recognized
                    postsecondary credentials, with a focus on students
                    academically at risk of not enrolling in or completing
                    postsecondary education;
                        ``(C) identify any obstacles to such a strategy
                    under State law or policy;
                        ``(D) provide technical assistance (either directly
                    or through a knowledgeable intermediary) to early
                    college high schools and other dual or concurrent
                    enrollment programs, which may include--
                                ``(i) brokering relationships and
                            agreements that forge a strong partnership
                            between elementary and secondary and
                            postsecondary partners; and
                                ``(ii) offering statewide training,
                            professional development, and peer learning
                            opportunities for school leaders, instructors,
                            and counselors or advisors;
                        ``(E) identify and implement policies that will
                    improve the effectiveness and ensure the quality of
                    early college high schools and dual or concurrent
                    enrollment programs, such as eligibility and access,
                    funding, data and quality assurance, governance,
                    accountability, and alignment policies;
                        ``(F) update the State's requirements for a student
                    to receive a regular high school diploma to align with
                    the challenging State academic standards and entrance
                    requirements for credit-bearing coursework as described
                    in subparagraphs (A) and (D) of section 1111(b)(1) of
                    the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20
                    U.S.C. 6311(b)(1));
                        ``(G) incorporate indicators regarding student
                    access to and completion of early college high schools
                    and dual or concurrent enrollment programs into the
                    school quality and student success indicators included
                    in the State system of annual meaningful
                    differentiation as described under section
                    1111(c)(4)(B)(v)(I) of the Elementary and Secondary
                    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(c)(4)(B)(v)(I));
                        ``(H) disseminate best practices for early college
                    high schools and dual or concurrent enrollment
                    programs, which may include best practices from
                    programs in the State or other States;
                        ``(I) facilitate statewide secondary and
                    postsecondary data collection, research and evaluation,
                    and reporting to policymakers and other stakeholders;
                    and
                        ``(J) conduct outreach programs to ensure that
                    secondary school students, their families, and
                    community members are aware of early college high
                    schools and dual or concurrent enrollment programs in
                    the State.
                ``(2) Allowable activities.--A State may use grant funds
            received under this section to--
                        ``(A) establish a mechanism to offset the costs of
                    tuition, fees, standardized testing and performance
                    assessment costs, and support services for low-income
                    students, and students from underrepresented
                    populations enrolled in early college and high schools
                    or dual or concurrent enrollment;
                        ``(B) establish formal transfer systems within and
                    across State higher education systems, including two-
                    year and four-year public and private institutions, to
                    maximize the transferability of college courses;
                        ``(C) provide incentives to school districts that--
                                ``(i) assist high school teachers in
                            getting the credentials needed to participate
                            in early college high school programs and dual
                            or concurrent enrollment; and
                                ``(ii) encourage the use of college
                            instructors to teach college courses in high
                            schools;
                        ``(D) support initiatives to improve the quality of
                    early college high school and dual or concurrent
                    enrollment programs at participating institutions,
                    including by assisting such institutions in aligning
                    programs with the quality standards described in
                    section 419Q(f)(3); and
                        ``(E) reimburse low-income students to cover part
                    or all of the costs of an Advanced Placement or
                    International Baccalaureate examination.
        ``(g) State Applications.--
                ``(1) Application.--To be eligible to receive a grant under
            this section, a State shall submit to the Secretary an
            application at such time, in such manner, and containing such
            information as the Secretary may require.
                ``(2) Contents of application.--The application under
            paragraph (1) shall include, at minimum, a description of--
                        ``(A) how the State will carry out the mandatory
                    State activities described in subsection (f)(1);
                        ``(B) how the State will ensure that any programs
                    funded with a grant under this section are coordinated
                    with programs under--
                                ``(i) the Carl D. Perkins Career and
                            Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301
                            et seq.);
                                ``(ii) the Workforce Innovation and
                            Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.);
                                ``(iii) the Elementary and Secondary
                            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.);
                            and
                                ``(iv) the Individuals with Disabilities
                            Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.);
                        ``(C) how the State intends to use grant funds to
                    address achievement gaps for each category of students
                    described in section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the
                    Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20
                    U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(B)(xi));
                        ``(D) how the State will access and leverage
                    additional resources necessary to sustain early college
                    high schools or other dual or concurrent enrollment
                    programs;
                        ``(E) how the State will identify and eliminate
                    barriers to implementing effective early college high
                    schools and dual or concurrent enrollment programs
                    after the grant expires, including by engaging
                    businesses and nonprofit organizations; and
                        ``(F) such other information as the Secretary
                    determines to be appropriate.

    ``SEC. 419S. REPORTING AND OVERSIGHT.

        ``(a) In General.--Not less frequently than once annually, each
    State and eligible entity that receives a grant under this subpart
    shall submit to the Secretary a report on the progress of the State or
    eligible entity in carrying out the programs supported by such grant.
        ``(b) Form of Report.--The report under subsection (a) shall be
    submitted to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing
    such information as the Secretary may require. The Secretary shall
    issue uniform guidelines describing the information that shall be
    reported by grantees under such subsection.
        ``(c) Contents of Report.--
                ``(1) In general.--The report under subsection (a) shall
            include, at minimum, the following:
                        ``(A) The number of students enrolled in the early
                    college high school or dual or concurrent enrollment
                    program.
                        ``(B) The number and percentage of students
                    reimbursed by the State for part or all of the costs of
                    an Advanced Placement or International Baccalaureate
                    examination and the student test scores.
                        ``(C) The number and percentage of students
                    enrolled in the early college high school or dual or
                    concurrent enrollment program who earn a recognized
                    postsecondary credential concurrently with a high
                    school diploma.
                        ``(D) The number of postsecondary credits earned by
                    eligible students while enrolled in the early college
                    high school or dual or concurrent enrollment program
                    that may be applied toward a recognized postsecondary
                    credential.
                        ``(E) The number and percentage of students who
                    earn a high school diploma.
                        ``(F) The number and percentage of graduates who
                    enroll in postsecondary education.
                ``(2) Categories of students.--The information described in
            each of subparagraphs (A) through (G) of paragraph (1) shall be
            set forth separately for each category of students described in
            section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the Elementary and Secondary
            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(B)(xi)).

    ``SEC. 419T. NATIONAL ACTIVITIES.

        ``(a) Reporting by Secretary.--Not less frequently than once
    annually, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that
    includes--
                ``(1) an analysis of the information received from States
            and eligible entities under section 419S;
                ``(2) an identification of best practices for carrying out
            programs supported by grants under this subpart; and
                ``(3) the results of the evaluation under subsection (b).
        ``(b) National Evaluation.--Not later than 6 months after the date
    of the enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary shall
    seek to enter into a contract with an independent entity to perform an
    evaluation of the grants awarded under this subtitle. Such evaluation
    shall apply rigorous procedures to obtain valid and reliable data
    concerning student outcomes by social and academic characteristics and
    monitor the progress of students from secondary school to and through
    postsecondary education.
        ``(c) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical
    assistance to States and eligible entities concerning best practices
    and quality improvement programs in early college high schools and dual
    or concurrent enrollment programs and shall disseminate such best
    practices among eligible entities, States, and local educational
    agencies.
        ``(d) Administrative Costs.--From amounts reserved to carry out
    this section under section 419P(b)(3), the Secretary may reserve such
    sums as may be necessary for the direct administrative costs of
    carrying out the Secretary's responsibilities under this subtitle.

    ``SEC. 419U. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

        ``(a) Employees.--Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to
    alter or otherwise affect the rights, remedies, and procedures afforded
    to the employees of local educational agencies (including schools) or
    institutions of higher education under Federal, State, or local laws
    (including applicable regulations or court orders) or under the terms
    of collective bargaining agreements, memoranda of understanding, or
    other agreements between such employees and their employers.
        ``(b) Graduation Rate.--A student who graduates from an early
    college high school supported by a grant under section 419Q within 100
    percent of the normal time for completion described in the eligible
    entity's application under such section shall be counted in the four-
    year adjusted cohort graduation rate for such high school.''.

                            Subpart 7--TEACH Grants

    SEC. 4081. REVISED DEFINITIONS OF TEACH GRANTS.

        Section 420L of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g)
    is amended by adding at the end the following:
                ``(4) Teacher preparation program.--The term `teacher
            preparation program' means a State-approved course of study
            provided by an institution of higher education, the completion
            of which signifies that an enrollee has met all the State's
            educational or training requirements for initial certification
            or licensure to teach in the State's elementary schools or
            secondary schools.''.

    SEC. 4082. REVISIONS TO ESTABLISHING TEACH GRANT PROGRAM.

        Section 420M of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g-
    1) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)(1)--
                        (A) by striking ``an application'' and inserting
                    ``a Free Application for Federal Student Aid authorized
                    under section 483(a)''; and
                        (B) by striking ``in the amount of'' and all that
                    follows through the period at the end and inserting the
                    following: ``except as provided in subsection (d)(4),
                    in the amount of--
                        ``(A) $8,000, to be available to a teacher
                    candidate who is enrolled as an undergraduate junior at
                    the eligible institution;
                        ``(B) $8,000, to be available to a teacher
                    candidate who is enrolled as an undergraduate senior at
                    the eligible institution; and
                        ``(C) $4,000, to be available to a teacher
                    candidate who is enrolled at the eligible institution
                    for any year not described in subparagraph (A) or (B)
                    or a teacher candidate who is enrolled in the second
                    year of an associate's degree program and intends to
                    teach in an early childhood education program; and'';
                    and
                (2) in subsection (d)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``undergraduate''
                    and inserting ``associate, undergraduate,''; and
                        (B) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(4) Associate degree students.--
                        ``(A) Maximum amount for associate degree study.--
                    The period during which an associate degree student
                    intending to teach in an early childhood education
                    program may receive grants under this subpart shall be
                    the period required for the completion of an
                    associate's degree course of study pursued by the
                    teacher candidate at the eligible institution at which
                    the teacher candidate is in attendance, except that the
                    total amount that a teacher candidate may receive under
                    this subpart for an associate's degree course of study
                    shall not exceed $8,000.
                        ``(B) Effect on further undergraduate or post-
                    baccalaureate study.--In the case of a teacher
                    candidate intending to teach in an early childhood
                    education program who receives a grant under this
                    subpart for an associate's degree course of study and
                    who seeks to receive a grant described in subparagraph
                    (A) or (B) of subsection (a)(1), the amount of such
                    grant shall be equal to--
                                ``(i) one half of the amount that is equal
                            to $16,000, minus the amount the teacher
                            candidate received under this subpart for the
                            associate's degree course of study of such
                            candidate, to be available to a teacher
                            candidate who is enrolled as an undergraduate
                            junior at the eligible institution; and
                                ``(ii) one half of the amount that is equal
                            to $16,000, minus the amount the teacher
                            candidate received under this subpart for the
                            associate's degree course of study of such
                            candidate, to be available to a teacher
                            candidate who is enrolled as an undergraduate
                            senior at the eligible institution.''.

    SEC. 4083. REVISIONS TO TEACH GRANT AGREEMENTS TO SERVE AND
                  ELIGIBILITY.

        Section 420N of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g-
    2) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)--
                        (A) in the heading of paragraph (2), by striking
                    ``Demonstration of teach'' and insert ``Teach'';
                        (B) in paragraph (2)(A)(ii)(II), by striking
                    ``batteries in an undergraduate, post-baccalaureate, or
                    graduate school admissions test'' and inserting
                    ``assessments used for admission to an undergraduate,
                    post-baccalaureate, or graduate school program'';
                        (C) in paragraphs (2)(B)(i), by striking ``or
                    another high-need'' and inserting ``early childhood
                    education, or another high-need''; and
                        (D) in paragraph (2)(B)(ii), by striking ``, such
                    as Teach for America,'';
                (2) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (B), by inserting
                            before the semicolon at the end the following:
                            ``or in a high-need early childhood education
                            program (as defined in section 200(15));'';
                                (ii) in subparagraph (C)--
                                        (I) by striking ``or'' at the end
                                    of clause (vi);
                                        (II) by redesignating clause (vii)
                                    as clause (viii);
                                        (III) by inserting after clause
                                    (vi), as so amended, the following:
                                ``(vii) early childhood education; or'';
                            and
                                        (IV) in clause (viii), as so
                                    redesignated, by adding ``and'' at the
                                    end;
                                (iii) in subparagraph (D)--
                                        (I) by inserting ``or early
                                    childhood education program'' after
                                    ``school''; and
                                        (II) by striking ``and'' at the
                                    end; and
                                (iv) by striking subparagraph (E);
                        (B) by striking ``and'' at the end of paragraph
                    (2);
                        (C) by striking the period at the end of paragraph
                    (3) and inserting ``; and''; and
                        (D) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(4) the Secretary will--
                        ``(A) notify, or ensure that the applicable loan
                    servicer will notify, the applicant of--
                                ``(i) the date on which submission of the
                            certification under paragraph (1)(D) is
                            required; and
                                ``(ii) any failure to submit such
                            certification; and
                        ``(B) allow employers and borrowers to use
                    electronic signatures to certify such employment.'';
                (3) in subsection (c)--
                        (A) by striking ``In the event'' and inserting the
                    following:
                ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), in the
            event''; and
                        (B) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(2) Clarification.--
                        ``(A) Application.--Paragraph (1) may only apply
                    with respect to a recipient of a grant under this
                    subpart if--
                                ``(i) after completing the course of study
                            for which the recipient received the grant,
                            such recipient does not serve as a full-time
                            teacher as required under subsection (b)(1) for
                            at least--
                                        ``(I) 1 year, as certified under
                                    subsection (b)(1)(D) on a date that is
                                    not later than 5 years after the date
                                    such course of study was completed;
                                        ``(II) 2 years, as certified under
                                    subsection (b)(1)(D) on a date that is
                                    not later than 6 years after the date
                                    such course of study was completed;
                                        ``(III) 3 years, as certified under
                                    subsection (b)(1)(D) on a date that is
                                    not later than 7 years after the date
                                    such course of study was completed; or
                                        ``(IV) 4 years, as certified under
                                    subsection (b)(1)(D) on a date that is
                                    not later than 8 years after the date
                                    such course of study was completed; or
                                ``(ii) the recipient elects to have such
                            grant treated as a loan in accordance with such
                            paragraph (1).
                        ``(B) Appeal.--A recipient of a grant may appeal a
                    decision to convert a loan under paragraph (1).''; and
                (4) in subsection (d)--
                        (A) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph
                    (5);
                        (B) in paragraph (1), by striking ``subsection
                    (b)(1)(C)(vii)'' and inserting ``subsection
                    (b)(1)(C)(viii)''; and
                        (C) by inserting after paragraph (1), the
                    following:
                ``(2) Change of school description or program definition.--
            If a recipient of an initial grant under this subpart teaches
            in a school or an early childhood education program for an
            academic year during which the school is identified as a school
            described in section 465(a)(2)(A) or a program that meets the
            definition of section 200(15), but the school or program no
            longer meets such description or definition during a subsequent
            academic year, the grant recipient may fulfill the service
            obligation described in subsection (b)(1) by continuing to
            teach at that school or program.
                ``(3) Change of teacher duties or assignment.--If a
            recipient of an initial grant under this subpart teaches as a
            full-time teacher described in subsection (b)(1)(A), but the
            recipient no longer meets such description during a subsequent
            academic year due to switching academic roles to that of a
            full-time co-teacher, teacher leader, instructional or academic
            coach, department chairperson, special education case manager,
            guidance counselor, or school administrator within a school or
            program, the grant recipient may fulfill the service obligation
            described in subsection (b)(1) by continuing to work in any
            such academic role on a full-time basis at that school or
            program
                ``(4) Change in high-need field status.--If a recipient of
            an initial grant under this subpart teaches in a field at a
            school or an early childhood education program for an academic
            year during which the field is designated under subsection
            (b)(1)(C)(viii), but the field no longer is so designated
            during a subsequent academic year, the grant recipient may
            fulfill the service obligation described in subsection (b)(1)
            by continuing to teach in such field at such school or early
            childhood education program.''.

    SEC. 4084. REVISIONS TO TEACH GRANT DATA COLLECTION AND REPORTING.

        Section 420P of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g-
    4) is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 420P. DATA COLLECTION AND REPORTING.

        ``(a) Data Collection.--
                ``(1) Aggregate student data.--On an annual basis, using
            the postsecondary student data system established under section
            132(l) or a successor system (whichever includes the most
            recent data) to streamline reporting requirements and minimize
            reporting burdens, and in coordination with the National Center
            for Education Statistics, the Secretary shall determine,
            disaggregate in accordance with paragraph (2), and make
            available to the public in accordance with paragraph (3), with
            respect to each institution (and each category of institution
            listed in section 132(d)) that received a payment under this
            subpart in the previous academic year, the following
            information:
                        ``(A) The number and mean dollar amount of TEACH
                    Grants awarded to students at the institution.
                        ``(B) The number and proportion of TEACH Grant
                    recipients who exit their program of study before
                    completing the program.
                        ``(C) The number and proportion of TEACH Grant
                    recipients who complete their program of study and
                    begin employment as a teacher in the first academic
                    year following the year of such completion.
                        ``(D) The number and proportion of individuals
                    employed as teachers who received a TEACH Grant and
                    whose TEACH Grants are converted into loans during the
                    8-year period following the year in which the recipient
                    completed the recipient's program of study, set forth
                    separately for each year in such period.
                        ``(E) The number and proportion of TEACH Grant
                    recipients who fulfill the terms of their agreement to
                    serve under section 420N(b) during the 8-year period
                    following the year in which the recipient completed the
                    recipient's program of study, set forth separately for
                    each year in such period.
                ``(2) Disaggregation.--The information determined under
            paragraph (1)--
                        ``(A) except in cases in which such disaggregation
                    would reveal personally identifiable information about
                    an individual student, shall be disaggregated by--
                                ``(i) race;
                                ``(ii) ethnicity;
                                ``(iii) gender;
                                ``(iv) socioeconomic status;
                                ``(v) Federal Pell Grant eligibility
                            status;
                                ``(vi) status as a first-generation college
                            student (as defined in section 402A(h));
                                ``(vii) military or veteran status;
                                ``(viii) disability status;
                                ``(ix) level of study (associate,
                            undergraduate, postbaccalaureate, or graduate,
                            as applicable); and
                                ``(x) each teacher preparation program
                            offered by an institution; and
                        ``(B) may be disaggregated by any combination of
                    subgroups or descriptions described in subparagraph
                    (A).
                ``(3) Availability of data.--The information determined
            under paragraph (1) shall--
                        ``(A) remain available to the public for a period
                    of not less than 10 years after its initial release by
                    the Secretary; and
                        ``(B) be updated as necessary to reflect the most
                    accurate and up-to-date information for each
                    institution for each year of data collection.
        ``(b) Information From Institutions.--Each institution that
    receives a payment under this subpart shall provide to the Secretary,
    on an annual basis, such information as may be necessary for the
    Secretary to carry out subsection (a).
        ``(c) Reports and Dissemination.--
                ``(1) Initial and interim reports.--Not later than 3 years
            after the date on which the first TEACH Grant is awarded under
            this subpart after the date of enactment of the College
            Affordability Act, and at least once every 3 years thereafter,
            the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees a
            report that includes the information required under paragraph
            (2).
                ``(2) Elements.--Each report under this subsection shall
            include, based on information determined under subsection (a),
            the following:
                        ``(A) A review of the utilization of TEACH Grants
                    at teacher preparation programs at institutions that
                    received a payment under this subpart.
                        ``(B) A review of TEACH Grant practices that
                    correlate with higher rates of completion of agreements
                    under section 420N(b).
                        ``(C) Guidance and recommendations on how effective
                    utilization of TEACH Grants can be replicated.
                ``(3) Availability.--Each report under this subsection
            shall be made available to the public in an accessible format--
                        ``(A) on a website of the Department of Education;
                    and
                        ``(B) in any other format determined to be
                    appropriate by the Secretary.''.

     Subpart 8--Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa College Access

    SEC. 4091. NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS AND AMERICAN SAMOA COLLEGE ACCESS.

        Subpart 10 of part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070(h)) is amended to
    read as follows:

       ``Subpart 10--Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa College
                                     Access

    ``SEC. 420R. PUBLIC SCHOOL GRANTS.

        ``(a) Purpose.--It is the purpose of this subpart to establish a
    program that enables college-bound residents of the Northern Mariana
    Islands and American Samoa to have greater choices among institutions
    of higher education.
        ``(b) Grants.--
                ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under
            subsection (j), the Secretary shall provide--
                        ``(A) 50 percent of such amount to the Northern
                    Mariana Islands for the Governor to award grants to
                    eligible institutions that enroll eligible students to
                    pay the difference between the tuition and fees charged
                    for in-State students and the tuition and fees charged
                    for out-of-State students on behalf of each eligible
                    student enrolled in the eligible institution; and
                        ``(B) 50 percent of such amount to the American
                    Samoa for the Governor to award grants to eligible
                    institutions that enroll eligible students to pay the
                    difference between the tuition and fees charged for in-
                    State students and the tuition and fees charged for
                    out-of-State students on behalf of each eligible
                    student enrolled in the eligible institution.
                ``(2) Maximum student amounts.--The amount paid on behalf
            of an eligible student under this section shall be--
                        ``(A) not more than $15,000 for any one award year
                    (as defined in section 481); and
                        ``(B) not more than $45,000 in the aggregate.
                ``(3) Proration.--The Governor shall prorate payments under
            this section for students who attend an eligible institution on
            less than a full-time basis.
        ``(c) Reduction for Insufficient Appropriations.--
                ``(1) In general.--If the funds appropriated pursuant to
            subsection (j) for any fiscal year are insufficient to award a
            grant in the amount determined under subsection (a) on behalf
            of each eligible student enrolled in an eligible institution,
            then the Governor, in consultation with the Secretary of
            Education, shall--
                        ``(A) first, ratably reduce the amount of the
                    tuition and fee payment made on behalf of each eligible
                    student who has not received funds under this section
                    for a preceding year; and
                        ``(B) after making reductions under subparagraph
                    (A), ratably reduce the amount of the tuition and fee
                    payments made on behalf of all other eligible students.
                ``(2) Adjustments.--The Governor, in consultation with the
            Secretary of Education, may adjust the amount of tuition and
            fee payments made under paragraph (1) based on--
                        ``(A) the financial need of the eligible students
                    to avoid undue hardship to the eligible students; or
                        ``(B) undue administrative burdens on the Governor.
                ``(3) Further adjustments.--Notwithstanding paragraphs (1)
            and (2), the Governor may prioritize the making or amount of
            tuition and fee payments under this subsection based on the
            income and financial need of eligible students.
        ``(d) Definitions.--In this subpart:
                ``(1) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible
            institution' means an institution that--
                        ``(A) is a public four-year institution of higher
                    education located in one of the several States, the
                    District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the United States
                    Virgin Islands, or Guam;
                        ``(B) is eligible to participate in the student
                    financial assistance programs under title IV; and
                        ``(C) enters into an agreement with the Governors
                    of the Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa
                    containing such conditions as each Governor may
                    specify, including a requirement that the institution
                    use the funds made available under this section to
                    supplement and not supplant assistance that otherwise
                    would be provided to eligible students from the
                    Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa.
                ``(2) Eligible student.--The term `eligible student' means
            an individual who--
                        ``(A) graduated from a public institution of higher
                    education located in the Northern Mariana Islands or
                    American Samoa;
                        ``(B) begins the individual's course of study
                    within the 3 calendar years (excluding any period of
                    service on active duty in the Armed Forces or service
                    under the Peace Corps Act (22 U.S.C. 2501 et seq.) or
                    subtitle D of title I of the National and Community
                    Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12571 et seq.)) of
                    graduation from a public institution of higher
                    education located in the Northern Mariana Islands or
                    American Samoa;
                        ``(C) is enrolled or accepted for enrollment, on at
                    least a half-time basis, in a baccalaureate degree or
                    other program (including a program of study abroad
                    approved for credit by the institution at which such
                    student is enrolled) leading to a recognized
                    educational credential at an eligible institution;
                        ``(D) if enrolled in an eligible institution, is
                    maintaining satisfactory progress in the course of
                    study the student is pursuing in accordance with
                    section 484(c); and
                        ``(E) has not completed the individual's first
                    undergraduate baccalaureate course of study.
                ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the
            term in section 101.
                ``(4) Governor.--The term `Governor' means the Governor of
            the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands or American
            Samoa.
        ``(e) Construction.--Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to
    require an institution of higher education to alter the institution's
    admissions policies or standards in any manner to enable an eligible
    student to enroll in the institution.
        ``(f) Applications.--Each student desiring a tuition payment under
    this section shall submit an application to the eligible institution at
    such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the
    eligible institution may require.
        ``(g) Administration of Program.--
                ``(1) In general.--Each Governor shall carry out the
            program under this section in consultation with the Secretary.
            Each Governor may enter into a grant, contract, or cooperative
            agreement with another public or private entity to administer
            the program under this section if the Governor determines that
            doing so is a more efficient way of carrying out the program.
                ``(2) Policies and procedures.--Each Governor, in
            consultation with institutions of higher education eligible for
            participation in the program authorized under this section,
            shall develop policies and procedures for the administration of
            the program.
                ``(3) Memorandum of agreement.--Each Governor and the
            Secretary shall enter into a Memorandum of Agreement that
            describes--
                        ``(A) the manner in which the Governor shall
                    consult with the Secretary with respect to
                    administering the program under this section; and
                        ``(B) any technical or other assistance to be
                    provided to the Governor by the Secretary for purposes
                    of administering the program under this section (which
                    may include access to the information in the common
                    financial reporting form developed under section 483).
        ``(h) Governor's Report.--Each Governor shall report to the
    Secretary and the authorizing committees annually regarding--
                ``(1) the number of eligible students attending each
            eligible institution and the amount of the grant awards paid to
            those institutions on behalf of the eligible students;
                ``(2) the extent, if any, to which a ratable reduction was
            made in the amount of tuition and fee payments made on behalf
            of eligible students; and
                ``(3) the progress in obtaining recognized academic
            credentials of the cohort of eligible students for each year.
        ``(i) GAO Report.--Not later than 24 months of the date of the
    enactment of this College Affordability Act, the Comptroller General of
    the United States shall report on the effect of the program assisted
    under this section on educational opportunities for eligible students.
    The Comptroller General shall analyze whether eligible students had
    difficulty gaining admission to eligible institutions because of any
    preference afforded to in-State residents by eligible institutions, and
    shall expeditiously report any findings regarding such difficulty to
    Congress. In addition the Comptroller General shall--
                ``(1) analyze and identify any challenges eligible students
            face in gaining admission to eligible institutions, including
            admission aided by assistance provided under this subpart, due
            to--
                        ``(A) caps on the number of out-of-State students
                    the institution will enroll;
                        ``(B) significant barriers imposed by academic
                    entrance requirements (such as grade point average and
                    standardized scholastic admissions tests); and
                        ``(C) absence of admission programs benefitting
                    minority students; and
                ``(2) report the findings of the analysis described in
            paragraph (1) and the assessment described in paragraph (2) to
            Congress and the Governor.
        ``(j) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be
    appropriated to the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands and
    American Samoa to carry out this subpart $5,000,000, to be available
    until expended, for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding
    fiscal years.
        ``(k) Effective Date.--This subpart shall take effect with respect
    to payments for periods of instruction that begin on or after January
    1, 2021.

    ``SEC. 420S. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.

        ``(a) Personnel.--The Secretary shall arrange for the assignment of
    an individual, pursuant to subchapter VI of chapter 33 of title 5,
    United States Code, to serve as an adviser to each Governor with
    respect to the programs assisted under this subpart.
        ``(b) Administrative Expenses.--Each Governor may use not more than
    5 percent of the funds made available for a program under section 420R
    for a fiscal year to pay the administrative expenses of a program under
    section 420R for the fiscal year.
        ``(c) Inspector General Review.--Each of the programs assisted
    under this subpart shall be subject to audit and other review by the
    Inspector General of the Department of Education in the same manner as
    programs are audited and reviewed under the Inspector General Act of
    1978 (5 U.S.C. App.).
        ``(d) Gifts.--The Governor may accept, use, and dispose of
    donations of services or property for purposes of carrying out this
    subpart.
        ``(e) Maximum Student Amount Adjustments.--Each Governor shall
    establish rules to adjust the maximum student amounts described in
    section 440S(b)(2) for eligible students described in section
    440S(d)(2) who transfer between the eligible institutions described in
    section 440S(d)(1).''.

                  Subpart 9--Community College Student Success

    SEC. 4092. COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS GRANT PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.

        Part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) is further amended by
    adding at the end the following:

                ``Subpart 11--Community College Student Success

    ``SEC. 420T. COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS GRANT PROGRAM
                  AUTHORIZED.

        ``From the amounts appropriated under 420BB, the Secretary of
    Education shall establish and carry out the community college student
    success grant program to award grants under sections 420U and 420V, on
    a competitive basis, to eligible institutions to plan and implement
    community college student success programs designed to increase--
                ``(1) the rate at which program participants graduate from
            a program of study at such eligible institution within 150
            percent of the normal time for graduation; and
                ``(2) transfer rates of program participants.

    ``SEC. 420U. GRANTS TO PLAN COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS PROGRAMS.

        ``(a) Planning Grants Authorized.--From the amounts appropriated to
    carry out this section under section 420BB for a fiscal year, the
    Secretary shall award planning grants for such fiscal year, on a
    competitive basis, to eligible institutions to develop plans for
    community college student success programs.
        ``(b) Duration.--A grant awarded under this section shall be for a
    1-year period.
        ``(c) Peer Review Process; Priority.--In awarding grants under this
    section for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall--
                ``(1) carry out a peer review process that--
                        ``(A) requires that each application submitted
                    under subsection (d) be peer reviewed by a panel of
                    readers composed of individuals selected by the
                    Secretary, which shall include--
                                ``(i) not less than 50 percent of readers--
                                        ``(I) who are not employees of the
                                    Federal Government; and
                                        ``(II) who have relevant research
                                    or practical experience with respect to
                                    student support programs designed to
                                    increase graduation rates and transfer
                                    rates at public 2-year institutions of
                                    higher education; and
                                ``(ii) to the maximum extent practicable,
                            individuals who are members of groups
                            underrepresented in higher education, including
                            African Americans, Hispanics, Native Americans,
                            Alaska Natives, Asian Americans, Native
                            American Pacific Islanders (including Native
                            Hawaiians), and individuals with disabilities;
                            and
                        ``(B) ensures that no individual assigned under
                    subparagraph (A) to review an application has any
                    conflict of interest with regard to that application
                    that may make the individual unable to impartially
                    conduct such review; and
                ``(2) give priority to eligible institutions that are
            eligible to receive funding under title III or V.
        ``(d) Application.--An eligible institution desiring a grant under
    this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time,
    in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may
    require, which shall include--
                ``(1) the graduation rate and transfer rate for the most
            recent academic year for which data are available for eligible
            students and all students, respectively;
                ``(2) an analysis of how implementing a community college
            student success program may improve the graduation rate or
            transfer rate for eligible students; and
                ``(3) a description of the methods the eligible institution
            has previously used to improve the graduation rate or transfer
            rate with respect to eligible students and all students,
            respectively.
        ``(e) Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that receives a grant
    under this section shall use the grant to develop a plan to implement a
    community college student success program at the eligible institution.
        ``(f) Report.--Not later than 1 year after the date on which an
    eligible institution receives a grant under this section, such eligible
    institution shall submit to the Secretary a report that includes--
                ``(1) a plan for implementing a community college student
            success program at the eligible institution, including--
                        ``(A) the sufficiently ambitious outcome goals for
                    achieving significant improvements in graduation rates
                    and transfer rates for program participants, as such
                    rates are defined by the eligible institution, in
                    consultation with the Secretary, before the end of the
                    grant period;
                        ``(B) the number of such eligible students who will
                    participate in such program, including how such
                    eligible students will be identified, referred, and
                    selected, in cases where the interest in the program is
                    larger than the budget for the program;
                        ``(C) based on the most recent academic year for
                    which data are available, disaggregated by full-time
                    students and all students--
                                ``(i) graduation rates; and
                                ``(ii) transfer rates;
                        ``(D) an analysis of the financial needs of the
                    full-time students;
                        ``(E) a description of how the eligible institution
                    will effectively staff a community college student
                    success program; and
                        ``(F) a timeline for the implementation of such
                    program;
                ``(2) a budgetary analysis that includes--
                        ``(A) a description of how the eligible institution
                    will provide non-Federal funds for such program under
                    subsection (d) of section 420V; and
                        ``(B) a description of how the eligible institution
                    will continue to fund such program after the end of the
                    grant period for the grant awarded to the institution
                    under section 420V; and
                ``(3) such other information as the Secretary may require.

    ``SEC. 420V. GRANTS TO IMPLEMENT COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS
                  PROGRAMS.

        ``(a) Implementation Grants Authorized.--
                ``(1) In general.--From the amounts appropriated to carry
            out this section under section 420BB for a fiscal year, the
            Secretary shall award grants for such fiscal year, on a
            competitive basis, to eligible institutions awarded a grant
            under section 420U to implement community college student
            success programs.
                ``(2) Consultation.--In awarding grants under this section
            for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall consult with the
            independent evaluator before finalizing which eligible
            institutions will receive such a grant for such fiscal year.
        ``(b) Requirements for Selection.--To be eligible to receive a
    grant under this section, an eligible institution shall meet the
    following requirements:
                ``(1) The eligible institution was awarded a grant under
            section 420U at least 1 year before such eligible institution
            submits an application under subsection (e).
                ``(2) The eligible institution submits an application under
            subsection (e).
                ``(3) The eligible institution demonstrates, on the date of
            the application described in subsection (e), the availability
            of non-Federal funding for the matching funds required under
            subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of subsection (d)(1).
        ``(c) Duration.--A grant awarded under this section shall be for a
    5-year period.
        ``(d) Non-Federal Contribution.--
                ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), an
            eligible institution awarded a grant under this section shall
            contribute in cash from non-Federal sources, the following:
                        ``(A) For the second year of the grant period, an
                    amount equal to 20 percent of the cost of carrying out
                    the community college student success program at the
                    institution for such year.
                        ``(B) For the third year of the grant period, an
                    amount equal to 30 percent of the cost of carrying out
                    such program for such year.
                        ``(C) For the fourth year of the grant period, an
                    amount equal to 40 percent of the cost of carrying out
                    such program for such year.
                        ``(D) For the fifth year of the grant period, an
                    amount equal to 50 percent of the cost of carrying out
                    such program for such year.
                ``(2) Exception.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Notwithstanding paragraph (1),
                    with respect to an exempt institution awarded a grant
                    under this section, for each year of the grant period
                    beginning with the second year through the fifth year,
                    the Secretary shall not require the institution to make
                    a cash contribution from non-Federal sources in an
                    amount that is greater than the amount equal to 5
                    percent of the cost of carrying out the community
                    college student success program at the institution for
                    such year.
                        ``(B) Definitions.--For purposes of this paragraph:
                                ``(i) Exempt institution.--The term `exempt
                            institution' means an eligible institution that
                            is a--
                                        ``(I) Tribal college or university;
                                    or
                                        ``(II) an institution located in
                                    the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam,
                                    American Samoa, the United States
                                    Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the
                                    Northern Mariana Islands, the Republic
                                    of the Marshall Islands, the Federated
                                    States of Micronesia, or the Republic
                                    of Palau.
                                ``(ii) Tribal college or university.--The
                            term `Tribal college or university' has the
                            meaning given the term in section 316 of the
                            Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c).
        ``(e) Application.--An eligible institution desiring a grant under
    this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time,
    in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may
    require, which shall include a copy of the report described in 420U(e).
        ``(f) Required Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that receives
    a grant under this section shall use the grant funds to--
                ``(1) implement a community college student success
            program; and
                ``(2) regularly review--
                        ``(A) data to monitor the academic progress of
                    eligible students participating in such program; and
                        ``(B) the meeting and program participation
                    requirements described in section 420AA(1).
        ``(g) Permissible Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that
    receives a grant under this section may use the grant to--
                ``(1) establish or expand a data tracking system that
            includes early alerts to complete the regular reviews required
            under subsection (f)(2);
                ``(2) provide eligible students participating in the
            community college student success program for which the grant
            is awarded with financial assistance to cover the costs
            described in paragraph (2), (3), or (8) of section 472;
                ``(3) establish or expand career development services for
            such students, such as career workshops or career counseling;
                ``(4) establish or expand tutoring services for such
            students;
                ``(5) cover the employment of administrators for the
            program whose sole job shall be to administer the program,
            without regard to whether the employment is full-time or less
            than full-time; and
                ``(6) provide financial support for eligible students
            participating in such program to enroll in courses offered
            during enrollment periods that are outside the fall and spring
            semesters (or equivalent terms).
        ``(h) Reports.--Using the postsecondary student data system
    established under section 132(l) or a successor system (whichever
    includes the most recent data) to streamline reporting requirements and
    minimize reporting burdens, and in coordination with the National
    Center for Education Statistics, the Secretary shall, on at least an
    annual basis, collect data with respect to each community college
    student success program, including the following:
                ``(1) Each eligible institution that receives a grant under
            this subpart shall, on an annual basis, provide to the
            Secretary such information as may be necessary for the
            Secretary to collect such data, including--
                        ``(A) the demographic characteristics of the
                    students participating in the community college student
                    success program;
                        ``(B) the average number of credits attempted and
                    average number of credits earned, rate of retention,
                    rate of degree completion, and rates of transfer of
                    such eligible students; and
                        ``(C) the graduation rate of such eligible
                    students.
                ``(2) Each such eligible institution shall, not less than
            once for each year of the grant period, submit to the Secretary
            an annual performance report for such year of the grant period
            that includes--
                        ``(A) an analysis of the implementation and
                    progress of such program based on the sufficiently
                    ambitious outcome goals described in the report
                    submitted by the institution under section
                    420U(e)(1)(A), including challenges to and changes made
                    to such program;
                        ``(B) if according to the analysis under
                    subparagraph (A), the program is not on track to meet
                    such sufficiently ambitious outcome goals, a
                    description of the plans to adjust the program to
                    improve the performance of the program;
                        ``(C) the participation of such eligible students
                    in tutoring, career services (which can include benefit
                    counseling), and meetings with program advisors; and
                        ``(D) when data is available, which shall compare
                    the data collected for such year under this paragraph
                    with such data collected for each of the 2 years
                    preceding the date on which the grant was awarded.
                ``(3) Not later than 6 years after the date on which the
            eligible institution received such grant, submit a final report
            to the Secretary that includes an analysis of--
                        ``(A) the factors that contributed to the success
                    or failure of the community college student success
                    program in meeting the ambitious outcome goals
                    described in the report submitted by the institution
                    under section 3(e)(1)(A);
                        ``(B) the challenges faced in attempting to
                    implement such program;
                        ``(C) information on how to improve such program;
                        ``(D) whether the program has created an
                    institution-wide reform with respect to graduation
                    rates and transfer rates for all students, and if so,
                    how such reform was created; and
                        ``(E) how the eligible institution will continue to
                    fund such program after the end of the grant period.

    ``SEC. 420W. EVALUATIONS.

        ``(a) Independent Evaluations.--Before finalizing which eligible
    institutions will receive grants under section 420V for a fiscal year,
    the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Institute of
    Education Sciences, shall enter into a contract with an independent
    evaluator--
                ``(1) to consult with the Secretary on which eligible
            institutions should receive the grants; and
                ``(2) to use the What Works Clearinghouse Standards
            (without reservations) to evaluate, throughout the duration of
            the grant period of such grants--
                        ``(A) each community college student success
                    program for which such grant is awarded, including
                    whether the program met its ambitious outcome goals
                    described in the report submitted by the institution
                    under section 420U(e)(1)(A);
                        ``(B) the average impact of community college
                    student success programs on graduation rates and
                    transfer rates for eligible students;
                        ``(C) the variation in program impact across
                    eligible institutions with respect to such rates; and
                        ``(D) whether such programs lead to higher
                    graduation rates and transfer rates of eligible
                    students per dollar spent for such students by such
                    institutions compared with such rates at eligible
                    institutions without such programs.
        ``(b) Results of Evaluations.--The results of the evaluations under
    subsection (a) shall be made publicly available on the website of the
    Department of Education.
        ``(c) Funding for Evaluations.--The Secretary may reserve not more
    than 15 percent of the funds appropriated under section 420BB for a
    fiscal year to carry out this section for such fiscal year.

    ``SEC. 420X. OUTREACH AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.

        ``(a) Outreach.--The Secretary shall conduct outreach activities to
    notify eligible institutions of the availability of grants under this
    subpart.
        ``(b) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical
    assistance--
                ``(1) to eligible institutions that may be interested in
            applying for grants under this subpart, including assistance
            with applications for such grants; and
                ``(2) to eligible institutions awarded grants under this
            subpart, including assistance with--
                        ``(A) establishing ambitious outcome goals
                    described in section 420U(e)(1)(A); and
                        ``(B) the implementation of a community college
                    student success program.
        ``(c) Funding for Technical Assistance for Evaluations.--The
    Secretary may reserve not more than 7 percent of the funds appropriated
    under section 420BB for a fiscal year for technical assistance under
    this section for such fiscal year.

    ``SEC. 420Y. REPORT TO CONGRESS.

        ``Not later than 1 year after the date on which the Secretary
    receives the final evaluation results under section 420W for eligible
    institutions that were awarded grants under section 420V for the same
    fiscal year, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that
    includes--
                ``(1) the number of grants awarded under section 420V for
            such fiscal year, and the amount of such grants;
                ``(2) the number of grants awarded under section 420U to
            eligible institutions that received the grants described in
            paragraph (1), and the amount of such grants;
                ``(3) the number of grants awarded under section 420U to
            eligible institutions that would have been eligible but did not
            receive the grants in paragraph (1);
                ``(4) such final evaluation results; and
                ``(5) any other information the Secretary may deem
            relevant.

    ``SEC. 420Z. SUPPLEMENT, NOT SUPPLANT.

        ``Funds awarded to an eligible institution under this subpart shall
    be used only to supplement the amount of funds that would, in the
    absence of the Federal funds provided under this subpart, be made
    available from non-Federal sources or other Federal sources to carry
    out the activities under this subpart, and not to supplant such funds.

    ``SEC. 420AA. DEFINITIONS.

        ``In this subpart:
                ``(1) Community college student success program.--The term
            `community college student success program' means a program
            carried out by an eligible institution under which the
            institution carries out the following:
                        ``(A) Provides eligible students participating in
                    such program with an amount that covers the cost of
                    tuition and fees that are not covered by any Federal,
                    State, or institutional financial assistance received
                    by the student.
                        ``(B) Requires eligible students participating in
                    such program to--
                                ``(i) be enrolled in the eligible
                            institution and carry a full-time academic
                            workload during each fall and spring semester
                            (or equivalent terms) during which the student
                            participates in such program;
                                ``(ii) if the eligible student is referred
                            to remedial courses or is on academic
                            probation, meet, on at least a weekly basis or
                            under an alternate schedule, as determined by
                            the institution, with a tutor, except that in
                            the case of an eligible student who is
                            academically struggling, but who is not
                            referred to remedial courses or on academic
                            probation, the student may meet with a tutor as
                            often as the program advisor for such student
                            requires or under an alternate schedule, as
                            determined by the institution;
                                ``(iii) meet with a program advisor--
                                        ``(I) twice each month during the
                                    first semester (or equivalent term) of
                                    participation in such program; and
                                        ``(II) as directed by the program
                                    advisor in subsequent semesters (or
                                    equivalent terms) under subparagraph
                                    (C)(ii); and
                                ``(iv) meet with an on-campus career
                            advisor or participate in a career services
                            event once each semester (or equivalent term)
                            or under an alternate schedule, as determined
                            by the institution.
                        ``(C) Provides a program advisor to each eligible
                    student participating in such program who--
                                ``(i) provides comprehensive academic and
                            personal advising to the eligible student,
                            including--
                                        ``(I) the creation and
                                    implementation of an academic plan for
                                    the student to graduate from a program
                                    of study at the eligible institution
                                    within 150 percent of the normal time
                                    for graduation from such program;
                                        ``(II) if an eligible student is
                                    referred to remedial courses,
                                    encouraging such student to complete
                                    such courses as quickly as possible;
                                    and
                                        ``(III) assisting the eligible
                                    student with developing and achieving
                                    academic goals, including creating
                                    strong transfer pathways that
                                    demonstrate programmatic transfer for
                                    students interested in transferring to
                                    a 4-year institution of higher
                                    education;
                                ``(ii) after the eligible student
                            participating in such program completes a
                            semester (or equivalent term), creates for the
                            eligible student a needs-based advising
                            schedule that indicates, based on the eligible
                            student's academic performance, the frequency
                            with which such eligible student shall be
                            required to meet with a program advisor for
                            each subsequent semester (or equivalent term)
                            of program participation;
                                ``(iii) has a caseload of not more than 150
                            eligible students;
                                ``(iv) tracks the attendance of the
                            eligible student at the meetings described in
                            clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv) of subparagraph
                            (B);
                                ``(v) monitors the academic progress of the
                            eligible student; and
                                ``(vi) provides each eligible student who
                            meets the requirements of subparagraph (B), on
                            at least a monthly basis, with financial
                            incentives, such as a transportation pass or a
                            gas card.
                        ``(D) Provides free tutoring and career services
                    (which can include benefit counseling) to eligible
                    students participating in such program, and may reserve
                    places in select courses for such eligible students in
                    order to create a community within cohorts of eligible
                    students.
                        ``(E) Provides information to eligible students
                    participating in such program about the eligibility of
                    such students for assistance under the supplemental
                    nutrition assistance program under the Food and
                    Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.) and the
                    program of block grants for States for temporary
                    assistance for needy families established under part A
                    of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601
                    et seq.).
                ``(2) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible
            institution' means a public 2-year institution of higher
            education.
                ``(3) Eligible student.--The term `eligible student' means
            a student enrolled at an eligible institution who--
                        ``(A) on the date such eligible student would begin
                    participation in a community college student success
                    program at such eligible institution--
                                ``(i) is enrolled in a program of study
                            leading to an associate degree;
                                ``(ii) is enrolled at such institution and
                            carrying a full-time academic workload during
                            each fall and spring semester (or equivalent
                            terms) during which the student participates in
                            such program;
                                ``(iii) is--
                                        ``(I) a first-time undergraduate
                                    student; or
                                        ``(II) a continuing or transfer
                                    student with not more than 15 credits
                                    and a minimum grade point average of
                                    2.0 (or its equivalent); and
                                ``(iv) is considered by the eligible
                            institution to need no more than two remedial
                            courses; and
                        ``(B) if the student is eligible for financial aid
                    under title IV, has completed the Free Application for
                    Federal Student Aid or other common financial reporting
                    form under section 483(a); and
                        ``(C) meets any other requirements established by
                    the institution.
                ``(4) Full-time academic workload.--The term `full-time
            academic workload', when used with respect to a semester or
            equivalent term, means at least 12 credits (or the equivalent).
                ``(5) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the
            term under section 101.
                ``(6) Transfer rate.--The term `transfer rate', when used
            with respect to students enrolled in a program of study at an
            eligible institution, means the rate at which such students
            transfer to a 4-year institution of higher education.

    ``SEC. 420BB. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

        ``There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subpart
    $1,000,000,000, to be available until expended for fiscal year 2021 and
    each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

    SEC. 4093. FEDERAL PELL BONUS PROGRAM.

        Part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1070 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

                 ``Subpart 12--Federal Pell Grant Bonus Program

    ``SEC. 420CC. FEDERAL PELL GRANT BONUS PROGRAM.

        ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall allot funds in an amount
    determined under subsection (b) to each eligible institution to support
    the attainment of bachelor's degrees among low-income students, which
    may include providing financial aid and student support services to
    such students.
        ``(b) Allotment Formula.--For each fiscal year, each eligible
    institution shall be allotted an amount under subsection (a) that bears
    the same proportion to the amount appropriated under subsection (c) for
    such fiscal year as the number of bachelor's degrees awarded by the
    institution for the award year ending prior to the beginning of the
    preceding fiscal year to students who, during such award year, received
    a Federal Pell Grant and graduated from the program in which such
    students were enrolled in the normal time for completion of such
    program (within the meaning of section 132(i)(1)(J)(i)) bears to the
    total number of bachelor's degrees awarded to such students by all
    eligible institutions for such award year.
        ``(c) Data.--In determining the allotments under subsection (b),
    the Secretary may request from eligible institutions any data that may
    be necessary.
        ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be
    appropriated, and there are appropriated, to carry out this section
    $500,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal year. Any
    amounts appropriated under this subsection shall be available until
    expended.
        ``(e) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible
            institution' means an institution of higher education (as
            defined in section 101)--
                        ``(A) in which, for the 3 most recent award years,
                    the average percentage of undergraduate students
                    enrolled at the institution who received Federal Pell
                    Grants is not less than 25 percent of the total number
                    of undergraduate students enrolled at such institution;
                    and
                        ``(B) that has not opted out of receiving an
                    allotment under this section.
                ``(2) Low-income student.--The term `low-income student'
            has the meaning given such term in section 499R(3).''.

                 PART B--FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM

    SEC. 4101. TERMINATION OF CERTAIN REPAYMENT PLAN OPTIONS AND
                  OPPORTUNITY TO CHANGE REPAYMENT PLANS.

        (a) Selection of Repayment Plans.--Section 428(b) of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078(b)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (1)--
                        (A) in subparagraph (D)--
                                (i) in clause (ii), by striking ``may
                            annually change the selection of a repayment
                            plan under this part,'' and inserting ``may at
                            any time after July 1, 2021, change the
                            selection of a repayment plan under this part
                            to one of the 2 repayment plans described in
                            paragraph (9)(C),''; and
                                (ii) in clause (iii), by striking ``be
                            subject to income contingent repayment in
                            accordance with subsection (m);'' and inserting
                            ``be subject to income-based repayment in
                            accordance with section 493C(f);''; and
                        (B) in subparagraph (E)(i), by striking ``the
                    option of repaying the loan in accordance with a
                    standard, graduated, income-sensitive, or extended
                    repayment schedule (as described in paragraph (9))
                    established by the lender in accordance with
                    regulations of the Secretary; and'' and inserting ``the
                    option of repaying the loan in accordance with a
                    repayment plan described in paragraph (9)(C)
                    established by the lender in accordance with
                    regulations of the Secretary; and''; and
                (2) in paragraph (9), by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(C) Selection of repayment plans on and after
                    july 1, 2021.--
                                ``(i) Opportunity to change repayment
                            plans.--Notwithstanding any other provision of
                            this paragraph, or any other provision of law,
                            and in accordance with regulations, beginning
                            on July 1, 2021, the lender shall offer a
                            borrower of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed
                            under this part the opportunity to change
                            repayment plans, and to enroll in one of the
                            following repayment plans:
                                        ``(I) A fixed repayment plan
                                    described in section 493E.
                                        ``(II) The income-based repayment
                                    plan under section 493C(f).''.
        (b) Assignment by the Secretary.--Section 428(m) of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078(m)) is amended--
                (1) in the subsection heading, by striking ``Income-
            contingent and'';
                (2) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
                ``(1) Authority of secretary to require.--The Secretary may
            require borrowers who have defaulted on loans made under this
            part that are assigned to the Secretary under subsection (c)(8)
            to repay those loans under the income-based repayment plan
            under section 493C(f).''; and
                (3) in the heading for paragraph (2), by striking ``income
            contingent or''.

    SEC. 4102. TERMINATION OF INTEREST CAPITALIZATION FOR SUBSIDIZED LOANS
                  AFTER CERTAIN PERIODS.

        Section 428(c)(3)(C) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1078(c)(3)(C)) is amended--
                (1) in clause (iii), by inserting before the semicolon the
            following: ``, and with respect to a forbearance granted to a
            borrower on or after the date of enactment of the College
            Affordability Act on a loan made, insured or guaranteed under
            this section or on a Federal Direct Stafford Loan, provide
            information to the borrower to assist the borrower in
            understanding that interest shall accrue on the loan but not be
            capitalized at the expiration of such period of forbearance'';
            and
                (2) in clause (iv)--
                        (A) in subclause (III), by inserting before the
                    semicolon at the end the following: ``, except that
                    this subclause shall not apply with respect to any
                    period of forbearance beginning on or after the date of
                    enactment of the College Affordability Act''; and
                        (B) in subclause (IV), by inserting before the
                    semicolon at the end the following: ``except that this
                    subclause shall not apply with respect to any period of
                    forbearance beginning on or after the date of enactment
                    of the College Affordability Act''.

    SEC. 4103. TERMINATION OF INTEREST CAPITALIZATION FOR PLUS LOANS AFTER
                  CERTAIN PERIODS.

        Section 428B(d)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1078-2(d)(2)) is amended--
                (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``Interest on'' and
            inserting ``Subject to subparagraph (C), interest on''; and
                (2) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(C) Interest capitalization.--With respect to a
                    deferment during any period described in clause
                    (i)(II), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of section 427(a)(2)(C)
                    or clause (i)(II), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) of section
                    428(b)(1)(M), or any period of forbearance, beginning
                    on or after the date of enactment of the College
                    Affordability Act on a loan made under this section,
                    interest shall not be added to the principal amount of
                    the loan at the expiration of such deferment or
                    forbearance period.''.

    SEC. 4104. SUBSEQUENT CONSOLIDATION LOANS.

        Section 428C(a)(3)(B)(i)(V) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
    U.S.C. 1078-3(a)(3)(B)(i)(V)) is amended--
                (1) by striking ``or'' at the end of item (bb);
                (2) by striking the period at the end of item (cc); and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
                                                ``(dd) for the purpose of
                                            separating a joint
                                            consolidation loan into 2
                                            separate Federal Direct
                                            Consolidation Loans under
                                            section 455(g)(2); or
                                                ``(ee) for the purpose of
                                            section 455(m)(9)(A)(ii),
                                            493C(f)(2)(G), or 493E(c).''.

    SEC. 4105. DEFAULT REDUCTION PROGRAM.

        Section 428F(a)(1)(C) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
    U.S.C. 1078-6(a)(1)(C)) is amended by striking ``to remove the record
    of the default from the borrower's credit history'' and inserting ``to
    remove any adverse item of information relating to such loan from the
    borrower's credit history''.

    SEC. 4106. TERMINATION OF INTEREST CAPITALIZATION FOR UNSUBSIDIZED
                  LOANS AFTER CERTAIN PERIODS.

        Section 428H(e)(2)(A)(ii)(III) of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1078-8(e)(2)(A)(ii)(III)) is amended by inserting before the
    semicolon the following: ``, except that with respect to a deferment
    during any period described in clause (i)(II), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of
    section 427(a)(2)(C) or clause (i)(II), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) of
    section 428(b)(1)(M), or any period of forbearance, beginning on or
    after the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act on a loan
    made, insured, or guaranteed under this section or on a Federal Direct
    Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, interest shall not be added to the
    principal amount of the loan at the expiration of such deferment or
    forbearance period''.

    SEC. 4107. DISBURSEMENT OF STUDENT LOANS.

        Section 428G of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078-
    7(a)) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(5) Adjusted cohort default rate.--Beginning on the date
            on which the final adjusted cohort default rates are published
            by the Secretary for not less than 3 fiscal years under section
            435(m), an institution whose adjusted cohort default rate (as
            determined under section 435(m)) for each of the 3 most recent
            fiscal years for which data are available is less than 5
            percent may disburse any loan made, insured, or guaranteed
            under this part in a single installment for any period of
            enrollment that is not more than 1 semester, 1 trimester, 1
            quarter, or 4 months.''; and
                (2) in subsection (e), by inserting before the period the
            following: ``, or beginning on the date on which the final
            adjusted cohort default rates are published by the Secretary
            for fiscal year 2018 under section 435(m), an adjusted cohort
            default rate (as determined under section 435(m)) of less than
            2 percent''.

    SEC. 4108. STUDENT LOAN CONTRACT AND LOAN DISCLOSURES.

        (a) Student Loan Contract.--Section 432(m)(1)(D) of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1082(m)(1)(D)) is amended by adding at
    the end the following:
                                ``(iv) Student loan contract.--
                                        ``(I) In general.--Any master
                                    promissory note form described in this
                                    subparagraph that is developed or used
                                    for loans made under part D for periods
                                    of enrollment beginning on or after the
                                    date of enactment of the College
                                    Affordability Act shall be referred to
                                    as a `student loan contract'.
                                        ``(II) Clarification on use.--
                                    Notwithstanding clause (i), each
                                    student loan contract for a part D loan
                                    made for periods of enrollment
                                    beginning on or after the date of
                                    enactment of the College Affordability
                                    Act shall--
                                                ``(aa) not be entered into
                                            by a student unless the student
                                            has completed all required
                                            counseling related to such
                                            loan, including counseling
                                            required under section 485(l);
                                                ``(bb) be signed by the
                                            student entering such student
                                            loan contract after completion
                                            of such counseling; and
                                                ``(cc) be used only for the
                                            academic year for which the
                                            initial loans are made under
                                            the contract, and shall not be
                                            valid for additional loans for
                                            the same or subsequent periods
                                            of enrollment.''.
        (b) Loan Disclosures.--Section 432(m)(1)(D) of the Higher Education
    Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1082(m)(1)(D)) is further amended by adding
    after clause (iv) (as amended) the following:
                                ``(v) Loan disclosures.--For loans made for
                            periods of enrollment beginning on or after the
                            date of enactment of the College Affordability
                            Act, the Secretary shall take such steps as are
                            necessary to streamline the student loan
                            disclosure requirements under this Act. The
                            Secretary shall ensure that information
                            required to be disclosed to a student who is
                            applying for, receiving, or preparing to repay
                            a loan under part D of this Act shall be
                            streamlined in a manner that--
                                        ``(I) based upon consumer testing,
                                    reduces and simplifies the paperwork
                                    students are required to complete; and
                                        ``(II) limits the number of times
                                    students are presented with disclosures
                                    by incorporating the streamlined
                                    disclosures into required student loan
                                    counseling under section 485(l), the
                                    student loan contract under this
                                    subparagraph, or both.''.

    SEC. 4109. BORROWER ADVOCATE CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.

        Section 433 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1083) is
    amended--
                (1) in subsection (b)(13), by striking ``Student Loan
            Ombudsman'' and inserting ``Borrower Advocate''; and
                (2) in subsection (e)(3)(E), by striking ``Student Loan
            Ombudsman'' and inserting ``Borrower Advocate''.

    SEC. 4110. COHORT DEFAULT RATES.

        (a) Ineligibility Based on High Default Rates.--
                (1) In general.--Section 435(a) of the Higher Education Act
            of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(a)) is amended--
                        (A) in paragraph (7)(A), by adding at the end the
                    following:
                                ``(iii) Default management plan.--The
                            default management plan required under clause
                            (i) may not include placing students in
                            forbearance as a means of reducing the cohort
                            default rate or the adjusted cohort default
                            rate of the institution.''; and
                        (B) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(9) Ineligibility based on high adjusted cohort default
            rates.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in
                    subparagraphs (B) and (D), beginning on the date that
                    is one year after the date on which the final adjusted
                    cohort default rates are published by the Secretary for
                    not less than 3 fiscal years, in a case in which one of
                    the following determinations is made with respect to an
                    institution, such institution shall be ineligible to
                    participate in a program under this title for the
                    fiscal year for which the determination is made and for
                    the two succeeding fiscal years:
                                ``(i) The institution's adjusted cohort
                            default rate is greater than 20 percent for
                            each of the 3 most recent fiscal years for
                            which the final adjusted cohort default rates
                            are published.
                                ``(ii) With respect to the 6 most recent
                            fiscal years for which the final adjusted
                            cohort default rates are published--
                                        ``(I) the institution's adjusted
                                    cohort default rate is greater than 15
                                    percent for each such fiscal year; and
                                        ``(II) the Secretary determines
                                    that, during such 6-year period, the
                                    institution has not made adequate
                                    progress in meeting standards for
                                    student achievement established by the
                                    relevant accrediting agency or
                                    association pursuant to section
                                    496(a)(5)(A).
                                ``(iii) With respect to the 8 most recent
                            fiscal years for which the final adjusted
                            cohort default rates are published--
                                        ``(I) the institution's adjusted
                                    cohort default rate is greater than 10
                                    percent for each such fiscal year; and
                                        ``(II) the Secretary determines
                                    that, during such 8-year period, the
                                    institution has not made adequate
                                    progress in meeting standards for
                                    student achievement established by the
                                    relevant accrediting agency or
                                    association pursuant to section
                                    496(a)(5)(A).
                        ``(B) Exceptions for certain categories of
                    educational programs.--With respect to an institution
                    that loses eligibility to participate in a program
                    under this title in accordance with subparagraph
                    (A)(ii), such institution may request and be granted an
                    exception to such loss of eligibility for a category of
                    educational programs at such institution by
                    demonstrating to the Secretary that the adjusted cohort
                    default rate for the category of educational programs
                    is 15 percent or less for each fiscal year of the 6-
                    year period on which such loss of eligibility for the
                    institution is based.
                        ``(C) Determination of the adjusted cohort rate for
                    a category of educational programs.--In determining the
                    adjusted cohort default rate for a category of
                    educational programs for purposes of this paragraph--
                                ``(i) subsection (m) shall be applied--
                                        ``(I) in paragraph (1)--
                                                ``(aa) in subparagraph (A),
                                            by substituting `received for
                                            enrollment in the category of
                                            educational programs for which
                                            such rate is being determined'
                                            for `received for attendance at
                                            the institution'; and
                                                ``(bb) in subparagraph
                                            (E)(i)(II), by substituting,
                                            `percentage of students
                                            enrolled in the category of
                                            educational programs for which
                                            such rate is being determined'
                                            for `percentage of students
                                            enrolled at the institution';
                                            and
                                        ``(II) as if the following were
                                    added at the end of paragraph (2):
                        ```(E) In the case of a student who has received a
                    loan for enrollment in more than one category of
                    educational programs, the student (and such student's
                    subsequent repayment or default) is attributed to the
                    last category of educational programs in which such
                    student was enrolled.'.
                        ``(D) Transition exception.--
                                ``(i) In general.--A covered institution
                            with an adjusted cohort default rate that is
                            greater than 20 percent for the first fiscal
                            year for which such rates are published by the
                            Secretary may request that any determination of
                            such institution's ineligibility under
                            paragraph (9)(A) not be based on the adjusted
                            cohort default rate of such institution for any
                            or all of the first 3 fiscal years for which
                            such rates are published by the Secretary.
                                ``(ii) Requirement.--To be granted a
                            request under clause (i), an institution shall
                            submit to the Secretary a default management
                            plan as specified in paragraph (7).
                                ``(iii) Definition of covered
                            institution.--In this subparagraph, the term
                            `covered institution' means--
                                        ``(I) a public institution of
                                    higher education;
                                        ``(II) a part B institution (as
                                    defined in section 322); or
                                        ``(III) a private, nonprofit
                                    institution of higher education at
                                    which not less than 45 percent of the
                                    total student enrollment consists of
                                    low-income students (as such term is
                                    defined in section 419N(b)(7)).
                        ``(E) Category of educational programs defined.--
                    The term `category of educational programs', when used
                    with respect to an institution, means one of the
                    following:
                                ``(i) The educational programs at the
                            institution leading to an undergraduate, non-
                            degree credential.
                                ``(ii) The educational programs at the
                            institution leading to an associate's degree.
                                ``(iii) The educational programs at the
                            institution leading to a bachelor's degree.
                                ``(iv) The educational programs at the
                            institution leading to a graduate, non-degree
                            credential.
                                ``(v) The educational program at the
                            institution leading to a graduate degree.
                ``(10) Application of adjusted cohort default rate.--
            Beginning on the date on which the final adjusted cohort
            default rates are published by the Secretary for not less than
            3 fiscal years--
                        ``(A) paragraph (1) shall be applied by
                    substituting `paragraph (9)' for `paragraph (2)';
                        ``(B) paragraph (3) shall be applied by
                    substituting `adjusted cohort default rate, calculated
                    in accordance with subsection (m)(1)(D), is greater
                    than 20 percent for any 3 consecutive fiscal years' for
                    `cohort default rate, calculated in accordance with
                    subsection (m), is equal to or greater than the
                    threshold percentage specified in paragraph (2)(B)(iv)
                    for any two consecutive fiscal years';
                        ``(C) paragraph (4) shall be applied--
                                ``(i) in subparagraph (C), by substituting
                            `adjusted cohort default rate is greater than
                            15 percent' for `cohort default rate equals or
                            exceeds 20 percent'; and
                                ``(ii) in the matter following subparagraph
                            (C), by substituting `adjusted cohort default
                            rate to reflect the percentage of defaulted
                            loans in the representative sample that are
                            required to be excluded pursuant to subsection
                            (m)(1)(B)' for `cohort default rate to reflect
                            the percentage of defaulted loans in the
                            representative sample that are required to be
                            excluded pursuant to subsection (m)(1)(B)';
                        ``(D) paragraph (5)(A) shall be applied by
                    substituting `paragraph (9)' for `paragraph (2)'; and
                        ``(E) paragraph (7) shall be applied--
                                ``(i) in subparagraph (A)(i)--
                                        ``(I) in the matter preceding
                                    subclause (I), by substituting
                                    `adjusted cohort default rate is
                                    greater than 20 percent' for `cohort
                                    default rate is equal to or greater
                                    than the threshold percentage specified
                                    in paragraph (2)(B)(iv)'; and
                                        ``(II) in subclauses (I) and (II),
                                    by substituting `adjusted cohort
                                    default rate' for `cohort default
                                    rate'; and
                                ``(ii) in subparagraph (B)(i), by
                            substituting `adjusted cohort default rate is
                            greater than 20 percent' for `cohort default
                            rate is equal to or greater than the threshold
                            percentage specified in paragraph
                            (2)(B)(iv)'.''.
                (2) Conforming amendments.--Section 435(a)(2) of the Higher
            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(a)) is amended--
                        (A) in the paragraph heading, by adding at the end
                    the following: ``Before fiscal year 2018''; and
                        (B) in subparagraph (B)(iv), by striking ``and any
                    succeeding fiscal year'' and inserting ``through fiscal
                    year 2017''.
        (b) Adjusted Cohort Default Rate Defined.--Section 435(m)(1) of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(m)(1)) is amended by
    adding at the end the following:
                        ``(D)(i) With respect to a cohort default rate
                    calculated for an institution under this paragraph for
                    fiscal year 2018 and for each succeeding fiscal year,
                    such cohort default rate shall be adjusted as follows:
                                ``(I) In determining the number of current
                            and former students at an institution who enter
                            repayment for such fiscal year--
                                        ``(aa) any such student who is in
                                    nonmandatory forbearance for such
                                    fiscal year for a period of greater
                                    than 18 months but less than 36 months
                                    shall not be counted as entering
                                    repayment for such fiscal year;
                                        ``(bb) such a student shall be
                                    counted as entering repayment for the
                                    first fiscal year for which the student
                                    ceases to be in a period of forbearance
                                    and otherwise meets the requirements
                                    for being in repayment; and
                                        ``(cc) any such student who is in a
                                    period of forbearance for 3 or more
                                    years shall be counted as in default
                                    and included in the institution's total
                                    number of students in default.
                                ``(II) Such rate shall be multiplied by the
                            percentage of students enrolled at the
                            institution for such fiscal year who are
                            borrowing a loan under part D of this title.
                        ``(ii) The result obtained under this subparagraph
                    for an institution shall be referred to in this Act as
                    the `adjusted cohort default rate'.''.
        (c) Publication of Adjusted Cohort Default Rate.--Section 435(m) of
    the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(m)) is amended by
    adding at the end the following:
                ``(5) Beginning on the date on which the final adjusted
            cohort default rates for fiscal year 2018 are made available
            for publication by the Secretary, paragraph (4) shall be
            applied by substituting `adjusted cohort default' for `cohort
            default' each place it appears.''.

    SEC. 4111. AUTOMATIC INCOME MONITORING PROCEDURES AFTER A TOTAL AND
                  PERMANENT DISABILITY DISCHARGE.

        Section 437(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                ``(3) Automatic income monitoring.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Not later than 2 years after the
                    date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the
                    Secretary shall establish and implement, with respect
                    to any borrower described in subparagraph (B),
                    procedures to--
                                ``(i) obtain (for each year of the income-
                            monitoring period described in subparagraph (B)
                            and without further action by the borrower)
                            such information as is reasonably necessary
                            regarding the income of such borrower for the
                            purpose of determining the borrower's continued
                            eligibility for the loan discharge described in
                            subparagraph (B) for such year, and any other
                            information necessary to determine such
                            continued eligibility of the borrower for such
                            year, except that in the case of a borrower
                            whose returns and return information indicate
                            that the borrower has no earned income for any
                            year of such income-monitoring period, such
                            borrower shall be treated as not having earned
                            income in excess of the poverty line for such
                            year subject to clause (ii);
                                ``(ii) allow the borrower, at any time, to
                            opt out of clause (i) and prevent the Secretary
                            from obtaining information under such clause
                            without further action by the borrower; and
                                ``(iii) provide the borrower with an
                            opportunity to update the information obtained
                            under clause (i) before the determination of
                            the borrower's continued eligibility for such
                            loan discharge for such year.
                        ``(B) Applicability.--Subparagraph (A) shall
                    apply--
                                ``(i) to each borrower of a covered loan
                            (defined in section 455(d)(10)) that is
                            discharged under this subsection or section
                            464(c)(1)(F) due to the permanent and total
                            disability of the borrower; and
                                ``(ii) during the income-monitoring period
                            under this subsection, defined in this
                            paragraph as the period--
                                        ``(I) beginning on the date on
                                    which such loan is so discharged; and
                                        ``(II) during which the Secretary
                                    determines whether a reinstatement of
                                    the obligation of, and resumption of
                                    collection on, such loan may be
                                    necessary.''.

    SEC. 4112. REPAYMENT OF PARENT LOANS DUE TO STUDENT DISABILITY.

        Section 437(d) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087(d)) is amended--
                (1) by striking ``If a student'' and inserting the
            following:
                ``(1) Death.--If a student''; and
                (2) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(2) Disability.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall discharge a
                    parent's liability on a loan described in section 428B
                    by repaying the amount owed on the loan if the student
                    on whose behalf the parent has received the loan--
                                ``(i) becomes permanently and totally
                            disabled (as determined in accordance with
                            regulations of the Secretary); or
                                ``(ii) is unable to engage in any
                            substantial gainful activity by reason of any
                            medically determinable physical or mental
                            impairment that can be expected to result in
                            death, has lasted for a continuous period of
                            not less than 60 months, or can be expected to
                            last for a continuous period of not less than
                            60 months.
                        ``(B) Disability determinations.--Subsection (a)(2)
                    shall apply to a disability determination under this
                    paragraph in the same manner as such subsection applies
                    to a determination under subsection (a)(1).
                        ``(C) Safeguards.--The safeguards to prevent fraud
                    and abuse developed under subsection (a)(1) shall apply
                    under this paragraph.
                        ``(D) Reinstatement of loans.--The Secretary may
                    promulgate regulations to reinstate the obligation of,
                    and resume collection on, loans discharged under this
                    paragraph in cases in which the Secretary determines
                    that the reinstatement and resumption is necessary and
                    appropriate based upon the regulations developed under
                    subsection (a)(1).''.

                      PART C--FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAMS

    SEC. 4201. PURPOSE; AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

        Section 441 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-51)
    is amended--
                (1) in subsection (b), by striking ``part, such sums as may
            be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five
            succeeding fiscal years.'' and inserting ``part--
                ``(1) $1,500,000,000 for fiscal year 2021;
                ``(2) $1,750,000,000 for fiscal year 2022;
                ``(3) $2,000,000,000 for fiscal year 2023;
                ``(4) $2,250,000,000 for fiscal year 2024; and
                ``(5) $2,500,000,000 for fiscal year 2025 and each
            succeeding fiscal year.'';
                (2) in subsection (c)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``child
                    development and early learning (including Head Start
                    and Early Head Start programs carried out under the
                    Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9831 et seq.)),'', before
                    ``literacy training,'';
                        (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``and'';
                        (C) in paragraph (4)(C), by striking the period at
                    the end and inserting ``; and''; and
                        (D) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(5) work-based learning designed to give students
            experience in any activity described in paragraph (1), (2),
            (3), or (4), without regard to whether credit is awarded.'';
            and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
        ``(d) Work-Based Learning Defined.--For purposes of this part, the
    term `work-based learning' means sustained interactions with industry,
    community, or academic professionals in real workplace settings that
    shall--
                ``(1) include on campus opportunities;
                ``(2) foster in-depth, first-hand engagement with the tasks
            required of a given career field that are aligned to a
            student's field of study; and
                ``(3) may include internships, fellowships, research
            assistant positions, teacher residencies, and apprenticeships
            registered under the Act of August 16, 1937 (commonly known as
            the ``National Apprenticeship Act''; 50 Stat. 664, chapter 663;
            29 U.S.C. 50 et seq.).''.

    SEC. 4202. ALLOCATION FORMULA.

        Section 442 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-52)
    is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 4202. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.

        ``(a) Reservations.--
                ``(1) Reservation for improved institutions.--
                        ``(A) Amount of reservation for improved
                    institutions.--Beginning with the first fiscal year
                    that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of the
                    College Affordability Act, for a fiscal year in which
                    the amount appropriated under section 441(b) exceeds
                    $700,000,000, the Secretary shall--
                                ``(i) reserve the lesser of--
                                        ``(I) an amount equal to 20 percent
                                    of the amount by which the amount
                                    appropriated under section 441(b)
                                    exceeds $700,000,000; or
                                        ``(II) $150,000,000; and
                                ``(ii) allocate the amount reserved under
                            clause (i) to each improved institution in an
                            amount equal to the greater of the following:
                                        ``(I) The amount that bears the
                                    same proportion to the amount reserved
                                    under clause (i) as the total amount of
                                    all Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at
                                    the improved institution for the second
                                    preceding fiscal year bears to the
                                    total amount of Federal Pell Grant
                                    funds awarded at improved institutions
                                    participating under this part for the
                                    second preceding fiscal year.
                                        ``(II) $5,000.
                        ``(B) Improved institution described.--For purposes
                    of this paragraph, an improved institution is an
                    institution that, on the date the Secretary makes an
                    allocation under subparagraph (A)(ii)--
                                ``(i) is an institution of higher education
                            (as defined under section 101) participating
                            under this part;
                                ``(ii) is with respect to--
                                        ``(I) the completion rate or
                                    graduation rate of Federal Pell Grant
                                    recipients at the institution, in the
                                    top 75 percent of all institutions
                                    participating under this part for the
                                    preceding fiscal year;
                                        ``(II) the percentage of Federal
                                    Pell Grant recipients at the
                                    institution, in the top 50 percent of
                                    the institutions described in subclause
                                    (I); and
                                        ``(III) the annual increase in the
                                    completion rate or graduation rate of
                                    Federal Pell Grant recipients at the
                                    institution, in the top 50 percent of
                                    the institutions described in
                                    subclauses (I) and (II).
                        ``(C) Completion rate or graduation rate.--For
                    purposes of determining the completion rate or
                    graduation rate under this section, a Federal Pell
                    Grant recipient who is either a full-time student or a
                    part-time student shall be counted as a completer or
                    graduate if, within 150 percent of the normal time for
                    completion of or graduation from the program, the
                    student has completed or graduated from the program, or
                    enrolled in any program of an institution participating
                    in any program under this title for which the prior
                    program provides substantial preparation.
                ``(2) Reservation for grant program.--From the amount
            appropriated under section 441(b) for a fiscal year and
            remaining after the Secretary reserves funds under subparagraph
            (A), the Secretary shall reserve $30,000,000 to carry out
            grants under section 449.
                ``(3) Reallocation of amount returned by improved
            institutions.--If an institution returns to the Secretary any
            portion of the sums allocated to such institution under this
            subsection for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall reallot
            such excess to improved institutions on the same basis as under
            paragraph (1)(A).
                ``(4) Publication.--Beginning 1 year after the first
            allocations are made to improved institutions under paragraph
            (1)(A) and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall make
            publicly available--
                        ``(A) a list of the improved institutions that
                    received funding under such paragraph in the prior
                    fiscal year;
                        ``(B) the percentage of students at each such
                    improved institution that are Federal Pell Grant
                    recipients;
                        ``(C) the completion rate or graduation rate for
                    the students described in subparagraph (B) with respect
                    to each such improved institution; and
                        ``(D) a comparison between the information
                    described in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) for the
                    prior fiscal year for such improved institution, and
                    such information for the year prior to such year.
        ``(c) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Years 2021 Through 2025.--
                ``(1) In general.--From the amount appropriated under
            section 441(b) for a fiscal year and remaining after the
            Secretary reserves funds under subsection (a), the Secretary
            shall allocate to each institution--
                        ``(A) for fiscal year 2021, an amount equal to the
                    greater of--
                                ``(i) 90 percent of the amount the
                            institution received under this subsection and
                            subsection (a) for fiscal year 2020, as such
                            subsections were in effect with respect to such
                            fiscal year (in this subparagraph referred to
                            as `the 2020 amount for the institution'); or
                                ``(ii) the fair share amount for the
                            institution determined under subsection (d);
                        ``(B) for fiscal year 2022, an amount equal to the
                    greater of--
                                ``(i) 80 percent of the 2020 amount for the
                            institution; or
                                ``(ii) the fair share amount for the
                            institution determined under subsection (d);
                        ``(C) for fiscal year 2023, an amount equal to the
                    greater of--
                                ``(i) 60 percent of the 2020 amount for the
                            institution; or
                                ``(ii) the fair share amount for the
                            institution determined under subsection (d);
                        ``(D) for fiscal year 2024, an amount equal to the
                    greater of--
                                ``(i) 40 percent of the 2020 amount for the
                            institution; or
                                ``(ii) the fair share amount for the
                            institution determined under subsection (d);
                            and
                        ``(E) for fiscal year 2025, an amount equal to the
                    greater of--
                                ``(i) 20 percent of the 2020 amount for the
                            institution; or
                                ``(ii) the fair share amount for the
                            institution determined under subsection (d).
                ``(2) Ratable reduction.--
                        ``(A) In general.--If the amount appropriated under
                    section 441(b) for a fiscal year and remaining after
                    the Secretary reserves funds under subsection (a) is
                    less than the amount required to be allocated to the
                    institutions under this subsection, then the amount of
                    the allocation to each institution shall be ratably
                    reduced.
                        ``(B) Additional appropriations.--If the amounts
                    allocated to each institution are ratably reduced under
                    subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year and additional
                    amounts are appropriated for such fiscal year, the
                    amount allocated to each institution from the
                    additional amounts shall be increased on the same basis
                    as the amounts under subparagraph (A) were reduced
                    (until each institution receives the amount required to
                    be allocated under this subsection).
        ``(d) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Year 2026 and Each Succeeding
    Fiscal Year.--Except as provided in subsection (d)(5), from the amount
    appropriated under section 441(b) for fiscal year 2026 and each
    succeeding fiscal year and remaining after the Secretary reserves funds
    under subsection (a), the Secretary shall allocate to each institution
    the fair share amount for the institution determined under subsection
    (d).
        ``(e) Determination of Fair Share Amount.--
                ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), the fair share
            amount for an institution for a fiscal year shall be equal to
            the sum of--
                        ``(A) 100 percent of the institution's
                    undergraduate student need described in paragraph (2)
                    for the preceding fiscal year; and
                        ``(B) 25 percent of the institution's graduate
                    student need described in paragraph (3) for the
                    preceding fiscal year.
                ``(2) Institutional undergraduate student need
            calculation.--The undergraduate student need for an institution
            for a fiscal year shall be equal to the sum of the following:
                        ``(A) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount
                    that bears the same proportion to the available
                    appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total
                    amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at the
                    institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the
                    total amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at all
                    institutions participating under this part for the
                    preceding fiscal year.
                        ``(B) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount
                    that bears the same proportion to the available
                    appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total
                    amount of the undergraduate student need at the
                    institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the
                    total amount of undergraduate student need at all
                    institutions participating under this part for the
                    preceding fiscal year.
                ``(3) Institutional graduate student need calculation.--The
            graduate student need for an institution for a fiscal year
            shall be equal to the amount that bears the same proportion to
            the available appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the
            total amount of the graduate student need at the institution
            for the preceding fiscal year bears to the total amount of
            graduate student need at all institutions participating under
            this part for the preceding fiscal year.
                ``(4) Eligibility for fair share amount.--The Secretary may
            not allocate funds under this part to any institution that, for
            two or more fiscal years during any three fiscal year period
            beginning not earlier than the first day of the first fiscal
            year that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of this
            paragraph, has--
                        ``(A) a student population with less than 7 percent
                    of undergraduate students who are recipients of Federal
                    Pell Grants; or
                        ``(B) if the institution only enrolls graduate
                    students, a student population with less than 5 percent
                    of students that have an expected family contribution
                    of zero.
                ``(5) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                        ``(A) Available appropriated amount.--In this
                    section, the term `available appropriated amount'
                    means--
                                ``(i) the amount appropriated under section
                            441(b) for a fiscal year, minus
                                ``(ii) the amounts reserved under
                            subsection (a) for such fiscal year.
                        ``(B) Average cost of attendance.--The term
                    `average cost of attendance' means, with respect to an
                    institution, the average of the attendance costs for a
                    fiscal year for students which shall include--
                                ``(i) tuition and fees, computed on the
                            basis of information reported by the
                            institution to the Secretary, which shall
                            include--
                                        ``(I) total revenue received by the
                                    institution from undergraduate and
                                    graduate tuition and fees for the
                                    second year preceding the year for
                                    which it is applying for an allocation;
                                    and
                                        ``(II) the institution's enrollment
                                    for such second preceding year;
                                ``(ii) standard living expenses equal to
                            150 percent of the difference between the
                            income protection allowance for a family of
                            five with one in college and the income
                            protection allowance for a family of six with
                            one in college for a single independent
                            student; and
                                ``(iii) books and supplies, in an amount
                            not exceeding $1,000.
                        ``(C) Graduate student need.--The term `graduate
                    student need' means, with respect to a graduate student
                    for a fiscal year, the lesser of the following:
                                ``(i) The amount equal to (except the
                            amount computed by this clause shall not be
                            less than zero)--
                                        ``(I) the average cost of
                                    attendance for the preceding fiscal
                                    year, minus
                                        ``(II) such graduate student's
                                    expected family contribution (computed
                                    in accordance with part F of this
                                    title) for the preceding fiscal year.
                                ``(ii) The total annual loan limit for a
                            Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan.
                        ``(D) Undergraduate student need.--The term
                    `undergraduate student need' means, with respect to an
                    undergraduate student for a fiscal year, the lesser of
                    the following:
                                ``(i) The total of the amount equal to
                            (except the amount computed by this clause
                            shall not be less than zero)--
                                        ``(I) the average cost of
                                    attendance for the fiscal year, minus
                                        ``(II) such undergraduate student's
                                    expected family contribution (computed
                                    in accordance with part F of this
                                    title) for the preceding fiscal year.
                                ``(ii) The total annual loan limit for a
                            Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and a
                            Federal Direct Loan.
        ``(f) Return of Surplus Allocated Funds.--
                ``(1) In general.--Except with respect to funds returned
            under subsection (a)(3), if an institution returns to the
            Secretary any portion of the sums allocated to such institution
            under this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall
            reallot such excess to institutions that used at least 10
            percent of the total amount of funds granted to such
            institution under this section to compensate students employed
            during a qualified period of nonenrollment (as such term is
            defined in section 443(f)) on the same basis as excess eligible
            amounts are allocated under subsection (d).
                ``(2) Use of funds.--Funds received by institutions
            pursuant to this subsection shall, to maximum extent
            practicable, be used to compensate students employed in work-
            based learning positions.
                ``(3) Retained funds.--
                        ``(A) Amount returned.--If an institution returns
                    more than 10 percent of its allocation under paragraph
                    (1), the institution's allocation for the next fiscal
                    year shall be reduced by the amount returned.
                        ``(B) Waiver.--The Secretary may waive this
                    paragraph for a specific institution if the Secretary
                    finds that enforcing this paragraph would be contrary
                    to the interest of the program.
        ``(g) Filing Deadlines.--The Secretary may require applications
    under this section, at such time, in such manner, and containing such
    information as the Secretary may require.''.

    SEC. 4203. GRANTS FOR FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAMS.

        Section 443 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-53)
    is amended--
                (1) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
                ``(2) provide that funds granted an institution of higher
            education, pursuant to this section may only be used to make
            payments to students participating in work-study programs
            except that an institution--
                        ``(A) shall, beginning fiscal year 2023--
                                ``(i) use at least 3 percent of the total
                            amount of funds granted to such institution
                            under this section for such fiscal year to
                            compensate students who have exceptional need
                            (as defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and are
                            employed in a work-based learning position
                            during a qualified period of nonenrollment, as
                            defined in subsection (f), except that the
                            Secretary may waive this clause if the
                            Secretary determines that enforcing this clause
                            would cause hardship for students at the
                            institution; and
                                ``(ii) use at least 7 percent of the total
                            amount of funds granted to such institution
                            under this section for such fiscal year to
                            compensate students employed in work-based
                            learning positions, except that the Secretary
                            may waive this clause if the Secretary
                            determines that enforcing this clause would
                            cause hardship for students at the institution;
                        ``(B) may--
                                ``(i) use a portion of the sums granted to
                            it to compensate students employed in community
                            service;
                                ``(ii) use a portion of the sums granted to
                            it to meet administrative expenses in
                            accordance with section 489;
                                ``(iii) use a portion of the sums granted
                            to it to meet the cost of a job location and
                            development program in accordance with section
                            446 of this part; and
                                ``(iv) transfer funds in accordance with
                            the provisions of section 488;'';
                        (B) in paragraph (4)--
                                (i) by striking ``$300'' and inserting
                            ``$500''; and
                                (ii) by inserting ``except as provided
                            under subsection (f),'' before ``provide'';
                        (C) in paragraph (5)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A)(ii), by striking
                            ``and'' at the end;
                                (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting
                            ``and'' after the semicolon; and
                                (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(C) the Federal share shall equal 100 percent if
                    the institution is eligible for assistance under title
                    III or title V;''.
                        (D) in paragraph (6)--
                                (i) by inserting ``who demonstrate
                            exceptional need (as defined in section
                            413C(c)(2))'' after ``students''; and
                                (ii) by inserting ``and prioritize
                            employment for students who are currently
                            homeless individuals described in section 725
                            of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act
                            (42 U.S.C. 11434a) or foster care youth'' after
                            ``institution'';
                        (E) in paragraph (7), by striking ``vocational''
                    and inserting ``career'';
                        (F) in paragraph (8)(A)(i), by striking ``or
                    vocational goals'' and inserting ``career goals'';
                        (G) in paragraph (10), by striking ``; and'' and
                    inserting a semicolon;
                        (H) in paragraph (11), by striking the period at
                    the end and inserting a semicolon; and
                        (I) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(12) provide assurances that compensation of students
            employed in the work-study program in accordance with the
            agreement shall include reimbursement for reasonable travel
            (not including the purchase of a vehicle) directly related to
            such work-study program;
                ``(13) provide assurances that the institution will
            administer and use feedback from the surveys required under
            section 450, to improve the experiences of students employed in
            the work-study program in accordance with the agreement;
                ``(14) provide assurances that the institution will collect
            data from students and employers such that the employment made
            available from funds under this part will, to the maximum
            extent practicable, complement and reinforce the educational
            goals or career goals of each student receiving assistance
            under this part; and
                ``(15) provide assurances that if the institution receives
            funds under section 442(a)(1)(A), such institution shall--
                        ``(A) use such funds to compensate students
                    employed in the work-study program in accordance with
                    the agreement; and
                        ``(B) prioritize the awarding of such funds (and
                    increasing the amount of each award) to students--
                                ``(i) who demonstrate exceptional need (as
                            defined in section 413C(c)(2)); and
                                ``(ii) who are employed in work-based
                            learning opportunities through the work study
                            program in accordance with the agreement.'';
                (2) in subsection (c)--
                        (A) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
                ``(2) provide that--
                        ``(A) in the case of an institution that has not
                    received a waiver from the Secretary, such institution
                    will not use more than 25 percent of the funds made
                    available to such institution under this part for any
                    fiscal year for the operation of the program described
                    in paragraph (1); and
                        ``(B) in the case of an institution that has
                    received a waiver from the Secretary, such institution
                    will not use more than 50 percent of the funds made
                    available to such institution under this part for any
                    fiscal year for the operation of the program described
                    in paragraph (1);''.
                        (B) in paragraph (4)--
                                (i) by inserting ``and complement and
                            reinforce the educational goals or career goals
                            of each student receiving assistance under this
                            part'' after ``academically relevant''; and
                                (ii) by striking ``and'' at the end;
                        (C) in paragraph (5), by striking the period at the
                    end and inserting ``; and''; and
                        (D) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(6) provide assurances that compensation of students
            employed in the work-study program in accordance with the
            agreement shall include reimbursement for reasonable travel
            (not including the purchase of a vehicle) directly related to
            such work-study program.'';
                (3) in subsection (d)(1)--
                        (A) by striking ``In any academic year to which
                    subsection (b)(2)(A) applies, an institution shall
                    ensure that'' and inserting ``An institution may use
                    the''; and
                        (B) by striking ``travel'' and inserting
                    ``reasonable travel (not including the purchase of a
                    vehicle)''; and
                (4) by adding at the end the following:
        ``(f) Qualified Period of Nonenrollment.--
                ``(1) In general.--A student may be awarded work-study
            employment during a qualified period of nonenrollment if--
                        ``(A) the student demonstrates exceptional need (as
                    defined in section 413C(c)(2)) in the award year prior
                    to the qualified period of nonenrollment;
                        ``(B) the student is employed in a work-based
                    learning position; and
                        ``(C) the employment--
                                ``(i) involves less than 25 percent
                            administrative work; and
                                ``(ii) is for at least 20 hours per week,
                            unless the institution waives such
                            requirement--
                                        ``(I) at the request of the
                                    student; or
                                        ``(II) based on a finding by the
                                    institution that such requirement
                                    presents a hardship in finding a work-
                                    based learning position for the
                                    student.
                ``(2) Funds earned.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Any funds earned by a student
                    (beyond standard living expenses (as such term is
                    described in section 413D(c)(3)(C))) during the
                    qualified period of nonenrollment less than or equal to
                    $2,500 may not be applied to such student's cost of
                    attendance for the next period in which the student is
                    enrolled.
                        ``(B) Excess funds.--Any funds earned by a student
                    (beyond standard living expenses (as such term is
                    described in section 413D(c)(3)(C))) during the
                    qualified period of nonenrollment in excess of $2,500
                    shall be applied to such student's cost of attendance
                    for the next period in which the student is enrolled.
                ``(3) Definition of qualified period of nonenrollment.--In
            this subsection, the term `qualified period of nonenrollment'
            means, with respect to a student, a period of nonenrollment
            that--
                        ``(A) occurs between a period of enrollment and a
                    period of anticipated enrollment; and
                        ``(B) the duration of which is no longer than 6
                    months.''.

    SEC. 4204. FLEXIBLE USE OF FUNDS.

        Section 445 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-55)
    is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a), by adding at the end the following:
                ``(3) In addition to the carry-over sums authorized under
            paragraph (1) of this section, an institution may permit a
            student who completed the previous award period to continue to
            earn unearned portions of the student's work-study award from
            that previous period if--
                        ``(A) any reduction in the student's need upon
                    which the award was based is accounted for in the
                    remaining portion; and
                        ``(B) the student is currently employed in a work-
                    based learning position.''; and
                (2) by striking ``10 percent'' both places it appears and
            inserting ``20 percent''.

    SEC. 4205. JOB LOCATION AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS.

        (a) Amendments.--Section 446 of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1087-56) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``10 percent or
                    $75,000'' and inserting ``20 percent or $150,000''; and
                        (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``vocational''
                    and inserting ``career''; and
                (2) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) by striking paragraphs (1) and (2);
                        (B) by inserting before paragraph (3) the
                    following:
                ``(1) provide satisfactory assurance that the institution
            will prioritize placing students with exceptional need (as
            defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and Federal work-study
            recipients in jobs located and developed under this section;
            and
                ``(2) provide satisfactory assurances that the funds
            available under this section will be used to locate and develop
            work-based learning positions;''; and
                        (C) in paragraph (6), by striking the period and
                    inserting ``, including--
                        ``(A) the number of students employed in work-based
                    learning positions through such program;
                        ``(B) the number of students demonstrating
                    exceptional need (as defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and
                    Federal work-study recipients employed through such
                    program; and
                        ``(C) the number of students demonstrating
                    exceptional need (as defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and
                    Federal work-study recipients employed in work-based
                    learning positions through such program.''.
        (b) Clarification on Carry-Over Authority.--Of the sums granted to
    an eligible institution under part C of title IV of the Higher
    Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1087-51) for any fiscal year, 10 percent may,
    at the discretion of the institution, remain available for expenditure
    during the succeeding fiscal year to carry out programs under such
    part, including the job location and development programs under section
    446 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1087-56).

    SEC. 4206. COMMUNITY SERVICE.

        Section 447 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-57)
    is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 447. ADDITIONAL FUNDS TO CONDUCT COMMUNITY SERVICE WORK STUDY
                  PROGRAMS.

        ``Each institution participating under this part may use up to 10
    percent of the funds made available under section 489(a) and
    attributable to the amount of the institution's expenditures under this
    part to conduct that institution's program of community service-
    learning, including--
                ``(1) development of mechanisms to assure the academic
            quality of the student experience;
                ``(2) assuring student access to educational resources,
            expertise, and supervision necessary to achieve community
            service objectives;
                ``(3) assuring, to the maximum extent practicable, that the
            community service-learning program will support the educational
            goals or career goals of students participating in such
            program;
                ``(4) collaboration with public and private nonprofit
            agencies, and programs assisted under the National and
            Community Service Act of 1990 in the planning, development, and
            administration of such programs; and
                ``(5) to recruit and compensate students for community
            service-learning (including compensation for time spent in
            training and for reasonable travel (not including the purchase
            of a vehicle) directly related to such community service).''.

    SEC. 4207. PILOT GRANT PROGRAM.

        Part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1087-51
    et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 449. WORK-BASED LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES PILOT GRANT PROGRAM.

        ``(a) Establishment.--
                ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall establish a program
            to provide grants to eligible institutions participating under
            this part to establish or expand a program to develop work-
            based learning positions.
                ``(2) Limitations.--
                        ``(A) Duration.--A grant awarded under this section
                    shall be for a period of not more than 4 years, but may
                    be renewed by the Secretary for a period of 2 years.
                        ``(B) Amount.--A grant under this section may not
                    be in an amount greater than $1,000,000.
        ``(b) Application.--To be selected to receive a grant under this
    section an eligible institution participating under this part shall
    submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner,
    and containing such information as the Secretary may require, including
    a plan that describes how the eligible institution will establish or
    expand a program to develop work-based learning positions that will--
                ``(1) benefit students who demonstrate exceptional need (as
            defined in section 413C(c)(2));
                ``(2) identify high-demand occupations (as determined by
            the Bureau of Labor and Statistics, State departments of labor,
            and local workforce investment boards) and develop partnerships
            with high-demand employers (including nonprofit organizations,
            for-profit firms, or public agencies);
                ``(3) involve participating employers in evaluating and
            improving such program;
                ``(4) track and report academic and employment outcomes for
            participating students; and
                ``(5) be able to continue after the end of the grant term.
        ``(c) Use of Funds.--Grant funds awarded under this program shall
    be used to pay wages for students participating under this program and
    develop work-based learning positions that--
                ``(1) are for a period of at least 12 weeks;
                ``(2) serve students who demonstrate exceptional need (as
            defined in section 413C(c)(2));
                ``(3) limit administrative work to no more than 25 percent
            of such position;
                ``(4) provide a minimum of 15 hours of work per week during
            periods of enrollment and 30 hours per week during periods of
            nonenrollment, except such requirement may be waived by the
            institution in consultation with a student;
                ``(5) include career coaching from participating employers
            (including mock interviews, resume writing assistance, and
            counseling on applying for and attaining employment); and
                ``(6) provide participating students with opportunities to
            meet with employers in fields or industries related to those of
            participating employers.
        ``(d) Report.--On a date that is before the date on which the
    period of the grant received by an eligible institution under this
    section terminates, such institution shall submit a report to the
    Secretary including--
                ``(1) the graduation rate or completion rate (as described
            under section 442(a)(1)(C)) with respect to students
            participating in work-based learning positions under the pilot
            program; and
                ``(2) the results of the work-based learning opportunities
            program for which such institution received such grant,
            including--
                        ``(A) participating students' satisfaction with the
                    program as reported in surveys under section 450, as
                    amended by section 4208 of the College Affordability
                    Act;
                        ``(B) the types of jobs in which participating
                    students were employed and the types of duties
                    performed in such jobs;
                        ``(C) the academic programs of the participating
                    students;
                        ``(D) the share of participating students who
                    worked at another job, in addition to the one under the
                    pilot program;
                        ``(E) the percentage of participating students who,
                    during the second quarter after completing their
                    academic program, are in education or training
                    activities or unsubsidized employment;
                        ``(F) the percentage of participating students
                    employed in high-demand occupations within 2 quarters
                    of completing their academic programs; and
                        ``(G) other items as deemed relevant by the
                    Secretary.
        ``(e) Reservation of Funding for Such Program.--From the amount
    appropriated under section 441(b) for a fiscal year and remaining after
    the Secretary reserves funds under section 442(a)(1), the Secretary
    shall reserve $30,000,000 to carry out grants under this section.''.

    SEC. 4208. DEPARTMENT ACTIVITIES.

        Part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087-51 et seq.), as amended by section 4207, is further amended by
    adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 450. DEPARTMENT ACTIVITIES.

        ``(a) Surveys.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the
    enactment of this section, the Secretary shall develop, in consultation
    with work-study administrators from institutions of higher education,
    participating employers, and participating students--
                ``(1) a consumer-tested electronic survey for students
            awarded work-study employment under the Federal work-study
            program under this part that--
                        ``(A) measures each such student's satisfaction
                    with the Federal work-study program, including--
                                ``(i) any complaints the student has with
                            respect to the program;
                                ``(ii) the amount and quality of the on-
                            the-job training the student received;
                                ``(iii) the amount and quality of on-the-
                            job supervision and employer feedback the
                            student received;
                                ``(iv) the amount and quality of
                            information provided by the institution about
                            the work-study program and job opportunities
                            and the availability of work-study staff at the
                            institution;
                                ``(v) the quality of the assistance
                            provided by the institution to the student in
                            finding a work-study job and the availability
                            of types of jobs; and
                                ``(vi) the student's overall satisfaction
                            with the work-study program;
                        ``(B) measures the applicability of work-study
                    employment to the educational goals and career goals of
                    each such student;
                        ``(C) elicits an assessment by each such student of
                    the capacity to manage time between work-study
                    employment and coursework;
                        ``(D) measures, with respect to the program--
                                ``(i) the award amounts under the program;
                                ``(ii) the average number of hours students
                            worked per week, and the wages received for
                            such work;
                                ``(iii) the number of on campus jobs and
                            off campus jobs;
                                ``(iv) how students located work-study
                            positions;
                                ``(v) the work performed at each job;
                                ``(vi) whether students worked additional
                            jobs while employed in a work-study job (and
                            the reason for such additional job);
                                ``(vii) whether the work-study employment
                            had an impact on the student's academic
                            performance; and
                                ``(viii) the voluntarily disclosed
                            demographics of students awarded work-study
                            employment; and
                        ``(E) includes such information as the Secretary
                    may require; and
                ``(2) a consumer-tested electronic survey for employers of
            students described in paragraph (1) that--
                        ``(A) measures each such employer's satisfaction
                    with the Federal work-study program, including--
                                ``(i) the extent to which the employer is
                            satisfied with its ability to accommodate
                            students' schedules;
                                ``(ii) the extent to which student-
                            employees are prepared for the duties
                            advertised for the job; and
                                ``(iii) the extent to which the employer is
                            satisfied with opportunities to make
                            recommendations for improving institutions'
                            academic programs;
                        ``(B) elicits an assessment by each such employer
                    of--
                                ``(i) any complaints the employer had with
                            respect to the program;
                                ``(ii) any skills or knowledge necessary
                            for the job that student-employees are lacking;
                            and
                                ``(iii) the extent of outreach from
                            institutions to the employer; and
                        ``(C) includes such information as the Secretary
                    may require; and
                ``(3) a consumer-tested electronic survey that, not less
            than once every 4 years, with respect to each institution of
            higher education participating in the Federal work-study
            program, measures--
                        ``(A) methods used to recruit on-campus and off-
                    campus employers;
                        ``(B) if an institution operates a job location
                    development program--
                                ``(i) the share of jobs filled on-campus
                            and off-campus;
                                ``(ii) the share of jobs filled by--
                                        ``(I) work-study recipients; and
                                        ``(II) students who demonstrate
                                    exceptional need (as defined in section
                                    413C(c)(2));
                                ``(iii) the primary factors considered in
                            matching work-study students and jobs;
                                ``(iv) the share of students employed in
                            work-based learning opportunities; and
                                ``(v) the share of students employed during
                            qualified periods of nonenrollment, including
                            the share of students with exceptional need (as
                            defined in section 413C(c)(2)) employed during
                            qualified periods of nonenrollment;
                        ``(C) the institution's Federal and non-Federal
                    contributions toward work-study wages;
                        ``(D) the primary factors considered in awarding
                    students work-study and in determining the amount of
                    the award;
                        ``(E) the acceptance rate among students who were
                    offered work-study aid; and
                        ``(F) other information the Secretary may require.
        ``(b) Results.--The Secretary shall develop an online portal--
                ``(1) for students, employers, and institutions of higher
            education to access the surveys required under subsection (a);
            and
                ``(2) to compile the results of such surveys.
        ``(c) Report.--Not less than once every 4 years after the date of
    the enactment of this subsection, the Secretary shall submit a report
    to Congress that includes--
                ``(1) the data collected under this section (redacted for
            personal information);
                ``(2) with respect to students employed in work-study
            through the Federal work-study program--
                        ``(A) the types of jobs such students participated
                    in;
                        ``(B) the average hours worked per week;
                        ``(C) the average award amount;
                        ``(D) the average wage rates;
                        ``(E) the extent to which students enter employment
                    with skills and knowledge gained from work-study
                    participation that have prepared them for the job; and
                        ``(F) the students' satisfaction with the program
                    and primary complaints;
                ``(3) the extent to which institutions conduct outreach to
            employers and engage them in discussions on improving academic
            programs;
                ``(4) the extent to which institutions conduct outreach to
            students and make jobs readily available;
                ``(5) the extent to which the work-study employment aligns
            with students' academic programs or career goals;
                ``(6) the employers' satisfaction with the program and
            primary complaints; and
                ``(7) recommendations for improving the program.
        ``(d) Consultation.--
                ``(1) In general.--In consulting with the entities
            described in subsection (a) to create the electronic surveys
            required under such subsection, the Secretary shall engage
            with--
                        ``(A) a representative sample of institutions of
                    higher education participating in the Federal work-
                    study program;
                        ``(B) a representative sample of employers
                    participating in the Federal work-study program; and
                        ``(C) a representative sample of students
                    participating in the Federal work-study program.
                ``(2) Response rate.--The Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) consult with a survey consultant to develop a
                    target response rate with respect to the electronic
                    surveys required under subsection (a); and
                        ``(B) provide guidance to institution with respect
                    to such developed target response rate.
        ``(e) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall--
                ``(1) provide technical assistance to institutions
            participating under the Federal work-study program under this
            part to--
                        ``(A) comply with the amendments made by part C of
                    title IV of the College Affordability Act and the
                    regulations issued pursuant to such part;
                        ``(B) administer the surveys described in
                    subsection (a) to students and employers participating
                    in the Federal work-study program; and
                        ``(C) ensure that Federal work-study positions
                    align with students' educational goals or career goals
                    to the maximum extent practicable; and
                ``(2) issue guidance and provide technical assistance to
            institutions to support improved partnerships and coordination
            among financial aid, career services, and academic advisors to
            administer the Federal work-study program.
        ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be
    appropriated $2,000,000 to carry out subsection (a).''.

    SEC. 4209. STUDY AND REPORT.

        (a) Study.--The Comptroller General of the United States shall, not
    later than a reasonable amount of time after the date of the enactment
    of this Act, conduct a study on best practices for assisting students
    participating in the Federal work-study program under part C of title
    IV of the Higher Education Act (42 U.S.C. 1087-51 et seq.) with--
                (1) connecting to off-campus employers;
                (2) procuring work-based learning opportunities through
            such program;
                (3) procuring employment that aligns with students'
            educational goals or career goals;
                (4) locating employment through job location and
            development programs;
                (5) procuring employment in high-demand occupations;
                (6) balancing employment with academic programs to improve
            graduation and completion rates; and
                (7) with respect to students with exceptional need (as
            defined in section 413C(c)(2) of the Higher Education Act of
            1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b-2(c)(2)))--
                        (A) locating and coordinating work-study employment
                    during qualified periods of nonenrollment;
                        (B) increasing participation of such students in
                    such work-study program; and
                        (C) limiting the need for additional employment
                    outside the work-study program.
        (b) Report.--Not later than one year after the date on which the
    study required under subsection (a) is completed, the Comptroller
    General of the United States shall submit to Congress a report
    summarizing the findings of such study.
        (c) Publish Report.--The Comptroller General of the United States
    shall make the report required under subsection (b) available to the
    public on the website of the Government Accountability Office.

                      PART D--FEDERAL DIRECT LOAN PROGRAM

    SEC. 4301. PROGRAM AUTHORITY.

        Section 451(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087a(a)) is amended--
                (1) by striking ``and (2)'' and inserting ``(2)''; and
                (2) by inserting ``; and (3) to make loans under section
            460A and section 460B'' after ``section 459A''.

    SEC. 4302. AMENDMENTS TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF LOANS AND REPAYMENT
                  PLANS.

        (a) Repeal of Origination Fees.--Subsection (c) of section 455 of
    the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(c)) is repealed.
        (b) Rulemaking Regarding Termination of Certain Repayment Plans.--
    Beginning on the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of
    Education shall carry out a plan to end all eligibility for repayment
    plans other than a fixed repayment plan described in section 493E and
    an income-based repayment plan described under section 493C(f) for
    loans made under part B or D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of
    1965, unless the borrower is enrolled in another repayment plan before
    such effective date, in accordance with the amendments made by this
    Act.
        (c) Repayment Plans.--Section 455(d) of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(d)) is amended--
                (1) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (5) as
            paragraphs (3) through (6), respectively;
                (2) by inserting after paragraph (1), the following:
                ``(2) Design and selection on and after july 1, 2021.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Notwithstanding paragraph (1),
                    for the borrower of a loan made on or after July 1,
                    2021, and for other borrowers subject to paragraph (7),
                    the Secretary shall offer a borrower of a loan made
                    under this part 2 plans for repayment of such loan,
                    including principal and interest on the loan. The
                    borrower shall be entitled to accelerate, without
                    penalty, repayment on the borrower's loans under this
                    part. The borrower may choose--
                                ``(i) a fixed repayment plan described in
                            section 493E; or
                                ``(ii) the income-based repayment plan
                            under section 493C(f).
                        ``(B) Selection by the secretary.--If a borrower of
                    a loan made under this part on or after July 1, 2021,
                    does not select a repayment plan described in
                    subparagraph (A), the Secretary may provide the
                    borrower with a fixed repayment plan described in
                    section 493E.
                        ``(C) Changes in selections.--Beginning on July 1,
                    2021, a borrower of a loan made under this part may
                    change the borrower's selection of a repayment plan in
                    accordance with paragraph (7) and under such terms and
                    conditions as may be established by the Secretary.'';
                (3) in paragraph (6)(B), as redesignated, by striking ``an
            income contingent repayment plan.'' and inserting ``the income-
            based repayment plan under section 493C(f).''; and
                (4) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(7) Borrowers of loans made before july 1, 2021.--A
            borrower who is in repayment on a loan made under part B or
            part D before July 1, 2021--
                        ``(A) may choose to retain the repayment plan that
                    the borrower was enrolled in on the day before such
                    date;
                        ``(B) may elect to--
                                ``(i) enter the income-based repayment plan
                            under section 493C(f); or
                                ``(ii) enter a fixed repayment plan
                            described in section 493E; and
                        ``(C) after electing to leave a repayment plan
                    other than an income-based repayment plan described
                    under section 493C(f) or a fixed repayment plan
                    described in section 493E, shall not be permitted to
                    re-elect a repayment plan that is not an income-based
                    repayment plan under section 493C(f) or a fixed
                    repayment plan described in section 493E.
                ``(8) Notification and automatic enrollment procedures for
            borrowers who are delinquent on loans.--
                        ``(A) Authority to obtain income information.--In
                    the case of any borrower who is at least 60 days
                    delinquent on a covered loan, the Secretary may obtain
                    such information as is reasonably necessary regarding
                    the income and family size of the borrower (and the
                    borrower's spouse, if applicable).
                        ``(B) Borrower notification.--With respect to each
                    borrower of a covered loan who is at least 60 days
                    delinquent on such loan and who has not been subject to
                    the procedures under this paragraph for such loan in
                    the preceding 120 days, the Secretary shall, as soon as
                    practicable after such 60-day delinquency, provide to
                    the borrower the following:
                                ``(i) Notification that the borrower is at
                            least 60 days delinquent on at least 1 covered
                            loan, and a description of all delinquent
                            covered loans, nondelinquent covered loans, and
                            noncovered loans of the borrower.
                                ``(ii) A brief description of the repayment
                            plans for which the borrower is eligible and
                            the covered loans and noncovered loans of the
                            borrower that may be eligible for such plans,
                            based on information available to the
                            Secretary.
                                ``(iii) The amount of monthly payments for
                            the covered and noncovered loans under the
                            income-based repayment plan under section
                            493C(f) and the fixed repayment plan described
                            in section 493E, based on information available
                            to the Secretary, including, if the income
                            information of the borrower is available to the
                            Secretary under subparagraph (A)--
                                        ``(I) the amount of the monthly
                                    payment under the income-based
                                    repayment plan under section 493C(f)
                                    and the fixed repayment plan described
                                    in section 493E for which the borrower
                                    is eligible for the borrower's covered
                                    and noncovered loans, based on such
                                    income information; and
                                        ``(II) the income, family size, tax
                                    filing status, and tax year information
                                    on which each monthly payment is based.
                                ``(iv) Clear and simple instructions on how
                            to select the repayment plans.
                                ``(v) An explanation that, in the case of a
                            borrower for whom adjusted gross income is
                            unavailable--
                                        ``(I) if the borrower selects to
                                    repay the covered loans of such
                                    borrower pursuant to the income-based
                                    repayment plan under section 493C(f)
                                    that defines discretionary income in
                                    such a manner that an individual not
                                    required under section 6012(a)(1) of
                                    the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to
                                    file a return with respect to income
                                    taxes imposed by subtitle A of such
                                    Code may have a calculated monthly
                                    payment greater than $0, the borrower
                                    will be required to provide the
                                    Secretary with other documentation of
                                    income satisfactory to the Secretary,
                                    which documentation the Secretary may
                                    use to determine an appropriate
                                    repayment schedule; and
                                        ``(II) if the borrower selects to
                                    repay such loans pursuant to an income-
                                    driven repayment plan that is not
                                    described in subclause (I), the
                                    borrower will not be required to
                                    provide the Secretary with such other
                                    documentation of income, and the
                                    borrower will have a calculated monthly
                                    payment of $0.
                                ``(vi) An explanation that the Secretary
                            shall take the actions under subparagraph (C)
                            with respect to such borrower, if--
                                        ``(I) the borrower is 120 days
                                    delinquent on 1 or more covered loans
                                    and has not selected a new repayment
                                    plan for the covered loans of the
                                    borrower; and
                                        ``(II) in the case of such a
                                    borrower whose repayment plan for the
                                    covered loans of the borrower is not an
                                    income-driven repayment plan described
                                    in subparagraph (D) or (E) of paragraph
                                    (1), the monthly payments under such
                                    repayment plan are higher than such
                                    monthly payments would be under the
                                    income-based repayment plan under
                                    section 493C(f).
                                ``(vii) Instructions on updating the
                            information of the borrower obtained under
                            subparagraph (A).
                        ``(C) Secretary's initial selection of a plan.--
                    With respect to each borrower described in subparagraph
                    (B) who has a repayment plan for the covered loans of
                    the borrower that meets the requirements of clause
                    (vi)(II) of subparagraph (B) and has not selected a new
                    repayment plan for such loans in accordance with the
                    notice received under such subparagraph, and who is at
                    least 120 days delinquent on such a loan, the Secretary
                    shall, as soon as practicable--
                                ``(i) provide the borrower with the income-
                            based repayment plan under section 493C(f); and
                                ``(ii) authorize the borrower to change the
                            Secretary's selection of a plan under this
                            clause to the fixed repayment plan described in
                            section 493E.
                        ``(D) Opt-out.--A borrower of a covered loan shall
                    have the right to opt out of the procedures under this
                    paragraph.
                        ``(E) Procedures.--The Secretary shall establish
                    procedures as are necessary to effectively implement
                    this paragraph.
                ``(9) Notification and automatic enrollment procedures for
            borrowers who are rehabilitating defaulted loans.--
                        ``(A) Authority to obtain income information.--In
                    the case of any borrower who is rehabilitating a
                    covered loan pursuant to section 428F(a), the Secretary
                    may obtain such information as is reasonably necessary
                    regarding the income and family size of the borrower
                    (and the borrower's spouse, if applicable).
                        ``(B) Borrower notification.--Not later than 30
                    days after a borrower makes the 6th payment required
                    for the loan rehabilitation described in subparagraph
                    (A), the Secretary shall notify the borrower of the
                    process under subparagraph (C) with respect to such
                    loan.
                        ``(C) Secretary's selection of plan.--With respect
                    to each borrower who has made the 9th payment required
                    for the loan rehabilitation described in subparagraph
                    (A), the Secretary shall, as soon as practicable after
                    such payment, provide the borrower with the income-
                    based repayment plan under section 493C(f), without
                    regard to whether the loan has been so rehabilitated.
                        ``(D) Opt-out.--A borrower of a covered loan shall
                    have the right to opt out of the procedures under this
                    paragraph.
                        ``(E) Procedures.--The Secretary shall establish
                    procedures as are necessary to effectively implement
                    this paragraph.
                ``(10) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                        ``(A) Covered loan.--The term `covered loan'
                    means--
                                ``(i) a loan made under this part;
                                ``(ii) a loan purchased under section 459A;
                            or
                                ``(iii) a loan that has been assigned to
                            the Secretary under section 428(c)(8) or part
                            E.
                        ``(B) Noncovered loan.--The term `noncovered loan'
                    means a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this
                    title that is not a covered loan.
                ``(11) Application of prepayment amounts.--
                        ``(A) Requirement.--Notwithstanding any other
                    provision of this subsection or any other provision of
                    law--
                                ``(i) with respect to loans made to an
                            eligible borrower under this part or part B,
                            which are held by the same holder and which
                            have different applicable rates of interest,
                            the holder of such loans shall, unless
                            otherwise requested by the borrower in writing,
                            apply the borrower's prepayment amount (within
                            the meaning of section 682.209(b) of title 34,
                            Code of Federal Regulations, or a successor
                            regulation) for one or more of such loans,
                            first toward the outstanding balance of
                            principal due on the loan with the highest
                            applicable rate of interest among such loans;
                            and
                                ``(ii) except as provided in clause (i),
                            with respect to loans made to an eligible
                            borrower under this part or part B, which are
                            held by the same holder and which have the same
                            applicable rates of interest, the holder of
                            such loans shall, unless otherwise requested by
                            the borrower in writing, apply the borrower's
                            prepayment amount (within the meaning of
                            section 682.209(b) of title 34, Code of Federal
                            Regulations, or a successor regulation) for one
                            or more of such loans, first toward the
                            outstanding balance of principal due on the
                            loan with the highest principal balance among
                            such loans.
                        ``(B) Eligible borrower.--
                                ``(i) In general.--For purposes of this
                            paragraph, the term `eligible borrower' means a
                            borrower with no outstanding balance of fees,
                            including collection costs and authorized late
                            charges, due on any loan made under this part
                            or part B.
                                ``(ii) Prepayment amounts.--A prepayment
                            amount (as described in subparagraph (A)) made
                            by a borrower who is not an eligible borrower
                            to a holder shall be applied first toward the
                            borrower's outstanding balance of fees,
                            including collection costs and authorized late
                            charges, due on any loan made under this part
                            or part B held by such holder.''.
        (d) Application.--The amendments made by subsection (c)(4) shall--
                (1) take effect as soon as the Secretary of Education
            determines practicable after the Secretary finalizes the
            procedures under section 9004, but not later than 2 years after
            the date of enactment of this Act; and
                (2) apply to all borrowers of covered loans (as defined in
            section 455(d)(10) of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as
            added by subsection (c)(4)).
        (e) Maximum Repayment Period for Income-Contingent Repayment.--
    Section 455(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(e))
    is further amended--
                (1) in paragraph (7)(B)--
                        (A) by striking ``or'' at the end of clause (iv);
                        (B) by striking the period at the end of clause (v)
                    and inserting a semicolon; and
                        (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                ``(vi) makes payments under the income-
                            based repayment plan under section 493C(f); or
                                ``(vii) makes payments under the fixed
                            repayment plan described in section 493E.'';
                            and
                ``(8) Additional qualifying repayment plans.--A borrower
            repaying a loan pursuant to income-contingent repayment under
            this subsection may elect at any time to terminate repayment
            under such repayment plan and repay such loan under the income-
            based repayment plan under section 493C(f) or the fixed
            repayment plan described in section 493E.''.
        (f) Automatic Recertification of Income for Income-Driven Repayment
    Plans.--Section 455(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087e(e)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (3)--
                        (A) by striking ``does not reasonably reflect the
                    borrower's current income'' and inserting ``whose
                    income has decreased relative to the adjusted gross
                    income available to the Secretary''; and
                        (B) by inserting ``, consistent with the procedures
                    established under paragraph (9)(B)(iv)'' before the
                    period at the end; and
                (2) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(9) Automatic recertification.--
                        ``(A) Definition.--In this paragraph, the term
                    `covered loan' has the meaning given the term in
                    subsection (d)(10).
                        ``(B) In general.--Beginning as soon as the
                    Secretary determines practicable after the Secretary
                    finalizes the procedures under section 9004 of the
                    College Affordability Act, but not later than 2 years
                    after the date of enactment of such Act, the Secretary
                    shall establish and implement, with respect to any
                    borrower described in subparagraph (C), procedures to--
                                ``(i) obtain (for each year of repayment
                            and without further action by the borrower)
                            such information as is reasonably necessary
                            regarding the income of such borrower (and the
                            borrower's spouse, if applicable), for the
                            purpose of determining the repayment obligation
                            of the borrower for such year, including
                            information with respect to the borrower's
                            family size in accordance with the procedures
                            under section 9004 of the College Affordability
                            Act, subject to clause (ii);
                                ``(ii) allow the borrower, at any time, to
                            opt out of clause (i) and prevent the Secretary
                            from obtaining information under such clause
                            without further action by the borrower;
                                ``(iii) provide the borrower with an
                            opportunity to update the information obtained
                            under clause (i) before the determination of
                            the annual repayment obligation of the
                            borrower; and
                                ``(iv) in the case of a borrower for whom
                            adjusted gross income is unavailable--
                                        ``(I) if the borrower has selected
                                    to repay the covered loans of such
                                    borrower pursuant to an income
                                    contingent repayment plan that defines
                                    discretionary income in such a manner
                                    that an individual not required under
                                    section 6012(a)(1) of the Internal
                                    Revenue Code of 1986 to file a return
                                    with respect to income taxes imposed by
                                    subtitle A of such Code may have a
                                    calculated monthly payment greater than
                                    $0, the borrower will be required to
                                    provide the Secretary with other
                                    documentation of income satisfactory to
                                    the Secretary, which documentation the
                                    Secretary may use to determine an
                                    appropriate repayment schedule; or
                                        ``(II) if the borrower has selected
                                    to repay such loans pursuant to an
                                    income contingent repayment that is not
                                    described in subclause (I), the
                                    borrower will not be required to
                                    provide the Secretary with such other
                                    documentation of income, and the
                                    borrower will have a calculated monthly
                                    payment of $0.
                        ``(C) Applicability.--Subparagraph (B) shall apply
                    to each borrower of a covered loan who, on or after the
                    date on which the Secretary establishes procedures
                    under such subparagraph, recertifies income and family
                    size under such plan.
                        ``(D) Other requirements.--The procedures
                    established by the Secretary under this paragraph shall
                    be consistent with the requirements of paragraphs (1)
                    through (7), except as otherwise provided in this
                    paragraph.''.
        (g) Deferment.--Subparagraph (B) of section 455(f)(1) of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(f)(1)) is amended to read as
    follows:
                        ``(B) in the case of a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, a
                    Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or a Federal
                    Direct Consolidation Loan not described in subparagraph
                    (A)(ii), beginning on or after the date of enactment of
                    the College Affordability Act--
                                ``(i) for a deferment during a period
                            described in paragraph (2)(A)(i), shall accrue
                            and be capitalized or paid by the borrower; and
                                ``(ii) for a deferment during a period
                            described in subparagraphs (B) through (D) of
                            paragraph (2), shall accrue but not be
                            capitalized.''.
        (h) Separating Joint Consolidation Loans.--Section 455(g) of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(g)) is amended--
                (1) by striking ``A borrower'' and inserting the following:
                ``(1) In general.--A borrower''; and
                (2) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(2) Separating joint consolidation loans.--
                        ``(A) In general.--A married couple, or 2
                    individuals who were previously a married couple, and
                    who received a joint consolidation loan as such married
                    couple under subparagraph (C) of section 428C(a)(3) (as
                    such subparagraph was in effect on or before June 30,
                    2006), may apply to the Secretary for each individual
                    borrower in the married couple (or previously married
                    couple) to receive a separate Federal Direct
                    Consolidation Loan under this part--
                                ``(i) that shall--
                                        ``(I) unless the Secretary receives
                                    notice of an agreement described in
                                    subclause (II)(aa), be equal to the sum
                                    of--
                                                ``(aa) the unpaid principal
                                            and accrued unpaid interest of
                                            the percentage of the joint
                                            consolidation loan that, as of
                                            the day before such joint
                                            consolidation loan was made,
                                            was attributable to the loans
                                            of the individual borrower for
                                            whom such separate
                                            consolidation loan is being
                                            made; and
                                                ``(bb) any other loans
                                            described in section 428C(a)(4)
                                            that such individual borrower
                                            selects for consolidation under
                                            this part; or
                                        ``(II) be equal to the sum of--
                                                ``(aa) the unpaid principal
                                            and accrued unpaid interest of
                                            the percentage of the joint
                                            consolidation loan that, as of
                                            the date of application under
                                            this paragraph, the married
                                            couple (or previously married
                                            couple) agrees shall be
                                            considered attributable to the
                                            loans of the individual
                                            borrower for whom such separate
                                            consolidation loan is being
                                            made; and
                                                ``(bb) any other loans
                                            described in section 428C(a)(4)
                                            that such individual borrower
                                            selects for consolidation under
                                            this part;
                                ``(ii) the proceeds of which shall be paid
                            by the Secretary to the holder or holders--
                                        ``(I) of the joint consolidation
                                    loan for the purpose of discharging the
                                    liability on the percentage of such
                                    joint consolidation loan described in
                                    subclause (I)(aa) or (II)(aa) of clause
                                    (i); and
                                        ``(II) of the loans selected for
                                    consolidation under subclause (I)(bb)
                                    or subclause (II)(bb) of clause (i) for
                                    the purpose of discharging the
                                    liability on such loans;
                                ``(iii) except as otherwise provided in
                            this paragraph, that has the same terms and
                            conditions, and rate of interest as the joint
                            consolidation loan;
                                ``(iv) for which any payment made under
                            section 455(m)(1)(A) on the joint consolidation
                            loan during a period in which the individual
                            borrower for whom such separate consolidation
                            loan is being made was employed in a public
                            service job described in section 455(m)(1)(B)
                            shall be treated as if such payment were made
                            on the portion of the separate consolidation
                            loan described in clause (i)(I)(aa); and
                                ``(v) for which any payment made under any
                            repayment plan described in section 455(d)(1)
                            on the joint consolidation loan shall be
                            treated as if such payment were made on such
                            portion of such separate consolidation loan.
                        ``(B) Application for separate direct consolidation
                    loan.--
                                ``(i) Joint application.--Except as
                            provided in clause (ii), to receive separate
                            consolidation loans under subparagraph (A),
                            both individual borrowers in a married couple
                            (or previously married couple) shall jointly
                            apply under subparagraph (A).
                                ``(ii) Separate application.--An individual
                            borrower in a married couple (or previously
                            married couple) may apply for a separate
                            consolidation loan under subparagraph (A)
                            separately and without regard to whether or
                            when the other individual borrower in the
                            married couple (or previously married couple)
                            applies under subparagraph (A), in a case in
                            which--
                                        ``(I) the individual borrower has
                                    experienced from the other individual
                                    borrower--
                                                ``(aa) domestic violence
                                            (as defined in section 40002(a)
                                            of the Violence Against Women
                                            Act of 1994 (34 U.S.C.
                                            12291(a))); or
                                                ``(bb) economic abuse
                                            (including behaviors that
                                            control such borrower's ability
                                            to acquire, use, and maintain
                                            access to money, credit, or the
                                            joint financial obligations of
                                            both borrowers);
                                        ``(II) the individual borrower
                                    certifies, on a form approved by the
                                    Secretary, that such borrower is unable
                                    to reasonably reach or access the loan
                                    information of the other individual
                                    borrower; or
                                        ``(III) the Secretary determines
                                    that authorizing each individual
                                    borrower to apply separately under
                                    subparagraph (A) would be in the best
                                    fiscal interests of the Federal
                                    Government.
                        ``(C) Borrower eligibility.--Notwithstanding
                    section 428C(a)(3)(A), the Secretary shall award a
                    consolidation loan under this part to each borrower
                    who--
                                ``(i) applies for such loan under
                            subparagraph (A); and
                                ``(ii) meets the requirements of
                            subparagraphs (A) and (B).
                ``(3) Consumer reporting agencies.--Upon obtaining a
            Federal Direct Consolidation Loan that discharges the liability
            on a defaulted loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this
            title, the Secretary, guaranty agency, or other holder of the
            loan shall request any consumer reporting agency to which the
            Secretary, guaranty agency or holder, as applicable, reported
            the default of the loan, to remove any adverse item of
            information relating to a delinquent or defaulted loan made,
            insured, or guaranteed under this title from the borrower's
            credit history.''.
        (i) Repeal of Subsidized Loan Usage Limitation.--Subsection (q) of
    section 455 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e) is
    repealed.

    SEC. 4303. AMENDMENTS TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PUBLIC SERVICE LOAN
                  FORGIVENESS.

        Section 455(m) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087e(m)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (1)--
                        (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                                (i) by striking ``or'' at the end of clause
                            (iii);
                                (ii) in clause (iv), by striking ``and'';
                            and
                                (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                                ``(v) payments under the income-based
                            repayment plan under section 493C(f); or
                                ``(vi) payments under the fixed repayment
                            plan described in section 493E; and''; and
                        (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``(i) is
                    employed'' and all that follows through ``has been''
                    and inserting ``has been'';
                (2) in paragraph (2), by adding at the end the following:
            ``In the case of a borrower who meets the requirements under
            paragraph (1) for such cancellation, such cancellation shall
            occur without further action by the borrower.'';
                (3) by redesignating paragraphs (3) and (4) as paragraphs
            (9) and (10), respectively; and
                (4) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
                ``(3) Treatment of loan refinanced under sections 460a or
            460b.--In the case of an eligible Federal Direct Loan
            refinanced under section 460A or 460B, any monthly payment
            pursuant to any repayment plan listed in paragraph (1)(A) made
            on a loan, for which the liability has been discharged by such
            refinanced loan and without regard to whether such loan is an
            eligible Federal Direct Loan, shall be treated as a monthly
            payment under paragraph (1)(A) on the portion of such
            refinanced loan that is attributable to such discharged loan.
                ``(4) On-line portal.--
                        ``(A) Borrowers.--The Secretary shall ensure that
                    borrowers have access to an on-line portal that
                    provides each borrower who signs on to such portal with
                    the following:
                                ``(i) Instructions on how to access the
                            database under paragraph (5) so that the
                            borrower can determine whether the borrower is
                            employed in a public service job.
                                ``(ii) An identification of the loans of
                            the borrower that are eligible Federal Direct
                            Loans.
                                ``(iii) With respect to each such eligible
                            Federal Direct Loan, the number of monthly
                            payments on such loan that qualify as a monthly
                            payment under paragraph (1)(A), and the
                            estimated number of monthly payments under
                            paragraph (1)(A) remaining on such loan before
                            the borrower may be eligible for loan
                            cancellation under this subsection.
                                ``(iv) With respect to each loan of the
                            borrower that is not eligible for loan
                            cancellation under this subsection, an
                            explanation of why the loan is not so eligible
                            and instructions on how what, if anything, the
                            borrower may do to make the loan so eligible.
                                ``(v) Instructions for the submission of
                            any forms associated with such loan
                            cancellation, and an ability for the borrower
                            to use the portal to electronically sign and
                            submit such forms.
                                ``(vi) In the case of a borrower who
                            disputes a determination of the Secretary
                            relating to the entitlement of the borrower to
                            loan cancellation under paragraph (2)--
                                        ``(I) an ability for the borrower
                                    to file a claim with the Secretary to
                                    dispute such determination through the
                                    portal; and
                                        ``(II) in the case of such a claim
                                    that has been filed, the status of such
                                    claim, for which updates shall be
                                    provided not fewer than once every 90
                                    days.
                        ``(B) Employers.--The Secretary shall ensure that
                    an employer of a borrower has the ability to
                    electronically sign and submit any forms associated
                    with loan cancellation under this subsection.
                        ``(C) Information.--The Secretary shall ensure that
                    any information provided through the on-line portal
                    described in this paragraph is up-to-date information.
                ``(5) Database of public service jobs.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Secretary, in consultation
                    with the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service,
                    shall establish and regularly update a database that
                    lists public service jobs.
                        ``(B) Public availability.--The database
                    established under subparagraph (A) shall be made
                    available on a publicly accessible website of the
                    Department in an easily searchable format.'';
                (5) in paragraph (9), as so redesignated--
                        (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                                (i) by inserting before the period at the
                            end the following: ``(including any Federal
                            Direct Stafford Loan, Federal Direct PLUS Loan,
                            Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or
                            Federal Direct Consolidation Loan refinanced
                            under section 460A)'';
                                (ii) by striking ``The term'' and inserting
                            the following:
                                ``(i) In general.--The term''; and
                                (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                                ``(ii) Treatment of certain consolidation
                            loan payments.--In the case of an eligible
                            Federal Direct Loan that is a Federal Direct
                            Consolidation Loan made on or after the date of
                            enactment of the College Affordability Act, any
                            monthly payment pursuant to any repayment plan
                            listed in paragraph (1)(A) made on a loan, for
                            which the liability has been discharged by the
                            proceeds of such Federal Direct Consolidation
                            Loan and without regard to whether the loan is
                            an eligible Federal Direct Loan, shall be
                            treated as a monthly payment under paragraph
                            (1)(A) on the portion of such Federal Direct
                            Consolidation Loan that is attributable to such
                            discharged loan, except that in the case of a
                            subsequent consolidation loan, for purposes of
                            this clause--
                                        ``(I) any monthly payment made on
                                    the first consolidation loan or any
                                    other loan for which the liability has
                                    been discharged by such subsequent
                                    consolidation loan shall be applicable;
                                    and
                                        ``(II) any monthly payment made on
                                    a loan for which the liability has been
                                    discharged by such first consolidation
                                    loan shall not be applicable.'';
                        (B) in subparagraph (B)--
                                (i) in clause (i), by striking ``or'' at
                            the end;
                                (ii) in clause (ii), by striking the period
                            at the end and inserting a semicolon; and
                                (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                                ``(iii) a full-time job as an employee or
                            manager of a farm or ranch that, with respect
                            to a fiscal year, has earnings of gross revenue
                            during such year from the sale of agricultural
                            products equal to or greater than--
                                        ``(I) in the case of 2019, $35,000;
                                    or
                                        ``(II) in the case of any
                                    succeeding year, the amount applicable
                                    under this subparagraph for the
                                    previous year, increased by the
                                    estimated percentage change in the
                                    Consumer Price Index for the most
                                    recent year preceding such year; or
                                ``(iv) a full-time job with a veterans or
                            military service organization as described in
                            paragraph (19) or (23) of section 501(c) of the
                            Internal Revenue Code, that does not engage in
                            partisan political campaign activity.''; and
                        (C) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(C) Full-time job as health care practitioner.--
                    The term `full-time professionals engaged in health
                    care practitioner occupations' includes an individual
                    who--
                                ``(i) has a full-time job as a health care
                            practitioner;
                                ``(ii) provides medical services in such
                            full-time job at a nonprofit or public hospital
                            or other nonprofit or public health care
                            facility; and
                                ``(iii) is prohibited from being employed
                            directly by such hospital or other health care
                            facility by State law.''; and
                (6) in paragraph (10), as so redesignated, by striking
            ``section 428J, 428K, 428L, or 460'' and inserting ``section
            428K or 428L''.

    SEC. 4304. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOANS TERMS AND CONDITIONS.

        Part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 455 the following
    new section:

    ``SEC. 455A. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOANS.

        ``(a) Designation of Loans.--Loans made to borrowers under this
    section shall be known as `Federal Direct Perkins Loans'.
        ``(b) In General.--It is the purpose of this section to authorize
    loans to be awarded by institutions of higher education through
    agreements established under section 463(f). Unless otherwise specified
    in this section, all terms and conditions and other requirements
    applicable to Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford loans established
    under section 455(a)(2)(D) shall apply to loans made pursuant to this
    section.
        ``(c) Eligible Borrowers.--Any student meeting the requirements for
    student eligibility under section 464(b) (including graduate and
    professional students as defined in regulations promulgated by the
    Secretary) shall be eligible to borrow a Federal Direct Perkins Loan,
    provided the student attends an eligible institution with an agreement
    with the Secretary under section 463(f), and the institution uses its
    authority under that agreement to award the student a loan.
        ``(d) Loan Limits.--The annual and aggregate limits for loans under
    this section shall be the same as those established under section 464,
    and aggregate limits shall include loans made by institutions under
    agreements under section 463(a).
        ``(e) Applicable Rates of Interest.--Loans made pursuant to this
    section shall bear interest, on the unpaid principal balance of the
    loan, at the rate of 5 percent per year.''.

    SEC. 4305. COMMON MANUAL FOR LOAN SERVICERS.

        Section 456(a)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087f(a)(2)) is amended in the first sentence by inserting before the
    period at the end the following: ``, including the applicable
    procedures and policies described in the manual developed under section
    493F''.

    SEC. 4306. REFINANCING FFEL AND FEDERAL DIRECT LOANS.

        Part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087a et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 460A. REFINANCING FFEL AND FEDERAL DIRECT LOANS.

        ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall establish a program under
    which the Secretary, upon the receipt of an application from a
    qualified borrower, makes a loan under this part, in accordance with
    the provisions of this section, in order to permit the borrower to
    obtain the interest rate provided under subsection (c).
        ``(b) Refinancing Direct Loans.--
                ``(1) Federal direct loans.--Upon application of a
            qualified borrower, the Secretary shall repay a Federal Direct
            Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, a
            Federal Direct PLUS Loan, or a Federal Direct Consolidation
            Loan of the qualified borrower, for which the first
            disbursement was made, or the application for the consolidation
            loan was received, before July 1, 2020, with the proceeds of a
            refinanced Federal Direct Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct
            Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, or a
            Federal Direct Consolidation Loan, respectively, issued to the
            borrower in an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal,
            accrued unpaid interest, and late charges of the original loan.
                ``(2) Refinancing ffel program loans as refinanced federal
            direct loans.--Upon application of a qualified borrower for any
            loan that was made, insured, or guaranteed under part B and for
            which the first disbursement was made, or the application for
            the consolidation loan was received, before July 1, 2010, the
            Secretary shall make a loan under this part, in an amount equal
            to the sum of the unpaid principal, accrued unpaid interest,
            and late charges of the original loan to the borrower in
            accordance with the following:
                        ``(A) The Secretary shall pay the proceeds of such
                    loan to the eligible lender of the loan made, insured,
                    or guaranteed under part B, in order to discharge the
                    borrower from any remaining obligation to the lender
                    with respect to the original loan.
                        ``(B) A loan made under this section that was
                    originally--
                                ``(i) a loan originally made, insured, or
                            guaranteed under section 428 shall be a Federal
                            Direct Stafford Loan;
                                ``(ii) a loan originally made, insured, or
                            guaranteed under section 428B shall be a
                            Federal Direct PLUS Loan;
                                ``(iii) a loan originally made, insured, or
                            guaranteed under section 428H shall be a
                            Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan; and
                                ``(iv) a loan originally made, insured, or
                            guaranteed under section 428C shall be a
                            Federal Direct Consolidation Loan.
                        ``(C) The interest rate for each loan made by the
                    Secretary under this paragraph shall be the rate
                    provided under subsection (c).
        ``(c) Interest Rates.--
                ``(1) In general.--The interest rate for the refinanced
            Federal Direct Stafford Loans, Federal Direct Unsubsidized
            Stafford Loans, Federal Direct PLUS Loans, and Federal Direct
            Consolidation Loans, shall be a rate equal to--
                        ``(A) in any case where the original loan was a
                    loan under section 428 or 428H, a Federal Direct
                    Stafford loan, or a Federal Direct Unsubsidized
                    Stafford Loan, that was issued to an undergraduate
                    student, a rate equal to the rate for Federal Direct
                    Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford
                    Loans issued to undergraduate students for the 12-month
                    period beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending on June
                    30, 2020;
                        ``(B) in any case where the original loan was a
                    loan under section 428 or 428H, a Federal Direct
                    Stafford Loan, or a Federal Direct Unsubsidized
                    Stafford Loan, that was issued to a graduate or
                    professional student, a rate equal to the rate for
                    Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to
                    graduate or professional students for the 12-month
                    period beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending on June
                    30, 2020;
                        ``(C) in any case where the original loan was a
                    loan under section 428B or a Federal Direct PLUS Loan,
                    a rate equal to the rate for Federal Direct PLUS Loans
                    for the 12-month period beginning on July 1, 2019, and
                    ending on June 30, 2020; and
                        ``(D) in any case where the original loan was a
                    loan under section 428C or a Federal Direct
                    Consolidation Loan, a rate calculated in accordance
                    with paragraph (2).
                ``(2) Interest rates for consolidation loans.--
                        ``(A) Method of calculation.--In order to determine
                    the interest rate for any refinanced Federal Direct
                    Consolidation Loan under paragraph (1)(D), the
                    Secretary shall--
                                ``(i) determine each of the component loans
                            that were originally consolidated in the loan
                            under section 428C or the Federal Direct
                            Consolidation Loan, and calculate the
                            proportion of the unpaid principal balance of
                            the loan under section 428C or the Federal
                            Direct Consolidation Loan that each component
                            loan represents;
                                ``(ii) use the proportions determined in
                            accordance with clause (i) and the interest
                            rate applicable for each component loan, as
                            determined under subparagraph (B), to calculate
                            the weighted average of the interest rates on
                            the loans consolidated into the loan under
                            section 428C or the Federal Direct
                            Consolidation Loan; and
                                ``(iii) apply the weighted average
                            calculated under clause (ii) as the interest
                            rate for the refinanced Federal Direct
                            Consolidation Loan.
                        ``(B) Interest rates for component loans.--The
                    interest rates for the component loans of a loan made
                    under section 428C or a Federal Direct Consolidation
                    Loan shall be the following:
                                ``(i) The interest rate for any loan under
                            section 428 or 428H, Federal Direct Stafford
                            Loan, or Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford
                            Loan issued to an undergraduate student shall
                            be a rate equal to the lesser of--
                                        ``(I) the rate for Federal Direct
                                    Stafford Loans and Federal Direct
                                    Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to
                                    undergraduate students for the 12-month
                                    period beginning on July 1, 2019, and
                                    ending on June 30, 2020; or
                                        ``(II) the original interest rate
                                    of the component loan.
                                ``(ii) The interest rate for any loan under
                            section 428 or 428H, Federal Direct Stafford
                            Loan, or Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford
                            Loan issued to a graduate or professional
                            student shall be a rate equal to the lesser
                            of--
                                        ``(I) the rate for Federal Direct
                                    Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to
                                    graduate or professional students for
                                    the 12-month period beginning on July
                                    1, 2019, and ending on June 30, 2020;
                                    or
                                        ``(II) the original interest rate
                                    of the component loan.
                                ``(iii) The interest rate for any loan
                            under section 428B or Federal Direct PLUS Loan
                            shall be a rate equal to the lesser of--
                                        ``(I) the rate for Federal Direct
                                    PLUS Loans for the 12-month period
                                    beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending
                                    on June 30, 2020; or
                                        ``(II) the original interest rate
                                    of the component loan.
                                ``(iv) The interest rate for any component
                            loan that is a loan under section 428C or a
                            Federal Direct Consolidation Loan shall be the
                            weighted average of the interest rates that
                            would apply under this subparagraph for each
                            loan comprising the component consolidation
                            loan.
                                ``(v) The interest rate for any eligible
                            loan that is a component of a loan made under
                            section 428C or a Federal Direct Consolidation
                            Loan and is not described in clauses (i)
                            through (iv) shall be the interest rate on the
                            original component loan.
                ``(3) Fixed rate.--The applicable rate of interest
            determined under paragraph (1) for a refinanced loan under this
            section shall be fixed for the period of the loan.
        ``(d) Terms and Conditions of Loans.--
                ``(1) In general.--A loan that is refinanced under this
            section shall have the same terms and conditions as the
            original loan, except as otherwise provided in this section.
                ``(2) No automatic extension of repayment period.--
            Refinancing a loan under this section shall not result in the
            extension of the duration of the repayment period of the loan,
            and the borrower shall retain the same repayment term that was
            in effect on the original loan. Nothing in this paragraph shall
            be construed to prevent a borrower from electing a different
            repayment plan at any time in accordance with section
            455(d)(4).
        ``(e) Definition of Qualified Borrower.--
                ``(1) In general.--For purposes of this section, the term
            `qualified borrower' means a borrower--
                        ``(A) of a loan under this part or part B for which
                    the first disbursement was made, or the application for
                    a consolidation loan was received, before July 1, 2020;
                    and
                        ``(B) who meets the eligibility requirements based
                    on income or debt-to-income ratio established by the
                    Secretary.
                ``(2) Income requirements.--The Secretary shall establish
            eligibility requirements based on income or debt-to-income
            ratio that take into consideration providing access to
            refinancing under this section for borrowers with the greatest
            financial need.
        ``(f) Notification to Borrowers.--The Secretary, in coordination
    with the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, shall
    undertake a campaign to alert borrowers of loans that are eligible for
    refinancing under this section that the borrowers are eligible to apply
    for such refinancing. The campaign shall include the following
    activities:
                ``(1) Developing consumer information materials about the
            availability of Federal student loan refinancing.
                ``(2) Requiring servicers of loans under this part or part
            B to provide such consumer information to borrowers in a manner
            determined appropriate by the Secretary, in consultation with
            the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.''.

    SEC. 4307. REFINANCING PRIVATE STUDENT LOANS.

        Part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087a et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 460B. FEDERAL DIRECT REFINANCED PRIVATE LOAN PROGRAM.

        ``(a) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Eligible private education loan.--The term `eligible
            private education loan' means a private education loan, as
            defined in section 140(a) of the Truth in Lending Act (15
            U.S.C. 1650(a)), that--
                        ``(A) was disbursed to the borrower before July 1,
                    2020; and
                        ``(B) was for the borrower's own postsecondary
                    educational expenses for an eligible program at an
                    institution of higher education participating in the
                    loan program under this part, as of the date that the
                    loan was disbursed.
                ``(2) Federal direct refinanced private loan.--The term
            `Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan' means a loan issued
            under subsection (b)(1).
                ``(3) Private educational lender.--The term `private
            educational lender' has the meaning given the term in section
            140(a) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1650(a)).
                ``(4) Qualified borrower.--The term `qualified borrower'
            means an individual who--
                        ``(A) has an eligible private education loan;
                        ``(B) has been current on payments on the eligible
                    private education loan for the 6 months prior to the
                    date of the qualified borrower's application for
                    refinancing under this section, and is in good standing
                    on the loan at the time of such application;
                        ``(C) is not in default on the eligible private
                    education loan or on any loan made, insured, or
                    guaranteed under this part or part B or E; and
                        ``(D) meets the eligibility requirements described
                    in subsection (b)(2).
        ``(b) Program Authorized.--
                ``(1) In general.--The Secretary, in consultation with the
            Secretary of the Treasury, shall carry out a program under
            which the Secretary, upon application by a qualified borrower
            who has an eligible private education loan, shall issue such
            borrower a loan under this part in accordance with the
            following:
                        ``(A) The loan issued under this program shall be
                    in an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal,
                    accrued unpaid interest, and late charges of the
                    private education loan.
                        ``(B) The Secretary shall pay the proceeds of the
                    loan issued under this program to the private
                    educational lender of the private education loan, in
                    order to discharge the qualified borrower from any
                    remaining obligation to the lender with respect to the
                    original loan.
                        ``(C) The Secretary shall require that the
                    qualified borrower undergo loan counseling that
                    provides all of the information and counseling required
                    under clause (i) and clauses (iv) through (xiv) of
                    section 485(b)(1)(A) (as amended by the College
                    Affordability Act) before the loan is refinanced in
                    accordance with this section, and before the proceeds
                    of such loan are paid to the private educational
                    lender.
                        ``(D) The Secretary shall issue the loan as a
                    Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan, which shall
                    have the same terms, conditions, and benefits as a
                    Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, except as
                    otherwise provided in this section.
                ``(2) Borrower eligibility.--The Secretary, in consultation
            with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of the
            Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, shall establish
            eligibility requirements--
                        ``(A) based on income or debt-to-income ratio that
                    take into consideration providing access to refinancing
                    under this section for borrowers with the greatest
                    financial need;
                        ``(B) to ensure eligibility only for borrowers in
                    good standing;
                        ``(C) to minimize inequities between Federal Direct
                    Refinanced Private Loans and other Federal student
                    loans;
                        ``(D) to preclude windfall profits for private
                    educational lenders; and
                        ``(E) to ensure full access to the program
                    authorized in this subsection for borrowers with
                    private loans who otherwise meet the criteria
                    established in accordance with subparagraphs (A) and
                    (B).
        ``(c) Interest Rate.--
                ``(1) In general.--The interest rate for a Federal Direct
            Refinanced Private Loan is--
                        ``(A) in the case of a Federal Direct Refinanced
                    Private Loan for a private education loan originally
                    issued for undergraduate postsecondary educational
                    expenses, a rate equal to the rate for Federal Direct
                    Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford
                    Loans issued to undergraduate students for the 12-month
                    period beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending on June
                    30, 2020; and
                        ``(B) in the case of a Federal Direct Refinanced
                    Private Loan for a private education loan originally
                    issued for graduate or professional degree
                    postsecondary educational expenses, a rate equal to the
                    rate for Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans
                    issued to graduate or professional students for the 12-
                    month period beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending on
                    June 30, 2020.
                ``(2) Combined undergraduate and graduate study loans.--If
            a Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan is for a private
            education loan originally issued for both undergraduate and
            graduate or professional postsecondary educational expenses,
            the interest rate shall be a rate equal to the rate for Federal
            Direct PLUS Loans for the 12-month period beginning on July 1,
            2019, and ending on June 30, 2020.
                ``(3) Fixed rate.--The applicable rate of interest
            determined under this subsection for a Federal Direct
            Refinanced Private Loan shall be fixed for the period of the
            loan.
        ``(d) No Inclusion in Aggregate Limits.--The amount of a Federal
    Direct Refinanced Private Loan, or a Federal Direct Consolidated Loan
    to the extent such loan was used to repay a Federal Direct Refinanced
    Private Loan, shall not be included in calculating a borrower's annual
    or aggregate loan limits under section 428 or 428H.
        ``(e) No Eligibility for Service-Related Repayment.--A Federal
    Direct Refinanced Private Loan, or any Federal Direct Consolidation
    Loan to the extent such loan was used to repay a Federal Direct
    Refinanced Private Loan, shall not be eligible for any loan repayment
    or loan forgiveness program under section 428K, 428L, or 460 or for the
    repayment plan for public service employees under section 455(m).
        ``(f) Private Educational Lender Reporting Requirement.--
                ``(1) Reporting required.--The Secretary, in consultation
            with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of the
            Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, shall establish a
            requirement that private educational lenders report the data
            described in paragraph (2) to the Secretary, to Congress, to
            the Secretary of the Treasury, and to the Director of the
            Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, in order to allow for
            an assessment of the private education loan market.
                ``(2) Contents of reporting.--The data that private
            educational lenders shall report in accordance with paragraph
            (1) shall include each of the following about private education
            loans (as defined in section 140(a) of the Truth in Lending Act
            (15 U.S.C. 1650(a))):
                        ``(A) The total amount of private education loan
                    debt the lender holds.
                        ``(B) The total number of private education loan
                    borrowers the lender serves.
                        ``(C) The average interest rate on the outstanding
                    private education loan debt held by the lender.
                        ``(D) The proportion of private education loan
                    borrowers who are in default on a loan held by the
                    lender.
                        ``(E) The proportion of the outstanding private
                    education loan volume held by the lender that is in
                    default.
                        ``(F) The proportions of outstanding private
                    education loan borrowers who are 30, 60, and 90 days
                    delinquent.
                        ``(G) The proportions of outstanding private
                    education loan volume that is 30, 60, and 90 days
                    delinquent.
        ``(g) Notification to Borrowers.--The Secretary, in coordination
    with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of the Bureau of
    Consumer Financial Protection, shall undertake a campaign to alert
    borrowers about the availability of private student loan refinancing
    under this section.''.

                         PART E--FEDERAL PERKINS LOANS

    SEC. 4401. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR PERKINS LOAN.

        Section 461(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087aa(b)) is amended--
                (1) by striking ``(1) In general.--'';
                (2) by striking paragraphs (2) and (3); and
                (3) by redesignating subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) as
            paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), respectively.

    SEC. 4402. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS FOR PERKINS LOAN.

        Section 462 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087bb)
    is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``From'' and
            inserting ``For any fiscal year before fiscal year 2021,
            from''; and
                (2) in subsection (i)(1), by striking ``for any fiscal
            year,'' and inserting ``for any fiscal year before fiscal year
            2021,''.

    SEC. 4403. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOAN ALLOCATION.

        Part E of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087aa et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 462 the
    following:

    ``SEC. 462A. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOAN ALLOCATION.

        ``(a) Purposes.--The purposes of this section are--
                ``(1) to allocate, among eligible and participating
            institutions (as such terms are defined in this section), the
            authority to make Federal Direct Perkins Loans under section
            455A with a portion of the annual loan authority described in
            subsection (b)(1); and
                ``(2) to make funds available, in accordance with section
            452, to each participating institution from a portion of the
            annual loan authority described in subsection (b), in an amount
            not to exceed the sum of an institution's allocation of funds
            under subparagraph (B) of subsection (b)(1) to enable each such
            institution to make Federal Direct Perkins Loans to eligible
            students at the institution.
        ``(b) Available Direct Perkins Annual Loan Authority.--
                ``(1) Availability and allocations.--
                        ``(A) In general.--There are hereby made available,
                    from funds made available for loans made under part D,
                    not to exceed $2,400,000,000 of annual loan authority
                    for award year 2021-2022 and each succeeding award
                    year, to be allocated as provided in subparagraph (B).
                        ``(B) Allocation formula.--Except as provided in
                    paragraphs (3), (4), and (5), for each award year, the
                    Secretary shall allocate an amount to each
                    participating institution that is equal to--
                                ``(i) 100 percent of the institutional
                            undergraduate student need (as determined under
                            subparagraph (C)) for the preceding award year;
                            and
                                ``(ii) 25 percent of the institutional
                            graduate student need (as determined under
                            subparagraph (D)) for the preceding award year.
                        ``(C) Institutional undergraduate student need
                    calculation.--The institutional undergraduate student
                    need for a participating institution for an award year
                    shall be equal to the sum of the following:
                                ``(i) An amount equal to 50 percent of the
                            amount that bears the same proportion to the
                            amount made available under subparagraph (A)
                            for such award year as the total amount of
                            Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at the
                            participating institution for the preceding
                            award year bears to the total amount of Federal
                            Pell Grant funds awarded at all participating
                            institutions for the preceding award year.
                                ``(ii) An amount equal to 50 percent of the
                            amount that bears the same proportion to the
                            amount made available under subparagraph (A)
                            for such award year as the total amount of the
                            undergraduate student need at the participating
                            institution for the preceding award year bears
                            to the total amount of undergraduate student
                            need at all participating institutions for the
                            preceding award year.
                        ``(D) Institutional graduate student need
                    calculation.--The institutional graduate student need
                    for a participating institution for an award year shall
                    be equal to the amount that bears the same proportion
                    to the amount made available under subparagraph (A) for
                    such award year as the total amount of the graduate
                    student need at the participating institution for the
                    preceding award year bears to the total amount of
                    graduate student need at all participating institutions
                    for the preceding award year.
                ``(2) No funds to non-participating institutions.--The
            Secretary shall not make funds available under this subsection
            to any eligible institution that is not a participating
            institution.
                ``(3) Required minimum amount.--In no case shall the sum of
            a participating institution's allocation of loan authority
            computed under paragraph (1)(B) be less than the average of the
            institution's total principal amount of loans made under this
            part for each of the academic years 2012-2013 through 2016-
            2017.
                ``(4) Additional adjustments.--If the Secretary determines
            that the sum of a participating institution's allocation of
            loan authority under paragraph (1)(B) is below the minimum
            amount required under paragraph (3), the Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) for each participating institution for which
                    the minimum amount under paragraph (3) is not
                    satisfied, increase the amount of such sum to the
                    amount of the required minimum under such paragraph;
                    and
                        ``(B) ratably reduce the amount of the sum of such
                    loan authority of all participating institutions not
                    described in subparagraph (A).
                ``(5) Estimating the year preceding the first year of
            allocations.--For award year 2021-2022, in calculating an
            institution's undergraduate student need under paragraph (1)(C)
            and an institution's graduate student need under paragraph
            (1)(D), the Secretary may estimate the data with respect to the
            preceding award year required to make such calculations.
        ``(c) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Annual loan authority.--The term `annual loan
            authority' means the total original principal amount of loans
            that may be allocated and made available for an award year to
            make Federal Direct Perkins Loans under section 455A.
                ``(2) Average cost of attendance.--The term `average cost
            of attendance' has the meaning given the term in section
            4202(e)(5)(B).
                ``(3) Graduate student need.--The term `graduate student
            need' means, with respect to a graduate student for an award
            year, the lesser of the following:
                        ``(A) The amount equal to (except the amount
                    computed by this subparagraph shall not be less than
                    zero)--
                                ``(i) the average cost of attendance for
                            the preceding award year, minus
                                ``(ii) such graduate student's expected
                            family contribution (computed in accordance
                            with part F of this title) for the preceding
                            award year.
                        ``(B) The total annual loan limit for a Federal
                    Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan.
                ``(4) Undergraduate student need.--The term `undergraduate
            student need' means, with respect to an undergraduate student
            for an award year, the lesser of the following:
                        ``(A) The total of the amount equal to (except the
                    amount computed by this clause shall not be less than
                    zero)--
                                ``(i) the average cost of attendance for
                            the award year, minus
                                ``(ii) such undergraduate student's
                            expected family contribution (computed in
                            accordance with part F of this title) for the
                            preceding award year.
                        ``(B) The total loan annual limit for a Federal
                    Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and a Federal Direct
                    Loan.
                ``(5) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible
            institution' means an institution of higher education that
            participates in the Federal Direct Stafford Loan Program.
                ``(6) Participating institution.--The term `participating
            institution' means an institution of higher education that has
            an agreement under section 463(f).''.

    SEC. 4404. AGREEMENTS WITH INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR
                  PURPOSES OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

        (a) Amendments.--Section 463 of the Higher Education Act (20 U.S.C.
    1087cc) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)--
                        (A) in the heading, by inserting ``for Loans Made
                    Before July 1, 2021'' after ``Agreements'';
                        (B) in paragraph (3)(A), by inserting ``before July
                    1, 2021'' after ``students'';
                        (C) in paragraph (4), by striking ``thereon--'' and
                    all that follows and inserting ``thereon, if the
                    institution has failed to maintain an acceptable
                    collection record with respect to such loan, as
                    determined by the Secretary in accordance with criteria
                    established by regulation, the Secretary may require
                    the institution to assign such note or agreement to the
                    Secretary, without recompense;''; and
                        (D) in paragraph (5), by striking ``and the
                    Secretary shall apportion'' and all that follows
                    through ``in accordance with section 462'' and
                    inserting ``and the Secretary shall return a portion of
                    funds from loan repayments to the institution as
                    specified in section 466(b)'';
                (2) by amending subsection (b) to read as follows:
        ``(b) Administrative Expenses.--An institution that has entered
    into an agreement under subsection (a) shall be entitled, for each
    fiscal year during which it services student loans from a student loan
    fund established under such agreement, to a payment in lieu of
    reimbursement for its expenses in servicing student loans made before
    July 1, 2021. Such payment shall be equal to 0.50 percent of the
    outstanding principal and interest balance of such loans being serviced
    by the institution as of September 30 of each fiscal year.''; and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
        ``(f) Contents of Agreements for Loans Made On or After July 1,
    2021.--An agreement with any institution of higher education that
    elects to participate in the Federal Direct Perkins Loan program under
    section 455A shall provide--
                ``(1) for the establishment and maintenance of a Direct
            Perkins Loan program at the institution under which the
            institution shall use loan authority allocated under section
            462A to make loans to eligible students attending the
            institution;
                ``(2) that the institution, unless otherwise specified in
            this subsection, shall operate the program consistent with the
            requirements of agreements established under section 454; and
                ``(3) that if the institution ceases to be eligible to
            receive Federal loans under this title based on loss of
            eligibility under section 435(a), as amended, due to a high
            adjusted cohort default rate, the Secretary shall suspend or
            terminate the institution's eligibility to make Federal Direct
            Perkins Loans under section 455A unless and until the
            institution would qualify for a resumption of eligible
            institution status under such section.''.
        (b) Effective Date.--The amendments made by paragraph (2) of
    subsection (a) shall take effect on October 1, 2021.

    SEC. 4405. STUDENT LOAN INFORMATION BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS FOR
                  PURPOSES OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

        Section 463A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087cc-
    1) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``Each institution'' and
            inserting ``For loans made before July 1, 2021, each
            institution''; and
                (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``Each institution'' and
            inserting ``For loans made before July 1, 2021, each
            institution''.

    SEC. 4406. TERMS OF LOANS FOR PURPOSES OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

        Section 464 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087dd)
    is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``section 463'' and
            inserting ``section 463(a)'';
                (2) in subsection (b)(1), by inserting ``made before July
            1, 2021,'' after ``A loan'';
                (3) in subsection (c)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``made before
                    July 1, 2021,'' after ``a loan'';
                        (B) in paragraph (2)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting
                            ``made before July 1, 2021,'' after ``any
                            loan''; and
                                (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting
                            ``made before July 1, 2021,'' after ``any
                            loan'';
                        (C) in paragraph (3)(B), by inserting ``for a loan
                    made before July 1, 2021,'' after ``Secretary, the
                    repayment period'';
                        (D) in paragraph (4), by inserting ``before July 1,
                    2021,'' after ``for a loan made'';
                        (E) in paragraph (5), by striking ``The
                    institution'' and inserting ``For loans made before
                    July 1, 2021, the institution''; and
                        (F) in paragraph (6), by inserting ``made before
                    July 1, 2021,'' after ``of loans'';
                (4) in subsection (d), by inserting ``made before July 1,
            2021,'' before ``from the student loan fund'';
                (5) in subsection (e), by inserting ``with respect to loans
            made before July 1, 2021, and'' before ``as documented in
            accordance with paragraph (2),'';
                (6) in subsection (g)(1), by inserting ``and before July 1,
            2021,'' after ``January 1, 1986,'';
                (7) in subsection (h)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)(A) by inserting ``before July
                    1, 2021,'' after ``made under this part''; and
                        (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``before July 1,
                    2021,'' after ``under this part''; and
                (8) in subsection (j)(1), by inserting ``before July 1,
            2021,'' after ``under this part''.

    SEC. 4407. REIMBURSEMENT FOR CANCELLATION OF PERKINS LOANS FOR CERTAIN
                  PUBLIC SERVICE.

        Section 465 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ee)
    is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a), by inserting ``and before July 1,
            2021,'' after ``June 30, 1972,''; and
                (2) by amending subsection (b) to read as follows:
        ``(b) Reimbursement for Cancellations.--
                ``(1) Assigned loans.--In the case of loans made under this
            part before July 1, 2021, and that are assigned to the
            Secretary, the Secretary shall, from amounts repaid each
            quarter on assigned Perkins Loans made before July 1, 2021, pay
            to each institution for each quarter an amount equal to--
                        ``(A) the aggregate of the amounts of loans from
                    its student loan fund that are canceled pursuant to
                    this section for such quarter, minus
                        ``(B) an amount equal to the aggregate of the
                    amounts of any such loans so canceled that were made
                    from Federal capital contributions to its student loan
                    fund.
                ``(2) Retained loans.--In the case of loans made under this
            part before July 1, 2021, and that are retained by the
            institution for servicing, the institution shall deduct from
            loan repayments owed to the Secretary under section 466, an
            amount equal to--
                        ``(A) the aggregate of the amounts of loans from
                    its student loan fund that are canceled pursuant to
                    this section for such quarter, minus
                        ``(B) an amount equal to the aggregate of the
                    amounts of any such loans so canceled that were made
                    from Federal capital contributions to its student loan
                    fund.''.

    SEC. 4408. DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS FROM STUDENT LOAN FUNDS FOR PURPOSES
                  OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

        Section 466 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ff)
    is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 466. DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS FROM STUDENT LOAN FUNDS.

        ``(a) Capital Distribution.--Beginning July 1, 2021, there shall be
    a capital distribution of the balance of the student loan fund
    established under this part by each institution of higher education as
    follows:
                ``(1) For the quarter beginning July 1, 2021, the Secretary
            shall first be paid, no later than September 30, 2021, an
            amount that bears the same ratio to the cash balance in such
            fund at the close of June 30, 2021, as the total amount of the
            Federal capital contributions to such fund by the Secretary
            under this part bears to--
                        ``(A) the sum of such Federal contributions and the
                    institution's capital contributions to such fund, less
                        ``(B) an amount equal to--
                                ``(i) the institution's outstanding
                            administrative costs as calculated under
                            section 463(b);
                                ``(ii) outstanding charges assessed under
                            section 464(c)(1)(H); and
                                ``(iii) outstanding loan cancellation costs
                            incurred under section 465.
                ``(2) At the end of each quarter subsequent to the quarter
            ending September 30, 2021, the Secretary shall first be paid an
            amount that bears the same ratio to the cash balance in such
            fund at the close of the preceding quarter, as the total amount
            of the Federal capital contributions to such fund by the
            Secretary under this part bears to--
                        ``(A) the sum of such Federal contributions and the
                    institution's capital contributions to such fund, less
                        ``(B) an amount equal to--
                                ``(i) the institution's administrative
                            costs incurred for that quarter as calculated
                            under section 463(b);
                                ``(ii) charges assessed for that quarter
                            under section 464(c)(1)(H); and
                                ``(iii) loan cancellation costs incurred
                            for that quarter under section 465.
                ``(3)(A) The Secretary shall calculate the amounts due to
            the Secretary under paragraph (1) (adjusted in accordance with
            subparagraph (B), as appropriate) and paragraph (2) and shall
            promptly inform the institution of such calculated amounts.
                ``(B) In the event that, prior to the date of enactment of
            the College Affordability Act, an institution made a short-
            term, interest-free loan to the institution's student loan fund
            established under this part in anticipation of collections or
            receipt of Federal capital contributions, and the institution
            demonstrates to the Secretary, on or before June 30, 2021, that
            such loan will still be outstanding after June 30, 2021, the
            Secretary shall subtract the amount of such outstanding loan
            from the cash balance of the institution's student loan fund
            that is used to calculate the amount due to the Secretary under
            paragraph (1). An adjustment of an amount due to the Secretary
            under this subparagraph shall be made by the Secretary on a
            case-by-case basis.
                ``(4) Any remaining balance at the end of a quarter after a
            payment under paragraph (1) or (2) shall be retained by the
            institution for use at its discretion. Any balance so retained
            shall be withdrawn from the student loan fund and shall not be
            counted in calculating amounts owed to the Secretary for
            subsequent quarters.
                ``(5) Each institution shall make the quarterly payments to
            the Secretary described in paragraph (2) until all outstanding
            Federal Perkins Loans at that institution have been assigned to
            the Secretary and there are no funds remaining in the
            institution's student loan fund.
                ``(6) In the event that the institution's administrative
            costs, charges, and cancellation costs described in paragraph
            (2) for a quarter exceed the amount owed to the Secretary under
            paragraphs (1) and (2) for that quarter, no payment shall be
            due to the Secretary from the institution for that quarter and
            the Secretary shall pay the institution, from funds realized
            from the collection of assigned Federal Perkins Loans made
            before July 1, 2021, an amount that, when combined with the
            amount retained by the institution under paragraphs (1) and
            (2), equals the full amount of such administrative costs,
            charges, and cancellation costs.
        ``(b) Assignment of Outstanding Loans.--Beginning July 1, 2021, an
    institution of higher education may assign all outstanding loans made
    under this part before July 1, 2021, to the Secretary, consistent with
    the requirements of section 463(a)(5). In collecting loans so assigned,
    the Secretary shall pay an institution an amount that constitutes the
    same fraction of such collections as the fraction of the cash balance
    that the institution retains under subsection (a)(2), but determining
    such fraction without regard to subparagraph (B)(i) of such
    subsection.''.

                             PART F--NEED ANALYSIS

    SEC. 4501. CONFORMING AMENDMENT TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

        Section 473(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087mm) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``academic year'' and
            inserting ``award year''; and
                (2) in paragraph (2)--
                        (A) by striking ``academic year'' each place it
                    appears and inserting ``award year''; and
                        (B) by striking ``academic years'' and inserting
                    ``award years''.

    SEC. 4502. AMENDMENTS TO DATA ELEMENTS WHEN DETERMINING THE EXPECTED
                  FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

        Section 474(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087nn(b)) is amended in paragraph (4), by inserting before ``the net''
    the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three applicant,''.

    SEC. 4503. AMENDMENTS TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION FOR DEPENDENT STUDENTS.

        (a) Dependent Students.--Section 475 of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087oo) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)(3), by inserting before ``the
            student'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three
            applicant,'';
                (2) in subsection (b)(1)(B), by inserting before ``the
            parents'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three
            applicant,''; and
                (3) in subsection (b)(3), by striking ``award period'' and
            inserting ``award year''.
        (b) Increasing Support for Working Dependent Students.--Section
    475(g)(2)(D) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087oo(g)(2)(D)) is amended to read as follows:
                        ``(D) an income protection allowance (or a
                    successor amount prescribed by the Secretary under
                    section 478) of $9,230 for award year 2021-2022;''.

    SEC. 4504. AMENDMENTS TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION FOR INDEPENDENT STUDENTS
                  WITHOUT DEPENDENTS OTHER THAN A SPOUSE.

        (a) Independent Students Without Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--
    Section 476(a)(1)(B) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087pp(a)(1)(B)) is amended by inserting before ``the family's
    contribution'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three
    applicant,''.
        (b) Increasing Support for Working Independent Students Without
    Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--Section 476 of the Higher Education
    Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087pp) is further amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)(2), by striking ``award period'' and
            inserting ``award year''; and
                (2) by amending subsection (b)(1)(A)(iv) to read as
            follows:
                                ``(iv) an income protection allowance (or a
                            successor amount prescribed by the Secretary
                            under section 478)--
                                        ``(I) for single or separated
                                    students, or married students where
                                    both are enrolled pursuant to
                                    subsection (a)(2), of $14,360 for award
                                    year 2021-2022; and
                                        ``(II) for married students where 1
                                    is enrolled pursuant to subsection
                                    (a)(2), of $23,030 for award year 2021-
                                    2022;''.

    SEC. 4505. AMENDMENTS TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION FOR INDEPENDENT STUDENTS
                  WITH DEPENDENTS OTHER THAN A SPOUSE.

        (a) Independent Students With Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--
    Section 477(a)(1)(B) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087qq(a)(1)(B)) is amended by inserting before ``the family's
    contribution'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three
    applicant,''.
        (b) Increasing Support for Working Independent Students With
    Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--Section 477 of the Higher Education
    Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087qq) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)(3), by striking ``award period'' and
            inserting ``award year''; and
                (2) by amending subsection (b)(4) to read as follows:
                ``(4) Income protection allowance.--The income protection
            allowance is determined by the following table (or a successor
            table prescribed by the Secretary under section 478), for award
            year 2021-2022:

                                              ``Income Protection Allowance
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Family  Size                                           Number in College
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          For each
      (including           1                2                3                4               5          additional
       student)                                                                                          subtract:
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          2              $36,370          $30,160                                                           $6,180
          3               45,290           39,100          $32,890
          4               55,920           49,720           43,540          $37,300
          5               65,990           59,750           53,570           47,360         $41,180
          6               77,170           70,960           64,790           58,540          52,350
    For each
    additional
       add:                8,710                                                                               ''.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SEC. 4506. INSTITUTIONAL CALCULATIONS FOR OFF-CAMPUS ROOM AND BOARD.

        (a) Authority To Prescribe Regulations.--Section 478(a) of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087rr(a)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (1)--
                        (A) by striking ``or'' at the end of subparagraph
                    (A);
                        (B) by striking the period at the end of
                    subparagraph (B) and inserting ``; or''; and
                        (C) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(C) to prescribe--
                                ``(i) one methodology that institutions of
                            higher education (other than institutions that
                            receive a waiver under clause (ii)) shall use,
                            or a selection of two or more methodologies
                            from which such institutions shall select and
                            use a methodology, to determine the allowance
                            for room and board costs incurred by students
                            described in subparagraph (A) of section 472(3)
                            and by students described in subparagraph (D)
                            of such section, which shall--
                                        ``(I) ensure that each such
                                    allowance determination is sufficient
                                    to cover reasonable room and board
                                    costs incurred by the students for whom
                                    such allowance is being determined; and
                                        ``(II) include the sources of
                                    information that institutions shall use
                                    in making each such allowance
                                    determination; and
                                ``(ii) a process for granting institutions
                            of higher education a waiver from the
                            requirements of clause (i), including--
                                        ``(I) a requirement that each
                                    institution of higher education seeking
                                    such a waiver submit to the Secretary--
                                                ``(aa) a description of the
                                            methodology that the
                                            institution will use for each
                                            allowance determination
                                            described in clause (i);
                                                ``(bb) an assurance that
                                            each such allowance
                                            determination meets the
                                            requirements of clause (i)(I);
                                            and
                                                ``(cc) a demonstration that
                                            the institution will use
                                            reliable sources of information
                                            for each such allowance
                                            determination; and
                                        ``(II) a requirement that each
                                    institution of higher education that
                                    receives such a waiver publicly
                                    disclose on the website of the
                                    institution the methodology and sources
                                    of information used by the institution
                                    for each allowance determination
                                    described in clause (i).''; and
                (2) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(3) Any regulation proposed by the Secretary under
            paragraph (1)(C) of this subsection shall not be subject to the
            requirements of paragraph (2).''.
        (b) Requirement To Prescribe Regulations.--Not later than 18 months
    after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education
    shall issue regulations that meet the requirements of subparagraph (C)
    of section 478(a)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087rr(a)(1)), as added by subsection (a).

    SEC. 4507. UPDATED TABLES AND AMOUNTS TO NEED ANALYSIS.

        Section 478 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087rr)
    is further amended--
                (1) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by striking subparagraphs (A)
                    and (B) and inserting the following:
                        ``(A) In general.--For each award year after award
                    year 2021-2022, the Secretary shall publish in the
                    Federal Register a revised table of income protection
                    allowances for the purpose of sections 475(c)(4) and
                    477(b)(4), subject to subparagraphs (B) and (C).
                        ``(B) Table for independent students.--For each
                    award year after award year 2021-2022, the Secretary
                    shall develop the revised table of income protection
                    allowances by increasing each of the dollar amounts
                    contained in the table of income protection allowances
                    under section 477(b)(4) by a percentage equal to the
                    estimated percentage increase in the Consumer Price
                    Index (as determined by the Secretary for the most
                    recent calendar year ending prior to the beginning of
                    the award year for which the determination is being
                    made), and rounding the result to the nearest $10.'';
                    and
                        (B) in paragraph (2)--
                                (i) in the first sentence, by striking
                            ``academic year after academic year 2007-2008''
                            and inserting ``award year after award year
                            2021-2022''; and
                                (ii) in the second sentence, by striking
                            ``shall be developed'' and all that follows
                            through the period at the end and inserting
                            ``shall be developed for each award year after
                            award year 2021-2022, by increasing each of the
                            dollar amounts contained in such section for
                            award year 2021-2022 by a percentage equal to
                            the estimated percentage increase in the
                            Consumer Price Index (as determined by the
                            Secretary for the most recent calendar year
                            ending prior to the beginning of the award year
                            for which the determination is being made), and
                            rounding the result to the nearest $10.''; and
                (2) in subsection (e)(1), by striking ``academic year'' and
            inserting ``award year''.

    SEC. 4508. ZERO EXPECTED FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

        Section 479 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ss)
    is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 479. ZERO EXPECTED FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

        ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall consider an applicant to
    have an expected family contribution equal to zero if--
                ``(1) in the case of a dependent student--
                        ``(A)(i) the student's parents are not required to
                    file--
                                ``(I) a Federal income tax return; or
                                ``(II) with respect to Internal Revenue
                            Service Form 1040, any of the following forms:
                            Schedule A, Schedule B, Schedule C, Schedule C-
                            EZ, Schedule D, Schedule E, Schedule F,
                            Schedule H, Schedule J, and Schedule SE; and
                        ``(ii) the sum of the adjusted gross income of the
                    parents is less than or equal to $34,000; or
                        ``(B) the student's parents, or the student,
                    received a benefit at some time during the previous 24-
                    month period under a means-tested Federal benefit
                    program;
                ``(2) in the case of an independent student without regard
            to whether the student has dependents other than a spouse--
                        ``(A)(i) the student (and the student's spouse, if
                    any) certifies that the student (and the student's
                    spouse, if any)--
                                ``(I) is not required to file a Federal
                            income tax return; or
                                ``(II) with respect to Internal Revenue
                            Service Form 1040, any of the following forms:
                            Schedule A, Schedule B, Schedule C, Schedule C-
                            EZ, Schedule D, Schedule E, Schedule F,
                            Schedule H, Schedule J, and Schedule SE; and
                        ``(ii) the sum of the adjusted gross income of the
                    student and spouse (if appropriate) is less than or
                    equal to $34,000; or
                        ``(B) the student received a benefit at some time
                    during the previous 24-month period under a means-
                    tested Federal benefit program; or
                ``(3) the applicant is a pathway one applicant under
            section 483(a)(13).
        ``(b) Earned Income Credit.--An individual is not required to
    qualify or file for the earned income credit in order to be eligible
    under this section.
        ``(c) Adjustments.--The Secretary shall annually adjust the income
    level necessary to qualify an applicant for the zero expected family
    contribution. The income level shall be annually increased by the
    estimated percentage change in the Consumer Price Index, as defined in
    section 478(f), for the most recent calendar year ending prior to the
    beginning of an award year, and rounded to the nearest $1,000.
        ``(d) Means-Tested Federal Benefit Program Defined.--For purposes
    of this title, a `means-tested Federal benefit program' means a
    mandatory spending program of the Federal Government, other than a
    program under this title, in which eligibility for the program's
    benefits, or the amount of such benefits, are determined on the basis
    of income or resources of the individual or family seeking the benefit,
    and may include such programs as--
                ``(1) the supplemental security income program under title
            XVI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1381 et seq.);
                ``(2) the supplemental nutrition assistance program under
            the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), a
            nutrition assistance program carried out under section 19 of
            such Act (7 U.S.C. 2028), and a supplemental nutrition
            assistance program carried out under section 1841(c) of title
            48 of the United States Code;
                ``(3) the program of block grants for States for temporary
            assistance for needy families established under part A of title
            IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.);
                ``(4) the special supplemental nutrition program for women,
            infants, and children established by section 17 of the Child
            Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786);
                ``(5) the State Medicaid program under title XIX of the
            Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.); and
                ``(6) any other program identified by the Secretary.''.

    SEC. 4509. AMENDMENTS TO DEFINITIONS IN NEED ANALYSIS.

        (a) Using Data From the Second Preceding Year.--Section
    480(a)(1)(B) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1087vv(a)(1)(B)) is amended by striking ``may'' in both places it
    appears and inserting ``shall''.
        (b) Changes to Untaxed Income and Benefits.--Section 480(b) of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(b)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (1), to read as follows:
                ``(1) The term `untaxed income and benefits' means--
                        ``(A) child support received;
                        ``(B) untaxed portion of pensions;
                        ``(C) payments to individual retirement accounts
                    and Keogh accounts excluded from income for Federal
                    income tax purposes; and
                        ``(D) cash support or any money paid on the
                    student's behalf, except, for dependent students, funds
                    provided by the student's parents.''; and
                (2) in paragraph (2)--
                        (A) by striking ``or'' at the end of subparagraph
                    (E);
                        (B) by striking the period at the end of
                    subparagraph (F) and inserting a semicolon; and
                        (C) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(G) worker's compensation;
                        ``(H) veteran's benefits such as death pension,
                    dependency, or indemnity compensation, or veterans'
                    education benefits as defined in subsection (c);
                        ``(I) interest on tax-free bonds;
                        ``(J) housing, food, or other allowances (including
                    rent subsidies for low-income housing) for military,
                    clergy, and others (including cash payments and cash
                    value of benefits), or the value of on-base military
                    housing or the value of basic allowance for housing
                    determined under section 403(b) of title 37, United
                    States Code, received by the parents, in the case of a
                    dependent student, or the student or student's spouse,
                    in the case of an independent student; or
                        ``(K) any other untaxed income and benefits, such
                    as Black Lung Benefits, Refugee Assistance, or railroad
                    retirement benefits, or benefits received through
                    participation in employment and training activities
                    under title I of the Workforce Innovation and
                    Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3111 et seq.).''.
        (c) Amendment to the Definition of Independent Student As It
    Relates to Foster and Homeless Youth.--Section 480(d)(1)(H) of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(d)(1)(H)) is amended--
                (1) in the matter preceding clause (i)--
                        (A) by striking ``during the school year in which
                    the application is submitted'';
                        (B) by inserting ``age 23 or younger'' after
                    ``unaccompanied youth''; and
                        (C) by striking ``terms are'' and inserting ``term
                    is'';
                (2) in clause (i), by inserting ``, or a designee of the
            liaison'' after ``Act'';
                (3) in clause (ii), by striking ``a program funded under
            the Runaway and Homeless Youth Act'' and inserting ``an
            emergency or transitional shelter, street outreach program,
            homeless youths drop-in center, or other program serving
            homeless youths,''; and
                (4) in clause (iii), by striking ``program funded under
            subtitle B of title IV of the McKinney-Vento Homeless
            Assistance Act (relating to emergency shelter grants)'' and
            inserting ``Federal TRIO program or a Gaining Early Awareness
            and Readiness for Undergraduate program under chapter 1 or 2 of
            subpart 2 of part A,''.
        (d) Streamlining the Determination and Verification Process for
    Foster and Homeless Youth.--Section 480(d) of the Higher Education Act
    of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(d)) is further amended by adding at the end
    the following:
                ``(3) Simplifying the determination process for
            unaccompanied youth.--
                        ``(A) Verification.--A financial aid administrator
                    shall accept a determination of independence made by
                    any individual authorized to make such determinations
                    under clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of paragraph (1)(H) in
                    the absence of conflicting information. A documented
                    phone call with, or a written statement from, one of
                    the authorized individuals is sufficient verification
                    when needed. For purposes of this paragraph, a
                    financial aid administrator's disagreement with the
                    determination made by an authorized individual shall
                    not be considered conflicting information.
                        ``(B) Determination of independence.--A financial
                    aid administrator shall make a determination of
                    independence under paragraph (1)(H) if a student does
                    not have, and cannot obtain, documentation from any of
                    the other designated authorities described in such
                    paragraph. Such a determination shall be--
                                ``(i) based on the definitions outlined in
                            paragraph (1)(H);
                                ``(ii) distinct from a determination of
                            independence under paragraph (1)(I);
                                ``(iii) based on a documented interview
                            with the student; and
                                ``(iv) limited to whether the student meets
                            the definitions in paragraph (1)(H) and not
                            about the reasons for the student's
                            homelessness.
                        ``(C) Additional streamlining permitted.--Nothing
                    in this paragraph prohibits an institution from
                    implementing polices that--
                                ``(i) streamline the determination of
                            independence under paragraph (1)(H); and
                                ``(ii) improve a student's access to
                            financial aid because that student is an
                            unaccompanied youth.
                ``(4) Simplifying the verification process for foster care
            youth.--
                        ``(A) Verification of independence.--If an
                    institution requires documentation to verify that a
                    student is independent based on a status described in
                    paragraph (1)(B), a financial aid administrator shall
                    consider any of the following as adequate verification:
                                ``(i) Submission of a court order or
                            official State documentation that the student
                            received Federal or State support in foster
                            care.
                                ``(ii) A documented phone call with, a
                            written statement from, or verifiable data
                            match with--
                                        ``(I) a child welfare agency
                                    authorized by a State or county;
                                        ``(II) a Tribal child welfare
                                    authority;
                                        ``(III) an Independent Living case
                                    worker;
                                        ``(IV) a public or private foster
                                    care placing agency or foster care
                                    facility or placement;
                                        ``(V) another program serving
                                    orphans, foster care youth, or wards of
                                    the court; or
                                        ``(VI) a probation officer.
                                ``(iii) A documented phone call with, or a
                            written statement from, an attorney, a guardian
                            ad litem, or a Court Appointed Special
                            Advocate, documenting that person's
                            relationship to the student.
                                ``(iv) A documented phone call with, or a
                            written statement from, a representative of a
                            Federal TRIO program or a Gaining Early
                            Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate
                            program under chapter 1 or 2 of subpart 2 of
                            part A.
                                ``(v) Verification of the student's
                            eligibility for an education and training
                            voucher under the John H. Chafee Foster Care
                            Independence Program (42 U.S.C. 677).
                                ``(vi) Documentation of foster care
                            provided pursuant to section 475(5)(I) of the
                            Social Security Act (45 U.S.C. 675(5)(I)).
                                ``(vii) Submission of a copy of the
                            student's biological or adoptive parents' or
                            legal guardians'--
                                        ``(I) Certificates of Death; or
                                        ``(II) verifiable obituaries.
                                ``(viii) An attestation from the student,
                            which includes a description of why the student
                            may qualify for a status described in paragraph
                            (1)(B), including the approximate dates that
                            the student was in foster care, dependent, or a
                            ward of the court, to the best of the student's
                            knowledge after making reasonable efforts to
                            provide any requested documentation.
                        ``(B) Additional streamlining permitted.--Nothing
                    in this paragraph prohibits an institution from
                    implementing polices that streamline the determination
                    of independent status and improve a student's access to
                    financial aid because that student is an orphan, in
                    foster care, or a ward of the court, or was an orphan,
                    in foster care, or a ward of the court at any time
                    since such student was 13 years of age or older.
                ``(5) Timing; use of earlier determination.--
                        ``(A) Timing.--A determination under subparagraph
                    (B) or (H) of paragraph (1) for a student--
                                ``(i) shall be made as quickly as
                            practicable;
                                ``(ii) may be made as early as the year
                            before the award year for which the student
                            initially submits an application; and
                                ``(iii) shall be made no later than during
                            the award year for which the student initially
                            submits an application.
                        ``(B) Use of earlier determination.--Any student
                    who is determined to be independent under subparagraph
                    (B) or (H) of paragraph (1) for a preceding award year
                    at an institution shall be presumed to be independent
                    for each subsequent award year at the same institution
                    unless--
                                ``(i) the student informs the institution
                            that circumstances have changed; or
                                ``(ii) the institution has specific
                            conflicting information about the student's
                            independence, and has informed the student of
                            this information and the opportunity to
                            challenge such information through a documented
                            interview or an impartial review by the
                            Borrower Advocate pursuant to section
                            141(f)(6)(C).
                ``(6) Retention of documents.--A financial aid
            administrator shall retain all documents related to the
            determination of independence under subparagraph (B) or (H) of
            paragraph (1), including documented interviews, for the
            duration of the student's enrollment at the institution and for
            a minimum of 1 year after the student is no longer enrolled at
            the institution.''.
        (e) Excludable Income.--Section 480(e) of the Higher Education Act
    of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(e)) is amended by striking paragraph (5) and
    inserting the following:
                ``(5) payments made and services provided under part E of
            title IV of the Social Security Act to or on behalf of any
            child or youth over whom the State agency has responsibility
            for placement, care, or supervision, including the value of
            vouchers for education and training and amounts expended for
            room and board for youth who are not in foster care but are
            receiving services under section 477 of such Act; and''.

       PART G--GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO STUDENT ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS

    SEC. 4601. DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE PROGRAM.

        (a) Eligible Program.--Section 481(b) of the Higher Education Act
    of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088(b))--
                (1) in paragraph (1)(A)(i), by striking ``profession'' and
            inserting ``occupation'';
                (2) in paragraph (2)--
                        (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                                (i) by redesignating clause (iii) as clause
                            (vi); and
                                (ii) by inserting after clause (ii) the
                            following:
                        ``(iii) has a verified annual earnings rate among
                    individuals who completed the program, as determined
                    under subparagraph (D), that is not less than the
                    average or median annual earnings rate of individuals
                    with only a high school diploma (or the equivalent)
                    based on the most recently available data from the
                    Bureau of Labor Statistics or the Bureau of the Census
                    with respect to--
                                ``(I) such average or median earnings rate
                            in the United States; or
                                ``(II) subject to subparagraph (E), such
                            average or median earnings rate in the State or
                            local area in which the institution offering
                            the program is located;
                        ``(iv) prepares students for gainful employment in
                    a recognized occupation;
                        ``(v) has been in operation for not less than two
                    consecutive years; and''; and
                        (B) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(C)(i) For each subsequent year for which a program seeks
            eligibility under this paragraph, the Secretary shall
            reevaluate whether the program continues to meet the
            requirements of clauses (i), (iii), (iv), and (vi) of
            subparagraph (A). A program that does not meet such
            requirements for two consecutive award years (or, in the case
            of a program that does not meet the requirements under
            subparagraph (A)(iv), for a period of time determined by the
            Secretary) shall be ineligible to participate in programs under
            this title--
                        ``(I) for the period of two award years following
                    the last award year for which the program was eligible
                    to participate in such programs; and
                        ``(II) for any subsequent award year, unless the
                    program reapplies for eligibility in accordance with
                    clause (iii) and the Secretary determines that the
                    program meets the requirements of such clauses.
                ``(ii) Not later than 60 days after receiving notification
            from the Secretary of the loss of eligibility under clause (i),
            a program may appeal a loss of eligibility to the Secretary.
            The Secretary may restore the eligibility of a program under
            this paragraph if the program demonstrates to the Secretary
            that extenuating circumstances led to the loss of eligibility.
                ``(iii) The Secretary shall issue a decision on any appeal
            submitted by a program under clause (ii) not later than 45 days
            after its submission.
                ``(iv) After the expiration of the two-year period
            described in clause (i)(I), a program that lost eligibility
            under clause (i) may reapply to the Secretary for a
            determination of eligibility under this paragraph.
                ``(D)(i) In this subsection, the term `verified annual
            earnings rate' means the mean or median annual earnings rate
            (whichever is higher) of individuals who completed a program
            calculated as of the date that is approximately one year after
            the date on which such individuals completed the program.
                ``(ii) For the first year for which a program seeks
            eligibility under this paragraph, the institution that offers
            such program shall--
                        ``(I) determine the verified annual earnings rate
                    using data obtained on individuals who completed the
                    program;
                        ``(II) obtain an audit of such determination from
                    an independent auditor;
                        ``(III) together with the auditor described in
                    subclause (II), certify the accuracy of the verified
                    annual earnings rate to the Secretary; and
                        ``(IV) determine the completion rate for the
                    program, as described in subparagraph (A)(i), and
                    certify to the Secretary the accuracy of such
                    determination.
                ``(iii) For each subsequent year for which a program seeks
            eligibility under this paragraph, the Secretary shall determine
            the verified annual earnings rate and completion rate for the
            program using data made available to the Secretary through the
            postsecondary student data system established under section
            132(l) or a successor system (whichever includes the most
            recent data).
                ``(E)(i) Except as provided in clause (ii), for purposes of
            calculating the average annual earnings rate of individuals
            with only a high school diploma (or the equivalent) under
            subparagraph (A)(ii) the Secretary shall apply the national
            average or median earnings rate in the United States.
                ``(ii) The Secretary may apply the average or median
            earnings rate in the State or local area in which the
            institution offering a program is located, in lieu of the
            national average earnings rate, if the institution provides
            sufficient justification to the Secretary.
                ``(F) Using the postsecondary student data system
            established under section 132(l) or a successor system to
            streamline reporting requirements and minimize reporting
            burdens, and in coordination with the National Center for
            Education Statistics and each institution of higher education
            offering an eligible program under this paragraph, the
            Secretary shall, on at least an annual basis, collect data with
            respect to each such eligible program, including the following:
                        ``(i) The number and demographics of students who
                    enroll in the program.
                        ``(ii) The number of credits attempted and
                    accumulated annually by students enrolled in the
                    program.
                        ``(iii) The share of such students who cease
                    enrollment on or before the completion of 60 percent of
                    the payment period or period of enrollment.
                        ``(iv) The verified completion rate for the
                    program, as described in subparagraph (A)(i).
                        ``(v) The mean and median annual earnings of
                    graduates and the verified annual earnings rate for the
                    program, as described in subparagraph (A)(ii).
                        ``(vi) The number and demographics of students who
                    complete the program.
                        ``(vii) The outcomes of the students who complete
                    the program, including--
                                ``(I) the share of such students who
                            continue enrollment at the institution of
                            higher education offering the program;
                                ``(II) the share of such students who
                            transfer to another institution of higher
                            education;
                                ``(III) the share of such students who
                            complete a subsequent certificate or degree
                            program;
                                ``(IV) the share of such students who
                            secure employment 6 months and 1 year,
                            respectively--
                                        ``(aa) after completion of such
                                    program; or
                                        ``(bb) in the case of a program
                                    that prepares students for a
                                    professional license or certification
                                    exam, after acquiring such license or
                                    certification; and
                                ``(V) in the case of a program that
                            prepares students for a professional license or
                            certification exam, the share of such students
                            who pass such exam.''; and
                (3) in paragraph (4), by inserting ``or in addition to''
            after ``in lieu of''.
        (b) Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of enactment of
    this Act, the Secretary of Education shall--
                (1) submit to the Committee on Education and Labor of the
            House of Representatives and the Committee on Health,
            Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on the
            impact of eligible programs described in section 481(b)(2) of
            the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088(b)(2)), as
            amended by this Act, based on the most recent data collected
            under subparagraph (F) of such section; and
                (2) make the report described in paragraph (1) publicly
            available on the website of the Department of Education.

    SEC. 4602. DEFINITION OF THIRD PARTY SERVICER.

        Section 481(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1088(c)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``or'' at the end;
                (2) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3); and
                (3) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
                ``(2) any eligible institution of higher education to
            recruit students; or''.

    SEC. 4603. FAFSA SIMPLIFICATION.

        Section 483 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1090) is
    amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)--
                        (A) in paragraph (2)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking
                            ``process'' and all that follows through the
                            end of clause (ii) and inserting ``process a
                            paper version of the forms described in this
                            subsection, in accordance with subparagraph
                            (B).'';
                                (ii) by striking subparagraph (B);
                                (iii) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as
                            subparagraph (B); and
                                (iv) in subparagraph (B), as so
                            redesignated, by striking ``subparagraphs (A)
                            and (B)'' and inserting ``subparagraph (A)'';
                        (B) in paragraph (3)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking the
                            end sentence;
                                (ii) by striking subparagraph (B), and
                            redesignating subparagraphs (C) through (H) as
                            subparagraphs (B) through (G), respectively;
                                (iii) in subparagraph (D), as so
                            redesignated--
                                        (I) by striking ``The Secretary''
                                    and inserting the following:
                                ``(i) In general.--The Secretary''; and
                                        (II) by adding at the end the
                                    following:
                                ``(ii) Scholarship granting
                            organizations.--
                                        ``(I) Authorization.--An
                                    institution of higher education may,
                                    with explicit written consent of an
                                    applicant who has completed a form
                                    developed under this section, provide
                                    such information collected from such
                                    form as is necessary to an organization
                                    described in subclause (II) that is
                                    designated by the applicant to assist
                                    the applicant in applying for and
                                    receiving financial assistance for any
                                    component of the applicant's cost of
                                    attendance at that institution.
                                        ``(II) Definition of
                                    organization.--An organization
                                    described in this subclause--
                                                ``(aa) means a scholarship
                                            granting organization,
                                            including a tribal organization
                                            (defined in section 4 of the
                                            Indian Self-Determination and
                                            Education Assistance Act (25
                                            U.S.C. 5304)) or an
                                            organization assisting an
                                            applicant in applying for and
                                            receiving Federal, State,
                                            local, or tribal assistance;
                                            and
                                                ``(bb) shall be subject to
                                            the requirements of clause
                                            (i).''; and
                                (iv) in subparagraph (E), as so
                            redesignated, by striking ``subparagraph (G)''
                            and inserting ``subparagraph (F)'';
                        (C) in paragraph (4)--
                                (i) by striking ``academic year'' each
                            place it appears and inserting ``award year'';
                                (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking
                            clause (iv); and
                                (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(C) Single question regarding homeless status.--
                    The Secretary shall ensure that, on each form developed
                    under this section for which the information is
                    applicable, there is a single, easily understood
                    screening question to identify an applicant for aid who
                    is--
                                ``(i) an unaccompanied homeless child or
                            youth (as such term is defined in section 725
                            of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act);
                            or
                                ``(ii) an unaccompanied youth who is self-
                            supporting and at risk of homelessness.
                        ``(D) Incarcerated individuals.--
                                ``(i) In general.--The Secretary shall
                            streamline the forms and processes for an
                            incarcerated individual (as defined in section
                            401(n)(4)) to apply for a Federal Pell Grant
                            under section 401, which--
                                        ``(I) shall be used to determine
                                    the expected family contribution for
                                    such individual as of the date of
                                    enrollment in the course for which the
                                    individual is applying for such Federal
                                    Pell Grant; and
                                        ``(II) may include--
                                                ``(aa) flexibility in the
                                            submission of any required
                                            documentation required to
                                            verify eligibility for a
                                            Federal Pell Grant; and
                                                ``(bb) assistance in
                                            rehabilitating loans under
                                            section 428F.
                                ``(ii) Report.--Not later than 1 year after
                            the date of enactment of the College
                            Affordability Act, the Secretary shall submit
                            to the Committee on Education and Labor of the
                            House of Representatives and the Committee on
                            Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the
                            Senate, and make publicly available on the
                            website of the Department, a report on how the
                            forms and processes are being streamlined under
                            clause (i).'';
                        (D) in paragraph (5)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking
                            ``paragraphs (2)(B)(iii), (3)(B), and
                            (4)(A)(ii)'' and inserting ``paragraph
                            (4)(A)(ii)'';
                                (ii) in subparagraph (B)--
                                        (I) by striking ``determine'' and
                                    all that follows through ``which'' and
                                    inserting ``determine which''; and
                                        (II) by striking clause (ii);
                                (iii) in subparagraph (C), by striking
                            ``Beginning'' and all that follows through ``of
                            the State-specific'' and inserting ``The
                            Secretary shall publish on an annual basis a
                            notice in the Federal Register requiring State
                            agencies to inform the Secretary of the State-
                            specific''; and
                                (iv) by striking subparagraphs (D) through
                            (F), and redesignating subparagraph (G) as
                            subparagraph (D); and
                        (E) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(13) FAFSA pathways.--
                        ``(A) Memorandum of understanding.--Not later than
                    the effective date of the College Affordability Act,
                    the Secretary shall seek to enter into a Memorandum of
                    Understanding with the Secretary of Health and Human
                    Services, the Secretary of Agriculture, and the
                    Secretary of the Treasury, under which any information
                    exchanged under an income and eligibility verification
                    system established pursuant to section 1137 of the
                    Social Security Act by State agencies administering a
                    program listed in paragraph (1), (4), or (5) of
                    subsection (b) of such section which may be of use in
                    establishing or verifying eligibility or benefit
                    amounts under such program shall be made available to
                    the Secretary of Education to assist in determining
                    whether the applicant (or, in the case of a dependent
                    applicant, whether the applicant or the applicant's
                    parents) received a benefit at some time during the
                    previous 24-month period under a means-tested Federal
                    benefit program, but subject to the requirements of
                    Federal law.
                        ``(B) Requirement for all applicants and the
                    secretary.--For any award year for which an applicant
                    applies for financial assistance under this title
                    (except for any award year for which, pursuant to
                    paragraph (14), the applicant is not required to submit
                    a FAFSA)--
                                ``(i) the applicant shall provide on the
                            form described in this subsection whether the
                            applicant received (or, in the case of a
                            dependent applicant, whether the applicant or
                            the parents of the applicant received) a
                            benefit at some time during the previous 24-
                            month period under a means-tested Federal
                            benefit program; and
                                ``(ii) the Secretary, to the extent
                            practicable and pursuant to the Memorandum of
                            Understanding entered into under subparagraph
                            (A), and without any further action by the
                            applicant, shall verify the applicant's (or, in
                            the case of a dependent applicant, the
                            applicant's or the applicant's parents')
                            receipt of such benefit.
                        ``(C) Pathway one applicants.--
                                ``(i) In general.--With respect to an
                            applicant who received (or, in the case of a
                            dependent applicant, an applicant who received
                            or whose parents received) a benefit at some
                            time during the previous 24-month period under
                            a means-tested Federal benefit program, the
                            applicant shall not be required to provide any
                            further income or asset information on the form
                            under this subsection.
                                ``(ii) Designation.--For purposes of this
                            section and part F, an applicant described in
                            clause (i) shall be referred to as a `pathway
                            one applicant'.
                        ``(D) Pathway two applicants.--
                                ``(i) In general.--With respect to an
                            applicant who is not a pathway one applicant
                            and who is described in clause (ii), the
                            Secretary, to the extent practicable, shall use
                            the data retrieval tool under section 484(p) to
                            obtain any information for the applicant beyond
                            the information described in subparagraph (A)
                            for purposes of the form under this subsection.
                                ``(ii) Requirements.--An applicant
                            described in this clause is an applicant who
                            certifies that--
                                        ``(I) the applicant is not required
                                    to file or, in the case of a dependent
                                    applicant, no parent of the applicant
                                    is required to file--
                                                ``(aa) a Federal income tax
                                            return; or
                                                ``(bb) with respect to
                                            Internal Revenue Service Form
                                            1040, any of the following
                                            forms: Schedule A, Schedule B,
                                            Schedule C, Schedule C-EZ,
                                            Schedule D, Schedule E,
                                            Schedule F, Schedule H,
                                            Schedule J, and Schedule SE;
                                            and
                                        ``(II) the sum of the adjusted
                                    gross income of the applicant or, in
                                    the case of a dependent applicant, the
                                    parents of the applicant, is less than
                                    or equal to $60,000.
                                ``(iii) Designation.--For purposes of this
                            section and part F, an applicant described in
                            clause (i) shall be referred to as a `pathway
                            two applicant'.
                        ``(E) Pathway three applicants.--
                                ``(i) In general.--With respect to an
                            applicant who is not a pathway one applicant or
                            a pathway two applicant, the Secretary, to the
                            extent practicable, shall use the data
                            retrieval tool under section 484(p) to obtain
                            any information for the applicant beyond the
                            information described in subparagraph (A) for
                            purposes of the form under this subsection.
                                ``(ii) Designation.--For purposes of this
                            section and part F, an applicant described in
                            clause (i) shall be referred to as a `pathway
                            three applicant'.
                        ``(F) Means-tested federal benefit program
                    defined.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term
                    `means-tested Federal benefit program' has the meaning
                    given the term in section 479(d).
                ``(14) One-time fafsa filing.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Notwithstanding any other
                    provision of this section and subject to subparagraphs
                    (B) and (C), an applicant who submits a FAFSA for the
                    first time for an award year for the period required
                    for the completion of the first undergraduate
                    baccalaureate course of study being pursued by such
                    applicant and is eligible to receive a Federal Pell
                    Grant for such award year, for any succeeding award
                    year--
                                ``(i) for which the applicant does not
                            submit a FAFSA and for which the applicant
                            submits a certification form described in
                            subparagraph (D) that does not indicate a
                            change in the dependency status of such
                            applicant, such applicant--
                                        ``(I) shall not be required to
                                    submit a FAFSA to receive financial
                                    assistance under this title; and
                                        ``(II) shall have an expected
                                    family contribution for such year that
                                    is equal to the expected family
                                    contribution of the applicant
                                    determined for the award year for which
                                    the applicant submitted a FAFSA for
                                    such period, except that an adjustment
                                    may be made under section 479A that
                                    results in a change in such expected
                                    family contribution;
                                ``(ii) for which the applicant submits a
                            certification form described in subparagraph
                            (D) that indicates a change in the dependency
                            status of the applicant, such applicant--
                                        ``(I) shall be required to submit a
                                    FAFSA with respect to such award year
                                    to receive financial assistance under
                                    this title; and
                                        ``(II) shall have an expected
                                    family contribution for such year that
                                    is determined based on such FAFSA;
                                ``(iii) for which the applicant submits a
                            FAFSA, such applicant--
                                        ``(I) shall have an expected family
                                    contribution for such year that is
                                    determined based on such FAFSA; and
                                        ``(II) shall be required to submit
                                    a FAFSA for any other award year for
                                    which the applicant seeks financial
                                    assistance under this title; and
                                ``(iv) for which the applicant does not
                            submit a certification form described in
                            subparagraph (D), such applicant shall submit a
                            FAFSA for such succeeding award year and any
                            other award year for which the applicant seeks
                            financial assistance under this title.
                        ``(B) Adjustment of expected family contribution.--
                    With respect to an applicant described in subparagraph
                    (A)(i) who receives an adjustment under section 479A
                    that results in a change to the expected family
                    contribution of the applicant, for any succeeding award
                    year after the award year for which the adjustment was
                    made, subclause (II) of such subparagraph shall be
                    applied to such applicant by substituting `expected
                    family contribution of the applicant as most recently
                    changed as a result of an adjustment under section 479A
                    for such applicant' for the `expected family
                    contribution of the applicant determined for the award
                    year for which the applicant submitted a FAFSA for such
                    period'.
                        ``(C) Rule for certain students.--With respect to
                    an applicant who submits a FAFSA for award year 2021-
                    2022 and enrolls in an institution of higher education
                    for such year, subparagraph (A) shall be applied--
                                ``(i) in the matter preceding clause (i),
                            by substituting `award year 2021-2022' for `the
                            first time for an award year'; and
                                ``(ii) in clause (i)(II), by substituting
                            `award year 2021-2022' for `the award year for
                            which the applicant submitted a FAFSA for such
                            period'.
                        ``(D) Student certification form.--The Secretary,
                    in cooperation with representatives of agencies and
                    organizations involved in student financial assistance,
                    shall use behavioral science insights to produce,
                    distribute, and process free of charge a short and
                    simple consumer-tested certification form that uses
                    skip logic to bypass fields that are inapplicable to an
                    applicant. Such form shall not require an applicant to
                    provide data that the Secretary may otherwise obtain
                    with respect to the applicant (such as age or active
                    duty military status), and may only contain the data
                    elements required for purposes of subparagraph (A)(i)--
                                ``(i) to confirm whether the applicant is--
                                        ``(I) a dependent student;
                                        ``(II) a single independent student
                                    or a married independent student
                                    without dependents (other than a
                                    spouse); or
                                        ``(III) an independent student with
                                    dependents other than a spouse;
                                ``(ii) to allow the applicant to update the
                            contact information of such applicant or the
                            Federal School Code of the institution of
                            higher education in which the applicant is, or
                            will be enrolled, for the award year for which
                            the applicant submits such form; and
                                ``(iii) to ask whether the applicant's need
                            and eligibility for financial assistance under
                            this title has not changed substantially since
                            the most recent of the following:
                                        ``(I) The applicant submitted a
                                    FAFSA.
                                        ``(II) The applicant received an
                                    adjustment under section 479A that
                                    results in a change to the expected
                                    family contribution of the applicant.
                        ``(E) Definitions.--In this paragraph:
                                ``(i) Dependency status.--The term
                            `dependency status' means the status of an
                            applicant as--
                                        ``(I) a dependent student;
                                        ``(II) a single independent student
                                    or a married independent student
                                    without dependents (other than a
                                    spouse); or
                                        ``(III) an independent student with
                                    dependents other than a spouse.
                                ``(ii) Succeeding award year.--The term
                            `succeeding award year'--
                                        ``(I) when used with respect to an
                                    applicant who submits a FAFSA for the
                                    first time for an award year for the
                                    period required for the completion of
                                    the first undergraduate baccalaureate
                                    course of study being pursued by such
                                    applicant, means any award year for
                                    such period that follows the award year
                                    for which the applicant submits such
                                    FAFSA; and
                                        ``(II) when used with respect to an
                                    applicant described in subparagraph
                                    (C), means any award year after award
                                    year 2021-2022 for the period required
                                    for the completion of the first
                                    undergraduate baccalaureate course of
                                    study being pursued by such applicant.
                ``(15) FAFSA in various languages.--The Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) translate the form developed under this
                    subsection into not fewer than 11 foreign languages
                    based on the languages most often spoken by English
                    learner students and their parents, and make the
                    translated form available and accessible to applicants
                    in paper and electronic formats; and
                        ``(B) ensure that the form developed under this
                    subsection is available in formats accessible to
                    individuals with disabilities.'';
                (2) in subsection (c), by striking the last sentence;
                (3) in subsection (d)(3)--
                        (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``and EZ
                    FAFSA''; and
                        (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``and EZ
                    FAFSA'';
                (4) in subsection (e)--
                        (A) in paragraph (3) by striking ``or, as
                    appropriate, an EZ FAFSA''; and
                        (B) in paragraph (5)(D), by striking ``or, as
                    appropriate, an EZ FAFSA,'';
                (5) by amending subsection (f) to read as follows:
        ``(f) Use of Internal Revenue Service Data Retrieval Tool To
    Populate FAFSA.--
                ``(1) Simplification efforts.--The Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) make every effort to allow applicants to
                    utilize the data retrieval tool to transfer data
                    available from the Internal Revenue Service to reduce
                    the amount of original data entry by applicants and
                    strengthen the reliability of data used to calculate
                    expected family contributions, including through the
                    use of technology to--
                                ``(i) allow an applicant to automatically
                            populate the electronic version of the forms
                            under this paragraph with data available from
                            the Internal Revenue Service; and
                                ``(ii) direct an applicant to appropriate
                            questions on such forms based on the
                            applicant's answers to previous questions; and
                        ``(B) allow taxpayers, regardless of filing status,
                    to utilize the data retrieval tool to its full
                    capacity.
                ``(2) Use of tax return in application process.--The
            Secretary shall continue to examine whether data provided by
            the Internal Revenue Service can be used to generate an
            expected family contribution without additional action on the
            part of the student and taxpayer.
                ``(3) Reports on fafsa simplification efforts.--Not less
            than once every other year, the Secretary shall report to the
            authorizing committees and the Committees on Appropriations of
            the House of Representatives and the Senate on the progress of
            the simplification efforts under this subsection.'';
                (6) by repealing subsection (g);
                (7) redesignating subsection (h) as subsection (g); and
                (8) by adding at the end the following:
        ``(h) Data Transparency on the Number of Applicants.--
                ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall annually publish
            data on the number of individuals who apply for Federal student
            aid pursuant to this section who are homeless individuals
            described in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless
            Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a), including unaccompanied
            youth and foster care youth.
                ``(2) Contents.--The data described in paragraph (1) with
            respect to homeless individuals shall include, at a minimum,
            for each application cycle--
                        ``(A) the total number of all applicants who were
                    determined to be (or to be at risk of becoming)
                    unaccompanied homeless youth under section
                    480(d)(1)(H);
                        ``(B) the number of applicants described in
                    subparagraph (A), disaggregated--
                                ``(i) by State; and
                                ``(ii) by the sources of determination as
                            described in clauses (i) through (iv) of
                            section 480(d)(1)(H); and
                        ``(C) the number of undetermined requests for
                    homelessness consideration, including statuses that
                    remain unknown because no determination had been made
                    in response to the applicant's request for the
                    institution to consider the applicant's special
                    circumstance of being homeless.
        ``(i) Prohibition on Questions Relating to Drug Offenses.--The
    Secretary may not include on the forms developed under this subsection
    any data items relating to whether an applicant has a conviction of any
    offense under any Federal or State law involving the possession or sale
    of a controlled substance (as defined in section 102(6) of the
    Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 802(6)).
        ``(j) FAFSA Verification.--
                ``(1) In general.--With respect to applicants who submit a
            FAFSA for an award year and were determined using data provided
            in such FAFSA to be eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant
            for such award year, the Secretary shall submit to the
            authorizing committees, and make publicly available, a report
            for such award year on--
                        ``(A) the number and share of such applicants who
                    received a Federal Pell Grant for such award year;
                        ``(B) the number and share of such applicants who
                    did not receive a Federal Pell Grant for such year;
                        ``(C) the number and share of such applicants who
                    were selected by the Secretary for verification of the
                    data provided in the FAFSA;
                        ``(D) to the extent practicable, the number and
                    share of applicants described in subparagraph (C) who
                    enrolled in an institution of higher education in a
                    year after such selection;
                        ``(E) the number and share of applicants described
                    in subparagraph (C) who completed the verification
                    process;
                        ``(F) of the applicants described in subparagraph
                    (E)--
                                ``(i) the average of the expected family
                            contribution for all such applicants as
                            determined using data provided in the FAFSA;
                                ``(ii) the average of the expected family
                            contribution difference for all such
                            applicants;
                                ``(iii) the average of the expected family
                            contribution difference for all such applicants
                            whose expected family contribution as
                            determined using data provided in the
                            verification process was greater than the
                            expected family contribution as determined
                            using data provided in the FAFSA; and
                                ``(iv) the average of the expected family
                            contribution difference for all such applicants
                            whose expected family contribution as
                            determined using data provided in the FAFSA was
                            greater than the expected family contribution
                            as determined using data provided in the
                            verification process;
                        ``(G) of the applicants described in subparagraph
                    (E)--
                                ``(i) the average Federal Pell Grant amount
                            for all such applicants as determined using
                            data provided in the FAFSA;
                                ``(ii) the average of the Federal Pell
                            Grant difference for all such applicants;
                                ``(iii) the average of the Federal Pell
                            Grant difference for all such applicants whose
                            Federal Pell Grant amount as determined using
                            data provided in the verification process was
                            greater than the Federal Pell Grant amount as
                            determined using data provided in the FAFSA;
                                ``(iv) the average of the Federal Pell
                            Grant difference for all such applicants whose
                            Federal Pell Grant amount as determined using
                            data provided in the FAFSA was greater than the
                            Federal Pell Grant amount as determined using
                            data provided in the verification process; and
                                ``(v) the number and share of such
                            applicants who were determined using the data
                            provided in the verification process to be
                            ineligible for a Federal Pell Grant;
                        ``(H) the number and share of applicants described
                    in subparagraph (C) who received a Federal Pell Grant
                    for such award year; and
                        ``(I) the number and share of applicants described
                    in subparagraph (C) who did not receive a Federal Pell
                    Grant for such award year.
                ``(2) Disaggregation.--The data provided in a report under
            paragraph (1) shall be disaggregated--
                        ``(A) by applicants who were pathway one applicants
                    for such year;
                        ``(B) by applicants who were pathway two applicants
                    for such year;
                        ``(C) by applicants who were pathway three
                    applicants for such year; and
                        ``(D) with respect to applicants described in
                    subparagraphs (C) and (E), the verification tracking
                    groups of such applicants.
                ``(3) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                        ``(A) Expected family contribution difference.--The
                    term `expected family contribution difference' means,
                    with respect to an applicant who completed a
                    verification process with respect to the FAFSA, the
                    difference between--
                                ``(i) the expected family contribution of
                            such applicant as determined using data
                            provided in the FAFSA; and
                                ``(ii) the expected family contribution of
                            such applicant as determined using data
                            provided in the verification process.
                        ``(B) Federal pell grant difference.--The term
                    `Federal Pell Grant difference' means, with respect to
                    an applicant who completed a verification process with
                    respect to the FAFSA, the difference between--
                                ``(i) the amount of the Federal Pell Grant
                            of such applicant as determined using data
                            provided in the FAFSA; and
                                ``(ii) the amount of the Federal Pell Grant
                            of such applicant as determined using data
                            provided in the verification process.
        ``(k) Financial Aid Offers.--
                ``(1) Requirements for offers.--
                        ``(A) Secretarial requirements.--Not later than 18
                    months after the date of enactment of the College
                    Affordability Act, the Secretary shall, based on the
                    consumer testing conducted under subparagraph (E),
                    publish requirements for financial aid offers that
                    shall--
                                ``(i) include a requirement that financial
                            aid offers shall serve as the primary source
                            for Federal, State, and institutional financial
                            aid information provided by an institution of
                            higher education participating in any program
                            under this title to each prospective student
                            accepted for admission and each enrolled
                            student at such institution;
                                ``(ii) include a requirement that such
                            offers include a standardized quick reference
                            box described in subparagraph (D);
                                ``(iii) establish standardized terms and
                            definitions, including for the elements listed
                            in subparagraph (C), that shall be included in
                            each such offer;
                                ``(iv) establish formatting requirements
                            with respect to the organization of the
                            elements listed in subparagraph (C), which
                            shall include a requirement that prohibits such
                            offers from displaying loans in a manner that
                            indicates or implies that such loans reduce the
                            amount owed to the institution or reduce the
                            net price; and
                                ``(v) specify the simple, plain-language,
                            and consumer-friendly information to be
                            included in each such offer with respect to the
                            financial aid being offered to a student, which
                            shall include--
                                        ``(I) an explanation of differences
                                    among each such type of financial aid,
                                    including clear explanations that--
                                                ``(aa) grants and
                                            scholarships do not have to be
                                            repaid;
                                                ``(bb) loans (including
                                            loans made under part D and
                                            private education loans (as
                                            defined in section 140 of the
                                            Truth in Lending Act)) must be
                                            repaid with interest; and
                                                ``(cc) payments under
                                            Federal-work study programs
                                            under part C are contingent on
                                            finding qualified employment
                                            and are typically disbursed
                                            incrementally in paychecks;
                                        ``(II) information encouraging
                                    students to consider loans made under
                                    part D before such private education
                                    loans;
                                        ``(III) information clarifying that
                                    students may--
                                                ``(aa) decline to accept a
                                            loan made under part D; or
                                                ``(bb) accept an amount of
                                            such loan that is less than the
                                            amount of such loan included in
                                            the financial aid offer; and
                                        ``(IV) in a case in which the
                                    institution offers a student such a
                                    loan in an amount that is less than the
                                    maximum amount for which the student is
                                    eligible, an explanation that the
                                    student is eligible for additional
                                    loans under part D.
                        ``(B) Institutional requirements.--Beginning with
                    the award year that begins not less than 1 year after
                    the Secretary publishes requirements under subparagraph
                    (A), each institution of higher education described in
                    subparagraph (A)(i) shall provide a financial aid offer
                    to each student described in such subparagraph prior to
                    each academic year that--
                                ``(i) shall comply with the requirements
                            published by the Secretary under subparagraph
                            (A); and
                                ``(ii) may be supplemented by the
                            institution with additional, non-contradictory
                            information related to financial aid as long as
                            such supplementary information uses the
                            standardized terms and definitions described in
                            subparagraph (A)(iii).
                        ``(C) Elements.--A financial aid offer provided by
                    an institution of higher education shall include the
                    following elements with respect to the academic year
                    for which the offer is being provided:
                                ``(i) The cost of attendance, which shall
                            include separately calculated subtotals of--
                                        ``(I) an itemized list of estimated
                                    direct costs owed to the institution;
                                    and
                                        ``(II) an itemized list of
                                    anticipated student expenses not
                                    covered under subclause (I).
                                ``(ii) Federal, State, and institutional
                            financial aid available to the student, which
                            shall include separately calculated subtotals
                            of--
                                        ``(I) grants and scholarships;
                                        ``(II) loans made under part D
                                    (excluding Federal Direct Parent PLUS
                                    Loans) and part E; and
                                        ``(III) Federal-work study programs
                                    under part C and other on-campus
                                    employment.
                                ``(iii) Other options that may be available
                            to students to cover the cost of attendance
                            (including Federal Direct Parent PLUS Loans,
                            tuition payment plans, savings, and earnings
                            from other employment).
                                ``(iv) The net price, which shall be
                            determined by calculating the difference
                            between--
                                        ``(I) the cost of attendance
                                    described in clause (i); and
                                        ``(II) the grants and scholarships
                                    described in clause (ii)(I).
                                ``(v) Next step instructions, including--
                                        ``(I) the process and deadlines for
                                    accepting the financial aid; and
                                        ``(II) information about where to
                                    find additional information on the
                                    financial aid offered.
                                ``(vi) Any other information determined
                            necessary by the Secretary based on the
                            consumer testing conducted under subparagraph
                            (E), which may include the following:
                                        ``(I) An estimate of the net direct
                                    cost, which shall be determined by
                                    calculating the difference between--
                                                ``(aa) the direct costs
                                            owed to the institution
                                            described in clause (i)(I); and
                                                ``(bb) the grants and
                                            scholarships described in
                                            clause (ii)(I).
                                        ``(II) Information on average
                                    student debt, loan repayment and
                                    default rates, loan repayment options,
                                    and graduation rates.
                                        ``(III) In the case of a
                                    prospective student, the process and
                                    deadlines for enrolling at the
                                    institution.
                                        ``(IV) Information regarding the
                                    enrollment period covered by the aid
                                    offer, and whether the cost and aid
                                    estimates are based on full-time or
                                    part-time enrollment.
                        ``(D) Standardized quick reference box.--A
                    financial aid offer provided by an institution of
                    higher education shall include a standardized quick
                    reference box to enable students to quickly and easily
                    compare key information on college costs and financial
                    aid--
                                ``(i) that shall be included in an
                            identical fashion for each student receiving a
                            financial aid offer from the institution on the
                            first page of such offer;
                                ``(ii) the contents and structure of which
                            shall be developed through consumer testing
                            conducted under paragraph (E); and
                                ``(iii) that shall include not more than 8
                            elements, which, at a minimum, shall include--
                                        ``(I) the cost of attendance;
                                        ``(II) grants and scholarships; and
                                        ``(III) net price (as calculated
                                    under subparagraph (C)(iv)).
                        ``(E) Consumer testing.--The Secretary shall--
                                ``(i) conduct consumer testing that shall
                            serve as the basis in determining the
                            requirements for financial aid offers published
                            under subparagraph (A), which shall include
                            students (including low-income students,
                            English learners, first generation college
                            students, veteran students, graduate students,
                            and undergraduate students (including
                            prospective students and returning students)),
                            students' families (including low-income
                            families, families of English learners, and
                            families with first generation college
                            students), institutions of higher education
                            (including representatives from two- and four-
                            year institutions, public and private
                            institutions, and minority-serving
                            institutions), secondary school and
                            postsecondary counselors, financial aid
                            administrators, nonprofit college access
                            organizations, and nonprofit consumer groups;
                            and
                                ``(ii) not later than 60 days after the
                            publication of the requirements under
                            subparagraph (A)--
                                        ``(I) issue a report on the
                                    findings of the consumer testing under
                                    this subparagraph; and
                                        ``(II) specify ways in which the
                                    findings are reflected in such
                                    requirements.
                ``(2) Definitions.--In this subsection--
                        ``(A) the term `English learner' has the meaning
                    given the term in section 8101(20) of the Elementary
                    and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                    7801(20)), except that such term does not include
                    individuals described in subparagraph (B) of such
                    section;
                        ``(B) the term `first generation college student'
                    has the meaning given the term in section 402A(h);
                        ``(C) the term `low-income student' has the meaning
                    given the term in section 419N(b)(7); and
                        ``(D) the term `minority-serving institution' means
                    an institution of higher education described in section
                    371(a).''.

    SEC. 4604. STUDENT ELIGIBILITY.

        (a) In General.--Section 484(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1091(a)) is amended to read as follows:
        ``(a) In General.--
                ``(1) Grants; loans; work assistance.--In order to receive
            any grant, loan, or work assistance under this title, a student
            must--
                        ``(A) be enrolled or accepted for enrollment in a
                    degree, certificate, or other program (including a
                    program of study abroad approved for credit by the
                    eligible institution at which such student is enrolled)
                    leading to a recognized educational credential at an
                    institution of higher education that is an eligible
                    institution in accordance with the provisions of
                    section 487, except as provided in subsections (b)(3)
                    and (b)(4), and not be enrolled in an elementary or
                    secondary school;
                        ``(B) if the student is presently enrolled at an
                    institution, be maintaining satisfactory progress in
                    the course of study the student is pursuing in
                    accordance with the provisions of subsection (c);
                        ``(C) not owe a refund on grants previously
                    received at any institution under this title, or be in
                    default on any loan from a student loan fund at any
                    institution provided for in part E, or a loan made,
                    insured, or guaranteed by the Secretary under this
                    title for attendance at any institution;
                        ``(D) file with the Secretary, as part of the
                    original financial aid application process, a
                    certification, which need not be notarized, but which
                    shall include--
                                ``(i) a statement of educational purpose
                            stating that the money attributable to such
                            grant, loan, or loan guarantee will be used
                            solely for expenses related to attendance or
                            continued attendance at such institution; and
                                ``(ii) such student's social security
                            number; and
                        ``(E) if the student has been convicted of, or has
                    pled nolo contendere or guilty to, a crime involving
                    fraud in obtaining funds under this title, have
                    completed the repayment of such funds to the Secretary,
                    or to the holder in the case of a loan under this title
                    obtained by fraud.
                ``(2) Grants; loans; work assistance; services.--
                        ``(A) In general.--In order to receive any grant,
                    loan, or work assistance under this title, or any
                    service provided pursuant to a program or project
                    funded under this title, a student must--
                                ``(i) be a citizen, national, or permanent
                            resident of the United States;
                                ``(ii) be able to provide evidence from the
                            Department of Homeland Security that he or she
                            is in the United States for other than a
                            temporary purpose with the intention of
                            becoming a citizen or permanent resident;
                                ``(iii) have temporary protected status
                            under section 244 of the Immigration and
                            Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1254a); or
                                ``(iv) be a Dreamer student, as defined in
                            subsection (q).
                        ``(B) Exceptions.--Subparagraph (A) shall not be
                    construed to affect eligibility for participation in
                    projects funded under chapter 2 of subpart 2 of part A
                    or section 418A(b).''.
        (b) Exception to Required Registration With Selective Service
    System.--Section 484 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1091) is further amended--
                (1) by repealing subsection (n); and
                (2) by redesignating subsections (o) through (q) as
            subsections (n) through (p), respectively.
        (c) Definition of Dreamer Student.--Section 484 of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091), as amended by subsection (b),
    is further amended by adding at the end the following:
        ``(q) Dreamer Student.--
                ``(1) In general.--In this section, the term `Dreamer
            student' means an alien (as defined in section 101(a)(3) of the
            Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(3)) who--
                        ``(A) was younger than 16 years of age on the date
                    on which the alien initially entered the United States
                    and--
                                ``(i) has earned a high school diploma, the
                            recognized equivalent of such diploma from a
                            secondary school, or a high school equivalency
                            diploma in the United States, or is scheduled
                            to complete the requirements for such a diploma
                            or equivalent before the next academic year
                            begins;
                                ``(ii) is enrolled in an institution of
                            higher education pursuant to subsection (d); or
                                ``(iii) has served in the uniformed
                            services, as defined in section 101 of title
                            10, United States Code, for not less than 4
                            years and, if discharged, received an honorable
                            discharge; or
                        ``(B) would have been eligible, if the memorandum
                    were fully in effect since the date issued, for a grant
                    of deferred action pursuant to the directive in the
                    November 20, 2014, memorandum from the Secretary of
                    Homeland Security entitled `Exercising Prosecutorial
                    Discretion with Respect to Individuals Who Came to the
                    United States as Children and with Respect to Certain
                    Individuals Who Are the Parents of U.S. Citizens or
                    Permanent Residents' to establish a process for
                    exercising prosecutorial discretion through the use of
                    deferred action for individuals who, among other
                    qualifications, had a son or daughter who was a United
                    States citizen or lawful permanent resident on such
                    date.
                ``(2) Hardship exception.--The Secretary shall issue
            regulations that direct when the Department shall waive the age
            requirement of paragraph (1)(A) for an individual to qualify as
            a Dreamer student under such paragraph, if the individual
            demonstrates, through documentation presented to the Secretary
            of substantial economic or personal hardship, that deprivation
            of the requested benefit under this title would represent a
            substantial hardship.''.
        (d) Repeal of Suspension of Financial Aid Eligibility for Drug-
    Related Offenses.--Subsection (r) of section 484 of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091(r)) is repealed.
        (e) Conforming Amendments.--The Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
    U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) is amended--
                (1) in section 102(a)(2)(A)(i)(I), by striking
            ``484(a)(5)'' and inserting ``484(a)(2)'';
                (2) in section 419N(b)(7)(B)(ii), by striking ``484(a)(5)''
            and inserting ``484(a)(2)'';
                (3) in section 484(c), by striking ``subsection (a)(2)''
            each place it appears and inserting ``subsection (a)(1)(B)'';
                (4) in section 484(g)--
                        (A) by striking ``subsection (a)(5)'' and inserting
                    ``subsection (a)(2)''; and
                        (B) by striking ``Immigration and Naturalization
                    Service'' each place it appears in paragraph (4)(B)(i)
                    and inserting ``Department of Homeland Security'';
                (5) in section 484(h), by striking ``Immigration and
            Naturalization Service'' each place it appears and inserting
            ``Department of Homeland Security'';
                (6) in section 484(o), as so redesignated, by striking
            ``subsection (a)(4)'' and inserting ``subsection (a)(1)(D)'';
            and
                (7) in section 485(a)(1)(K), by striking ``484(a)(2)'' and
            inserting ``484(a)(1)(B)''.

    SEC. 4606. REINSTATEMENT OF THE 6-YEAR STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS FOR
                  STUDENT LOANS.

        Section 484A(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1091a(a)) is amended to read as follows:
        ``(a) Statute of Limitations.--Notwithstanding any Federal or State
    statutory, regulatory, or administrative limitation on the period
    within which debts may be enforced--
                ``(1) an institution that receives funds under this title
            may file a suit or initiate or take another action for
            collection of a refund due from a student on a grant made, or
            work assistance awarded, under this title, during the 6-year
            period beginning on the day after the refund first became due
            (exclusive of the period during which the State statute of
            limitations otherwise applicable to a suit under this paragraph
            would be tolled under State law);
                ``(2) a guaranty agency that has an agreement with the
            Secretary under section 428(c) may file a suit or initiate or
            take another action for collection of the amount due from a
            borrower on a loan made under part B during the 6-year period
            beginning on the day after such guaranty agency reimburses the
            previous holder of the loan for its loss on account of the
            default of the borrower (exclusive of the period during which
            the State statute of limitations otherwise applicable to a suit
            under this paragraph would be tolled under State law);
                ``(3) an institution that has an agreement with the
            Secretary pursuant to section 487 may file a suit or initiate
            or take another action for collection of the amount due from a
            borrower on a loan made under part D or E after the default of
            the borrower on such loan during the 6-year period beginning on
            the day after the date of the default of the borrower with
            respect to such amount (exclusive of the period during which
            the State statute of limitations otherwise applicable to a suit
            under this paragraph would be tolled under State law); or
                ``(4) the Secretary, the Attorney General, or the
            administrative head of another Federal agency, as the case may
            be, may file a suit or initiate or take another action for
            collection of a refund due from a student on a grant made under
            this title, or for the repayment of the amount due from a
            borrower on a loan made under this title that has been assigned
            to the Secretary under this title, during the 6-year period
            beginning on the day after the refund or the amount first
            became due.''.

    SEC. 4607. STUDENT ELIGIBILITY INFORMATION FOR NUTRITION ASSISTANCE
                  PROGRAMS.

        (a) Information Dissemination Activities.--Section 485(a)(1) of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(a)(1)) is amended--
                (1) in subparagraph (U), by striking the ``and'' at the
            end;
                (2) in subparagraph (V), by striking the period at the end
            and inserting a semicolon; and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(W) the most recent relevant student eligibility
                    guidance with respect to the nutrition assistance
                    programs established under--
                                ``(i) the supplemental nutrition assistance
                            program under the Food and Nutrition Act of
                            2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.); and
                                ``(ii) the special supplemental nutrition
                            program for women, infants, and children
                            established by section 17 of the Child
                            Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786);
                        ``(X) the contact information for the State
                    agencies responsible for administration of the programs
                    specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (W);
                    and
                        ``(Y) the food pantries and other food assistance
                    facilities and services available to students enrolled
                    in such institution.''.
        (b) College Navigator Website.--Not later than 30 days after the
    date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall
    make available and annually update on the College Navigator Website the
    most recent relevant student eligibility guidance with respect to the
    nutrition assistance programs established under--
                (1) the supplemental nutrition assistance program under the
            Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.); and
                (2) the special supplemental nutrition program for women,
            infants, and children established by section 17 of the Child
            Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786).

    SEC. 4608. EXIT COUNSELING.

        (a) Amendments To Exit Counseling for Borrowers.--Section 485(b) of
    the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(b)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (1)(A)--
                        (A) in the matter preceding clause (i), striking
                    ``through financial aid offices or otherwise'' and
                    inserting ``through the use of an interactive program,
                    during an exit counseling session that is in-person or
                    online, or through the use of the online counseling
                    tool described in subsection (n)(1)(A)'';
                        (B) by redesignating clauses (i) through (ix) as
                    clauses (iv) through (xii), respectively;
                        (C) by inserting before clause (iv), as so
                    redesignated, the following:
                                ``(i) a summary of the outstanding balance
                            of principal and interest due on the loans made
                            to the borrower under part B, D, or E;
                                ``(ii) an explanation of the grace period
                            preceding repayment and the expected date that
                            the borrower will enter repayment;
                                ``(iii) an explanation that the borrower
                            has the option to pay any interest that has
                            accrued while the borrower was in school or
                            that may accrue during the grace period
                            preceding repayment or during an authorized
                            period of deferment or forbearance, prior to
                            the capitalization of the interest;'';
                        (D) in clause (iv), as so redesignated--
                                (i) by striking ``sample information
                            showing the average'' and inserting
                            ``information, based on the borrower's
                            outstanding balance described in clause (i),
                            showing the borrower's''; and
                                (ii) by striking ``of each plan'' and
                            inserting ``of at least the fixed repayment
                            plan described in section 493E, the income-
                            based repayment plan under section 493C(f), and
                            any other repayment plan for which each loan
                            may be eligible'';
                        (E) in clause (ix), as so redesignated--
                                (i) by inserting ``decreased credit
                            score,'' after ``credit reports,''; and
                                (ii) by inserting ``reduced ability to rent
                            or purchase a home or car, potential difficulty
                            in securing employment,'' after ``Federal
                            law,'';
                        (F) in clause (x), as so redesignated, by striking
                    ``consolidation loan under section 428C or a'';
                        (G) in clauses (xi) and (xii), as so redesignated,
                    by striking ``and'' at the end; and
                        (H) by adding at the end the following:
                                ``(xiii) for each of the borrower's loans
                            made under part B, D, or E for which the
                            borrower is receiving counseling under this
                            subsection, the contact information for the
                            loan servicer of the loan and a link to such
                            servicer's website; and
                                ``(xiv) an explanation that an individual
                            has a right to annually request a disclosure of
                            information collected by a consumer reporting
                            agency pursuant to section 612(a) of the Fair
                            Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681j(a)).'';
                (2) in paragraph (1)(B)--
                        (A) by inserting ``online or'' before ``in
                    writing''; and
                        (B) by adding before the period at the end the
                    following: ``, except that in the case of an
                    institution using the online counseling tool described
                    in subsection (n)(1)(A), the Secretary shall attempt to
                    provide such information to the student in the manner
                    described in subsection (n)(3)(C)''; and
                (3) in paragraph (2)(C), by inserting ``, such as the
            online counseling tool described in subsection (n)(1)(A),''
            after ``electronic means''.
        (b) Conforming Amendment.--Section 485(d)(1) of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(d)(1)) is amended by striking
    ``including income-sensitive'' and all that follows through ``part D''
    and inserting ``including, beginning on July 1, 2021, the income-based
    repayment plan under section 493C(f) and the fixed repayment plan
    described in section 493E''.

    SEC. 4609. CLERY ACT AMENDMENTS.

        (a) Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime
    Statistics.--Section 485(f) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
    U.S.C. 1092(f)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (1)--
                        (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                    inserting ``(including on a prominent location on the
                    institution's website)'' after ``publish''; and
                        (B) in subparagraph (F)--
                                (i) in clause (i), by striking ``and'' at
                            the end;
                                (ii) in clause (ii), by striking ``and'' at
                            the end;
                                (iii) in clause (iii), by striking the
                            period at the end and inserting ``;''; and
                                (iv) by adding at the end the following:
                                ``(iv) of harassment incidents that were
                            reported to campus security authorities or
                            local police agencies; and
                                ``(v) of hazing incidents that were
                            reported to campus security authorities or
                            local police agencies.''; and
                        (C) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(K)(i) Each finding by the institution that,
                    during the most recent calendar year, and during the 2
                    preceding calendar years for which data are available,
                    a student organization committed a violation of the
                    institution's standards of conduct, or of Federal,
                    State, or local law, relating to hazing, which--
                                        ``(I) shall include--
                                                ``(aa) the name of the
                                            student organization that
                                            committed the violation;
                                                ``(bb) a general
                                            description of the activities
                                            that led to the violation, the
                                            charges, such findings by the
                                            institution, and the sanctions
                                            placed on the organization; and
                                                ``(cc) the dates on which--

                                                        ``(AA) the
                                                    violation was alleged
                                                    to have occurred;

                                                        ``(BB) the student
                                                    organization was
                                                    charged with
                                                    misconduct;

                                                        ``(CC) the
                                                    investigation was
                                                    initiated; and

                                                        ``(DD) the
                                                    investigation ended
                                                    with a finding that a
                                                    violation occurred; and

                                        ``(II) may not include--
                                                ``(aa) any information
                                            related to allegations or
                                            investigations of hazing that
                                            do not result in a formal
                                            finding of a violation of the
                                            standards of conduct of the
                                            institution or of Federal,
                                            State or local law; or
                                                ``(bb) any personally
                                            identifiable information on any
                                            individual student or member of
                                            a student organization.
                                ``(ii) The anti-hazing policies (including
                            the standards of conduct with respect to
                            hazing) of the institution, and the changes, if
                            any, that have been made in the preceding
                            calendar year with respect to such policies,
                            and the justification for such changes.
                                ``(iii) In the case of an allegation that a
                            multi-institution student organization was
                            involved in a hazing incident, each institution
                            at which the students involved in such
                            allegation are enrolled (or were formerly
                            enrolled), including any student who was a
                            victim in the alleged incident, shall comply
                            with the requirements of this subparagraph.'';
                (2) in paragraph (6)(A), by adding at the end the
            following:
                        ``(vi) For purposes of reporting under this
                    section, the term `harassment'--
                                ``(I) means unwelcome conduct, of a
                            hostile, intimidating, or offensive nature,
                            based on a student's actual or perceived race,
                            color, religion, sex (including sexual
                            orientation, gender identity, pregnancy,
                            childbirth, a medical condition related to
                            pregnancy or childbirth, and sex stereotype),
                            disability, or national origin, that
                            unreasonably interferes with a student's
                            ability to participate in a program or activity
                            at an institution of higher education,
                            including by creating an intimidating, hostile,
                            or offensive environment;
                                ``(II) is not limited to physical acts, and
                            includes conduct that is verbal or nonverbal,
                            direct or indirect, undertaken in whole or in
                            part through the use of electronic messaging
                            services, commercial mobile services,
                            electronic communications, or other technology,
                            or the placement or display of hostile or
                            offensive images or objects based on a
                            protected trait; and
                                ``(III) includes sexual harassment, which
                            is unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature,
                            including--
                                        ``(aa) a sexual advance;
                                        ``(bb) a request for sexual favors;
                                        ``(cc) a sexual act, where such
                                    submission is made either explicitly or
                                    implicitly a term or condition of a
                                    program or activity at an institution
                                    of higher education, regardless of a
                                    student's submission to or rejection of
                                    such sexual act;
                                        ``(dd) a sexual act, where such
                                    submission or rejection is used as the
                                    basis for a decision affecting a term
                                    or condition of a program or activity
                                    at an institution of higher education,
                                    regardless of a student's submission to
                                    or rejection of such sexual act; or
                                        ``(ee) other conduct of a sexual
                                    nature.
                        ``(vii) The term `hazing' means any intentional,
                    knowing, or reckless act committed by a student, or a
                    former student, of an institution of higher education,
                    whether individually or in concert with other persons,
                    against another student, that--
                                ``(I) was committed in connection with an
                            initiation into, an affiliation with, or the
                            maintenance of membership in, any student
                            organization; and
                                ``(II) causes, or contributes to a
                            substantial risk of, physical injury, mental
                            harm, or personal degradation.
                        ``(viii) The term `commercial mobile service' has
                    the meaning given the term in section 332(d) of the
                    Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 332(d)).
                        ``(ix) The term `electronic communication' means
                    any transfer of signs, signals, writing, images,
                    sounds, or data of any nature transmitted in whole or
                    in part by a wire, radio, electromagnetic,
                    photoelectronic, or photooptical system.
                        ``(x) The term `electronic messaging services' has
                    the meaning given the term in section 102 of the
                    Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (47
                    U.S.C. 1001).
                        ``(xi) The term `multi-institution student
                    organization' means a student organization that
                    includes students from more than one institution of
                    higher education, including city-wide, regional, State,
                    and national chapters of student organizations.
                        ``(xii) The term `student organization' means an
                    organization that is officially recognized by or
                    otherwise affiliated with an institution of higher
                    education and that has a membership that is made up
                    primarily of students enrolled at such institution.'';
                (3) in paragraph (7), by inserting after the second
            sentence the following: ``For harassment incidents, such
            statistics shall be compiled in accordance with the definition
            of that term in paragraph (6)(A)(vi). For hazing incidents,
            such statistics shall be compiled in accordance with the
            definition of that term in paragraph (6)(A)(vii).''; and
                (4) in paragraph (8)--
                        (A) by adding ``sexual harassment,'' after ``sexual
                    assault,'' each place it appears;
                        (B) in subparagraph (B) in subclause (iv)(I)(bb) by
                    striking ``an investigation'' and inserting ``a trauma-
                    informed investigation''; and
                        (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                ``(viii) Written notification of victims
                            about institutional policies regarding the
                            reimbursement of lost tuition and costs
                            associated with student loan interest accrual
                            related to domestic violence, dating violence,
                            sexual assault, sexual harassment, or stalking
                            incidents.''.
        (b) Statement of Policy Regarding Harassment.--Section 485(f) of
    the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(f)) is further
    amended--
                (1) by redesignating paragraphs (9) through (18) as
            paragraphs (10) through (19), respectively; and
                (2) by inserting after paragraph (8) the following:
                ``(9)(A) Each institution of higher education participating
            in any program under this title, other than a foreign
            institution of higher education, shall, as part of the report
            described in paragraph (1)--
                                ``(i) develop and distribute a statement of
                            policy regarding harassment, which shall
                            include--
                                        ``(I) a prohibition of harassment--
                                                ``(aa) on campus;
                                                ``(bb) in or on a noncampus
                                            building or property;
                                                ``(cc) on public property;
                                                ``(dd) in dormitories or
                                            other residential facilities
                                            for students on campus;
                                                ``(ee) through the use of
                                            electronic mail addresses
                                            issued by the institution of
                                            higher education;
                                                ``(ff) through the use of
                                            computers and communication
                                            networks, including any
                                            telecommunications service,
                                            owned, operated, or contracted
                                            for use by the institution of
                                            higher education or its agents;
                                            and
                                                ``(gg) during an activity
                                            sponsored by the institution of
                                            higher education or carried out
                                            with the use of resources
                                            provided by the institution of
                                            higher education;
                                        ``(II) a description of the
                                    institution's programs to combat
                                    harassment, which shall be aimed at the
                                    prevention of harassment;
                                        ``(III) a description of the
                                    procedures that a student should follow
                                    if an incident of harassment occurs;
                                    and
                                        ``(IV) a description of the
                                    procedures that the institution will
                                    follow once an incident of harassment
                                    has been reported, including a
                                    statement of the standard of evidence
                                    that will be used during any
                                    institutional conduct proceeding
                                    arising from such a report; and
                                ``(ii) provide, on a prominent location on
                            the institution's website, a link to the
                            webpage that contains the information required
                            under paragraph (1)(K), including statement
                            notifying the public--
                                        ``(I) of the availability of such
                                    information, including findings,
                                    sanctions, and the implementation of
                                    sanctions, except information protected
                                    under section 444 of the General
                                    Education Provisions Act (commonly
                                    known as the `Family Education Rights
                                    and Privacy Act of 1974');
                                        ``(II) a description of how a
                                    member of the public may obtain such
                                    information; and
                                        ``(III) a statement that the
                                    institution is required to provide such
                                    information pursuant to paragraph
                                    (1)(K).
                        ``(B) The statement of policy described in
                    subparagraph (A)(i) shall address the following areas:
                                ``(i) Procedures for timely institutional
                            action in cases of alleged harassment, which
                            shall include a clear statement that the
                            accuser and the accused shall be informed of
                            the outcome of any disciplinary proceedings in
                            response to an allegation of harassment.
                                ``(ii) Possible sanctions to be imposed
                            following the final determination of an
                            institutional disciplinary procedure regarding
                            harassment.
                                ``(iii) Notification of existing
                            counseling, mental health, or student services
                            for victims or perpetrators of harassment, both
                            on campus and in the community.
                                ``(iv) Identification of a designated
                            employee or office at the institution that will
                            be responsible for receiving and tracking each
                            report of harassment.''.
        (c) Civil Penalties.--Section 485(f) of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(f)) is further amended--
                (1) in paragraph (14), as redesignated by subsection (b)--
                        (A) by striking ``in the same amount and''; and
                        (B) by inserting before the period at the end the
                    following: ``, expect that such section shall be
                    applied by substituting $100,000 for $25,000''.
                (2) in paragraph (17), as redesignated by subsection (b),
            by adding ``sexual harassment,'' after ``sexual assault,''.

    SEC. 4610. ONLINE SURVEY TOOL FOR CAMPUS SAFETY.

        Section 485(f) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092)
    is further amended--
                (1) by redesignating paragraphs (19) and (20) as so
            redesignated as paragraphs (20) and (21), respectively; and
                (2) by inserting after paragraph (17) the following:
                ``(18) Online survey tool for campus safety.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall, in
                    consultation with the Attorney General, Director of the
                    Centers for Disease Control, and the Secretary of the
                    Department of Health and Human Services and experts in
                    domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault,
                    sexual harassment, and stalking, develop, design, and
                    make available through a secure and accessible online
                    portal, a standardized online survey tool regarding
                    student experiences with domestic violence, dating
                    violence, sexual assault, sexual harassment, and
                    stalking.
                        ``(B) Development of survey tool.--In developing
                    the survey tool required under subparagraph (A), the
                    Secretary shall--
                                ``(i) use best practices from peer-reviewed
                            research measuring domestic violence, dating
                            violence, sexual assault, sexual harassment,
                            and stalking;
                                ``(ii) consult with the higher education
                            community, experts in survey research related
                            to domestic violence, dating violence, sexual
                            assault, sexual harassment, and stalking, and
                            organizations engaged in the prevention of and
                            response to, and advocacy on behalf of victims
                            of, domestic violence, dating violence, sexual
                            assault, sexual harassment, and stalking
                            regarding the development and design of such
                            survey tool and the methodology for
                            administration of such survey tool; and
                                ``(iii) ensure that the survey tool is
                            readily accessible to and usable by individuals
                            with disabilities.
                        ``(C) Elements.--
                                ``(i) In general.--The survey tool
                            developed pursuant to this paragraph shall be
                            fair and unbiased, scientifically valid and
                            reliable, and meet the highest standards of
                            survey research.
                                ``(ii) Survey questions.--Survey questions
                            included in the survey tool developed pursuant
                            to this paragraph shall--
                                        ``(I) be designed to gather
                                    information on student experiences with
                                    domestic violence, dating violence,
                                    sexual assault, sexual harassment, and
                                    stalking, including the experiences of
                                    victims of such incidents;
                                        ``(II) use trauma-informed language
                                    to prevent retraumatization; and
                                        ``(III) include the following:
                                                ``(aa) Questions designed
                                            to determine the incidence and
                                            prevalence of domestic
                                            violence, dating violence,
                                            sexual assault, sexual
                                            harassment, and stalking.
                                                ``(bb) Questions regarding
                                            whether students know about
                                            institutional policies and
                                            procedures related to domestic
                                            violence, dating violence,
                                            sexual assault, sexual
                                            harassment, and stalking.
                                                ``(cc) Questions designed
                                            to determine, if victims
                                            reported domestic violence,
                                            dating violence, sexual
                                            assault, sexual harassment, or
                                            stalking--

                                                        ``(AA) to whom the
                                                    incident was reported
                                                    and what response the
                                                    victim may have
                                                    received;

                                                        ``(BB) whether the
                                                    victim was informed of,
                                                    or referred to,
                                                    national, State, local,
                                                    or on-campus resources;
                                                    and

                                                        ``(CC) whether the
                                                    entity to whom the
                                                    victim reported the
                                                    incident conducted an
                                                    investigation and the
                                                    duration and final
                                                    resolution of such an
                                                    investigation.

                                                ``(dd) Questions regarding
                                            contextual factors, such as
                                            whether force, incapacitation,
                                            or coercion was involved.
                                                ``(ee) Questions to
                                            determine whether an accused
                                            individual was a student at the
                                            institution.
                                                ``(ff) Questions to
                                            determine whether a victim
                                            reported an incident to State,
                                            local, or campus law
                                            enforcement.
                                                ``(gg) Questions to
                                            determine why the victim chose
                                            to report or not report an
                                            incident to the institution or
                                            State, local, or campus law
                                            enforcement.
                                                ``(hh) Questions to
                                            determine the impact of
                                            domestic violence, dating
                                            violence, sexual assault,
                                            sexual harassment, and stalking
                                            on the victim's education,
                                            including diminished grades,
                                            dropped classes, leaves of
                                            absence, and negative financial
                                            consequences (such as costs
                                            associated with loss in paid
                                            tuition due to leaves of
                                            absence, loss in scholarship
                                            awards due to diminished
                                            grades, and cost associated
                                            with counseling, medical
                                            services, or housing changes).
                                                ``(ii) Questions to
                                            determine the impact and
                                            effectiveness of prevention and
                                            awareness programs and
                                            complaints processes.
                                                ``(jj) Questions to
                                            determine attitudes toward
                                            sexual violence and harassment,
                                            including the willingness of
                                            individuals to intervene as a
                                            bystander of sex-based
                                            (including sexual orientation-
                                            based and gender identity-
                                            based), race-based, national
                                            origin-based, and disability-
                                            based discrimination,
                                            harassment, assault, domestic
                                            violence, dating violence,
                                            sexual assault, sexual
                                            harassment, and stalking.
                                                ``(kk) Other questions, as
                                            determined by the Secretary.
                                ``(iii) Additional elements.--In addition
                            to the standardized questions developed by the
                            Secretary under clause (ii), an institution may
                            request additional information from students
                            that would increase the understanding of the
                            institution of school climate factors unique to
                            their campuses.
                                ``(iv) Responses.--The responses to the
                            survey questions described in clause (ii)
                            shall--
                                        ``(I) be submitted confidentially;
                                        ``(II) not be included in crime
                                    statistics; and
                                        ``(III) in the case of such
                                    responses being included in a report,
                                    shall not include personally
                                    identifiable information.
                        ``(D) Administration of survey.--
                                ``(i) Federal administration.--The
                            Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney
                            General, Director of the Centers for Disease
                            Control, and Secretary of the Department of
                            Health and Human Services, shall develop a
                            mechanism by which institutions of higher
                            education may, with respect to the survey tool
                            developed pursuant to this paragraph--
                                        ``(I) administer such survey tool;
                                    and
                                        ``(II) modify such survey tool to
                                    include additional elements or
                                    requirements, as determined by the
                                    institution.
                                ``(ii) Costs.--The Secretary may not
                            require an institution of higher education to
                            pay to modify the survey tool in accordance
                            with clause (ii)(II).
                                ``(iii) Accessibility.--The Secretary shall
                            ensure that the survey tool is administered in
                            such a way as to be readily accessible to and
                            usable by individuals with disabilities.
                                ``(iv) Institutional administration.--
                            Beginning not later than one year after the
                            date on which the Secretary makes available to
                            institutions the mechanism described in clause
                            (i), and every 2 years thereafter, each
                            institution shall administer the survey tool
                            developed pursuant to this paragraph.
                        ``(E) Completed surveys.--The Secretary shall
                    require each institution participating in any program
                    under this title to ensure, to the maximum extent
                    practicable, that an adequate, random, and
                    representative sample size of students (as determined
                    by the Secretary) enrolled at the institution complete
                    the survey tool developed pursuant to this paragraph.
                        ``(F) Report.--Beginning not later than 2 years
                    after the date of enactment of the College
                    Affordability Act, the Secretary shall prepare a
                    biennial report on the information gained from the
                    standardized elements of the survey under this
                    paragraph and publish such report in an accessible
                    format on the website of the Department and submit such
                    report to Congress. The report shall include campus-
                    level data for each school and attributed by name of
                    each campus in a manner that permits comparisons across
                    schools and campuses.
                        ``(G) Publication.--Each institution shall publish,
                    in a manner that is readily accessible and usable by
                    individuals, including individuals with disabilities--
                                ``(i) the campus-level results of the
                            standardized elements of the survey under this
                            paragraph on the website of the institution and
                            in the annual security report required under
                            paragraph 1 for the campuses affiliated with
                            the institution; and
                                ``(ii) the campus-level results of the
                            additional elements modifying the survey by the
                            institution, if any, on the website of the
                            institution.
                        ``(H) Violation.--Upon a determination pursuant to
                    section 487(c)(3)(B) that an institution of higher
                    education has violated or failed to carry out any
                    provision under this subsection, the Secretary shall
                    impose a civil penalty upon the institution in the same
                    amount and pursuant to the same procedures as a civil
                    penalty is imposed under section 487(c)(3)(B).''.

    SEC. 4611. TRANSFER OF CREDIT POLICIES.

        Section 485(h)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1092(h)(1)) is amended--
                (1) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A)--
                        (A) by inserting ``on the website of the
                    institution and in at least one other relevant
                    publication (such as a course catalogue)'' after
                    ``publicly disclose''; and
                        (B) by inserting ``, easy to find,'' after
                    ``readable''; and
                (2) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period at the end
            and inserting the following: ``, including a link to the
            website of each institution of higher education on such list
            and a link to or an explanation of the provisions of each such
            articulation agreement; and''; and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(C) a list of transfer-related resources and
                    information not otherwise provided under subparagraphs
                    (A) and (B) that the institution provides (such as
                    deadlines, financial aid information, and relevant
                    staff contact information).''.

    SEC. 4612. AMENDMENTS TO INSTITUTIONAL AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.

        (a) Notice to Students Concerning Drug Violations.--Subsection (k)
    of section 485 (20 U.S.C. 1092) is repealed.
        (b) Liaison for Homeless Individuals and Foster Care Youth.--
    Section 485 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092) is
    amended by inserting after subsection (j) the following:
        ``(k) Each institution of higher education participating in any
    program under this title shall--
                ``(1) have designated an appropriate staff person as a
            liaison to assist homeless individuals described in section 725
            of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C.
            11434a) and foster care youth in accessing and completing
            postsecondary education, including by ensuring that such
            homeless individuals and foster care youth are connected to
            applicable and available student support services, programs,
            and community resources in areas such as financial aid,
            academic advising, housing, food, public benefits, health care,
            health insurance, mental health, child care, transportation
            benefits, and mentoring;
                ``(2) post public notice about student financial assistance
            and other assistance available to such homeless individuals and
            foster care youth, including their eligibility as independent
            students under subparagraphs (B) and (H) of sections 480(d)(1);
                ``(3) give priority for any institutionally owned or
            operated housing facilities, including student housing
            facilities that remain open for occupation during school breaks
            or on a year-round basis, to--
                        ``(A) homeless individuals described in section 725
                    of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42
                    U.S.C. 11434a);
                        ``(B) youth who are unaccompanied, at risk of
                    homelessness, and self-supporting; and
                        ``(C) foster care youth;
                ``(4) have developed a plan for how such homeless
            individuals, youth who are unaccompanied, at risk of
            homelessness, and self-supporting, and foster care youth can
            access housing resources during and between academic terms,
            through means that may include access to institutionally owned
            or operated housing during breaks and a list of housing
            resources in the community that provide short-term housing; and
                ``(5) include, in its application for admission, questions
            (to be answered voluntarily) regarding the applicant's status
            as a homeless individual or foster care youth, that--
                        ``(A) can be answered by the applicant voluntarily
                    for the limited purpose of being provided information
                    about financial aid or any other available assistance;
                        ``(B) explain the key terms in the question in a
                    manner children and youth can understand in order to
                    self-identify and declare eligibility as a homeless
                    individual or foster care youth; and
                        ``(C) with consent of the applicant, may be shared
                    with the liaison after admission but prior to the
                    beginning of the next academic term.''.
        (c) Annual Financial Aid Counseling.--Section 485(l) of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(l)) is amended to read as
    follows:
        ``(l) Annual Financial Aid Counseling.--
                ``(1) Annual disclosure required.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Each eligible institution shall
                    ensure that each individual who receives a loan made
                    under part D (other than a Federal Direct Consolidation
                    Loan or a loan made under section 460A and 460B)
                    receives comprehensive information on the terms and
                    conditions of such loan and the responsibilities the
                    individual has with respect to such loan. Such
                    information shall be provided, for each award year for
                    which the individual receives such loan, in a simple
                    and understandable manner--
                                ``(i) during a counseling session conducted
                            in person;
                                ``(ii) online, with the individual
                            acknowledging receipt of the information; or
                                ``(iii) through the use of the online
                            counseling tool described in subsection
                            (n)(1)(B).
                        ``(B) Use of interactive programs.--In the case of
                    institutions not using the online counseling tool
                    described in subsection (n)(1)(B), the Secretary shall
                    require such institutions to carry out the requirements
                    of subparagraph (A) through the use of interactive
                    programs, during an annual counseling session that is
                    in-person or online, that tests the individual's
                    understanding of the terms and conditions of the loan
                    awarded to the individual, using simple and
                    understandable language and clear formatting.
                ``(2) All individuals.--The information to be provided
            under paragraph (1)(A) to each individual receiving counseling
            under this subsection shall include the following:
                        ``(A) An explanation of how the individual may
                    budget for typical educational expenses and a sample
                    budget based on the cost of attendance for the
                    institution.
                        ``(B) An explanation that an individual has a right
                    to annually request a disclosure of information
                    collected by a consumer reporting agency pursuant to
                    section 612(a) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15
                    U.S.C. 1681j(a)).
                        ``(C) An introduction to the financial management
                    resources provided by the Consumer Financial Protection
                    Bureau.
                ``(3) Borrowers receiving loans made under part d (other
            than parent plus loans).--The information to be provided under
            paragraph (1)(A) to a borrower of a loan made under part D
            (other than a Federal Direct PLUS Loan made on behalf of a
            dependent student) shall include the following:
                        ``(A) A notification that some students may qualify
                    for other financial aid and an explanation that the
                    borrower should consider accepting any grant,
                    scholarship, or State or Federal work-study jobs for
                    which the borrower is eligible prior to accepting
                    student loans.
                        ``(B) To the extent practicable, the effect of
                    accepting the loan to be disbursed on the eligibility
                    of the borrower for other forms of student financial
                    assistance.
                        ``(C) An explanation of the use of the student loan
                    contract referred to in section 432(m)(1)(D).
                        ``(D) An explanation that the borrower is not
                    required to accept the full amount of the loan offered
                    to the borrower.
                        ``(E) An explanation of the approved educational
                    expenses for which the borrower may use a loan made
                    under part D.
                        ``(F) A recommendation to the borrower to exhaust
                    the borrower's Federal student loan options prior to
                    taking out private education loans, an explanation that
                    Federal student loans typically offer better terms and
                    conditions than private education loans, an explanation
                    that Federal student loans offer consumer protections
                    typically not available in the private education loan
                    market, an explanation of treatment of loans made under
                    part D and private education loans in bankruptcy, and
                    an explanation that if a borrower decides to take out a
                    private education loan--
                                ``(i) the borrower has the ability to
                            select a private educational lender of the
                            borrower's choice;
                                ``(ii) the proposed private education loan
                            may impact the borrower's potential eligibility
                            for other financial assistance, including
                            Federal financial assistance under this title;
                            and
                                ``(iii) the borrower has a right--
                                        ``(I) to accept the terms of the
                                    private education loan within 30
                                    calendar days following the date on
                                    which the application for such loan is
                                    approved and the borrower receives the
                                    required disclosure documents, pursuant
                                    to section 128(e) of the Truth in
                                    Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1638(e)); and
                                        ``(II) to cancel such loan within 3
                                    business days of the date on which the
                                    loan is consummated, pursuant to
                                    section 128(e)(7) of such Act (15
                                    U.S.C. 1638(e)(7)).
                        ``(G) The interest rate for the loan, as of the
                    date of the counseling.
                        ``(H) Information on how interest accrues and is
                    capitalized during periods when the interest is not
                    paid by either the borrower or the Secretary.
                        ``(I) In the case of a Federal Direct PLUS Loan or
                    a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, the option
                    of the borrower to pay the interest while the borrower
                    is in school.
                        ``(J) The definition of half-time enrollment at the
                    institution, during regular terms and summer school, if
                    applicable, and the consequences of not maintaining at
                    least half-time enrollment.
                        ``(K) An explanation of the importance of
                    contacting the appropriate offices at the institution
                    of higher education if the borrower withdraws prior to
                    completing the borrower's program of study so that the
                    institution can provide exit counseling, including
                    information regarding the borrower's repayment options
                    and loan consolidation.
                        ``(L) The obligation of the borrower to repay the
                    full amount of the loan, regardless of whether the
                    borrower completes or does not complete the program in
                    which the borrower is enrolled within the regular time
                    for program completion.
                        ``(M) The likely consequences of default on the
                    loan, including adverse credit reports, delinquent debt
                    collection procedures under Federal law, and
                    litigation.
                        ``(N) Notice of the institution's most recent
                    adjusted cohort default rate (calculated in accordance
                    with section 435(m)(1)(D)), an explanation of the
                    adjusted cohort default rate, the most recent national
                    average adjusted cohort default rate, and the most
                    recent national average adjusted cohort default rate
                    for the category of institution described in section
                    435(m)(4) to which the institution belongs.
                        ``(O) Information on the National Student Loan Data
                    System and how the borrower can access the borrower's
                    records.
                        ``(P) The contact information for the institution's
                    financial aid office or other appropriate office at the
                    institution the borrower may contact if the borrower
                    has any questions about the borrower's rights and
                    responsibilities or the terms and conditions of the
                    loan.
                        ``(Q) For a first-time borrower, in addition to all
                    the information described in subparagraphs (A) through
                    (P)--
                                ``(i) a statement of the anticipated
                            balance on the loan for which the borrower is
                            receiving counseling under this subsection;
                                ``(ii) based on such anticipated balance,
                            the anticipated monthly payment amount under,
                            at minimum--
                                        ``(I) the fixed repayment plan
                                    described in section 493E; and
                                        ``(II) the income-based repayment
                                    plan under section 493C(f), as
                                    determined using regionally available
                                    data from the Bureau of Labor
                                    Statistics of the average starting
                                    salary for the occupation in which the
                                    borrower has an interest in or intends
                                    to be employed;
                                ``(iii) an estimate of the projected
                            monthly payment amount under each repayment
                            plan described in clause (ii), based on the
                            average cumulative indebtedness at graduation
                            for borrowers of loans made under part D who
                            are in the same program of study as the
                            borrower and the expected increase in the cost
                            of attendance of such program; and
                                ``(iv) information on the annual and
                            aggregate loan limits for Federal Direct
                            Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized
                            Stafford Loans as it pertains to the loan for
                            which the borrower is receiving counseling, and
                            a statement that such aggregate borrowing limit
                            may change based on the borrower's student
                            status (whether undergraduate or graduate) or
                            if there is a change in the borrower's
                            dependency status.
                        ``(R) For a borrower with an outstanding balance of
                    principal or interest due on a loan made under this
                    title, in addition to all the information described in
                    subparagraphs (A) through (P)--
                                ``(i) information on each student loan that
                            the institution is aware that the student has
                            borrowed, including Federal loans, private
                            loans, and loans from the institution;
                                ``(ii) the total amount of the outstanding
                            balance and interest accrued from the Federal
                            student loans described in clause (i);
                                ``(iii) for each Federal loan described in
                            clause (i), the interest rate for the loan, as
                            of the date of the counseling, and a statement
                            that the interest rate on student loans may
                            vary based on when the loan was borrowed and
                            other factors;
                                ``(iv) based on such outstanding balance
                            for the Federal student loans, the anticipated
                            monthly payment amount under the fixed
                            repayment plan described in section 493E, the
                            income-based repayment plan under section
                            493C(f), and any other repayment plan for which
                            each loan may be eligible, calculated using
                            regionally available data from the Bureau of
                            Labor Statistics of the average starting salary
                            for the occupation the borrower intends to be
                            employed;
                                ``(v) an estimate of the projected monthly
                            payment amount under each repayment plan
                            described in clause (iv), based on--
                                        ``(I) the outstanding balance
                                    described in clause (ii);
                                        ``(II) the anticipated outstanding
                                    balance on the loan for which the
                                    student is receiving counseling under
                                    this subsection; and
                                        ``(III) a projection for any other
                                    loans made under part D that the
                                    borrower is reasonably expected to
                                    accept during the borrower's program of
                                    study based on at least the average
                                    cumulative indebtedness at graduation
                                    for borrowers of loans made under part
                                    D who are in the same program of study
                                    as the borrower and the expected
                                    increase in the cost of attendance of
                                    such program;
                                ``(vi) a statement that the outstanding
                            balance described in clause (ii), the interest
                            rate described in clause (iii), and the monthly
                            amount described in clause (iv) and clause (v)
                            does not include any amounts that the student
                            may be required to repay for private or
                            institutional loans; and
                                ``(vii) the percentage of the total
                            aggregate borrowing limit that the student has
                            reached, as of the date of the counseling, for
                            Federal Direct Stafford Loans and Federal
                            Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, and a
                            statement that such aggregate borrowing limit
                            may change based on the borrower's student
                            status (whether undergraduate or graduate) or
                            if there is a change in the borrower's
                            dependency status.
                ``(4) Borrowers receiving parent plus loans for dependent
            students.--The information to be provided under paragraph
            (1)(A) to a borrower of a Federal Direct PLUS Loan made on
            behalf of a dependent student shall include the following:
                        ``(A) A notification that some students may qualify
                    for other financial aid and an explanation that the
                    student for whom the borrower is taking out the loan
                    should consider accepting any grant, scholarship, or
                    State or Federal work-study jobs for which the borrower
                    is eligible prior to borrowing Parent PLUS Loans.
                        ``(B) The information described in subparagraphs
                    (B) through (D) and (L) through (O) of paragraph (3).
                        ``(C) The interest rate for the loan, as of the
                    date of the counseling.
                        ``(D) The option of the borrower to pay the
                    interest on the loan while the loan is in deferment.
                        ``(E) Debt management strategies that are designed
                    to facilitate the repayment of such indebtedness.
                        ``(F) An explanation that the borrower has the
                    options to prepay each loan, pay each loan on a shorter
                    schedule, and change repayment plans.
                        ``(G) For each Federal Direct PLUS Loan made on
                    behalf of a dependent student for which the borrower is
                    receiving counseling under this subsection, the contact
                    information for the loan servicer of the loan and a
                    link to such servicer's Website.
                        ``(H) For a first-time borrower of such loan--
                                ``(i) a statement of the anticipated
                            balance on the loan for which the borrower is
                            receiving counseling under this subsection;
                                ``(ii) based on such anticipated balance,
                            the anticipated monthly payment amount under
                            the fixed repayment plan described in section
                            493E, the income-based repayment plan under
                            section 493C(f), and any other repayment plan
                            for which each loan may be eligible; and
                                ``(iii) an estimate of the projected
                            monthly payment amount under the fixed
                            repayment plan described in section 493E, the
                            income-based repayment plan under section
                            493C(f), and any other repayment plan for which
                            each loan may be eligible, based on the average
                            cumulative indebtedness of other borrowers of
                            Federal Direct PLUS Loans made on behalf of
                            dependent students who are in the same program
                            of study as the student on whose behalf the
                            borrower borrowed the loan and the expected
                            increase in the cost of attendance of such
                            program.
                        ``(I) For a borrower with an outstanding balance of
                    principal or interest due on such loan--
                                ``(i) a statement of the amount of such
                            outstanding balance;
                                ``(ii) based on such outstanding balance,
                            the anticipated monthly payment amount under
                            the fixed repayment plan described in section
                            493E, the income-based repayment plan under
                            section 493C(f), and any other repayment plan
                            for which each loan may be eligible; and
                                ``(iii) an estimate of the projected
                            monthly payment amount under the fixed and
                            income-based repayment plans, based on--
                                        ``(I) the anticipated outstanding
                                    balance on the loan for which the
                                    borrower is receiving counseling under
                                    this subsection; and
                                        ``(II) a projection for any other
                                    Federal Direct PLUS Loan made on behalf
                                    of the dependent student that the
                                    borrower is reasonably expected to
                                    accept during the program of study of
                                    such student based on at least the
                                    average cumulative indebtedness of
                                    other borrowers of Federal Direct PLUS
                                    Loans made on behalf of dependent
                                    students who are in the same program of
                                    study as the student on whose behalf
                                    the borrower borrowed the loan and the
                                    expected increase in the cost of
                                    attendance of such program.
                ``(5) Annual loan acceptance.--Prior to making the first
            disbursement of a loan made under part D (other than a Federal
            Direct Consolidation Loan or a loan made under section 460A and
            460B) to a borrower for an award year, an eligible institution,
            shall, as part of carrying out the counseling requirements of
            this subsection for the loan, ensure that after receiving the
            applicable counseling under paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) for
            the loan the borrower accepts the loan for such award year by--
                        ``(A) signing and returning to the institution the
                    student loan contract for the loan referred to in
                    section 432(m)(1)(D) that affirmatively states that the
                    borrower accepts the loan; or
                        ``(B) electronically signing an electronic version
                    of the student loan contract described in subparagraph
                    (A).''.
        (d) Online Counseling Tools.--Section 485 of the Higher Education
    Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092), as amended by this section, is further
    amended by adding at the end the following:
        ``(n) Online Counseling Tools.--
                ``(1) In general.--Beginning not later than 18 months after
            the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the
            Secretary shall maintain--
                        ``(A) an online counseling tool that provides the
                    exit counseling required under subsection (b) and meets
                    the applicable requirements of this subsection; and
                        ``(B) an online counseling tool that provides the
                    annual counseling required under subsection (l) and
                    meets the applicable requirements of this subsection.
                ``(2) Requirements of tools.--In developing and maintaining
            the online counseling tools described in paragraph (1), the
            Secretary shall ensure that each such tool is--
                        ``(A) consumer tested, in consultation with other
                    relevant Federal agencies and including students (low-
                    income students and student veterans, and students'
                    families) and borrowers, institutions of higher
                    education, secondary school and postsecondary
                    counselors, and nonprofit consumer groups, to ensure
                    that the tool is effective in helping individuals
                    understand their options, rights, and obligations with
                    respect to borrowing a loan made under part D; and
                        ``(B) freely available to all eligible
                    institutions.
                ``(3) Record of counseling completion.--The Secretary
            shall--
                        ``(A) use each online counseling tool described in
                    paragraph (1) to keep a record of which individuals
                    have received counseling using the tool, and notify the
                    applicable institutions of the individual's completion
                    of such counseling;
                        ``(B) in the case of a borrower who receives annual
                    counseling for a loan made under part D using the tool
                    described in paragraph (1)(B), notify the borrower by
                    when the borrower should accept, in a manner described
                    in subsection (l)(5), the loan for which the borrower
                    has received such counseling; and
                        ``(C) in the case of a borrower described in
                    subsection (b)(1)(B) at an institution that uses the
                    online counseling tool described in paragraph (1)(A) of
                    this subsection, the Secretary shall attempt to provide
                    the information described in subsection (b)(1)(A) to
                    the borrower through such tool.''.
        (e) Disclosure of Religious Exemptions to Title IX of the Education
    Amendments of 1972.--Section 485 of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1092), as amended by this section, is further amended by
    adding at the end the following:
        ``(o) Disclosure of Religious Exemptions to Title IX of the
    Education Amendments of 1972.--Each institution of higher education
    participating in any program under this title that requests, receives,
    or exercises or intends to exercise a religious exemption to the
    requirements of title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 U.S.C.
    1681 et seq.) shall submit in writing to the Assistant Secretary for
    Civil Rights a statement by the highest ranking official of the
    institution, identifying the provisions of part 106 of title 34 of the
    Code of Federal Regulations that conflict with a specific tenet of the
    religious organization and shall publish on its website, in a prominent
    location, the following:
                ``(1) Request letter.--Each letter submitted by the
            educational institution to the Department to request such an
            exemption.
                ``(2) Exemption letter.--Each letter from the Department to
            the educational institution that grants or denies such an
            exemption.
                ``(3) Notice of request.--Notice that the educational
            institution has requested an exemption under section 901(a)(3)
            of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 U.S.C. 1681(a)(3)).
                ``(4) Notice of exemption.--If applicable, notice that the
            educational institution has received an exemption under section
            901(a)(3) of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 U.S.C.
            1681(a)(3)).
                ``(5) Covered personal characteristics or behaviors.--A
            list of the personal characteristics or behaviors to which each
            requested or granted exemption applies.
                ``(6) Covered activities or programs.--A list of the
            activities or programs to which each exemption applies.
                ``(7) Statement of rights.--The statement `Students
            continue to have rights under title IX of the Education
            Amendments of 1972. Any student who experiences discrimination
            may contact the Office for Civil Rights at the United States
            Department of Education at _____ or _____.', with the first
            blank space being filled with a link to the website of the
            Office for Civil Rights and the second blank space being filled
            with the telephone number of the Office for Civil Rights.''.
        (f) Expectant and Parenting Students Policies.--Section 485 of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092), as amended by this
    section, is further amended by adding at the end the following:
        ``(p) Expectant and Parenting Students Policies.--Each institution
    of higher education participating in any program under this title shall
    develop and make available, including on the institution's website, a
    statement of policy concerning expectant and parenting students, which
    shall include, at a minimum--
                ``(1) the institution's policy regarding leaves of absence
            related to pregnancy (and related medical conditions), and the
            birth or adoption of a child, which shall include--
                        ``(A) any policies related to the availability of
                    parental leave;
                        ``(B) options, including time requirements, for
                    making up missed work for students who take a leave of
                    absence; and
                ``(2) information regarding lactation accommodations
            available to students;
                ``(3) a description of the process for requesting
            accommodations, and the type of accommodations available to
            expectant and parenting students, including--
                        ``(A) information on accommodations for pregnancy-
                    related medical conditions; and
                        ``(B) information on accommodations for students
                    who have parental responsibilities;
                ``(4) information regarding financial aid eligibility for
            expectant and parenting students, including--
                        ``(A) the availability of dependent care allowances
                    for a parenting student for the purposes of determining
                    the student's cost of attendance;
                        ``(B) the ability to change dependency status,
                    including during an award year, following the birth of
                    a child; and
                        ``(C) an explanation of the effect that a leave of
                    absence may have on a student's demonstration of
                    satisfactory academic progress, including for the
                    purposes of eligibility to participate in financial aid
                    programs under this title;
                ``(5) information on available student support services,
            programs, and community resources, such as academic advising,
            child care (including child care subsidy and assistance
            programs), housing (including housing subsidies and utility
            assistance programs), food (including food assistance
            programs), public benefits, health care, health insurance,
            mental health, transportation benefits, mentoring, and other
            services available for expectant and parenting students, both
            on-campus and in the community, and under local, State, and
            Federal law;
                ``(6) information regarding the availability of on-campus
            housing that permits students to live with dependents;
                ``(7) information on the rights and protections that are
            guaranteed to expectant and parenting students under applicable
            Federal and State laws;
                ``(8) the institution's procedures for addressing
            complaints under title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972
            (20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.), including procedures for reporting
            complaints under such title;
                ``(9) the institution's procedures for addressing
            complaints alleging discrimination based on a pregnancy-related
            disability under section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
            (29 U.S.C. 701 et seq.) or the Americans with Disabilities Act
            of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.), including procedures for
            reporting complaints under such laws; and
                ``(10) the contact information for the institution's Office
            of Accessibility, the institution's Title IX coordinator, and
            any other relevant staff members who serve as a point of
            contact for, or offer services available to, expectant and
            parenting students.''.

    SEC. 4613. INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO CRIME STATISTICS FOR PROGRAMS OF
                  STUDY ABROAD.

        Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1088 et seq.), as amended by the preceding sections, is further amended
    by inserting after section 485E (20 U.S.C. 1092f) the following:

    ``SEC. 485F. INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO CRIME STATISTICS FOR PROGRAMS
                  OF STUDY ABROAD.

        ``(a) In General.--Each institution participating in any program
    under this title, other than a foreign institution of higher education,
    shall develop and distribute a statement of policy with respect to
    students participating in a program of study abroad approved for credit
    by the institution concerning crime and harm that may occur while
    participating in such program of study abroad that, at a minimum,
    includes a biennial review by the institution of the programs of study
    abroad approved for credit by the institution to determine--
                ``(1) the effectiveness of the programs at protecting
            students from crime and harm, and whether changes to the
            programs are needed (based on the most recent guidance or other
            assistance from the Secretary) and will be implemented;
                ``(2) for the 5 years preceding the date of the report, the
            number (in the aggregate for all programs of study abroad
            approved for credit by the institution) of--
                        ``(A) deaths of program participants occurring
                    during program participation or during any other
                    activities during the study abroad period;
                        ``(B) sexual assaults against program participants
                    occurring during program participation and reported to
                    the institution;
                        ``(C) accidents and illnesses occurring during
                    program participation that resulted in hospitalization
                    and were reported to the institution; and
                        ``(D) incidents involving program participants
                    during the program participation that resulted in
                    police involvement or a police report and were reported
                    to the institution; and
                ``(3) with respect to the incidents described in
            subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (2), whether the
            incidents occurred--
                        ``(A) on campus;
                        ``(B) in or on noncampus buildings or property;
                        ``(C) on public property;
                        ``(D) in dormitories or other residential
                    facilities for students on campus; or
                        ``(E) at a location not described in items (A)
                    through (D) of this clause, without regard to whether
                    the institution owns or controls a building or property
                    at the location.
        ``(b) Other Duties.--An institution of higher education described
    in subsection (a) shall--
                ``(1) provide each student who is interested in
            participating in a program of study abroad approved for credit
            by the institution, with an orientation session and advising
            that includes--
                        ``(A) a list of countries in which such programs of
                    study abroad are located;
                        ``(B) all current travel information, including all
                    travel warnings and travel alerts, issued by the Bureau
                    of Consular Affairs of the Department of State for such
                    countries; and
                        ``(C) the information described in paragraph (a),
                    provided specifically for each program of study abroad
                    approved for credit by the institution in which the
                    student is considering participation; and
                ``(2) provide each student who returns from such a program
            of study abroad with a post-trip debriefing session, including
            an exit interview that assists the institution in carrying out
            subsection (a).
        ``(c) Limitations.--An institution of higher education shall not
    disaggregate or otherwise distinguish information for purposes of
    subsection (a) or (b) in a case in which the number of students in a
    category is insufficient to yield statistically reliable information or
    the results would reveal personally identifiable information about an
    individual student.
        ``(d) Review.--The Secretary shall periodically review a
    representative sample of the policies described in subsection (a) that
    have been adopted by institutions of higher education.
        ``(e) Definition.--For the purpose of this section, the definitions
    for `campus', `noncampus building or property', and `public property'
    shall have the same meaning as in section 485(f)(6).''.

    SEC. 4614. REMEDIAL EDUCATION GRANTS.

        Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1088 et seq.), as amended by the preceding sections, is further amended
    by inserting after section 486A (20 U.S.C. 1093a) the following:

    ``SEC. 486B. REMEDIAL EDUCATION GRANTS.

        ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
                ``(1) In general.--From the funds appropriated under
            subsection (k) (and not reserved under subsection (c)(4)), the
            Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the Institute
            of Education Sciences, shall award grants, on a competitive
            basis, to eligible entities to improve remedial education in
            higher education.
                ``(2) Duration.--A grant under this section shall be
            awarded for a period of 5 years.
                ``(3) Minimum awards.--The total amount of funds provided
            under each grant awarded under this section shall not be less
            than $500,000.
        ``(b) Application.--An eligible entity that desires to receive a
    grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary
    at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as
    the Secretary may require, which shall include the following:
                ``(1) A description of how the eligible entity will use the
            grant funds to develop or improve a remedial education program
            that includes evidence-based, effective strategies for
            providing instruction to ensure that students are prepared for
            courses at the postsecondary level.
                ``(2) An assurance that the eligible entity will use more
            than two measures (such as a student's college entrance
            examination score, grade point average, high school course
            list, or a placement examination) to identify students in need
            of remedial education who may be eligible to participate in the
            remedial education program developed or improved under the
            grant.
                ``(3) A description of how the eligible entity, in
            developing or improving such a program, will consult with
            stakeholders, including individuals with expertise in remedial
            education, students enrolled in remedial education, and faculty
            instructors for remedial education.
                ``(4) The eligible entity's plan for sustaining the program
            after the grant period has ended.
                ``(5) The eligible entity's plan for monitoring and
            evaluating the program, including how the eligible entity will
            use the data collected under subsection (h) to continually
            update and improve the program.
        ``(c) Consultation and Independent Evaluation.--
                ``(1) In general.--Before selecting eligible entities to
            receive grants under this section for a fiscal year, the
            Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) ensure that the consultation required under
                    paragraph (3) is carried out; and
                        ``(B) consider the results of the consultation in
                    selecting eligible entities to receive such grants.
                ``(2) Contract authority.--The Secretary, acting through
            the Director, shall seek to enter into a contract with an
            independent evaluator under which the evaluator will provide
            the consultation and evaluation required under paragraph (3).
                ``(3) Consultation and independent evaluation required.--
            The independent evaluator shall carry out the following
            activities:
                        ``(A) Consultation.--For each fiscal year of the
                    grant program under this section, the independent
                    evaluator shall consult with, and provide advice to,
                    the Secretary regarding which eligible entities should
                    receive grants under this section for such fiscal year.
                        ``(B) Evaluation.--Throughout the duration of the
                    grant program under this section, the independent
                    evaluator shall independently evaluate the impact of
                    the remedial education programs funded with the grants,
                    which shall include evaluation of--
                                ``(i) the effectiveness of the remedial
                            education programs in increasing course and
                            degree completion at the postsecondary level;
                            and
                                ``(ii) the outcomes of the remedial
                            education programs within and among models of
                            remedial education described in subsection (d).
                ``(4) Reservation.--The Secretary may reserve not more than
            15 percent of the funds appropriated under subsection (k) for a
            fiscal year to carry out this subsection for such fiscal year.
        ``(d) Use of Funds.--An eligible entity that receives a grant under
    this section shall use the grant to develop or improve a remedial
    education program through one or more of the following models:
                ``(1) Aligning course work.--Working with a local
            educational agency or State educational agency that is part of
            the eligible entity to develop or improve programs that provide
            alignment between high school coursework and postsecondary
            education, and that may include--
                        ``(A) assessments in high school to measure student
                    readiness for courses at the postsecondary level; or
                        ``(B) interventions in high school that improve
                    student competencies for courses at the postsecondary
                    level.
                ``(2) Accelerated course work.--Redesigning or improving
            remedial education that--
                        ``(A) allows students to enroll in more than one
                    sequential remedial education course or training in a
                    semester, or the equivalent;
                        ``(B) condenses the time of the remedial education;
                    or
                        ``(C) provides shortened, intensive courses or
                    training to improve competencies of students for
                    courses at the postsecondary level.
                ``(3) Modular instructional methods.--Developing or
            improving remedial education that--
                        ``(A) specifically targets the skills that students
                    need to move forward in courses at the postsecondary
                    level; and
                        ``(B) may be used to develop new assessments,
                    redesign courses to provide targeted skill instruction,
                    or provide faculty professional development.
                ``(4) Co-requisite model.--Developing or improving remedial
            education programs that allow a student to enroll in remedial
            education (which may be provided through a modular
            instructional method) while also enrolled in a course at the
            postsecondary level.
                ``(5) Systemic reform to implement comprehensive,
            integrated support programs.--Implementing and improving
            comprehensive, integrated, evidence-based support programs
            that--
                        ``(A) enable students enrolled in remedial
                    education to complete a course of study leading to a
                    recognized educational credential within 150 percent of
                    the normal time for completion; and
                        ``(B) may include financial supports, academic
                    tutoring or support, and advising that enable students
                    to find success in remedial education and courses at
                    the postsecondary level.
        ``(e) Considerations.--In awarding grants under this section, the
    Secretary, in consultation with the Director, shall--
                ``(1) ensure--
                        ``(A) a minimum of 30 eligible entities are awarded
                    grants for each 5-year grant period;
                        ``(B) an equitable geographic distribution of such
                    grants, including an equitable distribution between
                    urban and rural areas; and
                        ``(C) that grants are used to develop or improve
                    remedial education programs--
                                ``(i) under each model described in
                            subsection (d) to enable, to the extent
                            practicable, statistical comparisons of the
                            relative effectiveness of the models and the
                            programs within each model; and
                                ``(ii) for a range of types and sizes of
                            institutions of higher education; and
                ``(2) give preference to eligible entities that primarily
            serve low-income students.
        ``(f) Fiscal Requirements.--
                ``(1) Supplement not supplant.--A grant awarded under this
            section shall be used to supplement, not supplant, funds that
            would otherwise be used to carry out the activities described
            in this section.
                ``(2) Matching funds.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Subject to subparagraph (B), an
                    eligible entity that receives a grant under this
                    section shall provide, from non-Federal sources, an
                    amount equal to 10 percent of the amount of the grant
                    for the cost of activities assisted under the grant.
                        ``(B) Exceptions.--The requirements of subparagraph
                    (A) shall not apply to--
                                ``(i) Tribal Colleges or Universities; or
                                ``(ii) institutions of higher education
                            located in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico,
                            Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin
                            Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern
                            Mariana Islands, the Republic of the Marshall
                            Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, or
                            the Republic of Palau.
        ``(g) Experimental Authority.--Notwithstanding any other provision
    of this title, a student may be eligible to receive loans or grants
    under this title for up to 2 academic years for enrollment in a
    remedial education program under this section.
        ``(h) Data Collection, Reports, Evaluations, and Dissemination.--
                ``(1) Information.--
                        ``(A) Student-level data.--Each eligible entity
                    that receives a grant under this section shall provide
                    to the Director and the Secretary, on an annual basis
                    for each year of the grant period and for 5 years after
                    such grant period, the student-level data with respect
                    to the students who are or were enrolled in a remedial
                    education program funded with the grant. The Director
                    and the Secretary shall share such data with the
                    independent evaluator to enable the evaluator, for each
                    such year, to determine the information described in
                    subparagraph (B) with respect to each such remedial
                    education program.
                        ``(B) Aggregate student data.--The independent
                    evaluator shall determine, with respect to each
                    remedial education program for which an eligible entity
                    provides student-level data under subparagraph (A), the
                    following information:
                                ``(i) The number of students who are or
                            were enrolled in such remedial education
                            program.
                                ``(ii) The cost of such remedial education
                            program.
                                ``(iii) The amount of grant or loan funds
                            under this title awarded to students for
                            enrollment in such remedial education program.
                                ``(iv) The type of remedial education
                            offered under the program.
                                ``(v) The length of time students spend in
                            such remedial education program, as measured by
                            semester, trimester, or clock hours.
                                ``(vi) The number of students who complete
                            such remedial education program.
                                ``(vii) Of the students who complete such
                            remedial education program--
                                        ``(I) the number and percentage of
                                    such students who later enroll in
                                    postsecondary-level courses at an
                                    institution of higher education;
                                        ``(II) the number and percentage of
                                    such students who receive a recognized
                                    educational credential from an
                                    institution of higher education;
                                        ``(III) the average length of time
                                    required for a student described in
                                    subclause (II) to complete the course
                                    of study leading to such credential;
                                    and
                                        ``(IV) the number and percentage of
                                    students described in subclause (II)
                                    who complete the course of study
                                    leading to such credential within 150
                                    percent of the normal time for
                                    completion.
                        ``(C) Disaggregation.--The information determined
                    under subparagraph (B) shall be disaggregated by race,
                    gender, socioeconomic status, Federal Pell Grant
                    eligibility status, status as a first generation
                    college student, veteran or active duty status, and
                    disability status.
                ``(2) Evaluation results.--Not later than six years after
            the first grant is awarded under this section, the Director, in
            consultation with the Secretary and using the information
            determined under paragraph (1), shall submit to the authorizing
            committees and make available on a publicly accessible website,
            a report on the results of the multiyear, rigorous, and
            independent evaluation of the impact of the remedial education
            programs carried out by the independent evaluator. The report
            shall include the results of such evaluation with respect to--
                        ``(A) the effectiveness of the remedial education
                    programs in increasing course and degree completion at
                    the postsecondary level; and
                        ``(B) the outcomes of the remedial education
                    programs within and among models of remedial education
                    described in subsection (d).
                ``(3) Reports and dissemination.--
                        ``(A) Initial report.--Not later than one year
                    after the first grant is awarded under this section,
                    the Secretary, in consultation with the independent
                    evaluator, shall prepare and submit to the authorizing
                    committees a report on each remedial education program
                    funded under this section.
                        ``(B) Subsequent report.--Not later than five years
                    after the last grant is awarded under this section, the
                    Secretary, in consultation with the independent
                    evaluator, shall prepare and submit to the authorizing
                    committees a report that includes--
                                ``(i) a review of the activities and
                            program performance of each remedial education
                            program funded under this section; and
                                ``(ii) guidance and recommendations on how
                            successful remedial education programs (as
                            determined, at a minimum, by the number and
                            percentage of remedial education students who
                            later complete a course of study at an
                            institution of higher education within 150
                            percent of the normal time for completion) can
                            be replicated.
                        ``(C) Public availability.--The reports submitted
                    under subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall be made available
                    on a publicly accessible website of the Department of
                    Education.
        ``(i) Data Privacy.--
                ``(1) In general.--It shall be unlawful for any person who
            obtains or has access to personally identifiable information
            pursuant to this section to knowingly disclose to any person
            (except as authorized in this section or any Federal law) such
            personally identifiable information.
                ``(2) Penalty.--Any person who violates paragraph (1) shall
            be fined under title 18, United States Code.
                ``(3) Officer or employee of the united states.--If any
            officer or employee of the United States violates paragraph
            (1), the officer or employee shall be dismissed from office or
            discharged from employment upon conviction for the violation.
                ``(4) Law enforcement.--Personally identifiable information
            collected under this section shall not be used for any law
            enforcement activity or any other activity that would result in
            adverse action against any student, including debt collection
            activity or enforcement of the immigration laws.
        ``(j) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Director.--The term `Director' means the Director of
            the Institute of Education Sciences.
                ``(2) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means--
                        ``(A) an institution of higher education; or
                        ``(B) a partnership between an institution of
                    higher education and at least one of the following:
                                ``(i) A local educational agency.
                                ``(ii) A State educational agency.
                ``(3) First generation college student.--The term `first
            generation college student' has the meaning given that term in
            section 402A(h).
                ``(4) Independent evaluator.--The term `independent
            evaluator' means the independent evaluator with which the
            Secretary enters into a contract under subsection (c)(2).
                ``(5) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given that
            term in section 101.
                ``(6) Remedial education.--The term `remedial education'--
                        ``(A) means education (such as courses or training)
                    offered at an institution of higher education that--
                                ``(i) is below the postsecondary level; and
                                ``(ii) is determined by the institution to
                            be necessary to help students be prepared for
                            the pursuit of a first undergraduate
                            baccalaureate degree, associate's degree, or
                            certificate or, in the case of courses in
                            English language instruction, to be necessary
                            to enable the student to utilize already
                            existing knowledge, training, or skills; and
                        ``(B) includes developmental education that meets
                    the requirements of subparagraph (A).
                ``(7) Tribal college or university.--The term `Tribal
            College or University' has the meaning given that term in
            section 316(b).
        ``(k) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be
    appropriated to carry out this section $162,500,000 for fiscal year
    2021 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

    SEC. 4615. COMPETENCY-BASED EDUCATION.

        (a) In General.--Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088 et seq.), as amended by the preceding sections, is
    further amended by inserting after section 486B (as added by section
    4613 of this Act) the following:

    ``SEC. 486C. COMPETENCY-BASED EDUCATION DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS.

        ``(a) Demonstration Projects Authorized.--The Secretary shall
    select, in accordance with subsection (d), eligible entities to
    voluntarily carry out competency-based education demonstration projects
    for a duration of 5 years and receive waivers or other flexibility
    described in subsection (e) to carry out such projects.
        ``(b) Application.--
                ``(1) In general.--Each eligible entity desiring to carry
            out a demonstration project under this section shall submit an
            application to the Secretary, at such time and in such manner
            as the Secretary may require.
                ``(2) Outreach.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall, prior to
                    any deadline to submit applications under paragraph
                    (1), conduct outreach to institutions, including those
                    described in subparagraph (B), to provide those
                    institutions with information on the opportunity to
                    apply to carry out a demonstration project under this
                    section.
                        ``(B) Institutions.--The institutions described in
                    this subparagraph are the following:
                                ``(i) Part B institutions (as defined in
                            section 322).
                                ``(ii) Hispanic-serving institutions (as
                            defined in section 502).
                                ``(iii) Tribal Colleges or Universities (as
                            defined in section 316).
                                ``(iv) Alaska Native-serving institutions
                            (as defined in section 317(b)).
                                ``(v) Native Hawaiian-serving institutions
                            (as defined in section 317(b)).
                                ``(vi) Predominantly Black Institutions (as
                            defined in section 318).
                                ``(vii) Asian American and Native American
                            Pacific Islander-serving institutions (as
                            defined in section 320(b)).
                                ``(viii) Native American-serving, nontribal
                            institutions (as defined in section 319).
                                ``(ix) Institutions predominately serving
                            adult learners.
                                ``(x) Institutions serving students with
                            special needs.
                                ``(xi) Institutions located in rural areas.
                ``(3) Amendments.--
                        ``(A) In general.--An eligible entity that has been
                    selected to carry out a demonstration project under
                    this section may submit to the Secretary amendments to
                    the eligible entity's approved application under
                    paragraph (1), at such time and in such manner as the
                    Secretary may require, which the Secretary shall
                    approve or deny within 30 days of receipt.
                        ``(B) Expanding enrollment.--Notwithstanding the
                    assurance required with respect to maximum enrollment
                    under paragraph (4)(N)--
                                ``(i) an eligible entity whose
                            demonstration project has been evaluated under
                            subsection (g)(2) not less than twice, may
                            submit to the Secretary an amendment to the
                            eligible entity's application under paragraph
                            (1) to increase enrollment in the project to
                            more than 3,000 students, but not more than
                            5,000 students, and which shall specify--
                                        ``(I) the proposed maximum
                                    enrollment and annual enrollment growth
                                    for the project;
                                        ``(II) how the eligible entity will
                                    successfully carry out the project with
                                    such maximum enrollment and enrollment
                                    growth; and
                                        ``(III) any other amendments to the
                                    eligible entity's application under
                                    paragraph (1) that are related to such
                                    maximum enrollment or enrollment
                                    growth; and
                                ``(ii) the Secretary shall determine
                            whether to approve or deny an amendment
                            submitted under clause (i) for a demonstration
                            project based on the project's evaluations
                            under subsection (g)(2).
                ``(4) Contents.--Each application under paragraph (1) shall
            include--
                        ``(A) a description of each competency-based
                    education program to be offered by the eligible entity
                    under the demonstration project;
                        ``(B) a description of the alignment of the
                    proposed competency-based education program to the
                    institution's mission, and evidence of institutional
                    commitment to such program;
                        ``(C) a description of how each program will work
                    with employers and local industry to assess and
                    incorporate competencies that are relevant in the labor
                    market and how the program aligns with employer needs;
                        ``(D) a description of the proposed academic
                    design, academic and support services, delivery,
                    business, and financial models for the demonstration
                    project, including explanations and supporting
                    documents, including financial statements, and, any
                    revenue-sharing agreements with third-party servicers
                    or online program managers, of how each competency-
                    based education program offered under the demonstration
                    project will--
                                ``(i) result in the achievement of
                            competencies;
                                ``(ii) differ from standard credit hour
                            approaches, in whole or in part;
                                ``(iii) result in lower costs of a
                            certificate or degree; and
                                ``(iv) result in shortened time to
                            completion of a certificate or degree;
                        ``(E) a description of how each competency-based
                    education program offered under the demonstration
                    project will award academic credit to advance the
                    progress of a student toward completion of a
                    certificate or degree that is portable and used by in-
                    demand employers for making employment decisions;
                        ``(F) a description of how each credit-bearing
                    competency-based education program offered under the
                    demonstration project is aligned with a career pathway;
                        ``(G) a description of the meaningful role of the
                    appropriate instructors of the eligible entity in the
                    development, design, implementation, delivery, and
                    evaluation of each such competency-based education
                    program;
                        ``(H) a description of how each such competency-
                    based education program will provide strong post-
                    enrollment job placement, earnings, and loan repayment
                    outcomes;
                        ``(I) a description of how the eligible entity will
                    facilitate transfer, postsecondary study, and employer
                    understanding by articulating a competency-based
                    transcript from a competency-based education program
                    offered under the demonstration project to a credit
                    hour transcript at another program at the eligible
                    entity and to other institutions of higher education;
                        ``(J) a description of the statutory and regulatory
                    requirements described in subsection (e) for which the
                    eligible entity is seeking a waiver or other
                    flexibility, and why such waiver or flexibility is
                    necessary to carry out the demonstration project;
                        ``(K) a description of indicators of a program's
                    effectiveness to inform how a third party will reliably
                    assess student learning for each competency-based
                    education program offered under the demonstration
                    project;
                        ``(L) a description of how the eligible entity will
                    develop and evaluate the competencies and assessments
                    of student knowledge administered as part of the
                    demonstration project, including whether there is a
                    relationship between the competency unit and a
                    traditional credit or clock hour, the average time it
                    takes to earn a competency, how such competencies and
                    assessments are aligned with workforce needs and any
                    other considerations the institution made when it
                    developed its unit of competency;
                        ``(M) a description of the proposal for determining
                    a student's Federal student aid eligibility under this
                    title for participating in the demonstration project,
                    the award and distribution of such aid, and the
                    safeguards to ensure that students are making
                    satisfactory progress that warrants the disbursement of
                    such aid;
                        ``(N) an assurance that the demonstration project
                    at each eligible entity--
                                ``(i) will enroll a minimum of 25 students
                            and a maximum of 3,000 students or, in the case
                            of an eligible entity with an application
                            amendment approved under paragraph (3)(B), the
                            maximum enrollment approved under such
                            paragraph;
                                ``(ii) will identify and disseminate best
                            practices with respect to the demonstration
                            project to the Secretary and to other eligible
                            entities carrying out a demonstration project
                            under this section;
                                ``(iii) operates under an agreement with
                            the accrediting agency or association of the
                            eligible entity to establish the standards
                            described in subsection (c); and
                                ``(iv) uses available funds solely for
                            purposes of awarding academic credit to
                            eligible students based on the achievement of
                            competencies and for the related costs or fees
                            of demonstrating the achievement of
                            competencies;
                        ``(O) a description of the population of students
                    to whom competency-based education under the
                    demonstration project will be offered, including
                    demographic information and prior educational
                    experience, disaggregated (as practicable) by students
                    who are Federal Pell Grant recipients, students of
                    color, Native students, students with disabilities,
                    students who are veterans or members of the Armed
                    Forces, adult learners, and first generation college
                    students, and how such eligible entity will, when
                    appropriate, address the specific needs of each such
                    population of students when carrying out the
                    demonstration project;
                        ``(P) a description of outreach and communication
                    activities to students who may benefit under the
                    demonstration project, including those described in
                    subparagraph (O);
                        ``(Q) a description of how the institution is
                    ensuring that students participating in the
                    demonstration project will not, on average, be eligible
                    for more or less Federal assistance under this title
                    than such students would have been eligible for under a
                    program measured in credit or clock hours;
                        ``(R) the cost of attendance for each competency-
                    based education program offered under the demonstration
                    project, disaggregated by each of the applicable costs
                    or allowances described in paragraphs (1) through (13)
                    of section 472, and the estimated amount of the cost of
                    attendance of each such program to be covered by need-
                    based grant aid and merit-based grant aid from Federal,
                    State, institutional, and private sources;
                        ``(S) a description of other competency-based
                    education programs the eligible entity offers or plans
                    to offer outside of the demonstration project;
                        ``(T) a description of how the eligible entity will
                    use data to--
                                ``(i) ensure that each competency-based
                            education program under the demonstration
                            project meets the benchmarks established in
                            accordance with subsection (c)(2)(E);
                                ``(ii) confirm relevancy of competencies in
                            the labor market; and
                                ``(iii) improve each such program; and
                        ``(U) other such elements as the Secretary may
                    require.
        ``(c) Recognition by Accrediting Agency or Association.--Unless a
    program has already been recognized as a direct assessment program by
    the accrediting agency or association of the eligible entity, in order
    to carry out a competency-based education program under a demonstration
    project under this section, an eligible entity shall include in its
    application under subsection (b), a letter from the accrediting agency
    or association of the eligible entity that describes how it will
    establish and enforce the following standards with respect to such
    competency-based education program:
                ``(1) Standards for determining whether the eligible entity
            or the program requires students to demonstrate competencies
            that are--
                        ``(A) capable of being validly and reliably
                    assessed; and
                        ``(B) appropriate in scope and rigor for the award
                    of the relevant certificate or degree.
                ``(2) Standards for determining whether the eligible entity
            or the program demonstrate--
                        ``(A) the administrative capacity and expertise
                    that will ensure--
                                ``(i) the validity and reliability of
                            assessments of competencies; and
                                ``(ii) good practices in assessment and
                            measurement;
                        ``(B) sufficient educational content, activities,
                    and resources (including faculty support)--
                                ``(i) to enable students to learn or
                            develop what is required to demonstrate or
                            attain mastery of competencies; and
                                ``(ii) that are consistent with the
                            qualifications of graduates of traditional
                            programs;
                        ``(C) that the quality of demonstration of
                    competence is judged at mastery for each competency
                    that is assessed for the award of a certificate or
                    degree;
                        ``(D) a standard for the amount of learning that is
                    included in a unit of competency;
                        ``(E) reasonable, clear, and actionable benchmarks
                    for graduation rates and the employment and earnings of
                    graduates, including job placements in a field for
                    which the program prepares students, debt-to-earnings
                    ratios, loan repayment rates, and student satisfaction;
                        ``(F) regular evaluation of whether the program
                    meets the benchmarks under subparagraph (E), and
                    address what may be the cause with identified
                    interventions; and
                        ``(G) that students may not receive a subsequent
                    disbursement until they have completed the anticipated
                    number of credits for the payment period.
                ``(3) Standards for determining when to deny, withdraw,
            suspend, or terminate the accreditation of the program if the
            benchmarks under paragraph (2)(E) are not achieved after 4
            consecutive title IV payment periods, including standards for
            providing sufficient opportunity--
                        ``(A) for the eligible entity or program to provide
                    a written response regarding the failure to achieve
                    such benchmarks be considered by the agency or
                    association in the manner described in section
                    496(a)(6)(B); and
                        ``(B) for the eligible entity or program to appeal
                    any adverse action under this subparagraph before an
                    appeals panel that meets the requirements of section
                    496(a)(6)(C).
        ``(d) Selection.--
                ``(1) In general.--Not later than 12 months after the date
            of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary
            shall select not more than 100 eligible entities to carry out a
            demonstration project under this section under which at least 1
            competency-based education program is offered at each eligible
            entity.
                ``(2) Considerations.--In selecting eligible entities under
            paragraph (1), the Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) consider the number and quality of
                    applications received;
                        ``(B) consider an eligible entity's--
                                ``(i) ability to successfully execute the
                            demonstration project as described in the
                            eligible entity's application under subsection
                            (b);
                                ``(ii) commitment and ability to
                            effectively finance the demonstration project;
                                ``(iii) ability to provide administrative
                            capability and the expertise to evaluate
                            student progress based on measures other than
                            credit hours or clock hours;
                                ``(iv) history of compliance with the
                            requirements of this Act;
                                ``(v) commitment to work with the Director
                            and the Secretary to evaluate the demonstration
                            project and the impact of the demonstration
                            project under subsection (g)(2);
                                ``(vi) commitment and ability to assess
                            student learning through a third party;
                                ``(vii) commitment of the accrediting
                            agency or association of the eligible entity to
                            establish and enforce the standards described
                            in subsection (c); and
                                ``(viii) commitment to collaboration with
                            an employer advisory group or specific
                            employers to determine how the demonstration
                            project will meet employer needs;
                        ``(C) ensure the selection of a diverse group of
                    eligible entities with respect to size, mission,
                    student population, and geographic distribution;
                        ``(D) not limit the types of programs of study or
                    courses of study approved for participation in a
                    demonstration project; and
                        ``(E) not select an eligible entity--
                                ``(i) that, for one of the preceding 2
                            fiscal years--
                                        ``(I) had an adjusted cohort
                                    default rate (defined in section
                                    435(m)) that is 20 percent or greater;
                                        ``(II) failed to meet the
                                    requirement under section 487(a)(24);
                                    or
                                        ``(III) was--
                                                ``(aa) under probation or
                                            an equivalent status from the
                                            accrediting agency or
                                            association of the eligible
                                            entity;
                                                ``(bb) under sanction from
                                            the authorization agency of the
                                            State in which the eligible
                                            entity is located; or
                                                ``(cc) under public
                                            investigation or facing a
                                            pending lawsuit from a State or
                                            Federal agency;
                                ``(ii) if the Department has concerns with
                            the entity's compliance based on program
                            reviews or audits; or
                                ``(iii) if the eligible entity fails to
                            meet the financial responsibility standards
                            prescribed by the Secretary in accordance with
                            section 498(c) or is placed on a reimbursement
                            payment method by the Secretary.
        ``(e) Waivers and Other Flexibility.--
                ``(1) In general.--With respect to any eligible entity
            selected to carry out a demonstration project under this
            section, the Secretary may--
                        ``(A) waive any requirements of the provisions of
                    law (including any regulations promulgated under such
                    provisions) listed in paragraph (2) for which the
                    eligible entity has provided a reason for waiving under
                    subsection (b)(4)(J); or
                        ``(B) provide other flexibility, but not waive, any
                    requirements of the provisions of law (including any
                    regulations promulgated under such provisions) listed
                    in paragraph (3) for which the eligible entity has
                    provided a reason with which the Secretary agrees for
                    such flexibility under subsection (b)(4)(J).
                ``(2) Provisions eligible for waivers.--The Secretary may
            waive the following under paragraph (1)(A):
                        ``(A) Subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section
                    102(a)(3).
                        ``(B) Section 484(l)(1).
                ``(3) Provisions eligible for flexibility.--The Secretary
            may provide the flexibility described in paragraph (1)(B) with
            respect to the requirements under provisions in title I, part F
            of this title, or this part, that inhibit the operation of a
            competency-based education program, relating to the following:
                        ``(A) Documenting attendance.
                        ``(B) Weekly academic activity.
                        ``(C) Minimum weeks of instructional time.
                        ``(D) Requirements for credit hour or clock hour
                    equivalencies if an institution proposes a measure
                    clearly defined in its application that accounts for
                    the academic intensity of study.
                        ``(E) Requirements for regular and substantive
                    interaction with the instructor.
                        ``(F) Definitions of the terms `academic year',
                    `full-time student', `part-time student', `term'
                    (including `standard term', `non-term', and `non-
                    standard term'), `satisfactory academic progress',
                    `educational activity', `program of study', and
                    `payment period'.
                        ``(G) Methods of disbursing student financial aid
                    by institutions of higher education selected, as of the
                    date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, as
                    experimental sites under section 487A to carry out
                    competency-based education programs.
                        ``(H) Restrictions regarding concurrent student
                    enrollment in Direct Assessment and non-Direct
                    Assessment programs.
                ``(4) Measurement of activity or academic work.--An
            institution granted flexibility under paragraph (3) related to
            requirements for credit hour or clock hour equivalencies shall
            include a measurement of activity or academic `work' by
            students as considered comparable to the standard practice for
            measuring credit or clock hours for these areas.
        ``(f) Notification.--Not later than 9 months after the date of
    enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary shall make
    available to the authorizing committees and the public a list of
    eligible entities selected to carry out a demonstration project under
    this section, which shall include for each such eligible entity--
                ``(1) the specific waiver or other flexibility from
            statutory or regulatory requirements offered under subsection
            (e); and
                ``(2) a description of the competency-based education
            programs, and its associated accreditation standards, to be
            offered under the project.
        ``(g) Information and Evaluation.--
                ``(1) Information.--
                        ``(A) Student-level data.--Each eligible entity
                    that carries out a demonstration project under this
                    section shall provide to the Director the student-level
                    data for the students enrolled in a program described
                    in subparagraph (C)(i)(I), the student-level data for
                    the students enrolled in a program described in
                    subparagraph (C)(i)(II), and the student-level data for
                    students enrolled in a program described in
                    subparagraph (C)(i)(III) to enable the Director--
                                ``(i) to determine the aggregate
                            information described in subparagraph (B) with
                            respect to each such program; and
                                ``(ii) to the extent practicable, to
                            compare the programs using a rigorous
                            evaluation, such as propensity score matching.
                        ``(B) Aggregate information.--For purposes of the
                    evaluation under paragraph (2), the Director shall use
                    the student-level data provided under subparagraph (A)
                    by an eligible entity to determine the following
                    information with respect to each program described in
                    subparagraph (C)(i) offered at such eligible entity:
                                ``(i) The average number of credit hours
                            students earned prior to enrollment in the
                            program, if applicable.
                                ``(ii) The number and percentage of
                            students enrolled in a competency-based
                            education program that are also enrolled in
                            programs of study or courses of study offered
                            in credit hours or clock hours, disaggregated
                            by student status as a first-year, second-year,
                            third-year, fourth-year, or other student.
                                ``(iii) The average period of time between
                            the enrollment of a student in the program and
                            the first assessment of student knowledge of
                            such student.
                                ``(iv) The average time to 25 percent, 50
                            percent, 75 percent, 100 percent, 150 percent,
                            and 200 percent completion of a certificate or
                            degree.
                                ``(v) The number and percentage of students
                            who begin in a certain cohort and complete a
                            certificate or degree.
                                ``(vi) The number and percentage of
                            students who begin in a certain cohort and
                            withdraw without completing a certificate or
                            degree.
                                ``(vii) The number and percentage of
                            students who begin in a certain cohort who
                            reach 25 percent, 50 percent, 75 percent, and
                            100 percent completion of a certificate or
                            degree.
                                ``(viii) The number and percentage of
                            students who begin in a certain cohort who re-
                            enroll in a second period.
                                ``(ix) The median number of competencies
                            completed per period.
                                ``(x) The average number of attempts it
                            takes students to pass all assessments of
                            student knowledge during the period of
                            enrollment in the program.
                                ``(xi) The percentage of summative
                            assessments of student competence that students
                            passed on the first attempt during the period
                            of enrollment in the program.
                                ``(xii) The percentage of summative
                            assessments of student competence that students
                            passed on the second attempt and the average
                            period of time between the first and second
                            attempts during the period of enrollment in the
                            program.
                                ``(xiii) The average number of competencies
                            a student acquired and demonstrated while
                            enrolled in a program and the period of time
                            during which the student acquired such
                            competencies.
                                ``(xiv) The number and percentage of
                            students completing the program who find
                            employment that lasts not less than 6 months
                            within 6 months of graduation, disaggregated by
                            number and percentage of such students finding
                            employment in a field related to the program.
                                ``(xv) Student job placement rates 1, 2,
                            and 3 years after graduating from the program,
                            if available.
                                ``(xvi) The median student earnings 1, 2,
                            and 3 years after graduating from the program,
                            if available.
                                ``(xvii) The number and percentage of
                            students completing the program who continue
                            their education.
                                ``(xviii) Such other information as the
                            Director may reasonably require.
                        ``(C) Disaggregation.--The information determined
                    under subparagraph (B) shall be disaggregated as
                    follows, provided that the disaggregation of the
                    information does not identify any individual student:
                                ``(i) For each eligible entity that carries
                            out a demonstration project under this section,
                            disaggregation by--
                                        ``(I) the students enrolled in each
                                    competency-based education program
                                    under the project;
                                        ``(II) the students enrolled in
                                    each competency-based education program
                                    not being carried out under the
                                    project, if the eligible entity has a
                                    competency-based education program not
                                    being carried out under the project;
                                    and
                                        ``(III) the students enrolled in a
                                    program not described in subclause (I)
                                    or (II).
                                ``(ii) For each group of students described
                            in clause (i), disaggregation by prior
                            postsecondary experience, age group, race,
                            gender, disability status, students who are
                            Veterans or servicemembers, first generation
                            college students, full-time and part-time
                            enrollment, and status as a recipient of a
                            Federal Pell Grant.
                        ``(D) Council.--The Director shall provide to the
                    Competency-Based Education Council any information
                    described in subparagraph (A) or (B) (other than
                    personally identifiable information) that may be
                    necessary for the Council to carry out its duties under
                    section 4615(e) of the College Affordability Act.
                ``(2) Evaluation.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Director, in consultation
                    with the Secretary and using the information determined
                    under paragraph (1), shall annually evaluate each
                    eligible entity carrying out a demonstration project
                    under this section. Each evaluation shall be
                    disaggregated in accordance with subparagraph (B) and
                    include--
                                ``(i) the extent to which the eligible
                            entity has met the elements of its application
                            under subsection (b)(4);
                                ``(ii) whether the demonstration project
                            led to reduced cost, including as reflected by
                            median debt levels, or time to completion of a
                            certificate or degree, and the amount of cost
                            or time reduced for such completion;
                                ``(iii) obstacles related to student
                            financial assistance for competency-based
                            education;
                                ``(iv) the extent to which statutory or
                            regulatory requirements not waived or for which
                            flexibility is not provided under subsection
                            (e) presented difficulties or unintended
                            consequences for students or eligible entities;
                                ``(v) a description of the waivers or
                            flexibility provided under subsection (e) that
                            were most beneficial to students or eligible
                            entities, and an explanation of such benefits;
                                ``(vi) the percentage of students who
                            received each of the following--
                                        ``(I) a grant under this title;
                                        ``(II) a loan under this title;
                                        ``(III) a State grant;
                                        ``(IV) a State loan;
                                        ``(V) an institutional grant;
                                        ``(VI) an institutional loan;
                                        ``(VII) a private loan; and
                                        ``(VIII) an employer grant or
                                    subsidy;
                                ``(vii) median annual total cost and net
                            cost to the student of the program;
                                ``(viii) median total cost and net cost of
                            the credential and associated examination or
                            licensure calculated upon completion;
                                ``(ix) median outstanding balance of
                            principal and interest on loans made under this
                            title that students have upon graduation;
                                ``(x) the median 3-year adjusted cohort
                            default rate as defined under section 435(m);
                                ``(xi) the median 1-year and 3-year
                            repayment rate of loans made under this title;
                                ``(xii) the median student earnings 1, 3,
                            and 4 years after graduation;
                                ``(xiii) a description of the curricular
                            infrastructure, including assessments of
                            student knowledge and the corresponding
                            competencies;
                                ``(xiv) a description of the role of
                            faculty and faculty involvement; and
                                ``(xv) outcomes of the assessments of
                            student competency.
                        ``(B) Disaggregation.--The data collected under
                    clauses (vi) through (xii) shall be disaggregated by
                    each group of students described in paragraph (1)(C).
                ``(3) Annual report.--The Director, in consultation with
            the Secretary, shall annually provide to the authorizing
            committees a report on--
                        ``(A) the evaluations required under paragraph (2);
                        ``(B) the number and types of students receiving
                    assistance under this title for competency-based
                    education programs offered under projects under this
                    section;
                        ``(C) any proposed statutory or regulatory changes
                    designed to support and enhance the expansion of
                    competency-based education programs, which may be
                    independent of or combined with traditional credit hour
                    or clock hour projects;
                        ``(D) the most effective means of delivering
                    competency-based education programs through projects
                    under this section; and
                        ``(E) the appropriate level and distribution
                    methodology of Federal assistance under this title for
                    students enrolled in a competency-based education
                    program.
        ``(h) Coordination.--An eligible entity or the Director shall
    consult with the Secretary of Education or the Secretary of the
    Treasury to obtain the employment, earnings, and loan information that
    may be necessary for purposes of subsection (c)(2)(F) or subsection
    (g), respectively.
        ``(i) Oversight.--In carrying out this section, the Secretary
    shall, at least twice annually--
                ``(1) assure compliance of eligible entities with the
            requirements of this title (other than the provisions of law
            and regulations that are waived under subsection (e));
                ``(2) provide technical assistance;
                ``(3) monitor fluctuations in the student population
            enrolled in the eligible entities carrying out the
            demonstration projects under this section;
                ``(4) consult with appropriate accrediting agencies or
            associations and appropriate State regulatory authorities for
            additional ways of improving the delivery of competency-based
            education programs; and
                ``(5) collect and disseminate to eligible entities carrying
            out a demonstration project under this section, best practices
            with respect to such projects.
        ``(j) Data Privacy.--
                ``(1) In general.--It shall be unlawful for any person who
            obtains or has access to personally identifiable information
            pursuant to this section to knowingly disclose to any person
            (except as authorized in this section or any Federal law) such
            personally identifiable information.
                ``(2) Penalty.--Any person who violates paragraph (1) shall
            be fined under title 18, United States Code.
                ``(3) Officer or employee of the united states.--If any
            officer or employee of the United States violates paragraph
            (1), the officer or employee shall be dismissed from office or
            discharged from employment upon conviction for the violation.
                ``(4) Law enforcement.--Personally identifiable information
            collected under this section shall not be used for any law
            enforcement activity or any other activity that would result in
            adverse action against any student, including debt collection
            activity or enforcement of the immigration laws.
        ``(k) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be
    appropriated $5,000,000 to the Department to carry out the project
    under this section.
        ``(l) Definitions.--For the purpose of this section:
                ``(1) Career pathway.--The term `career pathway' has the
            meaning given the term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation
            and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
                ``(2) Competency.--The term `competency' means the
            knowledge, skill, and abilities demonstrated for a particular
            program of study.
                ``(3) Competency-based education program.--The term
            `competency-based education program' means a postsecondary
            program that provides competency-based education for which the
            accrediting agency or association of the institution of higher
            education offering such program has established or will
            establish the standards described in subsection (c) and, in
            accordance with such standards--
                        ``(A) measures academic progress and credential
                    attainment by the assessment of student learning in
                    lieu of, or in addition to, credit or clock hours;
                        ``(B) measures and assesses such academic progress
                    and attainment in terms of a student's mastery of
                    competencies by identifying what students know and the
                    skills mastered through rigorous assessment;
                        ``(C) determines and reports to the Secretary the
                    number of credit or clock hours that would be needed
                    for the attainment of a similar level of knowledge,
                    skills, and characteristics in a standard credit or
                    clock hour program;
                        ``(D) provides the educational content, activities,
                    support, and resources necessary to enable students to
                    develop and attain the competencies that are required
                    to demonstrate mastery of such competencies, including
                    a system for monitoring a student's engagement and
                    progress in each competency, in which faculty are
                    responsible for providing proactive academic
                    assistance, when needed, on the basis of such
                    monitoring;
                        ``(E) upon a student's demonstration or mastery of
                    a set of competencies identified and required by the
                    institution, leads to or results in the awarding of a
                    certificate or degree;
                        ``(F) ensures that funds received under this title
                    may be used only for learning that results from
                    instruction provided or overseen by the institution and
                    not for the portion of the program of which the student
                    has demonstrated mastery prior to enrollment in the
                    program or tests of learning that are not associated
                    with educational activities overseen by the
                    institution;
                        ``(G) is organized in a manner that an institution
                    can determine, based on the method of measurement
                    selected by the institution, and approved by the
                    accreditor as described in subsection (c), what
                    constitutes a full-time, three-quarter time, half-time,
                    and less than half-time workload for the purposes of
                    awarding and administering assistance under this title,
                    or assistance provided under another provision of
                    Federal law to attend an institution of higher
                    education; and
                        ``(H) may use a disaggregated faculty model in
                    which the educational responsibilities for an academic
                    course are divided among a number of individuals, each
                    performing specific tasks essential to instruction,
                    including curriculum design, content delivery, and
                    student assessment.
                ``(4) Director.--The term `Director' means the Director of
            the Institute of Education Sciences.
                ``(5) Dual or concurrent enrollment program.--The term
            `dual or concurrent enrollment program' has the meaning given
            the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary
            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
                ``(6) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means an
            institution of higher education, which may be an institution of
            higher education that offers a dual or concurrent enrollment
            program.
                ``(7) First generation college student.--The term `first
            generation college student' has the meaning given the term in
            section 402A(h)(3).
                ``(8) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the
            term in section 102, except that such term does not include
            institutions described in section 102(a)(1)(C).''.
        (b) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this section or the
    amendments made by this section shall be construed to alter the
    authority of the Secretary of Education to establish experimental sites
    under any other provision of law.

    SEC. 4616. COMPETENCY-BASED EDUCATION COUNCIL.

        (a) Establishment of a Committee on Competency-Based Education.--
    Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act, there
    shall be established the Competency-Based Education Council (referred
    to in this section as the ``Council'').
        (b) Membership.--
                (1) Composition.--The Council shall be composed of--
                        (A) 3 individuals appointed by the Secretary of
                    Education;
                        (B) 2 individuals appointed by the Director of the
                    Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection;
                        (C) not less than 8 and not more than 13
                    individuals appointed by the Comptroller General of the
                    United States, representing--
                                (i) experts in competency-based education;
                                (ii) faculty members in competency-based
                            education programs;
                                (iii) faculty members in non-competency
                            based education programs;
                                (iv) administrators at institutions that
                            offer competency-based education programs;
                                (v) individuals currently enrolled in or
                            graduated from a competency-based education
                            program;
                                (vi) accrediting agencies or associations
                            that recognize competency-based education
                            programs;
                                (vii) experts from State educational
                            agencies; and
                                (viii) business and industry
                            representatives; and
                        (D) 4 members appointed by--
                                (i) the majority leader of the Senate;
                                (ii) the minority leader of the Senate;
                                (iii) the Speaker of the House of
                            Representatives; and
                                (iv) the minority leader of the House of
                            Representatives.
                (2) Chairperson.--The Council shall select a Chairperson
            from among its members.
                (3) Vacancies.--Any vacancy in the Council shall not affect
            the powers of the Council and shall be filled in the same
            manner as an initial appointment.
        (c) Meetings.--The Council shall hold, at the call of the
    Chairperson, not less than 6 meetings before completing the study
    required under subsection (e) and the report required under subsection
    (f).
        (d) Personnel Matters.--
                (1) Compensation of members.--Each member of the Council
            shall serve without compensation in addition to any such
            compensation received for the member's service as an officer or
            employee of the United States, if applicable.
                (2) Travel expenses.--The members of the Council shall be
            allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of
            subsistence, at rates authorized for employees of agencies
            under subchapter 1 of chapter 57 of title 5, United States
            Code, while away from their homes or regular places of business
            in the performance of services for the Council.
        (e) Duties of the Council.--
                (1) Study.--The Council shall conduct a study on the
            ongoing innovation and development of competency-based
            education programs.
                (2) Recommendations.--Based on the findings of the study
            under paragraph (1), and the annual evaluations of the
            demonstration projects under section 486C of the Higher
            Education Act of 1965, as added by section 4613 of this Act,
            the Council shall develop recommendations for the authorization
            of competency-based education under the Higher Education Act of
            1965, including recommendations that--
                        (A) provide or update standard definitions, if
                    needed, for relevant terms, including--
                                (i) competency-based education;
                                (ii) competency-based education program
                            including quality indicators, that include
                            appropriate student outcome metrics, for such
                            programs; and
                                (iii) any other relevant definitions agreed
                            upon; and
                        (B) address--
                                (i) the amount of learning in a competency
                            unit;
                                (ii) the transfer of competency-based
                            education credits to other institutions or
                            programs;
                                (iii) the minimum amount of time in an
                            academic year for competency-based education
                            programs, for financial aid purposes;
                                (iv) considerations for accreditation
                            agencies before recognizing competency-based
                            education programs;
                                (v) address the role of faculty and faculty
                            involvement in competency-based education
                            programs;
                                (vi) additional resources that may be
                            needed for adequate oversight of competency-
                            based education programs; and
                                (vii) the responsiveness of competencies to
                            the labor market and employers.
        (f) Reports.--
                (1) Interim reports.--Not later than 2 years after the date
            of enactment of this Act, and biennially thereafter until the
            final report is submitted under paragraph (2), the Council
            shall prepare and submit to the Secretary of Education and
            Congress, and make available to the public, a report that
            provides ongoing feedback to the annual evaluations of the
            demonstration projects under section 486C(g)(2) of the Higher
            Education Act of 1965, as added by section 4613 of this Act,
            including a discussion of implementation challenges programs
            face, and the items listed in subsection (e)(2)(B).
                (2) Final report.--Not later than 6 years after the date of
            enactment of this Act, the Council shall prepare and submit to
            the Secretary of Education and Congress, and make available to
            the public, a report containing the findings of the study under
            subsection (e)(1) and the recommendations developed under
            subsection (e)(2).

    SEC. 4617. WRITTEN ARRANGEMENTS TO PROVIDE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS.

        Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1088 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 486C (as added by
    section 4614 of this Act) the following:

    ``SEC. 486D. WRITTEN ARRANGEMENTS TO PROVIDE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS.

        ``(a) Written Arrangements Between Eligible Institutions.--
                ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), if
            an eligible institution enters into a written arrangement with
            another eligible institution, or with a consortium of eligible
            institutions, under which the other eligible institution or
            consortium provides part of the educational program to students
            enrolled in the first institution, the Secretary shall consider
            that educational program to be an eligible program if the
            educational program offered by the institution that grants the
            degree or certificate otherwise satisfies the requirements for
            eligibility under this title.
                ``(2) Common ownership or control.--If the written
            arrangement described in paragraph (1) is between two or more
            eligible institutions that are owned or controlled by the same
            individual, partnership, or corporation, the Secretary shall
            consider the educational program to be an eligible program if--
                        ``(A) the educational program offered by the
                    institution that grants the degree or certificate
                    otherwise satisfies the requirements for eligibility
                    under this title; and
                        ``(B) the institution that grants the degree or
                    certificate provides more than 50 percent of the
                    educational program.
        ``(b) Written Arrangements for Study-Abroad.--Under a study abroad
    program, if an eligible institution enters into a written arrangement
    under which an institution in another country, or an organization
    acting on behalf of an institution in another country, provides part of
    the educational program of students enrolled in the eligible
    institution, the Secretary considers that educational program to be an
    eligible program if it otherwise satisfies the requirements of
    paragraphs (1) through (3) of subsection (c).
        ``(c) Written Arrangements Between an Eligible Institution and an
    Ineligible Institution or Organization.--If an eligible institution
    enters into a written arrangement with an institution or organization
    that is not an eligible institution under which the ineligible
    institution or organization provides part of the educational program of
    students enrolled in the eligible institution, the Secretary shall
    consider that educational program to be an eligible program if--
                ``(1) the ineligible institution or organization has not--
                        ``(A) had its eligibility to participate in the
                    programs under this title terminated by the Secretary;
                        ``(B) voluntarily withdrawn from participation
                    programs under this title under a termination, show-
                    cause, suspension, or similar type proceeding initiated
                    by the institution's State licensing agency,
                    accrediting agency, guarantor, or by the Secretary;
                        ``(C) had its certification to participate in
                    programs under this title revoked by the Secretary;
                        ``(D) had its application for re-certification to
                    participate in programs under this title denied by the
                    Secretary; or
                        ``(E) had its application for certification to
                    participate in programs under this title denied by the
                    Secretary;
                ``(2) the ineligible institution or organization does not
            have any role in the admission of students into the educational
            program;
                ``(3) the educational program offered by the institution
            that grants the degree or certificate otherwise satisfies the
            requirements for eligibility under this title; and
                ``(4)(A) the ineligible institution or organization
            provides 25 percent or less of the educational program; or
                ``(B)(i) the ineligible institution or organization
            provides more than 25 percent but less than 50 percent of the
            educational program;
                ``(ii) the eligible institution and the ineligible
            institution or organization are not owned or controlled by the
            same individual, partnership, or corporation;
                ``(iii) the eligible institution's accrediting agency, or
            if the institution is a public postsecondary vocational
            educational institution, the State agency determined by the
            Secretary to be a reliable authority as to the quality of
            public postsecondary vocational education pursuant to section
            487(c)(4), has specifically determined that the institution's
            arrangement meets the agency's standards for the contracting
            out of educational services; and
                ``(iv) the eligible institution provides to the Secretary
            the institution's expenditures on instruction, student
            services, marketing, recruitment, advertising, and lobbying
            made available under section 132(i)(1)(AA) with respect to the
            portion of the educational program covered by the written
            arrangement.
        ``(d) Administration of Title IV Programs.--
                ``(1) In general.--If an institution enters into a written
            arrangement as described in subsection (a), subsection (b), or
            subsection (c), except as provided in paragraph (2), the
            institution at which the student is enrolled as a regular
            student shall determine the student's eligibility for funds
            under this title, and shall calculate and disburse those funds
            to that student.
                ``(2) Special rule for arrangements between eligible
            institutions.--In the case of a written arrangement between
            eligible institutions, the institutions may agree in writing to
            have any eligible institution in the written arrangement
            calculate and disburse funds under this title to the student
            and the Secretary shall not consider that institution to be a
            third party servicer for that arrangement.
                ``(3) Calculation and disbursement.--The institution that
            calculates and disburses a student's funds under paragraph (1)
            or paragraph (2) must--
                        ``(A) take into account all the hours in which the
                    student enrolls at each institution that apply to the
                    student's degree or certificate when determining the
                    student's enrollment status and cost of attendance; and
                        ``(B) maintain all records regarding the student's
                    eligibility for and receipt of funds under this title.
        ``(e) Information Made Available to Students.--If an institution
    enters into a written arrangement described in subsection (a),
    subsection (b), or subsection (c), the institution shall provide
    directly to enrolled and prospective students, and make available on a
    publicly accessible website of the institution, a description of
    written arrangements the institution has entered into in accordance
    with this section, including information on--
                ``(1) the portion of the educational program that the
            institution that grants the degree or certificate is not
            providing;
                ``(2) the name and location of the other institutions or
            organizations that are providing the portion of the educational
            program that the institution that grants the degree or
            certificate is not providing;
                ``(3) the method of delivery of the portion of the
            educational program that the institution that grants the degree
            or certificate is not providing; and
                ``(4) estimated additional costs students may incur as the
            result of enrolling in an educational program that is provided,
            in part, under the written arrangement.''.

    SEC. 4618. IMPROVEMENTS TO PROGRAM PARTICIPATION AGREEMENTS.

        (a) Alcohol and Substance Misuse Prevention.--Section 487(a)(10) of
    the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(10)) is amended by
    striking ``a drug abuse prevention program'' and inserting ``an alcohol
    and substance misuse prevention program in accordance with section
    120''.
        (b) Adjusted Cohort Default Rate.--Section 487(a)(14) of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 is amended by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(D) Beginning on the date on which the final
                    adjusted cohort default rates are published by the
                    Secretary for fiscal year 2018 under section 435(m),
                    subparagraph (C) shall be applied by substituting
                    `adjusted cohort default rate in excess of 5 percent'
                    for `cohort default rate in excess of 10 percent' each
                    place it appears.''.
        (c) Postsecondary Data.--Paragraph (17) of section 487(a) of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)) is amended to read as
    follows:
                ``(17) The institution of higher education (or the assigned
            agent of such institution) shall collect and submit data to the
            Commissioner for Education Statistics in a timely manner in
            accordance with--
                        ``(A) section 132(l);
                        ``(B) nonstudent-related surveys within the
                    Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS);
                    and
                        ``(C) any other Federal postsecondary data
                    collection effort.''.
        (d) Access to Housing for Foster Youth.--Section 487(a)(19) of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(19)) is amended--
                (1) by striking ``The institution will not'' and inserting
            the following: ``The institution--
                        ``(A) will not'';
                (2) by inserting ``housing facilities,'' after
            ``libraries,'';
                (3) by striking ``institution.'' and inserting
            ``institution; and''; and
                (4) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(B) will provide a means for students to access
                    institutionally owned or operated housing if a student
                    is temporarily unable to meet financial obligations
                    related to housing, including deposits, due to delayed
                    disbursement of vouchers for education and training
                    made available under section 477 of part E of title IV
                    of the Social Security Act or delays attributable to
                    the institution.''.
        (e) Distribution of Voter Registration Forms.--
                Section 487(a)(23)(A) of the Higher Education Act of 1965
            (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(23)(A)) is amended by striking ``, if
            located in a state to which section (4)(b) of the National
            Voter Registration Act of 1993 (42 U.S.C. 1973gg-2(b)) does not
            apply,''.
        (f) Proprietary Institutions.--Section 487(a)(24) of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(24)) is amended by striking
    ``not less than ten percent of such institution's revenues from sources
    other than funds provided under this title'' and inserting ``not less
    than 15 percent of such institution's revenues from sources other than
    Federal education assistance funds''.
        (g) Written Arrangements With Other Institutions.--Section 487(a)
    of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)) is amended by
    adding at the end the following:
                ``(30) In the case of an institution that enters into a
            written arrangement with an organization or another institution
            to provide part of an educational program, the institution will
            comply with the applicable requirements of section 486D.''.

    SEC. 4619. COMPLIANCE WITH THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964.

        Section 487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1094(a)), as amended by the preceding sections, is further amended by
    adding at the end the following:
                ``(31) The institution will--
                        ``(A) designate at least one employee to coordinate
                    compliance with title VI of the Civil Rights Act of
                    1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.), including any
                    investigation of any complaint alleging--
                                ``(i) noncompliance with such title; and
                                ``(ii) any actions prohibited by such
                            title;
                        ``(B) annually submit a report to the Secretary
                    that includes all complaints described in subparagraph
                    (A) with respect to such institution;
                        ``(C) make the report under subparagraph (B)
                    publicly available on the internet website of the
                    institution; and
                        ``(D) notify students and employees of--
                                ``(i) the name, office address, and
                            telephone number of each employee designated
                            under subparagraph (A);
                                ``(ii) the report under subparagraph (B);
                                ``(iii) the enforcement policies of the
                            institution with respect to such title; and
                                ``(iv) the procedure for reporting and
                            investigating complaints under such title.''.

    SEC. 4620. SUBMISSION OF DATA WITH RESPECT TO STUDENTS WITH
                  DISABILITIES.

        Section 487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1094(a)), as amended by the preceding sections, is further amended by
    adding at the end the following:
                ``(32) The institution will submit, for inclusion in the
            postsecondary student data system established under section
            132(l), the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System of
            the Department, or any other Federal postsecondary institution
            data collection effort, key data related to undergraduate and
            graduate students enrolled at the institution who are formally
            registered as students with disabilities with the institution's
            office of accessibility, including the total number of students
            with disabilities enrolled, the number of students accessing or
            receiving accommodation, the percentage of students with
            disabilities of all undergraduate students, and the total
            number of undergraduate certificates or degrees awarded to
            students with disabilities. An institution shall not be
            required to submit the information described in the preceding
            sentence if the number of such students would reveal personally
            identifiable information about an individual student.''.

    SEC. 4621. EDUCATION PROGRAM ON HAZING.

        (a) Educational Program on Hazing.--Section 487(a) of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)), as amended by the preceding
    sections, is further amended by adding at the end the following:
                ``(33) The institution will provide students with an
            educational program on hazing (as that term is defined in
            section 485(f)(6)(A)(vii)), which shall include information on
            hazing awareness, hazing prevention, and the institution's
            policies on hazing.''.

    SEC. 4622. CHANGES TO PROGRAM PARTICIPATION AGREEMENTS TO STRENGTHEN
                  CONSUMER PROTECTIONS.

        (a) Prohibition on Loss of Access to Transcripts for Loan
    Default.--Section 487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1094(a)) is further amended by adding at the end the following:
                ``(34)(A) The institution will not prohibit a student from
            accessing the student's transcripts, degree scrolls, or other
            certifications of coursework or educational attainments at the
            institution because the student is in default on the repayment
            of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this title.
                ``(B) For purposes of this paragraph, the term `student'
            includes former students.''.
        (b) Prohibition on Limitations on Ability of Students To Pursue
    Claims Against Certain Institutions of Higher Education.--Section
    487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)) is
    further amended by adding at the end the following:
                ``(35) No agreement between the institution and any student
            will contain any limitation or restriction (including a
            limitation or restriction on any available choice of applicable
            law, a jury trial, or venue) on the ability of the student to
            pursue a claim, individually or with others, against an
            institution in court.''.

    SEC. 4623. MISREPRESENTATION AND SUBSTANTIAL MISREPRESENTATION DEFINED.

        Section 487(c)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1094(c)(3)) is amended--
                (1) in subparagraph (B)(i)(II), by striking ``$25,000'' and
            inserting ``$60,000''; and
                (2) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(C) In this paragraph:
                        ``(i) The term `misleading' means having the
                    likelihood or tendency to mislead under the
                    circumstances.
                        ``(ii) The term `misrepresentation'--
                                ``(I) means any false, erroneous, or
                            misleading statement an institution, one of its
                            representatives, or a third-party servicer (as
                            defined in section 481(c)) makes directly or
                            indirectly to a student, prospective student or
                            any member of the public, or an accrediting
                            agency, a State agency, or to the Secretary;
                            and
                                ``(II) includes any statement that omits
                            information in such a way as to make the
                            statement false, erroneous, or misleading.
                        ``(iii) The term `statement' means any
                    communication made in writing, visually, orally, or
                    through other means.
                        ``(iv) The term `substantial misrepresentation'
                    means any misrepresentation on which the person to whom
                    such misrepresentation was made could reasonably be
                    expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that
                    person's detriment.''.

    SEC. 4624. TEACH-OUT PLANS.

        Section 487(f)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1094(f)(2)) is amended to read as follows:
                ``(2) Teach-out plan defined.--In this subsection, the term
            `teach-out plan' means a written plan that provides for the
            equitable treatment of students if an institution of higher
            education ceases to operate before all students have completed
            their program of study that--
                        ``(A) shall include--
                                ``(i) a process to maintain a complete list
                            of such students and the estimated date of
                            completion of each such student's program of
                            study; and
                                ``(ii) a record retention plan that
                            includes--
                                        ``(I) a plan to provide each
                                    student with the transcript of such
                                    student, at no cost to such student;
                                    and
                                        ``(II) the policies and procedures
                                    required under subparagraphs (B) and
                                    (C) of section 495(a)(6).
                        ``(B) may include--
                                ``(i) if required by the institution's
                            accrediting agency or association, an agreement
                            between institutions for such a teach-out plan;
                            and
                                ``(ii) such other information as the
                            Secretary may require.''.

    SEC. 4625. EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAMS.

        Section 487A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094a)
    is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 487A. EXPERIMENTATION WITH STATUTORY AND REGULATORY FLEXIBILITY.

        ``(a) Experimental Sites.--The Secretary is authorized to
    periodically select a limited number of institutions for voluntary
    participation as experimental sites to test the effectiveness of
    approaches to statutory and regulatory flexibility that--
                ``(1) to the extent appropriate, may lead to a reduction of
            regulatory burden on institutions of higher education or the
            Department of Education, except that the Secretary shall not
            waive any requirement of this title for any institution
            participating as an experimental site that would reduce the
            protections or the information provided to a student under this
            Act; and
                ``(2) aim to increase student success, as determined in
            accordance with subsection (g).
        ``(b) Continuing and Discontinuing Experiments and Experimental
    Sites.--The Secretary may continue any experiment or the voluntary
    participation of any experimental site in existence as of the date of
    enactment of the College Affordability Act, unless the Secretary
    determines that such experiment or site has not been successful in
    increasing student success as determined in accordance with subsection
    (g). Any experiment or experimental site approved by the Secretary
    prior to the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act that
    has not been successful in increasing student success shall be
    discontinued before the first day of the first ward year beginning
    after such date.
        ``(c) Waivers.--The Secretary is authorized to waive, for any
    institution participating as an experimental site under subsection (a),
    any requirements in this title, including requirements related to the
    award process and disbursement of student financial aid (such as
    innovative delivery systems for modular or compressed courses, or other
    innovative systems), verification of student financial aid application
    data, entrance and exit interviews, or other management procedures or
    processes as determined in the negotiated rulemaking process under
    section 492, or regulations prescribed under this title, that will bias
    the results of the experiment, except that the Secretary shall not
    waive any provisions with respect to award rules (other than an award
    rule related to an experiment in modular or compressed schedules),
    grant and loan maximum award amounts, and need analysis requirements
    unless the waiver of such provisions is authorized by another provision
    under this title.
        ``(d) Evaluation Plan Required.--Before notifying institutions of
    the intent of the Secretary to carry out an experiment under this
    section, the Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the
    Institute of Education Sciences, shall develop an evaluation plan for
    the experiment. The evaluation plan shall include the following:
                ``(1) Identification of the methodology to be used for
            collecting data on the experiment which shall include, to the
            extent practicable, a methodology that allows for the
            disaggregation of data by age, race, gender, disability status,
            status as a veteran or member of the Armed Forces, status as a
            first generation college student, and status as a recipient of
            a Federal Pell Grant under section 401.
                ``(2) Identification of the rigorous evaluation methods to
            be used for determining the impact of the experiment, which
            shall include, to the extent practicable--
                        ``(A) a randomized controlled design; and
                        ``(B) an assessment of whether the experiment has a
                    differential impact on any group described in paragraph
                    (1).
                ``(3) A schedule for conducting the experiment in
            accordance with the duration limit specified in subsection (f).
                ``(4) An estimate of the cost of conducting the experiment,
            to the extent practicable.
                ``(5) An estimate of the size of the study sample (such as
            the number of participating students or institutions) needed to
            determine if the experiment has statistically significant
            effects.
        ``(e) Limitation Pending Notice to Congress.--
                ``(1) Limitation.--The Secretary may not carry out an
            experiment at an experimental site under this section until a
            period of 60 days has elapsed following the date on which the
            Secretary submits to the authorizing committees the notice
            described in paragraph (2).
                ``(2) Notice to congress.--The notice described in this
            paragraph is a written notice that includes--
                        ``(A) a description of the experiment proposed to
                    be carried out by the Secretary, including the
                    rationale for the proposed experiment;
                        ``(B) the policy-relevant questions the Secretary
                    intends to evaluate through the experiment and an
                    explanation of how the design of the experiment will
                    allow the Secretary to best answer those questions;
                        ``(C) a list of the specific statutory and
                    regulatory requirements that the Secretary intends to
                    waive with respect to an institution participating as
                    an experimental site and the legal authority for such
                    waivers;
                        ``(D) an explanation of how the statutory and
                    regulatory flexibility provided to an institution
                    participating as an experimental site is expected to
                    increase student success, as required under subsection
                    (a); and
                        ``(E) a copy of the evaluation plan developed under
                    subsection (d).
        ``(f) Duration.--
                ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
            duration of an experiment under this section shall not exceed a
            period of four years beginning with the first award year for
            which Federal financial aid is disbursed to students
            participating in the experiment.
                ``(2) Extension.--The Secretary may extend an experiment
            for up to two years beyond the four-year period specified in
            paragraph (1) on a case-by-case basis.
        ``(g) Determination of Success.--For the purposes of subsection
    (a), the Secretary shall make a determination of success regarding an
    institution's participation as an experimental site based on--
                ``(1) whether, and to what extent, student outcomes improve
            as a direct result of the experiment;
                ``(2) whether the experimental site improves the delivery
            of services to, or otherwise benefitted, students; and
                ``(3) the extent to which the experiment reduces
            administrative burdens on institutions participating as
            experimental sites, as documented in the Secretary's annual
            report under subsection (h)(3), without harming students.
        ``(h) Outcomes Reporting.--
                ``(1) Data submission.--Each institution participating as
            an experimental site shall submit to the Secretary, on a
            periodic basis to be determined by the Secretary, data on
            outcomes relating to the experiment carried out at the site.
                ``(2) Review and evaluation.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Subject to subparagraph (B), the
                    Secretary shall review and rigorously evaluate the
                    activities of each institution participating as an
                    experimental site.
                        ``(B) Evaluation methodology.--To the extent
                    practicable, the evaluation under subparagraph (A)
                    shall be based on data collected in accordance with the
                    data collection methodology specified in the evaluation
                    plan for the experiment under subsection (d)(1).
                ``(3) Annual report.--On an annual basis, the Secretary
            shall submit to the authorizing committees a report based on
            the review and evaluation carried out under paragraph (2). Each
            report shall include, with respect to each experiment carried
            out by the Secretary during the period covered by the report,
            the following:
                        ``(A) A summary of the status of the experiment.
                        ``(B) A list identifying each institution
                    participating as an experimental site.
                        ``(C) The specific statutory or regulatory waivers
                    granted to each institution participating as an
                    experimental site.
                        ``(D) In a case in which data on the experiment is
                    not collected in accordance with the methodology
                    specified in the evaluation plan under subsection
                    (d)(1)--
                                ``(i) the reasons that such methodology was
                            not used to collect data on the experiment; and
                                ``(ii) a description of the alternative
                            data collection methodology used for the
                            experiment.
                        ``(E) An evaluation of the quality of data yielded
                    by the experiment.
                        ``(F) A summary and analysis of the findings, to
                    date, of the experiment.
                        ``(G) An assessment of whether the experiment has
                    had a differential impact on any group listed in
                    subsection (d)(1).
                        ``(H) An explanation of any current or foreseen
                    barriers to conducting the experiment.
                        ``(I) In the case of an experiment for which the
                    Secretary determines there is sufficient value in
                    continuing the experiment past the duration limit
                    specified in subsection (f)(1), adequate documentation
                    to justify such continuation.
                ``(4) Final report.--Not later than 180 days after the
            conclusion of each experiment, the Secretary shall submit to
            the authorizing committees a report that includes the
            following:
                        ``(A) A summary of the data yielded by the
                    experiment, including, to the extent practicable, data
                    on the results of the experiment disaggregated by age,
                    race, gender, disability status, status as a veteran or
                    member of the Armed Forces, status as a first
                    generation college student, and status as a recipient
                    of a Federal Pell Grant under section 401.
                        ``(B) The conclusions reached regarding each
                    experiment conducted.
                        ``(C) Recommendations, based on the results of the
                    experiment--
                                ``(i) to improve and streamline relevant
                            statutes, including this Act; and
                                ``(ii) for improvements to relevant
                            regulations.
                        ``(D) An explanation of any changes to regulations
                    that the Secretary intends to make as a result of the
                    experiment.
                ``(5) Public availability.--Each report submitted under
            paragraphs (3) and (4) shall be made available on a publicly
            accessible website of the Department of Education.
        ``(i) Fast-Track Process To Comply With Information Collection
    Requirements.--The requirements of section 3507 of title 44, United
    States Code, shall not apply to the collection of information by the
    Department of Education on experiments carried out in accordance with
    this section.''.

    SEC. 4626. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.

        Section 489(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1096(a)) is amended--
                (1) in the second sentence, by striking ``or under part E
            of this title''; and
                (2) in the third sentence--
                        (A) by inserting ``and'' after ``subpart 3 of part
                    A,''; and
                        (B) by striking ``compensation of students,'' and
                    all that follows through the period and inserting
                    ``compensation of students.''.

    SEC. 4627. REGIONAL MEETINGS AND NEGOTIATED RULEMAKING.

        Section 492 of the Higher Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1098a) is
    amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``students,
            institutions of higher education, State student grant agencies,
            guaranty agencies, lenders, secondary markets, loan servicers,
            guaranty agency servicers, and collection agencies'' and
            inserting ``students and borrowers, consumer representatives,
            institutions of higher education, and contractors responsible
            for carrying out student financial assistance programs under
            this title''; and
                (2) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``both
                    representatives of such groups from Washington, D.C.,
                    and industry participants'' and inserting
                    ``representatives that are broadly representative of
                    constituencies in different sectors and geographic
                    locations''; and
                        (B) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(3) Negotiated rulemaking process.--In carrying out a
            negotiated rulemaking process required under this section, the
            Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) to the extent practicable, comply with
                    requests from the participants in such negotiated
                    rulemaking process for data;
                        ``(B) make publicly available issue papers and the
                    proposed regulations described in paragraph (1) in a
                    timely manner that allows for public review;
                        ``(C) make video recordings of each negotiated
                    rulemaking session publicly available through
                    simultaneous transmission;
                        ``(D) archive the video recordings described in
                    subparagraph (C) in a publicly available manner; and
                        ``(E) make publicly available the transcripts of
                    each such negotiated rulemaking session.''.

    SEC. 4628. INCOME-BASED REPAYMENT PLAN.

        (a) Options To Enter Into the New Fixed Repayment Plan and Income-
    Based Repayment Plan.--Section 493C(b) of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1098e) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (7)(B)--
                        (A) by striking ``or'' at the end of clause (iv);
                    and
                        (B) by adding at the end the following:
                                ``(vi) has made payments under the income-
                            based repayment plan under section 493C(f); or
                                ``(vii) has made payments under the fixed
                            repayment plan described in section 493E;'';
                (2) by amending paragraph (8) to read as follows:
                ``(8) a borrower who is repaying a loan made under part B
            or D pursuant to income-based repayment may elect, at any time,
            to terminate repayment pursuant to income-based repayment and
            repay such loan under the income-based repayment plan under
            section 493C(f) or the fixed repayment plan described in
            section 493E;'';
                (3) in paragraph (9), by striking the period at the end and
            inserting ``; and''; and
                (4) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(10) a borrower who is repaying a loan made, insured, or
            guaranteed under part B or D pursuant to this section may repay
            such loan in full at any time without penalty.''.
        (b) Automatic Recertification of Income for Income-Driven Repayment
    Plans.--Section 493C(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1098e(c)) is amended--
                (1) by striking ``The Secretary shall establish'' and
            inserting the following:
                ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall establish'';
                (2) by striking ``The Secretary shall consider'' and
            inserting the following:
                ``(2) Procedures for eligibility.--The Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) consider''; and
                (3) by striking ``428C(b)(1)(E).'' and inserting the
            following: ``428C(b)(1)(E); and
                        ``(B) beginning as soon as the Secretary determines
                    practicable after the Secretary finalizes the
                    procedures required under section 9004 of the College
                    Affordability Act, but not later than 2 years after the
                    date of enactment of such Act, carry out, with respect
                    to borrowers of any covered loan (as defined in section
                    455(d)(10)), including such borrowers who select, or
                    for whom the Secretary selects under paragraph (8)(C)
                    or (9)(C) of subsection (d), or section 428(m)(1), the
                    income-based repayment plan under subsection (f),
                    procedures for income-based repayment plans under this
                    section that are equivalent to the procedures carried
                    out under section 455(e)(9) with respect to income
                    contingent repayment plans.''.
        (c) Income-Based Repayment.--Section 493C of the Higher Education
    Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1098e) is amended by adding at the end the
    following:
        ``(f) Income-Based Repayment for New Loans On and After July 1,
    2021, and for Borrowers Who Enter Income-Based Repayment After June 30,
    2021.--
                ``(1) In general.--The income-based repayment plan under
            this subsection shall be carried out in accordance with this
            section, except as otherwise specified in this subsection--
                        ``(A) with respect to any loan made under part D on
                    or after July 1, 2021, if such borrower elects such
                    income-based repayment plan for the loan; and
                        ``(B) with respect to any loan made, insured, or
                    guaranteed under part B or D on or before June 30,
                    2021, if such borrower elects to repay the loan under
                    such income-based repayment plan on or after July 1,
                    2021.
                ``(2) Special terms.--Notwithstanding any other provision
            of this section, with respect to a loan described under
            paragraph (1), the following terms shall apply to the income-
            based repayment plan under this subsection:
                        ``(A)(i) Notwithstanding subsection (a)(3)(B), the
                    repayment amount under this subsection shall be an
                    amount equal to 10 percent of the result obtained by
                    calculating, on at least an annual basis, the amount by
                    which the adjusted gross income of the borrower
                    (subject to clause (ii)) exceeds the applicable
                    percentage of the poverty line in accordance with
                    clause (iii).
                        ``(ii)(I) Subject to subclause (II), in the case of
                    a married borrower (regardless of tax filing status),
                    clause (i) shall be applied by substituting `the
                    adjusted gross income of the borrower and the
                    borrower's spouse' for `the adjusted gross income of
                    the borrower'.
                        ``(II) Subclause (I) shall not be applicable to any
                    borrower who is married and who certifies to the
                    Secretary through a form approved by the Secretary that
                    the borrower is--
                                ``(aa) separated from the spouse of the
                            borrower; or
                                ``(bb) unable to reasonably access the
                            income information the spouse of such borrower.
                        ``(iii) For purposes of clause (i), the term
                    `applicable percentage' means 250 percent of the
                    poverty line applicable to the borrower's family size
                    (as determined under section 673(2) of the Community
                    Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9902(2)))--
                                ``(I) reduced by 10 percentage points for
                            each $1,000 by which the borrower's adjusted
                            gross income (in the case of a single borrower)
                            exceeds $80,000; and
                                ``(II) reduced by 10 percentage points for
                            each $2,000 by which the borrower's adjusted
                            gross income (in the case of a married borrower
                            (regardless of filing status)), exceeds
                            $160,000.
                        ``(B) Subsection (b)(7)(B) shall apply by
                    substituting `20 years' for `25 years'.
                        ``(C) A borrower of such a loan may elect, and
                    remain enrolled in, the income-based repayment plan
                    under this subsection regardless of--
                                ``(i) whether such borrower has a partial
                            financial hardship; and
                                ``(ii) the income level of the borrower.
                        ``(D) Notwithstanding subparagraph (A) of
                    subsection (b)(6), a borrower's monthly payment--
                                ``(i) shall be equal to the repayment
                            amount determined under subparagraph (A)
                            divided by 12; and
                                ``(ii) may exceed the monthly repayment
                            amount under a standard 10-year repayment plan
                            or a fixed repayment plan described in section
                            493E.
                        ``(E) Subparagraph (B) of subsection (b)(3) shall
                    not apply.
                        ``(F) Subsection (d) shall not apply.
                        ``(G) In the case of a Federal Direct Consolidation
                    Loan made on or after the date of enactment of the
                    College Affordability Act that is being repaid under
                    this subsection, any monthly payment made pursuant to
                    any repayment plan listed in subsection (b)(7)(B) on a
                    loan for which the liability has been discharged by the
                    proceeds of such consolidation loan shall be treated as
                    a monthly payment under this subsection on the portion
                    of such consolidation loan that is attributable to such
                    discharged loan, except that in the case of a
                    subsequent consolidation loan, for purposes of this
                    clause--
                                ``(i) any monthly payment made on the first
                            consolidation loan or any other loan for which
                            the liability has been discharged by such
                            subsequent consolidation loan shall be
                            applicable; and
                                ``(ii) any monthly payment made on a loan
                            for which the liability has been discharged by
                            such first consolidation loan shall not be
                            applicable.
                ``(3) Additional special terms for certain borrowers.--A
            borrower described in paragraph (1)(B)--
                        ``(A) may--
                                ``(i) choose to continue repayment pursuant
                            to the repayment plan in which the borrower is
                            enrolled on June 30, 2021; or
                                ``(ii) make a one-time election to--
                                        ``(I) terminate repayment pursuant
                                    to the repayment plan described in
                                    clause (i) and enter the income-based
                                    repayment plan under this subsection;
                                    or
                                        ``(II) terminate repayment pursuant
                                    to the repayment plan described in
                                    clause (i) and enter a fixed repayment
                                    plan described in section 493E; and
                        ``(B) who makes an election under subparagraph
                    (A)(ii), shall not repay a loan described in paragraph
                    (1)(B) under a repayment plan that is not an income-
                    based repayment plan under this subsection or a fixed
                    repayment plan described in section 493E.
                ``(4) Written, electronic, or verbal enrollment in income-
            based repayment.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall develop and
                    implement a process that is consistent with any
                    procedures (including verification procedures)
                    established under subsection (c), which enables a
                    covered borrower of a loan made under part D who
                    desires to elect to repay such loan under income-based
                    repayment under this subsection to make such election
                    through written, electronic, or verbal notice to the
                    Secretary.
                        ``(B) Covered borrower defined.--In this paragraph,
                    the term `covered borrower' means a borrower of a loan
                    made under part D who--
                                ``(i) is enrolled in the fixed repayment
                            plan under section 493E; or
                                ``(ii) has not yet selected a repayment
                            plan.
        ``(g) Special Rule for Refinanced Loans.--
                ``(1) Refinanced federal direct and ffel loans.--In
            calculating the period of time during which a borrower of a
            loan that is refinanced under section 460A has made monthly
            payments for purposes of subsection (b)(7), the Secretary shall
            include each month in which a monthly payment was made for the
            original loan or the refinanced loan, if such monthly payment
            otherwise meet the requirements of this section.
                ``(2) Federal direct refinanced private loans.--In
            calculating the period of time during which a borrower of a
            Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan under section 460B has
            made monthly payments for purposes of subsection (b)(7), the
            Secretary shall include only payments--
                        ``(A) that are made after the date of the issuance
                    of the Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan; and
                        ``(B) that otherwise meet the requirements of this
                    section.''.

    SEC. 4629. FIXED REPAYMENT PLAN.

        Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1088 et seq.) is further amended by adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 493E. FIXED REPAYMENT PLAN.

        ``(a) In General.--A borrower of a loan made under this part on or
    after July 1, 2021, and a borrower who is in repayment on a loan made,
    insured, or guaranteed under part B or part D before July 1, 2021, may
    elect to repay such loan under the fixed repayment plan described in
    this section.
        ``(b) Fixed Repayment Plan.--Under the fixed repayment plan, a
    borrower whose total outstanding amount of principal and interest on
    such a loan (as of the day before entering repayment on such loan)--
                ``(1) is equal to or less than $20,000, shall repay such
            loan with a fixed monthly repayment amount paid over a period
            of 10 years;
                ``(2) is more than $20,000 and less than $30,000, shall
            repay such loan with a fixed monthly repayment amount paid over
            a period of--
                        ``(A) 15 years; or
                        ``(B) the period described in paragraph (1), if the
                    borrower elects such period;
                ``(3) is equal to or greater than $30,000, and less than
            $40,000, shall repay such loan with a fixed monthly repayment
            amount paid over a period of--
                        ``(A) 20 years; or
                        ``(B) the period described in paragraph (1) or (2),
                    if the borrower elects such period; and
                ``(4) is equal to or greater than $40,000, shall repay such
            loan with a fixed monthly repayment amount paid over a period
            of--
                        ``(A) 25 years; or
                        ``(B) the period described in any of paragraphs (1)
                    through (3), if the borrower elects such period.
        ``(c) Treatment of Certain Consolidation Loans.--In the case of a
    Federal Direct Consolidation Loan made on or after the date of
    enactment of the College Affordability Act that is being repaid under
    this section, any monthly payment made pursuant to any repayment plan
    listed in section 493C(b)(7)(B) on a loan for which the liability has
    been discharged by the proceeds of such consolidation loan shall be
    treated as a monthly payment under this section on the portion of such
    consolidation loan that is attributable to such discharged loan, except
    that in the case of a subsequent consolidation loan, for purposes of
    this subsection--
                ``(1) any monthly payment made on the first consolidation
            loan or any other loan for which the liability has been
            discharged by such subsequent consolidation loan shall be
            applicable; and
                ``(2) any monthly payment made on a loan for which the
            liability has been discharged by such first consolidation loan
            shall not be applicable.''.

    SEC. 4630. REQUIRING A COMMON MANUAL FOR LOAN SERVICERS.

        Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1088 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further amended by adding at
    the end the following:

    ``SEC. 493F. REQUIRING A COMMON MANUAL FOR LOAN SERVICERS.

        ``(a) In General.--Not later than 1 year after the date of
    enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary shall develop
    a manual of common procedures and policies for entities with which the
    Secretary enters into contracts for the origination, servicing, and
    collection of covered loans, to standardize procedures to ensure
    consistency of quality and practice across such entities, and a minimum
    standard of quality and practice, to ensure that borrowers, including
    individuals pursuing public service loan forgiveness under section
    455(m) and teachers, are well served.
        ``(b) Updates.--The Secretary shall update the manual under
    subsection (a) as frequently as may be necessary, but not less
    frequently than once every 5 years.
        ``(c) Covered Loans Defined.--The term `covered loans' means--
                ``(1) loans sold or assigned to the Secretary under part B;
                ``(2) loans made or purchased under part D; and
                ``(3) loans referred, transferred, or assigned to the
            Secretary under part E.''.

    SEC. 4631. REMOVAL OF RECORD OF DEFAULT.

        Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1088 et seq.), as amended by the preceding sections, is further amended
    by adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 493G. REMOVAL OF RECORD OF DEFAULT.

        ``Upon repaying in full the amount due on a defaulted loan made,
    insured, or guaranteed under this title, the Secretary, guaranty
    agency, or other holder of the loan shall request any consumer
    reporting agency to which the Secretary, guaranty agency or holder, as
    applicable, reported the default of the loan, to remove any adverse
    item of information relating to a delinquent or defaulted loan made,
    insured, or guaranteed under this title from the borrower's credit
    history.''.

    SEC. 4632. AMENDMENTS TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF BORROWER DEFENSES.

        (a) In General.--Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088 et seq.), as amended by the preceding sections, is
    further amended by adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 493H. BORROWER DEFENSES.

        ``(a) In General.--Notwithstanding any other provision of State or
    Federal law, a defense to repayment of a loan under this title
    includes--
                ``(1) a substantial misrepresentation;
                ``(2) an act or omission that would give rise to a cause of
            action against an institution of higher education under
            applicable State law, to the extent that such act or omission
            relates to--
                        ``(A) a loan received by a borrower under this
                    title; or
                        ``(B) educational services for which such a loan
                    was received; or
                ``(3) such further acts or omissions that the Secretary
            determines to be appropriate in accordance with subsection (b).
        ``(b) Regulations.--The Secretary shall specify in regulations
    which further acts or omissions of an institution of higher education a
    borrower may assert as a defense to repayment of a loan made under this
    title.
        ``(c) Secretarial Determination.--
                ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall determine whether a
            borrower is entitled to relief under this section based on all
            evidence available to the Secretary.
                ``(2) Evidentiary standard.--A borrower shall be entitled
            to relief under this section if a preponderance of the evidence
            available to the Secretary demonstrates that the borrower is
            entitled to such relief.
                ``(3) Independent determination.--A determination under
            paragraph (1) shall be independent of any action that the
            Secretary may take to recoup funds from the institution of
            higher education implicated by the borrower defense claim.
        ``(d) Procedures for Review and Resolution of Claims.--
                ``(1) Procedures required.--The Secretary shall establish
            procedures for the fair and expeditious review and resolution
            of borrower defense claims brought under this section. In
            establishing such procedures, the Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) provide a fair process for the review and
                    resolution of borrower defense claims, which shall
                    include procedures for the consideration of borrower
                    defense claims on behalf of groups of similarly
                    situated borrowers without requiring each borrower in
                    the group to submit a separate claim;
                        ``(B) review a borrower defense claim at any time
                    without regard to the repayment status of any loan
                    subject to such claim;
                        ``(C) allow a legal representative to bring a
                    borrower defense claim--
                                ``(i) on behalf of an individual borrower;
                            or
                                ``(ii) on behalf of a group of similarly
                            situated borrowers; and
                        ``(D) specify a fixed timeframe for the resolution
                    of borrower defense claims.
                ``(2) Deferment during pendency of claims.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Subject to subparagraph (B), a
                    loan made under this title that is subject to a pending
                    borrower defense claim shall be placed in deferment
                    status, during which periodic installments of principal
                    need not be paid and interest shall not accrue (or
                    shall be paid by the Secretary), without regard to
                    whether such loan is in default.
                        ``(B) Opt out.--The borrower of a loan subject to
                    deferment under subparagraph (A) may opt out of such
                    deferment at any time during the pendency of the
                    borrower defense claim.
                        ``(C) Suspension of credit reporting and
                    collection.--The Secretary shall suspend all adverse
                    credit reporting and collection activity, including
                    offsets and garnishments, with respect to any loan in
                    default that is subject to a deferment under
                    subparagraph (A).
        ``(f) Terms of Relief.--
                ``(1) In general.--If the Secretary determines under
            subsection (c) that a borrower is entitled to relief, the
            Secretary shall, subject to paragraph (2)--
                        ``(A) cancel or repay all or a portion of the
                    balance of interest and principal due on any loan
                    subject to the claim for relief; and
                        ``(B) return to the borrower an amount not in
                    excess of the total amount of payments made on the loan
                    by the borrower.
                ``(2) Cancellation of debt and return of payments.--
                        ``(A) Substantial misrepresentation claims.--If the
                    Secretary determines that a borrower is entitled to
                    relief based on a claim of substantial
                    misrepresentation, the Secretary shall--
                                ``(i) cancel or repay the full balance of
                            interest and principal due on any loan subject
                            to the claim; and
                                ``(ii) return to the borrower an amount
                            equal to the total amount of payments made on
                            the loan by the borrower.
                        ``(B) Other claims.--If the Secretary determines
                    that a borrower is entitled to relief based on a claim
                    other than substantial misrepresentation, there shall
                    be a presumption that the Secretary will cancel or
                    repay the full balance of principal and interest due on
                    the loan and return the full amount of payments made by
                    the borrower as described in subparagraph (A). If the
                    Secretary determines that full cancellation or
                    repayment of the debt and return of all funds paid on
                    the loan is not appropriate in a particular case, the
                    Secretary shall provide the borrower with a written
                    explanation as to why partial cancellation or
                    repayment, or the partial return of funds is
                    appropriate.
        ``(g) Appeals.--Upon a determination by the Secretary to deny a
    borrower defense claim under this section, the borrower may file an
    appeal with the Department. The Secretary shall develop and implement a
    standardized process for the treatment of appeals under this
    subsection.
        ``(h) Refiling of Claims.--A borrower whose claim was denied under
    this section may refile the claim for good cause, which may include--
                ``(1) the availability of substantial evidence that was not
            available to the Secretary at the time the initial claim was
            denied;
                ``(2) the emergence of facts or circumstances that may have
            substantially altered the Secretary's original treatment of the
            initial claim; and
                ``(3) such other factors as may be determined by the
            Secretary.
        ``(i) Designation of Personnel.--The Secretary shall designate
    qualified personnel within the Department whose principal
    responsibility shall be the processing of borrower defense claims
    submitted under his section.
        ``(j) Availability of Information to Borrowers.--
                ``(1) Borrower requests for information.--At the request of
            a borrower, the Secretary shall identify and provide to the
            borrower or the legal representative of the borrower any
            records the Secretary is considering as part of the borrower's
            claim.
                ``(2) Status of claim.--The Secretary shall establish a
            process under which each borrower with a claim pending under
            this section shall be notified of the status of the pending
            claim not fewer than once every 90 days.
                ``(3) Information from institutions.--The Secretary may
            request documents and other information relating to a borrower
            defense claim from an institution of higher education. An
            institution that receives a request for information from the
            Secretary under this subsection shall provide the information
            to the Secretary at such time, in such form, and in such manner
            as the Secretary may direct.
        ``(k) Quarterly Reports.--
                ``(1) In general.--Not less than once every fiscal quarter,
            the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees a
            report that includes the following:
                        ``(A) The total number of claims submitted to the
                    Secretary pursuant to this subsection in the fiscal
                    quarter covered by the report and in all previous
                    fiscal quarters.
                        ``(B) Of the claims described in subparagraph (A)--
                                ``(i) the number of claims that remain
                            pending;
                                ``(ii) the number of claims that were
                            denied by the Secretary, and the total dollar
                            amount of such claims; and
                                ``(iii) the number of claims that were
                            approved by the Secretary, and the total dollar
                            amount of such claims.
                ``(2) Disaggregation.--The information described in
            subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) shall be
            disaggregated by State and institution of higher education
            (except that such disaggregation shall not be required in a
            case in which the results would reveal personally identifiable
            information about an individual borrower).
                ``(3) Public availability.--The information included in
            each report submitted under paragraph (A) shall be made
            available on a publicly accessible website of the Department.
        ``(l) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) The term `legal representative' means a licensed
            attorney working on behalf of a borrower or a group of
            borrowers, including--
                        ``(A) a State attorney general; and
                        ``(B) an attorney employed by a State agency, a
                    Federal agency, or a nonprofit organization that is
                    qualified to provide legal representation to borrowers.
                ``(2) The term `substantial misrepresentation' has the
            meaning given that term in section 487(c)(3)(C).''.
        (b) Conforming Amendment.--Subsection (h) of section 455 of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e) is repealed.

    SEC. 4633. ON-TIME REPAYMENT RATES.

        Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1088 et seq.), as amended by the preceding sections, is further amended
    by adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 493I. ON-TIME REPAYMENT RATES.

        ``(a) Calculation of On-Time Repayment Rates.--
                ``(1) On-time repayment rate defined.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The term `on-time repayment
                    rate' means for any fiscal year in which 30 or more
                    current and former students at an institution have been
                    in repayment for 3 years on any covered loan received
                    for attendance at the institution, the percentage of
                    such current and former students who have paid at least
                    90 percent of the monthly payments on such loan during
                    such 3-year repayment period.
                        ``(B) Small cohorts.--For any fiscal year in which
                    fewer than 30 of an institution's current and former
                    students have been in repayment for 3 years, the term
                    `on-time repayment rate' means the percentage of such
                    current and former students who entered their 3rd year
                    of repayment on any covered loan received for
                    attendance at the institution in any of the 3 most
                    recent fiscal years and who have paid at least 90
                    percent of the monthly payments on such loan during
                    such 3-year repayment period.
                ``(2) Additional requirements for rate determination.--
                        ``(A) Multiple institutions.--In the case of a
                    student who has attended and borrowed a covered loan
                    for attendance at more than one institution, the
                    student (and such student's subsequent repayment or
                    monthly payment on such loan) is attributed to each
                    institution for attendance at which the student
                    received such loan for which the student entered the
                    3rd year of repayment in the fiscal year for which the
                    on-time repayment rate is being determined.
                        ``(B) Treatment of consolidation loans.--For
                    purposes of determining whether a student is in
                    repayment (or has paid a monthly payment) on a loan
                    under section 428C or a Federal Direct Consolidation
                    Loan, only the portion of such loan that is used to
                    repay a covered loan received for attendance at the
                    institution whose on-time repayment rate is being
                    determined shall be considered for purposes of such
                    rate.
                ``(3) Determination of when monthly payment is paid.--For
            purposes of determining the on-time repayment rate of an
            institution, a student shall be considered to have paid a
            monthly payment on a covered loan if one of the following
            applies:
                        ``(A) The amount of such monthly payment has been
                    paid not later than 30 days after the date on which
                    such monthly payment is due, except that a monthly
                    payment by the institution, such institution's owner,
                    agent, contractor, employee, or any other entity or
                    individual affiliated with such institution made on
                    behalf of a student who is not employed by the
                    institution shall not be considered a paid monthly
                    payment on such loan.
                        ``(B) The monthly payment amount due on such loan
                    is equal to zero.
                        ``(C) The full amount due on the loan has been
                    repaid or the liability on the loan has been otherwise
                    discharged under this Act.
                        ``(D) The student is in a period of deferment,
                    other than--
                                ``(i) a deferment due to an economic
                            hardship described section 427(a)(2)(C)(iii),
                            428(b)(1)(M)(iv), or 455(f)(2)(D); or
                                ``(ii) a deferment due to unemployment
                            described in section 427(a)(2)(C)(ii),
                            428(b)(1)(M)(ii), or 455(f)(2)(B).
                        ``(E) The student is in one of the following
                    periods of forbearance (as applicable to loans made,
                    insured, or guaranteed under part B or this title):
                                ``(i) Medical or dental internship or
                            residency forbearance under subclause (I) of
                            section 428(c)(3)(A)(i).
                                ``(ii) National service forbearance under
                            subclause (III) of section 428(c)(3)(A)(i).
                                ``(iii) Forbearance for active duty service
                            in the Armed Forces under subclause (IV) of
                            section 428(c)(3)(A)(i).
                                ``(iv) Forbearance for National Guard Duty
                            under section 428(c)(3)(B).
                                ``(v) Forbearance due to military
                            mobilization or other local or national
                            emergency as authorized by the Secretary under
                            section 685.205(b)(8) of title 34, Code of
                            Federal Regulations (as in effect on the date
                            of enactment of the College Affordability Act).
                                ``(vi) Teacher loan forgiveness forbearance
                            under section 682.213(e) or 685.205(a)(5) of
                            title 34, Code of Federal Regulations (as in
                            effect on the date of enactment of the College
                            Affordability Act).
                ``(4) Participation rate.--
                        ``(A) In general.--An institution that demonstrates
                    to the Secretary that the institution's participation
                    rate is equal to or less than 20 percent for any of the
                    3 most recent fiscal years for which data is available
                    shall not be subject to subsection (b).
                        ``(B) Determination.--For purposes of this
                    paragraph, the term `participation rate' means the
                    percentage of the institution's regular students,
                    enrolled on at least a half-time basis, who received a
                    covered loan for a 12-month period ending during the 6
                    months immediately preceding the fiscal year for which
                    the cohort of borrowers used to calculate the
                    institution's on-time loan repayment rate is
                    determined.
                        ``(C) Data.--An institution shall provide the
                    Secretary with sufficient data to determine the
                    institution's participation rate within 30 days after
                    receiving an initial notification of the institution's
                    draft on-time repayment rate.
                        ``(D) Notification.--Prior to publication of a
                    final on-time repayment rate for an institution that
                    provides the data described in subparagraph (C), the
                    Secretary shall notify the institution of the
                    institution's compliance or noncompliance with
                    subparagraph (A).
        ``(b) Determination of Eligibility Based on Repayment Rates and
    Instructional Spending Amounts.--
                ``(1) Ineligibility.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in
                    subparagraphs (C) and (D), beginning on the date that
                    is one year after the date on which the final on-time
                    repayment rates are published by the Secretary for not
                    less than 3 fiscal years, an institution shall not be
                    eligible to participate in a program under this title
                    for the fiscal year for which the determination under
                    this subparagraph is made and for the two succeeding
                    fiscal years, if the Secretary determines the following
                    with respect to such institution--
                                ``(i) the on-time repayment rate of such
                            institution is less than any threshold on-time
                            repayment rate specified under subparagraph (B)
                            for period determined appropriate by the
                            Secretary for such threshold rate; and
                                ``(ii) with respect to any of the 3 most
                            recent institutional fiscal years for which the
                            institution submits to the Secretary
                            disclosures on the expenditures of the
                            institution on instruction for purposes of
                            section 132(i)(1)(AA), the amount expended by
                            such institution on instruction for such fiscal
                            year is less than \1/3\ of the institution's
                            revenues derived from tuition and fees.
                        ``(B) Threshold rates.--For purposes of
                    determinations under subparagraph (A)(i), the Secretary
                    shall specify 1 or more threshold on-time repayment
                    rates, which rates--
                                ``(i) shall require that a significant
                            percentage of students who have been in
                            repayment for 3 years on a covered loan
                            received for attendance at an institution of
                            higher education have paid at least 90 percent
                            of the monthly payments on such covered loan
                            during such 3-year repayment period; and
                                ``(ii) may be applicable with respect to a
                            period of 1 or more fiscal years, as determined
                            appropriate for such a rate.
                        ``(C) Exceptions for certain categories of
                    educational programs.--
                                ``(i) Exceptions for certain categories of
                            educational programs.--With respect to an
                            institution that loses eligibility to
                            participate in a program under this title in
                            accordance with paragraph (1), such institution
                            may request and be granted an exception to such
                            loss of eligibility for a category of
                            educational programs at such institution by
                            demonstrating to the Secretary that the on-time
                            loan repayment rate for such category of
                            educational programs is greater than the
                            threshold percentage specified under paragraph
                            (1)(B) for each fiscal year of the period on
                            which such loss of eligibility for the
                            institution is based.
                                ``(ii) Determinations.--In determining the
                            on-time loan repayment rate for a category of
                            educational programs, subsection (a)(1) shall
                            be applied--
                                        ``(I) in subparagraph (A), by
                                    substituting `received for enrollment
                                    in the category of educational programs
                                    for which such rate is being
                                    determined' for `received for
                                    attendance at the institution'; and
                                        ``(II) as if the following were
                                    added at the end of such paragraph:
                        ```(C) Multiple categories of educational
                    programs.--In the case of a student who has received a
                    covered loan for enrollment in more than one category
                    of educational programs, the student (and such
                    student's subsequent repayment or monthly payment on
                    such covered loan) is attributed to the last category
                    of educational programs in which such student was
                    enrolled.'.
                        ``(D) Appeals.--Not later than 60 days of receiving
                    notification from the Secretary of the loss of
                    eligibility under subparagraph (A), the institution may
                    appeal the loss of its eligibility under subsection
                    (c).
                ``(2) Repayment management plan requirement for certain
            institutions.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Beginning on the date that is
                    one year after the date on which the final on-time
                    repayment rates are published by the Secretary for not
                    less than 3 fiscal years, an institution shall be
                    subject to the requirements of subparagraph (B), if the
                    Secretary determines the following with respect to such
                    institution--
                                ``(i) the on-time repayment rate of such
                            institution is less than any threshold on-time
                            repayment rate specified under paragraph (1)(B)
                            for period determined appropriate by the
                            Secretary for such threshold rate; and
                                ``(ii) for each of the 3 most recent
                            institutional fiscal years for which the
                            institution submits to the Secretary
                            disclosures on the expenditures of the
                            institution on instruction for purposes of
                            section 132(i)(1)(AA), the amount expended by
                            the institution for instructional spending is
                            greater than or equal to an amount equal to \1/
                            3\ of the amount of revenue derived from
                            tuition and fees.
                        ``(B) Repayment management plan.--An institution
                    subject to the requirements of this subparagraph,
                    shall--
                                ``(i) not later than 6 months after the
                            determination under subparagraph (A), submit to
                            the Secretary a repayment management plan which
                            the Secretary, in the Secretary's discretion,
                            after consideration of the institution's
                            history, resources, expenditures, and targets
                            for improving on-time repayment, determines--
                                        ``(I) is acceptable and is in the
                                    best interests of students; and
                                        ``(II) provides reasonable
                                    assurance that the institution will
                                    have an on-time repayment rate that
                                    exceeds the on-time threshold referred
                                    to in subparagraph (A)(i) after a
                                    reasonable period;
                                ``(ii) engage an independent third-party to
                            provide technical assistance in implementing
                            such repayment management plan; and
                                ``(iii) provide to the Secretary, on an
                            annual basis or at such other intervals as the
                            Secretary may require, evidence of on-time
                            repayment rate improvement and successful
                            implementation of such repayment management
                            plan.
        ``(c) Appeals.--
                ``(1) Secretarial requirements.--The Secretary shall issue
            a decision on any appeal submitted by an institution under
            subsection (b)(1)(D) not later than 45 days after its
            submission. Such decision may permit the institution to
            continue to participate in a program under this title if--
                        ``(A) the institution demonstrates to the
                    satisfaction of the Secretary that the Secretary's
                    calculation of its on-time repayment rate is not
                    accurate, and that recalculation would increase its on-
                    time repayment rate above the applicable threshold
                    percentage specified in subsection (b)(1)(B) for the
                    period on which the determination of the institution's
                    ineligibility under subsection (b)(1)(A) was based;
                        ``(B) the institution demonstrates to the
                    satisfaction of the Secretary that there has been
                    improper loan servicing, which, if remedied, would
                    increase its on-time repayment rate above the
                    applicable threshold percentage specified in subsection
                    (b)(1)(B) for the period on which the determination of
                    the institution's ineligibility under subsection
                    (b)(1)(A) was based;
                        ``(C) there are, in the judgment of the Secretary,
                    exceptional mitigating circumstances that would make
                    the application of this section inequitable;
                        ``(D) for each of the 3 most recent fiscal years
                    for which the institution submits to the Secretary
                    disclosures on expenditures for purposes of section
                    132(i)(1)(AA), the sum of the expenditures on
                    instruction and student services of the institution is
                    equal to an amount greater than or equal to 50 percent
                    of the institution's revenues derived from tuition and
                    fees, and the institution complies with the
                    requirements of subsection (b)(2)(B).
                ``(2) Institutional requirements.--If an institution
            continues to participate in a program under this title, and the
            institution's appeal of the loss of eligibility is
            unsuccessful, the institution shall be required to pay to the
            Secretary an amount equal to the amount of interest, special
            allowance, reinsurance, and any related payments made by the
            Secretary (or which the Secretary is obligated to make) with
            respect to covered loans to students attending, or planning to
            attend, that institution during the pendency of such appeal.
            During such appeal, the Secretary may permit the institution to
            continue to participate in a program under this title.
        ``(d) Regulations.--The Secretary shall prescribe regulations
    designed to prevent an institution from evading the application to that
    institution of a on-time repayment rate determination under this
    section through the use of such measures as branching, consolidation,
    change of ownership or control, or any similar device.
        ``(e) Publication.--The Secretary shall publish not less often than
    once every fiscal year (by September 30 of each year) a report--
                ``(1) for each category of institution, and for each
            institution for which an on-time repayment rate is determined
            under this section--
                        ``(A) with respect to the preceding fiscal year--
                                ``(i) the on-time repayment rate for such
                            institution;
                                ``(ii) the on-time repayment rate for each
                            category of educational programs; and
                                ``(iii) the number of students on which the
                            rates described in clauses (i) and (ii) are
                            based; and
                        ``(B) for each of the 3 most recent fiscal years
                    for which the institution submits to the Secretary
                    disclosures on expenditures for purposes of section
                    132(i)(1)(AA)--
                                ``(i) the amount of the institution's
                            expenditures on instruction;
                                ``(ii) the amount of revenue derived from
                            tuition and fees by the institution; and
                                ``(iii) the quotient of the amount
                            described in clause (i) divided by the amount
                            described in clause (ii), expressed as a
                            percentage; and
                ``(2) each on-time repayment rate used for calculating each
            of the threshold rates under subsection (b)(1)(B) for the
            period determined appropriate by the Secretary for such
            threshold rate under such subsection.
        ``(f) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Category of educational programs.--The term `category
            of educational programs' has the meaning given the term in
            section 435(a)(9)(E).
                ``(2) Category of institution.--The term `category of
            institution' includes--
                        ``(A) four-year public institutions;
                        ``(B) four-year private nonprofit institutions;
                        ``(C) four-year proprietary institutions;
                        ``(D) two-year public institutions;
                        ``(E) two-year private nonprofit institutions;
                        ``(F) two-year proprietary institutions;
                        ``(G) less-than-two year public institutions;
                        ``(H) less-than-two year private nonprofit
                    institutions; and
                        ``(I) less-than-two year proprietary institutions.
                ``(3) Covered loan.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The term `covered loan' means a
                    loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B or D
                    (other than an excepted PLUS Loan or an excepted
                    consolidation Loan).
                        ``(B) Excepted plus loan; excepted consolidation
                    loan.--The terms `excepted PLUS Loan' and `excepted
                    consolidation Loan' have the meanings given such terms
                    in section 493C(a).
                ``(4) Student services.--The term `student services' has
            the meaning given the term in section 498E(a)(2).''.

                           PART H--PROGRAM INTEGRITY

                             Subpart 1--State Role

    SEC. 4701. STATE RESPONSIBILITIES.

        Section 495(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1099a(a)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (2)--
                        (A) by inserting ``and the accrediting agency or
                    association involved'' after ``Secretary'';
                        (B) by striking ``revokes a license'' and inserting
                    ``takes a negative action, or revokes a license,''; and
                        (C) by striking ``and'' at the end;
                (2) in paragraph (3), by striking the period at the end and
            inserting a semicolon; and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(4) evaluate each institution of higher education located
            in the State or seeking authorization to operate in the State
            to determine if such institution of higher education meets the
            applicable standards of the State relating to--
                        ``(A) facilities, equipment, and supplies; and
                        ``(B) measures of program length and other factors
                    relevant for a student or graduate to receive a
                    professional license from the State;
                ``(5) certify to the Secretary that the State shall--
                        ``(A) accept student complaints from--
                                ``(i) all students attending an institution
                            of higher education located in the State; and
                                ``(ii) all students who are residents of
                            the State and attend an institution of higher
                            education not located in the State through
                            correspondence or distance education; and
                        ``(B) report to the Secretary and accrediting
                    bodies--
                                ``(i) relevant student complaints received
                            by the State, including multiple student
                            complaints that present consistent allegations
                            with respect to an institution of higher
                            education in the State; and
                                ``(ii) such other complaints the Secretary
                            determines necessary; and
                ``(6) establish policies and procedures to anticipate and
            respond to the closure of an institution of higher education,
            which shall include--
                        ``(A) the maintenance of sufficient cash reserves
                    (or an equivalent alternative) in accordance with
                    regulations issued pursuant to section 498(c)(6)(A) to
                    ensure repayment of any required refunds;
                        ``(B) a plan to address ensuring custodial record-
                    keeping of institutional records and student
                    transcripts in the case of such a closure;
                        ``(C) the maintenance of contact information
                    adequate to ensure communication directly between the
                    State and each student in the case of such a closure;
                    and
                        ``(D) in the case of an institution of higher
                    education located in the State, to develop a process to
                    identify when a campus of such institution of higher
                    education closes in any State.''.

                   Subpart A--Accrediting Agency Recognition

    SEC. 4711. ACCREDITING AGENCY RECOGNITION OF ELIGIBLE JOB TRAINING
                  PROGRAMS.

        Section 496(a)(4) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1099b(a)(4)) is amended--
                (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``and'' after the
            semicolon;
                (2) in subparagraph (B)(ii), by inserting ``and'' after the
            semicolon; and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(C) if such agency or association has or seeks to
                    include within its scope of recognition the evaluation
                    of the quality of institutions of higher education
                    participating in the job training Federal Pell Grant
                    program under section 401(k), such agency or
                    association shall, in addition to meeting the other
                    requirements of this subpart, demonstrate to the
                    Secretary that, with respect to such eligible job
                    training program--
                                ``(i) the agency or association's standards
                            include a process for determining if the
                            institution has the capability to effectively
                            provide an eligible job training program; and
                                ``(ii) the agency or association requires a
                            demonstration that the program--
                                        ``(I) has identified each
                                    recognized postsecondary credential
                                    offered and the corresponding industry
                                    or sector partnership that actively
                                    recognizes each credential in the State
                                    or local area in which the job training
                                    program is provided; and
                                        ``(II) provides the academic
                                    content and amount of instructional
                                    time that is sufficient to--
                                                ``(aa) meet the hiring
                                            requirements of potential
                                            employers; and
                                                ``(bb) satisfy any
                                            applicable educational
                                            prerequisite requirement for
                                            professional license or
                                            certification, so that a
                                            student who completes the
                                            program and seeks employment is
                                            qualified to take any licensure
                                            or certification examination
                                            needed to practice or find
                                            employment in such sectors or
                                            occupations.''.

    SEC. 4712. ACCREDITING AGENCY RECOGNITION OF INSTITUTIONS ENROLLING
                  INCARCERATED INDIVIDUALS.

        Section 496(a)(4) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1099b(a)(4)) is further amended by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(D) if such agency or association accredits or
                    seeks to accredit institutions of higher education that
                    seek to award Federal Pell Grants under section 401(n)
                    to incarcerated individuals for a course of study at
                    such institution, such agency or association shall, in
                    addition to meeting the other requirements of this
                    subpart, demonstrate to the Secretary that--
                                ``(i) the agency or association's standards
                            include a process for determining if the
                            institution has the capability to effectively
                            offer such a course of study to incarcerated
                            individuals; and
                                ``(ii) the agency or association requires a
                            demonstration that--
                                        ``(I) such course of study is
                                    taught by faculty with experience and
                                    credentials comparable to the
                                    experience and credentials of faculty
                                    who teach courses of study available to
                                    non-incarcerated students enrolled at
                                    the institution;
                                        ``(II) academic credits earned by
                                    incarcerated individuals for completion
                                    of a course of study are treated by the
                                    institution as the equivalent to
                                    credits earned by non-incarcerated
                                    students for an equivalent course;
                                        ``(III) the institution provides
                                    sufficient educational content and
                                    resources to students enrolled in such
                                    a course of study that are, to the
                                    extent practicable, consistent with the
                                    educational content and resources
                                    available to non-incarcerated students;
                                    and
                                        ``(IV) the institution has the
                                    capacity, staffing, and expertise to
                                    provide incarcerated individuals with
                                    the support and advising services
                                    necessary to select and successfully
                                    participate in such a course of study
                                    and, to the extent practicable, with
                                    support upon reentry (including career
                                    and academic advising);''.

    SEC. 4713. REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCREDITING AGENCY RECOGNITION.

        (a) Technical Review Panel; Rulemaking.--
                (1) Technical review panel.--
                        (A) In general.--Not later than 1 year after the
                    date of enactment of the Act, the Secretary of
                    Education shall establish a technical review panel
                    comprised of individuals specified in subparagraph (B),
                    to establish a list of measures (and a definition for
                    each such measure)--
                                (i) that, for purposes of section
                            496(a)(5)(A) of the Higher Education Act of
                            1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099b(a)(5)(A))--
                                        (I) accrediting agencies or
                                    associations shall use to assess each
                                    of the outcomes described in
                                    subparagraph (C); and
                                        (II) provides accrediting agencies
                                    or associations with enough flexibility
                                    for adequate assessment of such
                                    outcomes;
                                (ii) that may include measures (and
                            definitions for such measures) set forth under
                            the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data
                            Survey, the postsecondary data system
                            established under section 132(l), or a
                            successor system;
                                (iii) to which future technical review
                            panels which meet the requirements of this
                            paragraph may add additional measures; and
                                (iv) that the Secretary of Education shall
                            not have the authority to approve.
                        (B) Composition.--The technical review panel
                    established under subparagraph (A) shall be of
                    sufficient size to ensure that a full range of relevant
                    accrediting agencies and institutions are represented
                    on the panel and shall include, at a minimum, the
                    following members:
                                (i) Representatives of national, regional,
                            and specialized accrediting agencies and
                            associations that shall be nominated for
                            inclusion on the panel by such representatives.
                                (ii) Representatives of diverse
                            postsecondary institutions, which shall include
                            representation between 2-year and 4-year
                            institutions of higher education, and from
                            public, nonprofit, and proprietary institutions
                            of higher education, including minority-serving
                            institutions.
                                (iii) The Commissioner of the National
                            Center for Education Statistics or the
                            Commissioner's representative.
                                (iv) Student advocate representatives
                            familiar with the accreditation process.
                        (C) Outcomes.--The outcomes described in this
                    subparagraph are as follows:
                                (i) Completion (which may include measures
                            such as graduation rates and rates of
                            transfer).
                                (ii) Progress toward completion (which may
                            include measures such as retention rates and
                            credit accumulation).
                                (iii) Workforce participation (which may
                            include measures such as rates of licensure and
                            job placement).
                (2) Rulemaking.--Not later than 1 year after the date of
            enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall
            initiate a negotiated rule-making--
                        (A) to develop procedures for identifying the
                    representative member institutions an accrediting
                    agency or association shall use to demonstrate to the
                    Secretary, for purposes of the Secretary's review and
                    evaluation of the performance of such agency or
                    association under section 496(n)(1) of the Higher
                    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099b(n)(1)), as
                    amended by this section, that such accrediting agency
                    or association--
                                (i) consistently applies and enforces
                            standards; and
                                (ii) effectively evaluates the quality of
                            education or training offered by the
                            institutions of higher education accredited by
                            such agency or association; and
                        (B) for purposes of section 496 of the Higher
                    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099b), as amended by
                    this section, to--
                                (i) establish definitions for the terms
                            related to sanctions, adverse actions, and any
                            other action that an accrediting agency or
                            association may take with respect to an
                            institution of higher education under such
                            section (including monitoring, notice, warning,
                            probation, show cause, denial, withdrawal,
                            suspension, revocation, accreditation, and
                            preaccreditation); and
                                (ii) in a case in which any action defined
                            in clause (i) is taken by an accrediting agency
                            or association with respect to an institution
                            of higher education, establish notice and
                            disclosure requirements for such agency or
                            association and institution of higher education
                            with respect to the public (including
                            students), as long as such requirements are
                            consistent with the requirements of subsections
                            (a)(7) and (c)(7) of section 496 of the Higher
                            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099b).
        (b) Amendments.--Section 496 of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1099b) is further amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)--
                        (A) in paragraph (3)(A), by inserting before the
                    semicolon at the end the following: ``, and any
                    institution described in clauses (i) through (v) of
                    subsection (b)(1)(B)'';
                        (B) in paragraph (5), by striking subparagraphs (A)
                    through (J) and inserting the following:
                        ``(A) success with respect to student achievement
                    in relation to the institution's mission (except that
                    the agencies and associations described in paragraph
                    (2)(A)(ii) shall not be subject to this subparagraph),
                    which--
                                ``(i) shall be assessed using at least 1
                            measure selected by the agency or association
                            from the list of measures established and
                            defined under section 4713(a)(1) of the College
                            Affordability Act for each of the following
                            outcomes--
                                        ``(I) completion;
                                        ``(II) progress toward completion;
                                    and
                                        ``(III) workforce participation;
                                ``(ii) may be assessed using different
                            measures selected under clause (i) for
                            different institutions;
                                ``(iii) for each measure selected under
                            clause (i), shall be assessed using a single
                            performance benchmark established by the agency
                            or association, except that an accrediting
                            agency or association may establish a different
                            performance benchmark for such a measure for
                            each category of educational programs (as
                            defined in section 435(a)(9)(E)); and
                                ``(iv) in the case of an institution
                            defined in section 101(a), may include
                            consideration of--
                                        ``(I) the historical significance
                                    of the institution; and
                                        ``(II) whether the institution is
                                    one of the only physical locations at
                                    which postsecondary education is
                                    provided in the geographic area;
                        ``(B) student achievement outcomes, disaggregated
                    by the elements required in the postsecondary student
                    data system under subclauses (I) through (XV) of
                    section 132(l)(2)(C)(ii) to facilitate institutional
                    improvement and yield statistically reliable
                    information that does not reveal personally
                    identifiable information about an individual student;
                        ``(C) credentials, including consideration of the
                    non-monetary value accruing to students pursuing such
                    credentials;
                        ``(D) curricula, including--
                                ``(i) other than for the agencies and
                            associations described in paragraph (2)(A)(ii),
                            program length;
                                ``(ii) course sequencing; and
                                ``(iii) objectives related to
                            credentialing;
                        ``(E) faculty;
                        ``(F) student support services;
                        ``(G) recruiting and admissions practices, academic
                    calendars, catalogues, publications, and grading; and
                        ``(H) fiscal and administrative capacity (which
                    shall include the institution's governance) as
                    appropriate to the specified scale of operations;'';
                        (C) by redesignating paragraphs (6) through (8) as
                    paragraphs (7) through (9), respectively; and
                        (D) by inserting after paragraph (5) the following:
                ``(6) such agency or association shall make available on a
            publicly accessible website, up-to-date information on--
                        ``(A) the institutions that are subject to the
                    jurisdiction of such agency or association;
                        ``(B) the performance benchmark established for
                    each measure selected by the agency or association
                    under paragraph (5)(A), the rationale for the
                    establishment of such performance benchmark, and how
                    such benchmarks are factored into the accreditation
                    process;
                        ``(C) the process such agency or association
                    follows when an institution subject to the jurisdiction
                    of such agency or association does not meet an
                    accreditation standard under section 496(a)(5);
                        ``(D) any sanction or adverse action taken with
                    respect to an institution and the reason for such
                    sanction or adverse action; and'';
                        (E) in paragraph (8), as so redesignated, by
                    striking ``30 days'' and inserting ``10 days'';
                        (F) amend paragraph (9), as so redesignated, to
                    read as follows:
                ``(9) such agency or association shall--
                        ``(A) make available on its public website, and to
                    the Secretary, and the State licensing or authorizing
                    agency, a summary (including the decision and rationale
                    for such decision) of any review resulting in a final
                    accrediting decision involving denial, termination, or
                    suspension of accreditation, together with the comments
                    of the affected institution; and
                        ``(B) ensure that each institution that is the
                    subject of a final accrediting decision described in
                    subparagraph (A) makes available on its public website
                    the summary described in subparagraph (A) (including
                    the decision and rationale for such decision) with
                    respect to such institution and the institution's
                    comments; and''.
                        (G) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(10) such agency or association shall--
                        ``(A) ensure that any substantive change to the
                    educational mission or a program of an institution
                    after the agency or association has accredited or
                    preaccredited the institution does not adversely affect
                    the capacity of the institution to continue to meet the
                    standards of such agency or association;
                        ``(B) require such an institution to obtain the
                    approval of such agency or association with respect to
                    such substantive change before the agency or
                    association includes the change in the scope of
                    accreditation or preaccreditation previously granted to
                    the institution by such agency or association; and
                        ``(C) make public and report to the Secretary any
                    decision made under subparagraph (B) and the rationale
                    of such decision.'';
                (2) by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
        ``(b) Separate and Independent Defined.--For the purpose of
    subsection (a)(3), the term `separate and independent' means that--
                ``(1) the members of the postsecondary education governing
            body and any other decision-making body of the accrediting
            agency or association are not--
                        ``(A) elected or selected by the board or chief
                    executive officer of any related, associated, or
                    affiliated trade association or membership
                    organization; or
                        ``(B) individuals (such as executives and owners of
                    an institution) who exercise substantial control over
                    an institution--
                                ``(i) that is required to provide the
                            Secretary with satisfactory evidence of its
                            financial responsibility in accordance with
                            paragraph (3)(A) of section 498(c) because the
                            institution fails to meet criteria under
                            paragraphs (1) and (2) of such section, except
                            that this clause shall not be applicable to an
                            institution until the Secretary has completed
                            the rulemaking required under section 4721(b)
                            of the College Affordability Act;
                                ``(ii) that is on a reimbursement payment
                            method pursuant to section 487(c)(1)(B);
                                ``(iii) against which the Secretary is
                            initiating or carrying out an emergency action
                            in accordance with section 487(c)(1)(G);
                                ``(iv) against which the Secretary is
                            limiting, suspending, or terminating the
                            institution's participation in any program
                            under this title in accordance with section
                            487(c)(1)(F); or
                                ``(v) that is on probation or show cause,
                            or that is not accredited by an accrediting
                            agency or association;
                ``(2) among the membership of the board of the accrediting
            agency or association there shall be 1 public member for each 4
            members of the board, with a minimum of 1 such public member,
            and guidelines are established for such members to avoid
            conflicts of interest, including guidelines ensuring that each
            such public member--
                        ``(A) is selected to serve on such board in the
                    same manner that other board members are selected for
                    such service;
                        ``(B) has not served on such board as a non-public
                    member in the preceding 10 years;
                        ``(C) is not (or has not been in the preceding 5-
                    year period) a full-time employee of, or a member of
                    the governing board, an owner, or shareholder of, or
                    consultant to, an institution or program that--
                                ``(i) is accredited or preaccredited by the
                            agency or association; or
                                ``(ii) has applied for accreditation or
                            preaccreditation from such agency or
                            association;
                        ``(D) is not a member of any trade association or
                    membership organization related to, affiliated with, or
                    associated with the agency or association or an
                    institution that is accredited by such agency or
                    association; and
                        ``(E) is not a spouse, parent, child, or sibling of
                    an individual identified in subparagraph (C) or (D);
                ``(3) dues to the accrediting agency or association are
            paid separately from any dues paid to any related, associated,
            or affiliated trade association or membership organization; and
                ``(4) the budget of the accrediting agency or association
            is developed and determined by the accrediting agency or
            association without review or resort to consultation with any
            other entity or organization.'';
                (3) in subsection (c)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), strike ``those regarding
                    distance education'' and inserting ``regarding distance
                    education and the history and mission of the
                    institutions reviewed'';
                        (B) in paragraph (2)--
                                (i) by inserting ``and decline'' after
                            ``the growth''; and
                                (ii) by inserting before the semicolon at
                            the end the following: ``or decline''; and
                        (C) by amending paragraph (3) to read as follows:
                ``(3) requires an institution to submit for approval to the
            accrediting agency or association a teach-out plan (as defined
            in section 487(f)(2)) and which shall meet the requirements of
            such agency or association) upon the occurrence of any of the
            following events:
                        ``(A) the Secretary notifies the agency or
                    association that the Secretary has determined under
                    section 498(c) that the institution does not have the
                    financial responsibility required by this title, except
                    that this subparagraph shall not be applicable to an
                    institution until the Secretary has completed the
                    rulemaking required under section 4721(b) of the
                    College Affordability Act;
                        ``(B) the Secretary notifies the agency of a
                    determination by the institution's independent auditor
                    expressing doubt with the institution's ability to
                    operate as a going concern or indicating an adverse
                    opinion or finding of material weakness related to
                    financial stability, except that this subparagraph
                    shall not apply with respect to a public institution;
                        ``(C) the agency or association acts to place an
                    institution on probation, show cause, or equivalent
                    status; or
                        ``(D) the Secretary notifies the agency that the
                    institution is participating in title IV under a
                    provisional program participation agreement;'';
                        (D) by amending paragraph (6) to read as follows:
                ``(6) requires that teach-out agreements among institutions
            are subject to approval by the accrediting agency or
            association consistent with standards promulgated by such
            agency or association, and that such an agreement shall be
            required and subject to such approval upon the occurrence of
            any of the following events:
                        ``(A) the Secretary notifies the agency or
                    association that--
                                ``(i) the Secretary has placed the
                            institution on the reimbursement payment method
                            pursuant to section 487(c)(1)(B); and
                                ``(ii) the institution fails to meet
                            criteria prescribed by the Secretary regarding
                            ratios that demonstrate financial
                            responsibility as described in section
                            498(c)(2);
                        ``(B) the Secretary notifies the accrediting agency
                    or association that the Secretary has initiated--
                                ``(i) an emergency action against the
                            institution pursuant to section 487(c)(1)(G);
                            or
                                ``(ii) an action under section 487(c)(1)(F)
                            to limit, suspend, or terminate the
                            participation of the institution in any program
                            under this title;
                        ``(C) the accrediting agency or association acts to
                    withdraw, terminate, or suspend the accreditation of
                    the institution;
                        ``(D) the institution notifies the accrediting
                    agency or association that the institution intends to
                    cease operations;
                        ``(E) the institution notifies the accrediting
                    agency or association that the institution intends to
                    close a location that provides one hundred percent of
                    at least one program; or
                        ``(F) pursuant to section 495, the State notifies
                    the accrediting agency or association that an
                    institution's license or legal authorization to operate
                    within the State has been or will be revoked;'';
                        (E) in paragraph (7), by inserting ``not later than
                    10 days after taking an action described in this
                    paragraph,'' before ``makes available'';
                        (F) in paragraph (9), by striking the period at the
                    end and inserting ``; and''; and
                        (G) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(10) responds to complaints received with respect to an
            institution during the period which the accrediting agency or
            association accredits such institution not later than 30 days
            after receiving the complaint (including complaints shared with
            the agency or association by the Secretary or a State agency
            under section 495), monitors and assesses an institution's
            record of student complaints during such period, and submits
            the complaints relevant to the Secretary and to the State
            agency involved.'';
                (4) in subsection (m), by adding at the end the following:
            ``Nothing in this section shall prohibit the Secretary from
            implementing a process of recognition under this section which
            differs for the accrediting agencies or associations described
            in subsection (a)(2)(A)(ii) for the purposes of participation
            in programs (other than the programs under this Act)
            administered by the Department or other Federal agencies if
            such differentiation would be beneficial to taxpayers and the
            performance of such agencies or associations.''; and
                (5) in subsection (n)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)--
                                (i) in the second sentence of the matter
                            preceding subparagraph (A), by inserting before
                            the period the following: ``, which shall
                            include information on at least one institution
                            of higher education representing each of the
                            sectors (including public, nonprofit, and
                            proprietary) of the representative member
                            institutions''; and
                                (ii) in subparagraph (A), by inserting
                            before the semicolon the following: ``, and for
                            purposes of facilitating such third-party
                            information, the Secretary shall make publicly
                            available the application of the accrediting
                            agency or association seeking recognition by
                            the Secretary upon publishing in the Federal
                            Register the solicitation for such third-party
                            information''; and
                        (B) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(5) In the case in which an official of the Department
            (other than the Secretary) makes a decision on the recognition
            of an accrediting agency or association that differs from the
            recommendation made by the National Advisory Committee on
            Institutional Quality and Integrity on such recognition,
            without regard to whether any appeals process with respect to
            such decision has been concluded, the official shall submit to
            the authorizing committees the rationale and evidence for such
            decision.
                ``(6) During the first 90-day period of each fiscal year,
            the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees the
            following information with respect to the preceding fiscal
            year--
                        ``(A) information about each accrediting agency
                    that the Secretary reviews and evaluates under this
                    subsection;
                        ``(B) the recommendation of the National Advisory
                    Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity about
                    whether to recognize such accrediting agency or
                    association and the rationale for such recommendation;
                        ``(C) in the case in which an official of the
                    Department (other than the Secretary) makes a decision
                    on the recognition of such accrediting agency or
                    association (without regard to whether any appeals
                    process with respect to such decision has been
                    concluded), such decision and the rationale for such
                    decision; and
                        ``(D) the final decision of the Secretary on the
                    recognition of such accrediting agency or association
                    and the rationale for such final decision.''; and
                (6) by adding at the end the following:
        ``(r) Evaluation of Quality and Achievement Measures.--
                ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall direct the National
            Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity to--
                        ``(A) regularly evaluate the effectiveness of the
                    measures selected and the performance benchmarks
                    established by accrediting agencies and associations
                    under subsection (a)(5)(A); and
                        ``(B) compare similarly situated accrediting
                    agencies or associations, whose similarity may not be
                    determined solely by the educational sector to which
                    the institutions being evaluated belong, based on the
                    measures and performance benchmarks used in subsection
                    (a)(5)(A) by such agencies and associations.
                ``(2) Revising performance benchmarks.--The Secretary may
            require an accrediting agency or association to review and
            revise a performance benchmark established by such agency or
            association if the Secretary determines that such performance
            benchmark is too low for the measure for which such benchmark
            is established.
        ``(s) Report on Recognized Institutional Accreditors Required.--Not
    later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of the College
    Affordability Act, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall publish
    a report that includes with respect to each accrediting agency or
    association recognized under this section by the Secretary, the
    following:
                ``(1) The number of institutions of higher education
            evaluated by such accrediting agency or association in each
            educational sector.
                ``(2) The number of locations of such institutions of
            higher education.
                ``(3) The number of students enrolled at such institutions
            of higher education.
                ``(4) The number of students receiving a Federal Pell Grant
            at such institutions of higher education in the preceding year.
                ``(5) The total amount of Federal student aid received by
            students enrolled at such institutions of higher education in
            the preceding year.
                ``(6) The graduation rates of such institutions of higher
            education.
                ``(7) The median earnings of students 10 years after
            enrollment.
                ``(8) The number of institutions placed on a reimbursement
            payment method pursuant to section 487(c)(1)(B).''.

                       Subpart B--Program Review and Data

    SEC. 4721. ELIGIBILITY AND CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES.

        (a) Financial Responsibility Standards.--Section 498 of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099c) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (4), by striking ``and'' at the
                    end;
                        (B) in paragraph (5), by striking the period at the
                    end and inserting ``; and''; and
                        (C) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(6) includes an addendum under which an institution of
            higher education shall report a change in circumstances
            described in subparagraph (A)(ii) or clauses (ii) or (iii) of
            subparagraph (B) of subsection (c)(8), not later than 30 days
            after the date on which such change in circumstance occurs.'';
                (2) in subsection (c)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (B), by striking
                            ``and'' at the end;
                                (ii) in subparagraph (C), by striking the
                            period at the end and inserting ``; and'' ; and
                                (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(D) the institution is not an institution
                    described in paragraph (7)(B).''; and
                        (B) by adding at the end the following:
        ``(7) Prohibited Financial Responsibility Determinations.--
                ``(A) In general.--The Secretary may not determine that an
            institution has the financial responsibility required by this
            title if such institution is an institution described in
            subparagraph (B).
                ``(B) Specified institution.--An institution described in
            this subparagraph is--
                        ``(i) a private non-profit institution of higher
                    education or a proprietary institution of higher
                    education (as defined in section 102(b)) that--
                                ``(I) is required by the accrediting agency
                            of such institution to submit a teach-out plan
                            under section 487(f);
                                ``(II) with respect to the preceding 2
                            fiscal years, has an adjusted cohort default
                            rate (as determined under section 435(m)) of 20
                            percent or greater, unless the institution
                            files a challenge, request for adjustment, or
                            appeal under section 435(a) with respect to
                            such rates for one or both of such fiscal
                            years;
                                ``(III) is subject to a number of pending
                            or approved borrower relief claims under
                            section 493H from borrowers that equals or
                            exceeds, with respect to the prior academic
                            year, half of the enrollment of full-time
                            equivalent students at such institution;
                        ``(ii) a proprietary institution of higher
                    education (as defined in section 102(b)) that--
                                ``(I) is publicly traded; and
                                ``(II)(aa) is sanctioned by the Securities
                            and Exchange Commission;
                                        ``(bb) fails to file a required
                                    annual or quarterly report with the
                                    Securities and Exchange Commission; or
                                        ``(cc) the stock of which is
                                    delisted; or
                        ``(iii) a proprietary institution of higher
                    education (as defined in section 102(b))--
                                ``(I) that derived, in the most recent
                            award year, more than 85 percent of the revenue
                            of the institution from Federal education
                            assistance funds; or
                                ``(II) from which shareholder equity is
                            reduced by over 10 percent of the value of the
                            title IV revenues received by such proprietary
                            institution of higher education in the prior
                            academic year.
        ``(8) Change in Circumstances.--
                ``(A) Required redetermination.--
                        ``(i) In general.--In the case of a private non-
                    profit institution of higher education or a proprietary
                    institution of higher education (as defined in section
                    102(b)) that submits an addendum described in clause
                    (ii) or (iii) to the Secretary, the Secretary shall,
                    not later than 30 days after such addendum is
                    submitted, redetermine whether such institution meets
                    the requirements of this subsection.
                        ``(ii) Specified circumstances.--An institution of
                    higher education shall submit an addendum under
                    subsection (b)(6) if, with respect to such institution
                    of higher education, one of the following occurs:
                                ``(I) The institution is required to pay
                            any material debt, as determined by the
                            Secretary, or incur any material liability, as
                            determined by the Secretary, arising from a
                            final judgment in a judicial proceeding, an
                            administrative proceeding or determination, or
                            settlement.
                                ``(II) The institution is involved in a
                            lawsuit that is brought on or after the date of
                            the enactment of College Affordability Act by a
                            Federal or State authority for financial relief
                            on claims related to the making of loans under
                            part D of title IV.
                                ``(III) Such other circumstance the
                            Secretary determines necessary.
                        ``(iii) Gainful employment determination by
                    secretary.--An institution of higher education shall
                    submit an addendum under subsection (b)(6) if the
                    Secretary makes a determination that such institution
                    has programs that could become ineligible under gainful
                    employment (as defined in section 104) in the next
                    award year.
                ``(B) Permissible redetermination.--
                        ``(i) Redetermination.--In the case of an
                    institution that submits an addendum under clause (ii),
                    the Secretary may, not later than 30 days after such
                    addendum is submitted, redetermine whether such
                    institution meets the requirements of this subsection.
                        ``(ii) Specified circumstances.--The Secretary
                    shall require an institution to submit an addendum
                    under subsection (b)(6) if the Secretary makes a
                    determination--
                                ``(I) that the Secretary will likely
                            receive a significant number of borrower relief
                            claims under section 493H as the result of a
                            lawsuit, settlement, or judgement against the
                            institution; or
                                ``(II) that the institution experienced one
                            of the following:
                                        ``(aa) A significant fluctuation in
                                    enrollments between consecutive award
                                    years or a period of award years.
                                        ``(bb) A citation by a State
                                    licensing or authorizing agency for
                                    failing State or agency requirements.
                                        ``(cc) High annual drop out rates.
                                        ``(dd) Pending borrower relief
                                    claims under section 493H.
                ``(C) Financial circumstances materials.--If the
            institution's financial circumstances materially change after
            the institution submits an addendum under subsection (b)(6),
            such institution shall submit to the Secretary such certified
            financial statements and other information as the Secretary may
            require.
        ``(9) Transparency.--Beginning not later than 90 days after the
    date of the enactment of this paragraph, and not less than once every
    120 days thereafter, the Secretary shall make publicly available on the
    website of the Department the following:
                ``(A) The ratios used to demonstrate financial
            responsibility under this section.
                ``(B) Each reports made to the Secretary under this
            section.
                ``(C) Each audited financial statement submitted to the
            Secretary by an institution of higher education under this
            section.
                ``(D) Each certified financial statement submitted to the
            Secretary under paragraph (8)(C).''; and
                (3) in subsection (i)(2)--
                        (A) in subparagraph (E), by striking ``or'' at the
                    end;
                        (B) in subparagraph (F), by striking the period at
                    the end and inserting ``; or''; and
                        (C) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(G) the transfer of ownership as a result of a court-
            ordered receivership.''.
        (b) Rulemaking.--Not 1 year after the date of the enactment of this
    Act, the Secretary of Education shall carry out a negotiated rulemaking
    to update the criteria used under section 498(c)(2) of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099c) to make a determination of the
    ability of an institution of higher education to meet the standards
    under such section in accordance with the amendments made by this
    section.

    SEC. 4722. PROGRAM REVIEW AND DATA.

        Section 498A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099c-
    1) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)(2), by striking subparagraph (A) and
            inserting the following:
                        ``(A) institutions with an adjusted cohort default
                    rate for loans under part D in excess of 18 percent or
                    which places such institutions in the highest 25
                    percent of such institutions;'';
                (2) by redesignating subsections (c) through (e) as
            subsections (d) through (f), respectively; and
                (3) by inserting after subsection (b) the following:
        ``(c) Undercover Operations.--In carrying out paragraphs (1) and
    (2) of subsection (a) and any other relevant provisions of this
    subpart, the Secretary--
                ``(1) shall conduct undercover and secret shopper
            operations for the purpose of encouraging the ethical treatment
            of students and prospective students and detecting fraud and
            abuse in the Federal student aid programs, including--
                        ``(A) violations described in section 487(c)(3);
                        ``(B) violations of section 487(a)(20); and
                        ``(C) violations by any entity with which the
                    institution has contracted for student recruitment or
                    admission activity;
                ``(2) shall develop written guidelines for the conduct of
            activities under paragraph (1) in accordance with commonly-
            accepted Federal practices for undercover operations and in
            consultation with other relevant agencies, including the
            Department of Justice, Federal Trade Commission, Consumer
            Financial Protection Bureau, and the Department of Education's
            Office of Inspector General; and
                ``(3) shall provide an annual report on the results of
            activities under paragraph (1) to the authorizing committees,
            and thereafter shall make the report available to the
            public.''.

                 Subpart C--Strengthening Institutional Quality

    SEC. 4731. STRENGTHENING INSTITUTIONAL QUALITY.

        Part H of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1099a et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

                ``Subpart 4--Strengthening Institutional Quality

    ``SEC. 498C. ASSISTANCE TO PROGRESS PERIOD INSTITUTIONS.

        ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall provide grants and technical
    assistance to covered progress period institutions in accordance with
    this section.
        ``(b) Authorized Activities.--Grants and assistance provided under
    this section shall be used to improve student achievement (as described
    in section 496(a)(5)(A)) at covered progress period institutions.
        ``(c) Duration.--Grants and assistance may be provided under this
    section for a period of not less than one year and not more than three
    years.
        ``(d) Conditions.--
                ``(1) Benchmarks.--
                        ``(A) In general.--To continue to receive support
                    under this section after the first year in which such
                    support is provided, an institution must show progress,
                    as determined by the Secretary, toward meeting the
                    standards for student achievement established by the
                    relevant accrediting agency or association pursuant to
                    section 496(a)(5)(A).
                        ``(B) Considerations.--In determining the progress
                    of an institution under subparagraph (A), the Secretary
                    may take into consideration extenuating circumstances
                    that may have contributed to the poor performance of
                    the institution in the first year of the review period.
                ``(2) Deadline for compliance.--An institution that does
            not achieve an adjusted cohort default rate of less than 10
            percent after receiving support under this section for three
            consecutive years shall be ineligible to receive further
            support under this section.
                ``(3) Prohibition.--An institution shall be ineligible to
            receive further support under this section if, while the
            institution was receiving such support, the total enrollment of
            low-income students (as such term is defined in section
            419N(b)(7)) at the institution decreased by 10 percent or more.
        ``(e) Covered Progress Period Institution.--In this section, the
    term `covered progress period institution' means--
                ``(1) a public institution of higher education that is
            determined to be in progress period status;
                ``(2) a part B institution (as defined in section 322) that
            is determined to be in progress period status; or
                ``(3) a private, nonprofit institution of higher
            education--
                        ``(A) that is determined to be in progress period
                    status; and
                        ``(B) at which not less than 45 percent of the
                    total student enrollment consists of low-income
                    students (as such term is defined in section
                    419N(b)(7)).
        ``(f) Funding.--
                ``(1) In general.--There are authorized to be appropriated,
            and there are appropriated, such funds as the Secretary, using
            the formula described in paragraph (2), determines necessary to
            meet the needs of all eligible institutions under this
            subsection, except that such funds shall not exceed
            $100,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal
            year. Such funds shall be available until expended.
                ``(2) Formula.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the
            enactment of this section, the Secretary shall establish
            through negotiated rulemaking a formula to determine the--
                        ``(A) proportional amount of institutional need
                    under this section; and
                        ``(B) total amount of institutional need under this
                    section.
                ``(3) Special rule.--Such formula must at minimum take into
            consideration the severity of the problem, size of the
            institution, institutional resources, historical underfunding,
            and the number of low-income students (as such term is defined
            in section 419N(b)(7)) being served.

    ``SEC. 498D. RESTRICTIONS ON CERTAIN EXPENDITURES.

        ``(a) Establishing Definitions.--
                ``(1) In general.--For purposes of each survey conducted
            under the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System after
            the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act and this
            Act, the Secretary shall define the following terms:
                        ``(A) Marketing.
                        ``(B) Recruitment.
                        ``(C) Advertising.
                        ``(D) Lobbying.
                        ``(E) Student services.
                ``(2) Exclusion of certain activities.--In defining the
            term `student services' under paragraph (1)(E), the Secretary
            shall ensure that such term does not include marketing,
            recruitment, advertising, or lobbying.
        ``(b) Limitation on Expenditures.--In a case in which the Secretary
    determines with respect to an institution of higher education
    participating in any program under this title that, for any of the 3
    most recent institutional fiscal years after the promulgation of
    regulations by the Secretary defining the terms in subsection (a)(1)
    for which the institution submits to the Secretary disclosures on the
    expenditures of the institution on instruction for purposes of section
    132(i)(1)(AA), the amount expended by such institution on instruction
    for such fiscal year is less than an amount equal to \1/3\ of
    institution's revenues derived from tuition and fees--
                ``(1) for any institutional fiscal year after such
            determination is made, the sum of the amount expended by the
            institution on marketing, recruitment, advertising, and
            lobbying may not exceed the amount of the institution's
            revenues derived from sources other than Federal education
            assistance funds; and
                ``(2) in a case in which the institution fails to meet the
            requirements of paragraph (1) for 2 consecutive institutional
            fiscal years, the institution shall be ineligible to
            participate in the programs authorized by this title for a
            period of not less than two institutional fiscal years.
        ``(c) Publication on Website.--The Secretary shall, on an annual
    basis, publicly disclose on the Department's website, information with
    respect to any institution of higher education that is subject to the
    requirements of subsection (b)(1), including--
                ``(1) the quotient of the amount that the institution
            expends on instruction divided by the institution's revenues
            derived from tuition and fees, expressed as a percentage;
                ``(2) the sum of such institution's expenditures on
            advertising, recruiting, marketing, and lobbying;
                ``(3) the amount of such institution's revenues received
            from sources outside of Federal education assistance funds; and
                ``(4) the difference between paragraphs (2) and (3).

    ``SEC. 498E. INSTITUTIONAL DISCLOSURE SYSTEM.

        ``(a) Departmental Disclosure.--The Secretary shall make available,
    on a publicly accessible website of the Department of Education, a list
    of institutions of higher education that--
                ``(1) have failed to meet the requirements for
            accreditation by an agency or association recognized by the
            Secretary pursuant to section 496(a); or
                ``(2) have failed to meet the requirements for
            participation in programs under this title.
        ``(b) Institutional Disclosure.--
                ``(1) In general.--To be eligible to participate in
            programs under this title, an institution of higher education
            shall, using the template developed by the Secretary under
            subsection (c), disclose the accreditation status of the
            institution on a publicly accessible website of the
            institution. Any failure of the institution to meet an
            accreditation standard shall be specifically identified by the
            institution as part of the disclosure under this paragraph.
                ``(2) Updates.--Any change in the accreditation status of
            an institution of higher education shall be disclosed in
            accordance with paragraph (1) not later than 30 days after such
            change occurs.
        ``(c) Template.--The Secretary shall develop a template that shall
    be used by institutions of higher education to make the disclosures
    required under subsection (b). The Secretary shall ensure that the
    template--
                ``(1) clearly identifies the information to be disclosed;
            and
                ``(2) is in a format that is easily understood by
            consumers.''.

          PART I--AMERICA'S COLLEGE PROMISE FEDERAL-STATE PARTNERSHIP

    SEC. 4801. PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.

        Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et
    seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

         ``PART I--AMERICA'S COLLEGE PROMISE FEDERAL-STATE PARTNERSHIP

       ``Subpart 1--State and Indian Tribe Grants for Community Colleges

    ``SEC. 499A. IN GENERAL.

        ``From amounts appropriated under section 499G for any fiscal year,
    the Secretary shall award grants to eligible States and Indian tribes
    to pay the Federal share of expenditures needed to carry out the
    activities and services described in section 499E.

    ``SEC. 499B. FEDERAL SHARE; NON-FEDERAL SHARE.

        ``(a) Federal Share.--
                ``(1) Formula.--Subject to paragraph (2), the Federal share
            of a grant under this subpart shall be based on a formula,
            determined by the Secretary, that--
                        ``(A) accounts for the State or Indian tribe's
                    share of eligible students;
                        ``(B) accounts for the ratio between a State or
                    Indian tribe's funding per full-time equivalent (FTE)
                    student at public colleges and universities and the
                    average net price at State public four-year colleges
                    and universities, in such a way as to reward States
                    that keep net prices for students low while maintaining
                    their investment in higher education; and
                        ``(C) provides, for each eligible student in the
                    State or Indian tribe, a per-student amount that is at
                    least 75 percent of--
                                ``(i) for the 2021-2022 award year, the
                            average resident community college tuition and
                            fees per student in all States for the most
                            recent year for which data are available; and
                                ``(ii) for each subsequent award year, the
                            amount determined under this subparagraph for
                            the preceding award year, increased by the
                            lesser of--
                                        ``(I) a percentage equal to the
                                    estimated percentage increase in the
                                    Consumer Price Index (as determined by
                                    the Secretary) since the date of such
                                    determination; or
                                        ``(II) 3 percent.
                ``(2) Exception for certain indian tribes.--In any case in
            which not less than 75 percent of the students at the community
            colleges operated or controlled by an Indian tribe are low-
            income students, the amount of the Federal share for such
            Indian tribe shall be not less than 95 percent of the total
            amount needed to waive tuition and fees for all eligible
            students enrolled in such community colleges.
        ``(b) State or Tribal Share.--
                ``(1) Formula.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The State or tribal share of a
                    grant under this subpart for each fiscal year shall be
                    the amount needed to pay 25 percent of the average
                    community college resident tuition and fees per student
                    in all States in the 2021-2022 award year for all
                    eligible students in the State or Indian tribe,
                    respectively, for such fiscal year, except as provided
                    in subparagraph (B).
                        ``(B) Exception for certain indian tribes.--In the
                    case of an Indian tribe described in subsection (a)(2),
                    the amount of such Indian tribe's tribal share shall
                    not exceed 5 percent of the total amount needed to
                    waive tuition and fees for all eligible students
                    enrolled in such community colleges.
                ``(2) Need-based aid.--A State or Indian tribe may include,
            as part of the State or tribal share, any need-based financial
            aid that--
                        ``(A) is provided from State or tribal funds to an
                    eligible student; and
                        ``(B) may be used by such student to pay costs of
                    attendance other than tuition and fees.
                ``(3) No in-kind contributions.--A State or Indian tribe
            shall not include in-kind contributions for purposes of the
            State or tribal share described in paragraph (1).
        ``(c) Determining Number of Eligible Students.--
                ``(1) In general.--The Secretary of Education shall develop
            and implement a process for accurately estimating the number of
            eligible students in a State or Indian tribe for purposes of
            subsection (a) and (b).
                ``(2) Initial determination.--For the first year for which
            grants are awarded under this subpart, the number of eligible
            students in a State or Indian tribe shall be considered to be
            equal to the number of eligible students that were in the State
            or tribe for the preceding school year.
        ``(d) Adjustment of Grant Amount.--Not later than 180 days after
    the date on which a State or Indian tribe receives a grant under this
    subpart, the Secretary shall--
                ``(1) in consultation with the State or tribe concerned,
            determine whether the actual number of eligible students in the
            State or Tribe for the year covered by the grant is greater
            than the estimated number of such students that was used to
            determine the amount of the grant; and
                ``(2) if it is determined under paragraph (1) that the
            actual number of eligible students in the State or Tribe is
            higher than such estimate, issue a supplementary grant payment
            to the State or tribe in an amount that ensures that the total
            amount of the grant funds received by the State or tribe under
            this subpart for the year covered by the grant accurately
            reflects the higher number of eligible students.

    ``SEC. 499C. APPLICATIONS.

        ``(a) Submission.--In order to receive a grant under this subpart,
    a State or tribe shall submit an application to the Secretary at such
    time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary
    may require.
        ``(b) Contents.--Each application under subsection (a) shall
    include, at a minimum--
                ``(1) an estimate of the number of eligible students in the
            State or Indian tribe and the cost of waiving community college
            resident tuition and fees for all eligible students for each
            fiscal year covered by the grant;
                ``(2) an assurance that all community colleges in the State
            or under the jurisdiction of the Indian tribe, respectively,
            will waive resident tuition and fees for eligible students in
            accordance with section 499D(a);
                ``(3) a description of the promising and evidence-based
            institutional reforms and innovative practices to improve
            student outcomes, including transfer and completion rates, that
            have been or will be adopted by the participating community
            colleges, such as--
                        ``(A) providing comprehensive academic and student
                    support services, including mentoring and advising,
                    especially for low-income, first-generation, and adult
                    students, and other students belonging to racial and
                    other groups that are underrepresented in higher
                    education;
                        ``(B) the provision of direct support services such
                    as--
                                ``(i) childcare, transportation, emergency
                            financial assistance, and mental health and
                            substance use disorder treatment;
                                ``(ii) assistance in obtaining health
                            insurance coverage;
                                ``(iii) assistance securing affordable
                            housing;
                                ``(iv) efforts to address food insecurity
                            and campus hunger; and
                                ``(v) efforts to facilitate student
                            participation in means-tested Federal benefit
                            programs (as defined in section 479(d));
                        ``(C) providing accelerated learning opportunities,
                    such as dual or concurrent enrollment programs,
                    including early college high school programs;
                        ``(D) strengthening and reforming remedial and
                    developmental education, especially for low-income,
                    first-generation, and adult students, and other
                    students belonging to racial and other groups that are
                    underrepresented in higher education, including through
                    the use of multiple measures (such as a student's
                    college entrance examination score, grade point
                    average, high school course list, or a placement
                    examination) to identify students in need of remedial
                    education; or
                        ``(E) utilizing career pathways or degree pathways;
                ``(4) a description of how the State or Indian tribe will
            ensure that programs leading to a recognized postsecondary
            credential meet the quality criteria established by the State
            under section 123(a) of the Workforce Innovation and
            Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3153(a)) or other quality criteria
            determined appropriate by the State or Indian tribe;
                ``(5) an assurance that all participating community
            colleges in the State or under the authority of the Indian
            tribe have entered into program participation agreements under
            section 487;
                ``(6) an assurance that the State or Indian tribe will, to
            the extent practicable, assist eligible students in obtaining
            information about and accessing means-tested Federal benefit
            programs (as defined in section 479(d)) for which such students
            may be eligible;
                ``(7) an assurance that, for each year of the grant, the
            State or Indian tribe will notify each eligible student of the
            student's remaining eligibility for assistance under this
            subpart; and
                ``(8) if the application is submitted by a State--
                        ``(A) an assurance that the State will, to the
                    extent practicable, consider changes to State law that
                    will enable more community college students to be
                    eligible for means-tested Federal benefit programs (as
                    defined in section 479(d));
                        ``(B) an assurance that the State will meet the
                    requirements of section 499D(b)(1) relating to the
                    alignment of secondary and postsecondary education; and
                        ``(C) an assurance that the State will meet the
                    requirements of section 499D(b)(2) relating to the
                    improvement of transfer pathways between institutions
                    of higher education.

    ``SEC. 499D. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.

        ``(a) General Requirements for States and Indian Tribes.--As a
    condition of receiving a grant under this subpart a State or Indian
    tribe shall meet the following requirements:
                ``(1) For each year of the grant the total amount of
            community college resident tuition and fees charged to an
            eligible student in the State or Indian tribe shall be $0.
                ``(2) For each year of the grant no amount of financial
            assistance for which an eligible student qualifies may be
            applied to such tuition or fees.
        ``(b) State Requirements.--As a condition of receiving a grant
    under this subpart a State shall meet the following requirements:
                ``(1) Alignment of k-12 and higher education.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The State shall--
                                ``(i) submit a plan to align the
                            requirements for receiving a regular high
                            school diploma from a public high school with
                            the requirements for entering credit-bearing
                            coursework at a participating community
                            college; and
                                ``(ii) not later than three years after the
                            date on which the State first receives a grant
                            under this subpart, certify to the Secretary
                            that such alignment has been achieved.
                        ``(B) Failure to certify.--If a State does not
                    provide the certification required under subparagraph
                    (A) by the date specified in such subparagraph, the
                    State shall submit to the Secretary, at such time and
                    in such manner as the Secretary may require--
                                ``(i) a written explanation for the delay
                            in making the certification; and
                                ``(ii) a plan that will enable the State to
                            make the certification by not later than 5
                            years after the date on which the State first
                            received a grant under this subpart.
                ``(2) Transfer pathways.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The State shall--
                                ``(i) submit a plan, developed in
                            collaboration with faculty from institutions of
                            higher education in the State, to improve
                            transfer pathways between institutions of
                            higher education in the State, including by
                            ensuring that associate degrees awarded by
                            public institutions in the State are fully
                            transferable to, and credited as, the first 2
                            years of related baccalaureate programs at
                            public institutions of higher education in such
                            State; and
                                ``(ii) not later than 3 years after the
                            date on which the State first receives a grant
                            under this subpart, certify to the Secretary
                            that an associate degree in an academic major
                            in the arts or sciences that is awarded by a
                            public institution of higher education in the
                            State on or after the date that is not later
                            than 3 years after the date on which the State
                            first receives a grant under this subpart shall
                            be fully transferrable to, and credited as, the
                            first 2 years of a related baccalaureate
                            program at a public institution of higher
                            education in such State.
                        ``(B) Failure to certify.--If a State does not
                    provide the certification required under subparagraph
                    (A) by the date specified in such subparagraph, the
                    State shall submit to the Secretary, at such time and
                    in such manner as the Secretary may require--
                                ``(i) a written explanation for the delay
                            in making the certification; and
                                ``(ii) a plan that will enable the State to
                            make the certification by not later than 5
                            years after the date on which the State first
                            received a grant under this subpart.
                ``(3) Applicability.--The Secretary may not apply the
            requirements under this subsection to an Indian tribe.

    ``SEC. 499E. ALLOWABLE USES OF FUNDS.

        ``(a) In General.--Except as provided in subsection (b), a State or
    Indian tribe shall use a grant under this subpart only to provide funds
    to participating community colleges to enable such community colleges
    to waive resident tuition and fees for eligible students as required
    under section 499D(a).
        ``(b) Additional Uses.--If a State or Indian tribe demonstrates to
    the Secretary that it has grant funds remaining after meeting the
    demand for activities described in subsection (a), the State or Indian
    tribe may use those funds to carry out one or more of the following:
                ``(1) Enhancing the quality of public higher education to
            improve student outcomes, including transfer and completion
            rates.
                ``(2) Expanding the scope and capacity of high-quality
            academic and occupational skills training programs at community
            colleges.
                ``(3) Improving postsecondary education readiness in the
            State or Indian tribe, including through outreach and early
            intervention.
                ``(4) Expanding access to dual or concurrent enrollment
            programs, including early college high school programs.
                ``(5) Improving affordability at 4-year public institutions
            of higher education.
        ``(c) Use of Funds for Administrative Purposes.--A State or Indian
    tribe that receives a grant under this subpart may not use any funds
    provided under this subpart for administrative purposes relating to the
    grant under this subpart.
        ``(d) Maintenance of Effort.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a
    grant under this subpart is entitled to receive its full allotment of
    funds under this subpart for a fiscal year only if, for each year of
    the grant, the State or Indian tribe provides--
                ``(1) financial support for public higher education at a
            level equal to or exceeding the average amount provided per
            full-time equivalent student for public institutions of higher
            education for the three consecutive preceding fiscal years. In
            making the calculation under this subsection, the State or
            Indian tribe shall--
                        ``(A) exclude capital expenses and research and
                    development costs; and
                        ``(B) include need-based financial aid for students
                    who attend public institutions of higher education;
                ``(2) financial support for operational expenses for
            public, four-year colleges and universities at a level equal to
            or exceeding the average amount provided for the three
            consecutive preceding State or Indian tribe fiscal years; and
                ``(3) financial support for need-based financial aid at a
            level equal to or exceeding the average amount provided for the
            three consecutive preceding State or Indian tribe fiscal years.
        ``(e) Annual Report.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a grant
    under this subpart shall submit an annual report to the Secretary
    describing the uses of grant funds under this subpart, the progress
    made in fulfilling the requirements of the grant, and rates of
    transfer, graduation, and attainment of recognized postsecondary
    credentials at participating community colleges, including such rates
    disaggregated by race, income, and age, and including any other
    information as the Secretary may require.
        ``(f) Reporting by Secretary.--The Secretary annually shall--
                ``(1) compile and analyze the information described in
            subsection (e); and
                ``(2) prepare and submit a report to the Committee on
            Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the
            Committee on Education and Labor of the House of
            Representatives containing the analysis described in paragraph
            (1) and an identification of State and Indian tribe best
            practices for achieving the purpose of this subpart.
        ``(g) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical
    assistance to eligible States and Indian tribes concerning best
    practices regarding the promising and evidence-based institutional
    reforms and innovative practices to improve student outcomes and shall
    disseminate such best practices among the States and Indian tribes.
        ``(h) Continuation of Funding.--
                ``(1) In general.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a
            grant under this subpart for a fiscal year may continue to
            receive funding under this subpart for future fiscal years
            conditioned on the availability of budget authority and on
            meeting the requirements of the grant, as determined by the
            Secretary.
                ``(2) Discontinuation.--The Secretary may discontinue
            funding of the Federal share of a grant under this subpart if
            the State or Indian tribe has violated the terms of the grant
            or is not making adequate progress in implementing the reforms
            described in the application submitted under section 499C.
        ``(i) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Funds made available under this
    subpart shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, other Federal,
    State, and local funds that would otherwise be expended to carry out
    activities under this section.

    ``SEC. 499F. DEFINITIONS.

        ``In this subpart:
                ``(1) Career pathway.--The term `career pathway' has the
            meaning given the term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation
            and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
                ``(2) Community college.--The term `community college'
            means a public institution of higher education at which the
            highest degree that is predominantly awarded to students is an
            associate's degree, including 2-year tribally controlled
            colleges under section 316 and public 2-year State institutions
            of higher education.
                ``(3) Dual or concurrent enrollment program.--The term
            `dual or concurrent enrollment program' has the meaning given
            the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary
            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
                ``(4) Early college high school.--The term `early college
            high school' has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of
            the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
            7801).
                ``(5) Eligible student.--
                        ``(A) Definition.--The term `eligible student'
                    means a student who--
                                ``(i) attends the community college on not
                            less than a half-time basis;
                                ``(ii) is maintaining satisfactory progress
                            (as defined in section 484(c)) in the student's
                            course of study;
                                ``(iii) is enrolled in an eligible program
                            (as defined in section 481(b)); and
                                ``(iv) either--
                                        ``(I) qualifies for in-State
                                    resident community college tuition, as
                                    determined by the State or Indian
                                    tribe; or
                                        ``(II) would qualify for such in-
                                    State resident community college
                                    tuition, but for the immigration status
                                    of such student.
                        ``(B) Special rule.--An otherwise eligible student
                    shall lose eligibility 3 calendar years after first
                    receiving benefits under this subpart.
                ``(6) Indian tribe.--The term `Indian tribe' has the
            meaning given the term in section 102 of the Federally
            Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994 (25 U.S.C. 479a).
                ``(7) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the
            term in section 101.
                ``(8) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term
            `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning as
            described in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and
            Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
                ``(9) State.--The term `State' has the meaning given the
            term in section 103.

    ``SEC. 499G. APPROPRIATIONS.

        ``(a) Authorization and Appropriations.--For the purpose of making
    grants under this subpart there are authorized to be appropriated, and
    there are appropriated--
                ``(1) $1,569,700,000 for fiscal year 2021;
                ``(2) $3,472,880,000 for fiscal year 2022;
                ``(3) $4,431,950,000 for fiscal year 2023;
                ``(4) $6,204,030,000 for fiscal year 2024;
                ``(5) $8,119,870,000 for fiscal year 2025;
                ``(6) $9,297,430,000 for fiscal year 2026;
                ``(7) $11,708,890,000 for fiscal year 2027;
                ``(8) $14,971,330,000 for fiscal year 2028;
                ``(9) $15,619,910,000 for fiscal year 2029; and
                ``(10) $16,296,080,000 for fiscal year 2030 and each
            succeeding fiscal year.
        ``(b) Availability.--Funds appropriated under subsection (a) shall
    remain available to the Secretary until expended.
        ``(c) Insufficient Funds.--If the amount appropriated under
    subsection (a) for a fiscal year is not sufficient to award each
    participating State and Indian tribe a grant under this subpart that is
    equal to the minimum amount of the Federal share described in section
    499B, the Secretary may ratably reduce the amount of each such grant or
    take other actions necessary to ensure an equitable distribution of
    such amount.''.

    SEC. 4802. STUDENT SUCCESS FUND.

        Part I of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1070 et seq.), as added by section 4801, is further amended by adding
    at the end the following:

                       ``Subpart 2--Student Success Fund

    ``SEC. 499H. IN GENERAL.

        ``From amounts appropriated under section 499N for any fiscal year,
    the Secretary shall carry out a grant program (to be known as the
    Student Success Fund) to make grants to eligible entities to carry out
    the activities and services described in section 499L.

    ``SEC. 499I. ALLOCATION.

        ``(a) Federal Share Allocation.--The Federal share of a grant under
    this subpart shall be determined using the formula determined under
    section 499B(1).
        ``(b) Matching Funds.--
                ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), an
            eligible entity participating in the program under this subpart
            shall provide, from non-Federal sources, in cash or in-kind--
                        ``(A) in each of the first, second, third, and
                    fourth year of participation in the program, an amount
                    equal to 25 percent of the amount such entity received
                    under subsection (a) with respect to such year;
                        ``(B) in each of the fifth and sixth year of
                    participation in the program, an amount equal to 50
                    percent of the amount such entity received under
                    subsection (a) with respect to such year;
                        ``(C) in each of the seventh and eighth year of
                    participation in the program, an amount equal to 75
                    percent of the amount such entity received under
                    subsection (a) with respect to such year; and
                        ``(D) in each ninth year and each subsequent year
                    thereafter of participation in the program, an amount
                    equal to 100 percent of the amount such entity received
                    under subsection (a) with respect to such year.
                ``(2) Exception for certain indian tribes.--The Secretary
            may waive the matching fund requirements under paragraph (1) in
            the case of an eligible entity that is an Indian tribe if at
            least 75 percent of the students at the institutions of higher
            education operated or controlled by such Indian tribe are low-
            income students.
                ``(3) Reallotment.--If an eligible entity returns to the
            Secretary any portion of the sums allocated to such eligible
            entity under this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary
            shall reallot such excess as part of the available appropriated
            amount for the succeeding fiscal year.
        ``(c) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Grant funds awarded under this
    subpart shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, other Federal,
    State, and local funds that would otherwise be expended to carry out
    activities assisted under this subpart.
        ``(d) Limitation.--An eligible entity may only participate in the
    program under this subpart in a year in which such entity receives a
    grant under subpart 1.

    ``SEC. 499J. APPLICATIONS.

        ``(a) In General.--To be eligible to participate in the program
    under this subpart, an eligible entity shall submit an application to
    the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such
    information as the Secretary may require, including--
                ``(1) a plan that includes--
                        ``(A) the amount of funds requested by the eligible
                    entity under this subpart and the intended use of such
                    funds;
                        ``(B) how the eligibility entity will use the
                    requested funds to implement the promising and
                    evidence-based institutional reforms and innovative
                    practices to improve student outcomes identified by
                    such entity under section 499C(b)(3), including annual
                    implementation benchmarks that the entity will use to
                    track progress in implementing such reforms and
                    practices;
                        ``(C) how the eligible entity will meet its
                    matching fund requirements under section 499I(b);
                        ``(D) if the eligible entity is a State, how such
                    eligible entity will prioritize spending on the public
                    institutions of higher education specified in paragraph
                    (2)(B); and
                        ``(E) the improvements the eligible entity
                    anticipates in student outcomes, including improvements
                    in transfer rates or completion rates, or both.
                ``(2) if the eligible entity is a State, an analysis that
            includes--
                        ``(A) with respect to each public institution of
                    higher education of the eligible entity--
                                ``(i) the total per-student funding;
                                ``(ii) the amount of per-student funding
                            from State-appropriated funds;
                                ``(iii) the student demographics
                            (including, data on race, income, disability
                            status, and remediation); and
                                ``(iv) transfer and completion rates,
                            including such rates among low-income students,
                            students of color, students with disabilities,
                            and students in need of remediation; and
                        ``(B) an analysis of whether, of the public
                    institutions of higher education of the eligible
                    entity, the public institutions of higher education
                    that received less funding on a per-student basis
                    described in clause (i) or (ii), or both, of
                    subparagraph (A), are serving disproportionately high
                    shares of low-income students, students of color,
                    students with disabilities, or students in need of
                    remediation.
        ``(b) Approval.--
                ``(1) In general.--Not later than 180 days after receiving
            a plan under subsection (a), the Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) approve the plan; or
                        ``(B) require revisions to such plan.
                ``(2) Revisions required.--An eligible entity shall make
            such revisions as required by the Secretary under paragraph
            (1)(B).
        ``(c) Publication.--The Secretary shall make each plan approved
    under subsection (b)(1)(A) and each plan revised under subsection
    (b)(2) available to the public on the website of the Department.

    ``SEC. 499K. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.

        ``(a) General Requirements.--
                ``(1) Report on demonstrated progress.--For the third year
            in which an eligible entity participates in the program under
            this subpart, and every 2 years thereafter, the eligible entity
            shall submit a report to the Secretary, in such manner and
            containing such information as the Secretary may require, that
            includes--
                        ``(A) the progress in meeting the annual
                    implementation benchmarks included in the application
                    of such eligible entity under section 499J(a)(1)(B);
                        ``(B) the progress in improving the student
                    outcomes identified by the entity under section
                    499(J)(a)(1)(E); and
                        ``(C) with respect to the 2 years after such report
                    is submitted--
                                ``(i) a plan for the use of funds under
                            this subpart; and
                                ``(ii) the amount of funds requested by the
                            eligible entity under this subpart .
                ``(2) Approval.--Not later than 180 days after receiving a
            plan under paragraph (1)(C)(i), the Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) approve the plan; or
                        ``(B) require revisions to such plan.
                ``(3) Revisions required.--An eligible entity shall make
            such revisions as required by the Secretary under paragraph
            (2)(B).
        ``(b) Failure To Meet Requirements.--If an eligible entity does not
    meet the annual implementation benchmarks included in the application
    of such eligible entity under section 499J(a)(1)(B), as required to be
    reported under subsection (a)(1)(A), such eligible entity shall submit
    to the Secretary, at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may
    require--
                ``(1) a written explanation for the delay in meeting such
            requirements; and
                ``(2) a plan that will enable such eligible entity to meet
            such requirements not later than 1 year after the date on which
            the eligible entity submitted the written explanation under
            paragraph (1).
        ``(c) Publication.--The Secretary shall make each plan approved
    under subsection (a)(2)(A), each plan revised under subsection (a)(3),
    and each plan submitted under subsection (b)(2) available to the public
    on the website of the Department.

    ``SEC. 499L. ALLOWABLE USES OF FUNDS.

        ``(a) In General.--Except as provided in subsection (b), an
    eligible entity shall use a grant under this subpart only to allocate
    funds in accordance with the plan submitted for such year under section
    499J(a)(1).
        ``(b) Use of Funds for Administrative Purposes.--An eligible entity
    that receives a grant under this subpart may use not more than 10
    percent of such grant for administrative purposes relating to the grant
    under this subpart.

    ``SEC. 499M. ELIGIBLE ENTITY DEFINED.

        ``In this subpart, the term `eligible entity' means a State or
    Indian tribe that received a grant under subpart 1 for the fiscal year
    in which such State or Indian tribe receives a grant under this
    subpart.

    ``SEC. 499N. APPROPRIATIONS.

        ``(a) Authorization and Appropriations.--For the purpose of making
    grants under this subpart there are authorized to be appropriated and
    there are appropriated $500,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each
    succeeding fiscal year.
        ``(b) Availability.--Funds appropriated under subsection (a) shall
    remain available to the Secretary until expended.''.

    SEC. 4803. PATHWAYS TO STUDENT SUCCESS FOR HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES
                  AND UNIVERSITIES, TRIBAL COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES, AND
                  MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS.

        Part I of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1070 et seq.), as added by section 4801, is further amended by adding
    at the end the following:

     ``Subpart 3--Grants to Historically Black Colleges and Universities,
      Tribal Colleges and Universities, and Minority-Serving Institutions

    ``SEC. 499O. PATHWAYS TO STUDENT SUCCESS FOR HISTORICALLY BLACK
                  COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES.

        ``(a) In General.--From amounts appropriated under section 499S(a)
    for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall award grants to participating
    4-year historically black colleges or universities that meet the
    requirements of subsection (b) to--
                ``(1) encourage students to enroll and successfully
            complete a bachelor's degree at participating institutions;
                ``(2) provide incentives to community college students to
            transfer to participating institutions through strong transfer
            pathways to complete a bachelor's degree program; and
                ``(3) support participating institutions to better serve
            new and existing students by engaging in reforms and
            innovations designed to improve completion rates and other
            student outcomes.
        ``(b) Eligibility.--To be eligible to receive a grant under the
    program under this section, an institution shall be a historically
    black college or university that--
                ``(1) has a student body of which not less than 35 percent
            are low-income students;
                ``(2) commits to maintaining or adopting and implementing
            promising and evidence-based institutional reforms and
            innovative practices to improve the completion rates and other
            student outcomes, such as--
                        ``(A) providing comprehensive academic and student
                    support services, including mentoring and advising,
                    especially for low-income, first-generation, and adult
                    students, and other students belonging to racial and
                    other groups that are underrepresented in higher
                    education;
                        ``(B) providing direct support services such as--
                                ``(i) childcare, transportation, emergency
                            financial assistance, and mental health and
                            substance use disorder treatment;
                                ``(ii) assistance in obtaining health
                            insurance coverage;
                                ``(iii) assistance securing affordable
                            housing;
                                ``(iv) efforts to address food insecurity
                            and campus hunger; and
                                ``(v) efforts to facilitate student
                            participation in means-tested Federal benefit
                            programs (as defined in section 479(d));
                        ``(C) providing accelerated learning opportunities
                    and degree pathways, such as dual enrollment and
                    pathways to graduate and professional degree programs;
                        ``(D) partnering with employers, industry, not-for-
                    profit associations, and other groups to provide
                    opportunities to advance learning outside the
                    classroom, including work-based learning opportunities
                    such as internships or apprenticeships or programs
                    designed to improve inter-cultural development and
                    personal growth, such as foreign exchange and study
                    abroad programs; or
                        ``(E) strengthening remedial education, especially
                    for low-income, first-generation, and adult students,
                    and other students belonging to racial and other groups
                    that are underrepresented in higher education,
                    including through the use of multiple measures (such as
                    a student's college entrance examination score, grade
                    point average, high school course list, or a placement
                    examination) to identify students in need of remedial
                    education;
                ``(3) sets performance goals for improving student outcomes
            for the duration of the grant; and
                ``(4) if receiving a grant for transfer students, has
            articulation agreements with community colleges at the
            national, State, or local level to ensure that community
            college credits can fully transfer to the participating
            institution.
        ``(c) Grant Amount.--
                ``(1) Initial amount.--For the first year that an eligible
            institution participates in the grant program under this
            section and subject to paragraph (3), such eligible institution
            shall receive a grant in an amount based on the product of--
                        ``(A) the actual cost of tuition and fees at the
                    eligible institution in such year (referred to in this
                    section as the per-student rebate); and
                        ``(B) the number of eligible students enrolled in
                    the eligible institution for the preceding year.
                ``(2) Subsequent increases.--For each succeeding year after
            the first year of the grant program under this section, each
            participating eligible institution shall receive a grant in the
            amount determined under paragraph (1) for such year, except
            that in no case shall the amount of the per-student rebate for
            an eligible institution increase by more than 3 percent as
            compared to the amount of such rebate for the preceding year.
                ``(3) Limitations.--
                        ``(A) Maximum per-student rebate.--No eligible
                    institution participating in the grant program under
                    this section shall receive a per-student rebate amount
                    for any year that is greater than the national average
                    of annual tuition and fees at public 4-year
                    institutions of higher education for such year, as
                    determined by the Secretary.
                        ``(B) First-year tuition and fees.--During the
                    first year of participation in the grant program under
                    this section, no eligible institution may increase
                    tuition and fees at a rate greater than any annual
                    increase at the eligible institution in the previous 5
                    years.
        ``(d) Application.--An eligible institution that desires a grant
    under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such
    time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary
    may require.
        ``(e) Use of Funds.--Funds awarded under this section to a
    participating eligible institution shall be used to waive or
    significantly reduce tuition and fees for eligible students in an
    amount of not more than up to the annual per-student rebate amount for
    each student, for not more than the first 60 credits an eligible
    student enrolls in the participating eligible institution.
        ``(f) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Funds made available under section
    499S to carry out this section shall be used to supplement, and not
    supplant, other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be
    expended to carry out activities under this section.

    ``SEC. 499P. PATHWAYS TO STUDENT SUCCESS FOR TRIBAL COLLEGES AND
                  UNIVERSITIES.

        ``(a) In General.--From amounts appropriated under section 499S(a)
    for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall award grants to participating
    4-year Tribal Colleges or Universities that meet the requirements of
    subsection (b) to--
                ``(1) encourage students to enroll and successfully
            complete a bachelor's degree at participating institutions;
                ``(2) provide incentives to community college students to
            transfer to participating institutions through strong transfer
            pathways to complete a bachelor's degree program; and
                ``(3) support participating institutions to better serve
            new and existing students by engaging in reforms and
            innovations designed to improve completion rates and other
            student outcomes.
        ``(b) Eligibility.--To be eligible to receive a grant under the
    program under this section, an institution shall be a Tribal College or
    University that--
                ``(1) has a student body of which not less than 35 percent
            are low-income students;
                ``(2) commits to maintaining or adopting and implementing
            promising and evidence-based institutional reforms and
            innovative practices to improve the completion rates and other
            student outcomes, such as--
                        ``(A) providing comprehensive academic and student
                    support services, including mentoring and advising,
                    especially for low-income, first-generation, and adult
                    students, and other students belonging to racial and
                    other groups that are underrepresented in higher
                    education;
                        ``(B) providing direct support services such as--
                                ``(i) childcare, transportation, emergency
                            financial assistance, and mental health and
                            substance use disorder treatment;
                                ``(ii) assistance in obtaining health
                            insurance coverage;
                                ``(iii) assistance securing affordable
                            housing;
                                ``(iv) efforts to address food insecurity
                            and campus hunger; and
                                ``(v) efforts to facilitate student
                            participation in means-tested Federal benefit
                            programs (as defined in section 479(d));
                        ``(C) providing accelerated learning opportunities
                    and degree pathways, such as dual enrollment and
                    pathways to graduate and professional degree programs;
                        ``(D) partnering with employers, industry, not-for-
                    profit associations, and other groups to provide
                    opportunities to advance learning outside the
                    classroom, including work-based learning opportunities
                    such as internships or apprenticeships or programs
                    designed to improve inter-cultural development and
                    personal growth, such as foreign exchange and study
                    abroad programs; or
                        ``(E) strengthening remedial education, especially
                    for low-income, first-generation, and adult students,
                    and other students belonging to racial and other groups
                    that are underrepresented in higher education,
                    including through the use of multiple measures (such as
                    a student's college entrance examination score, grade
                    point average, high school course list, or a placement
                    examination) to identify students in need of remedial
                    education;
                ``(3) sets performance goals for improving student outcomes
            for the duration of the grant; and
                ``(4) if receiving a grant for transfer students, has
            articulation agreements with community colleges at the
            national, State, or local level to ensure that community
            college credits can fully transfer to the participating
            institution.
        ``(c) Grant Amount.--
                ``(1) Initial amount.--For the first year that an eligible
            institution participates in the grant program under this
            section and subject to paragraph (3), such eligible institution
            shall receive a grant in an amount based on the product of--
                        ``(A) the actual cost of tuition and fees at the
                    eligible institution in such year (referred to in this
                    section as the per-student rebate); and
                        ``(B) the number of eligible students enrolled in
                    the eligible institution for the preceding year.
                ``(2) Subsequent increases.--For each succeeding year after
            the first year of the grant program under this section, each
            participating eligible institution shall receive a grant in the
            amount determined under paragraph (1) for such year, except
            that in no case shall the amount of the per-student rebate for
            an eligible institution increase by more than 3 percent as
            compared to the amount of such rebate for the preceding year.
                ``(3) Limitations.--
                        ``(A) Maximum per-student rebate.--No eligible
                    institution participating in the grant program under
                    this section shall receive a per-student rebate amount
                    for any year that is greater than the national average
                    of annual tuition and fees at public 4-year
                    institutions of higher education for such year, as
                    determined by the Secretary.
                        ``(B) First-year tuition and fees.--During the
                    first year of participation in the grant program under
                    this section, no eligible institution may increase
                    tuition and fees at a rate greater than any annual
                    increase at the eligible institution in the previous 5
                    years.
        ``(d) Application.--An eligible institution that desires a grant
    under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such
    time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary
    may require.
        ``(e) Use of Funds.--Funds awarded under this section to a
    participating eligible institution shall be used to waive or
    significantly reduce tuition and fees for eligible students in an
    amount of not more than up to the annual per-student rebate amount for
    each student, for not more than the first 60 credits an eligible
    student enrolls in the participating eligible institution.
        ``(f) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Funds made available under section
    499S to carry out this section shall be used to supplement, and not
    supplant, other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be
    expended to carry out activities under this section.

    ``SEC. 499Q. PATHWAYS TO STUDENT SUCCESS FOR HISPANIC-SERVING
                  INSTITUTIONS, ASIAN AMERICAN AND NATIVE AMERICAN PACIFIC
                  ISLANDER-SERVING INSTITUTIONS, ALASKA NATIVE-SERVING
                  INSTITUTIONS, NATIVE HAWAIIAN-SERVING INSTITUTIONS,
                  PREDOMINANTLY BLACK INSTITUTIONS, AND NATIVE AMERICAN-
                  SERVING NONTRIBAL INSTITUTIONS.

        ``(a) In General.--From amounts appropriated under section 499S(a)
    for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall award grants to participating
    4-year minority-serving institutions to--
                ``(1) encourage students to enroll and successfully
            complete a bachelor's degree at participating institutions;
                ``(2) provide incentives to community college students to
            transfer to participating institutions through strong transfer
            pathways to complete a bachelor's degree program; and
                ``(3) support participating institutions to better serve
            new and existing students by engaging in reforms and
            innovations designed to improve completion rates and other
            student outcomes.
        ``(b) Institutional Eligibility.--To be eligible to participate and
    receive a grant under this section, an institution shall be a minority-
    serving institution that--
                ``(1) has a student body of which not less than 35 percent
            are low-income students;
                ``(2) commits to maintaining or adopting and implementing
            promising and evidence-based institutional reforms and
            innovative practices to improve the completion rates and other
            student outcomes, such as--
                        ``(A) providing comprehensive academic and student
                    support services, including mentoring and advising,
                    especially for low-income, first-generation, and adult
                    students, and other students belonging to racial and
                    other groups that are historically underrepresented in
                    higher education;
                        ``(B) providing direct support services such as--
                                ``(i) childcare, transportation, emergency
                            financial assistance, and mental health and
                            substance use disorder treatment;
                                ``(ii) assistance in obtaining health
                            insurance coverage;
                                ``(iii) assistance securing affordable
                            housing;
                                ``(iv) efforts to address food insecurity
                            and campus hunger; and
                                ``(v) efforts to facilitate student
                            participation in means-tested Federal benefit
                            programs (as defined in section 479(d));
                        ``(C) providing accelerated learning opportunities
                    and degree pathways, such as dual enrollment and
                    pathways to graduate and professional degree programs;
                        ``(D) partnering with employers, industry, not-for-
                    profit associations, and other groups to provide
                    opportunities to advance learning outside the
                    classroom, including work-based learning opportunities
                    such as internships or apprenticeships or programs
                    designed to improve inter-cultural development and
                    personal growth, such as foreign exchange and study
                    abroad programs; or
                        ``(E) strengthening remedial education, especially
                    for low-income, first-generation, and adult students,
                    and other students belonging to racial and other groups
                    that are underrepresented in higher education,
                    including through the use of multiple measures (such as
                    a student's college entrance examination score, grade
                    point average, high school course list, or a placement
                    examination) to identify students in need of remedial
                    education;
                ``(3) sets performance goals for improving student outcomes
            for the duration of the grant; and
                ``(4) if receiving a grant for transfer students, has
            articulation agreements with community colleges at the
            national, State, or local levels to ensure that community
            college credits can fully transfer to the participating
            institution.
        ``(c) Grant Amount.--
                ``(1) Initial amount.--For the first year that an eligible
            institution participates in the grant program under this
            section and subject to paragraph (3), such participating
            eligible institution shall receive a grant in an amount based
            on the product of--
                        ``(A) the actual cost of tuition and fees at the
                    eligible institution in such year (referred to in this
                    section as the per-student rebate); and
                        ``(B) the number of eligible students enrolled in
                    the eligible institution for the preceding year.
                ``(2) Subsequent increases.--For each succeeding year after
            the first year of the grant program under this section, each
            participating eligible institution shall receive a grant in the
            amount determined under paragraph (1) for such year, except
            that in no case shall the amount of the per-student rebate
            increase by more than 3 percent as compared to the amount of
            such rebate for the preceding year.
                ``(3) Limitations.--
                        ``(A) Maximum per-student rebate.--No eligible
                    institution participating in the grant program under
                    this section shall receive a per-student rebate amount
                    for a grant year greater than the national average of
                    public four-year institutional tuition and fees, as
                    determined by the Secretary.
                        ``(B) First-year tuition and fees.--During the
                    first year of participation in the grant program under
                    this section, no eligible institution may increase
                    tuition and fees at a rate greater than any annual
                    increase made by the institution in the previous 5
                    years.
        ``(d) Application.--An eligible institution shall submit an
    application to the Secretary at such time, in such a manner, and
    containing such information as determined by the Secretary.
        ``(e) Use of Funds.--Funds awarded under this section to a
    participating eligible institution shall be used to waive or
    significantly reduce tuition and fees for eligible students in an
    amount of not more than up to the annual per-student rebate amount for
    each student, for not more than the first 60 credits an eligible
    student enrolls in the participating eligible institution.
        ``(f) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Funds made available under section
    499S to carry out this section shall be used to supplement, and not
    supplant, other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be
    expended to carry out activities under this section.

    ``SEC. 499R. DEFINITIONS.

        ``In this subpart:
                ``(1) Eligible student.--
                        ``(A) Definition.--The term `eligible student'
                    means a student, regardless of age, who--
                                ``(i)(I) enrolls in a historically black
                            college or university, Tribal College or
                            University, or minority-serving institution; or
                                ``(II) transfers from a community college
                            into a historically black college or
                            university, Tribal College or University, or
                            minority-serving institution;
                                ``(ii) attends the historically black
                            college or university, Tribal College or
                            University, or minority-serving institution, on
                            at least a half-time basis;
                                ``(iii) maintains satisfactory academic
                            progress; and
                                ``(iv) is a low-income student.
                        ``(B) Special rules.--
                                ``(i) First 3 years.--An otherwise eligible
                            student shall lose eligibility 3 calendar years
                            after first receiving benefits under this
                            title.
                                ``(ii) Special rule for certain students.--
                            Notwithstanding subparagraph (A)(i), an
                            otherwise eligible student whose parent or
                            guardian was denied a Federal Direct PLUS loan
                            under part D after November 1, 2011, and before
                            March 29, 2015, and who subsequently withdrew
                            from a historically black college or
                            university, Tribal College or University, or
                            minority-serving institution, and has not yet
                            completed a program of study at such
                            historically black college or university or
                            minority-serving institution, shall be eligible
                            to participate under sections 499O, 499P, or
                            499Q in order to complete such program of
                            study, subject to all other requirements of
                            sections 499O, 499P, or 499Q (as the case may
                            be).
                ``(2) Historically black college or university.--The term
            `historically black college or university' means a part B
            institution described in section 322(2).
                ``(3) Low-income student.--The term `low-income student'--
                        ``(A) shall include any student eligible for a
                    Federal Pell Grant under section 401; and
                        ``(B) may include a student ineligible for a
                    Federal Pell Grant under section 401 who is determined
                    by the institution to be a low-income student based on
                    an analysis of the student's ability to afford the cost
                    of attendance at the institution.
                ``(4) Minority-serving institution.--The term `minority-
            serving institution' means any public or not-for-profit
            institution of higher education--
                        ``(A) described in paragraph (2) and paragraphs (4)
                    through (7) of section 371(a); and
                        ``(B) designated as a minority-serving institution
                    by the Secretary.
                ``(5) Tribal college or university.--The term `Tribal
            College or University' has the meaning given the term in
            section 316.

    ``SEC. 499S. APPROPRIATIONS.

        ``(a) Authorization and Appropriations for HBCU, TCU, and MSI
    Grants.--For the purpose of carrying out sections 499O, 499P, and 499Q
    there are authorized to be appropriated, and there are appropriated--
                ``(1) $63,250,000 for fiscal year 2021;
                ``(2) $206,990,000 for fiscal year 2022;
                ``(3) $1,232,760,000 for fiscal year 2023;
                ``(4) $1,282,210,000 for fiscal year 2024;
                ``(5) $1,333,950,000 for fiscal year 2025;
                ``(6) $1,386,850,000 for fiscal year 2026;
                ``(7) $1,408,700,000 for fiscal year 2027;
                ``(8) $1,501,850,000 for fiscal year 2028;
                ``(9) $1,562,800,000 for fiscal year 2029; and
                ``(10) $1,626,040,000 for fiscal year 2030 and each
            succeeding fiscal year.
        ``(b) Availability.--Funds appropriated under subsection (a) are to
    remain available to the Secretary until expended.
        ``(c) Insufficient Funds.--If the amount appropriated under
    subsection (a) for a fiscal year is not sufficient to award each
    participating institution in the grant programs under sections 499O,
    499P, and 499Q a grant under this part equal to 100 percent of the
    grant amount determined under section 499O(c), 499P(c), or 499Q(c), as
    appropriate, the Secretary may ratably reduce the amount of each such
    grant or take other actions necessary to ensure an equitable
    distribution of such amount.''.

    SEC. 4804. UNMET NEED FOR FEDERAL PELL GRANT RECIPIENTS.

        Part I of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1070 et seq.), as added by section 4801, is further amended by adding
    at the end the following:

              ``Subpart 4--Additional College Affordability Grants

    ``SEC. 499T. UNMET NEED FOR FEDERAL PELL GRANT RECIPIENTS.

        ``(a) In General.--
                ``(1) Grant program.--Subject to paragraph (2), from
            amounts appropriated under subsection (f) for any fiscal year,
            the Secretary may award grants to eligible States and Indian
            tribes described in paragraph (3) to pay the Federal share of
            expenditures needed to carry out the activities and services
            described in subsection (d).
                ``(2) Limitation.--The Secretary may not make grants under
            paragraph (1) in fiscal year unless all grants eligible to be
            made under subpart 1 have been made for such fiscal year.
                ``(3) Eligibility.--A State or Indian tribe may only be
            eligible for a grant under this section in a fiscal year if
            such State or Indian tribe received a grant under subpart 1 for
            such fiscal year.
        ``(b) Federal Share; Non-Federal Share.--
                ``(1) Federal share.--
                        ``(A) Formula.--Subject to paragraph (2), the
                    Federal share of a grant under this section shall be
                    based on a formula, determined by the Secretary, that--
                                ``(i) accounts for the State or Indian
                            tribe's share of Pell Grant recipients;
                                ``(ii) provides, for each Pell Grant
                            recipient in the State or Indian tribe, a per-
                            student amount that is at least 75 percent of--
                                        ``(I) for the first award year for
                                    which grants are made under this
                                    section, the average unmet need of Pell
                                    Grant recipients in all States for the
                                    most recent year for which data are
                                    available; and
                                        ``(II) for each subsequent award
                                    year, the amount determined under this
                                    subparagraph for the preceding award
                                    year, increased by the lesser of--
                                                ``(aa) a percentage equal
                                            to the estimated percentage
                                            increase in the Consumer Price
                                            Index (as determined by the
                                            Secretary) since the date of
                                            such determination; or
                                                ``(bb) 3 percent.
                        ``(B) Exception for certain indian tribes.--In any
                    case in which not less than 75 percent of the students
                    at the institutions of higher education operated or
                    controlled by an Indian tribe are low-income students,
                    the amount of the Federal share for such Indian tribe
                    shall be not less than 95 percent of the total amount
                    needed to waive tuition and fees for all Pell Grant
                    recipients enrolled in such institutions of higher
                    education.
                ``(2) State or tribal share.--
                        ``(A) Formula.--
                                ``(i) In general.--The State or tribal
                            share of a grant under this section for each
                            fiscal year shall be the amount needed to pay
                            25 percent of the average unmet need of Pell
                            Grant recipients in all States in the first
                            award year for which grants are made under this
                            section for all Pell Grant recipients in the
                            State or Indian tribe, respectively, for such
                            fiscal year, except as provided in clause (ii).
                                ``(ii) Exception for certain indian
                            tribes.--In the case of an Indian tribe
                            described in paragraph (1)(B), the amount of
                            such Indian tribe's tribal share shall not
                            exceed 5 percent of the total amount needed to
                            pay the average unmet need for all Pell Grant
                            recipients enrolled in the institutions of
                            higher education described in such paragraph.
                        ``(B) Need-based aid.--A State or Indian tribe may
                    include, as part of the State or tribal share, any
                    need-based financial aid that--
                                ``(i) is provided from State or tribal
                            funds to a Pell Grant recipient; and
                                ``(ii) may be used by such student to pay
                            costs of attendance other than tuition and
                            fees.
                ``(3) Determining number of pell grant recipients.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall develop and
                    implement a process for accurately estimating the
                    number of Pell Grant recipients in a State or Indian
                    tribe for purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2).
                        ``(B) Initial determination.--For the first year
                    for which grants are awarded under this section, the
                    number of Pell Grant recipients in a State or Indian
                    tribe shall be considered to be equal to the number of
                    Pell Grant recipients that were in the State or tribe
                    for the preceding school year.
                ``(4) Adjustment of grant amount.--Not later than 180 days
            after the date on which a State or Indian tribe receives a
            grant under this section, the Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) in consultation with the State or tribe
                    concerned, determine whether the actual number of Pell
                    Grant recipients in the State or Tribe for the year
                    covered by the grant is greater than the estimated
                    number of such students that was used to determine the
                    amount of the grant; and
                        ``(B) if it is determined under paragraph (1) that
                    the actual number of Pell Grant recipients in the State
                    or Tribe is higher than such estimate, issue a
                    supplementary grant payment to the State or tribe in an
                    amount that ensures that the total amount of the grant
                    funds received by the State or tribe under this section
                    for the year covered by the grant accurately reflects
                    the higher number of Pell Grant recipients.
        ``(c) Applications.--In order to receive a grant under this
    section, a State or tribe shall submit an application to the Secretary
    at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the
    Secretary may require.
        ``(d) Allowable Uses of Funds.--
                ``(1) In general.--A State or Indian tribe shall use a
            grant under this section only to provide to each Pell Grant
            recipient a grant that equals the unmet need of such recipient.
                ``(2) Annual report.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a
            grant under this section shall submit an annual report to the
            Secretary describing the uses of grant funds under this
            section, the progress made in fulfilling the requirements of
            the grant, and rates of transfer, graduation, and attainment of
            recognized postsecondary credentials at institutions of higher
            education in the State or Indian tribe, including such rates
            disaggregated by race, income, and age, and including any other
            information as the Secretary may require.
                ``(3) Reporting by the secretary.--The Secretary annually
            shall--
                        ``(A) compile and analyze the information described
                    in paragraph (2); and
                        ``(B) prepare and submit a report to the Committee
                    on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate
                    and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House
                    of Representatives containing the analysis described in
                    subparagraph (A) and an identification of State and
                    Indian tribe best practices for achieving the purpose
                    of this section.
                ``(4) Technical assistance.--The Secretary shall provide
            technical assistance to eligible States and Indian tribes
            concerning best practices regarding the promising and evidence-
            based institutional reforms and innovative practices to improve
            student outcomes and shall disseminate such best practices
            among the States and Indian tribes.
                ``(5) Continuation of funding.--
                        ``(A) In general.--A State or Indian tribe
                    receiving a grant under this section for a fiscal year
                    may continue to receive funding under this section for
                    future fiscal years conditioned on the availability of
                    budget authority and on meeting the requirements of the
                    grant, as determined by the Secretary.
                        ``(B) Discontinuation.--The Secretary may
                    discontinue funding of the Federal share of a grant
                    under this section if the State or Indian tribe has
                    violated the terms of the grant.
                ``(6) Supplement, not supplant.--Funds made available under
            this section shall be used to supplement, and not supplant,
            other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be
            expended to carry out activities under this section.
        ``(e) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Indian tribe.--The term `Indian tribe' has the
            meaning given the term in section 102 of the Federally
            Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994 (25 U.S.C. 479a).
                ``(2) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the
            term in section 101.
                ``(3) Pell grant recipient.--
                        ``(A) Definition.--The term `Pell Grant recipient'
                    means a student who--
                                ``(i) attends a public institution of
                            higher education on not less than a half-time
                            basis;
                                ``(ii) is a recipient of a Federal Pell
                            Grant under subpart 1 of part A of title IV of
                            this Act;
                                ``(iii) is maintaining satisfactory
                            progress (as defined in section 484(c)) in the
                            student's course of study;
                                ``(iv) is enrolled in an eligible program
                            (as defined in section 481(b)); and
                                ``(v) either--
                                        ``(I) qualifies for in-State
                                    resident institution of higher
                                    education tuition, as determined by the
                                    State or Indian tribe; or
                                        ``(II) would qualify for such in-
                                    State tuition, but for the immigration
                                    status of such student.
                        ``(B) Special rule.--An otherwise Pell Grant
                    recipient shall lose eligibility under this section--
                                ``(i) after 3 years of receiving benefits
                            under this section for enrollment at a
                            community college (as defined in section 499F);
                            and
                                ``(ii) after 6 years of receiving benefits
                            under this section for enrollment in a 4-year
                            institution of higher education.
                ``(4) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term
            `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning as
            described in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and
            Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
                ``(5) State.--The term `State' has the meaning given the
            term in section 103.
                ``(6) Unmet need.--The term `unmet need' means, with
            respect to a Pell Grant recipient, the amount determined by
            calculating the difference between--
                        ``(A) the institution's cost of attendance (as
                    defined in section 472) for the year for which the
                    determination is made; and
                        ``(B) the sum of--
                                ``(i) the total amount of need-based grant
                            aid and merit-based grant aid, from Federal,
                            State, and institutional sources, provided to
                            such Pell Grant recipient for the year for
                            which the determination is made; and
                                ``(ii) the expected family contribution for
                            such Pell Grant recipient for the year for
                            which the determination is made.
        ``(f) Appropriations.--
                ``(1) Authorization and appropriations.--For the purpose of
            making grants under this section there are authorized to be
            appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this
            section for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal year.
                ``(2) Availability.--Funds appropriated under paragraph (1)
            shall remain available to the Secretary until expended.
                ``(3) Insufficient funds.--If the amount appropriated under
            paragraph (1) for a fiscal year is not sufficient to award each
            participating State and Indian tribe a grant under this section
            that is equal to the minimum amount of the Federal share
            described in subsection (b), the Secretary may ratably reduce
            the amount of each such grant or take other actions necessary
            to ensure an equitable distribution of such amount.
                ``(4) Transfer availability.--The Secretary is authorized,
            subject to the availability of appropriations, to transfer
            amounts authorized to be appropriated to carry out subpart 1
            for a fiscal year to make grants under this section if all
            grants eligible to be made under such subpart have been made
            for such fiscal year.''.

    SEC. 4805. UNMET NEED FOR STUDENTS.

        Subpart 4 of part I of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), as added by section 4804, is further amended
    by adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 499U. UNMET NEED FOR STUDENTS.

        ``(a) In General.--
                ``(1) Grant program.--Subject to paragraph (2), from
            amounts appropriated under subsection (f) for any fiscal year,
            the Secretary may award grants to eligible States and Indian
            tribes described in paragraph (3) to pay the Federal share of
            expenditures needed to carry out the activities and services
            described in subsection (d).
                ``(2) Limitation.--The Secretary may not make grants under
            paragraph (1) in fiscal year unless--
                        ``(A) all grants eligible to be made under subpart
                    1 have been made for such fiscal year; and
                        ``(B) all grants eligible to be made under section
                    499T have been made for such fiscal year.
                ``(3) Eligibility.--A State or Indian tribe may only be
            eligible for a grant under this section in a fiscal year if
            such State or Indian tribe received--
                        ``(A) a grant under subpart 1 for such fiscal year;
                    and
                        ``(B) a grant under 499T for such fiscal year.
        ``(b) Federal Share; Non-Federal Share.--
                ``(1) Federal share.--
                        ``(A) Formula.--Subject to paragraph (2), the
                    Federal share of a grant under this section shall be
                    based on a formula, determined by the Secretary, that--
                                ``(i) accounts for the State or Indian
                            tribe's share of eligible students;
                                ``(ii) provides, for each eligible student
                            in the State or Indian tribe, a per-student
                            amount that is at least 75 percent of--
                                        ``(I) for the first award year for
                                    which grants are made under this
                                    section, the average unmet need of
                                    eligible students in all States for the
                                    most recent year for which data are
                                    available; and
                                        ``(II) for each subsequent award
                                    year, the amount determined under this
                                    subparagraph for the preceding award
                                    year, increased by the lesser of--
                                                ``(aa) a percentage equal
                                            to the estimated percentage
                                            increase in the Consumer Price
                                            Index (as determined by the
                                            Secretary) since the date of
                                            such determination; or
                                                ``(bb) 3 percent.
                        ``(B) Exception for certain indian tribes.--In any
                    case in which not less than 75 percent of the students
                    at the institutions of higher education operated or
                    controlled by an Indian tribe are low-income students,
                    the amount of the Federal share for such Indian tribe
                    shall be not less than 95 percent of the total amount
                    needed to waive tuition and fees for all eligible
                    students enrolled in such institutions of higher
                    education.
                ``(2) State or tribal share.--
                        ``(A) Formula.--
                                ``(i) In general.--The State or tribal
                            share of a grant under this section for each
                            fiscal year shall be the amount needed to pay
                            25 percent of the average unmet need of
                            eligible students in all States in the first
                            award year for which grants are made under this
                            section for all eligible students in the State
                            or Indian tribe, respectively, for such fiscal
                            year, except as provided in clause (ii).
                                ``(ii) Exception for certain indian
                            tribes.--In the case of an Indian tribe
                            described in paragraph (1)(B), the amount of
                            such Indian tribe's tribal share shall not
                            exceed 5 percent of the total amount needed to
                            pay the average unmet need for all eligible
                            students enrolled in the institutions of higher
                            education described in such subparagraph.
                        ``(B) Need-based aid.--A State or Indian tribe may
                    include, as part of the State or tribal share, any
                    need-based financial aid that--
                                ``(i) is provided from State or tribal
                            funds to an eligible student; and
                                ``(ii) may be used by such student to pay
                            costs of attendance other than tuition and
                            fees.
                ``(3) Determining number of eligible students.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall develop and
                    implement a process for accurately estimating the
                    number of eligible students in a State or Indian tribe
                    for purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2).
                        ``(B) Initial determination.--For the first year
                    for which grants are awarded under this section, the
                    number of eligible students in a State or Indian tribe
                    shall be considered to be equal to the number of
                    eligible students that were in the State or tribe for
                    the preceding school year.
                ``(4) Adjustment of grant amount.--Not later than 180 days
            after the date on which a State or Indian tribe receives a
            grant under this section, the Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) in consultation with the State or tribe
                    concerned, determine whether the actual number of
                    eligible students in the State or Tribe for the year
                    covered by the grant is greater than the estimated
                    number of such students that was used to determine the
                    amount of the grant; and
                        ``(B) if it is determined under paragraph (1) that
                    the actual number of eligible students in the State or
                    Tribe is higher than such estimate, issue a
                    supplementary grant payment to the State or tribe in an
                    amount that ensures that the total amount of the grant
                    funds received by the State or tribe under this section
                    for the year covered by the grant accurately reflects
                    the higher number of eligible students.
        ``(c) Applications.--In order to receive a grant under this
    section, a State or tribe shall submit an application to the Secretary
    at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the
    Secretary may require.
        ``(d) Allowable Uses of Funds.--
                ``(1) In general.--A State or Indian tribe shall use a
            grant under this section only to provide to each eligible
            student a grant that equals the unmet need of such recipient.
                ``(2) Annual report.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a
            grant under this section shall submit an annual report to the
            Secretary describing the uses of grant funds under this
            section, the progress made in fulfilling the requirements of
            the grant, and rates of transfer, graduation, and attainment of
            recognized postsecondary credentials at institutions of higher
            education in the State or Indian tribe, including such rates
            disaggregated by race, income, and age, and including any other
            information as the Secretary may require.
                ``(3) Reporting by the secretary.--The Secretary annually
            shall--
                        ``(A) compile and analyze the information described
                    in paragraph (2); and
                        ``(B) prepare and submit a report to the Committee
                    on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate
                    and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House
                    of Representatives containing the analysis described in
                    subparagraph (A) and an identification of State and
                    Indian tribe best practices for achieving the purpose
                    of this section.
                ``(4) Technical assistance.--The Secretary shall provide
            technical assistance to eligible States and Indian tribes
            concerning best practices regarding the promising and evidence-
            based institutional reforms and innovative practices to improve
            student outcomes and shall disseminate such best practices
            among the States and Indian tribes.
                ``(5) Continuation of funding.--
                        ``(A) In general.--A State or Indian tribe
                    receiving a grant under this section for a fiscal year
                    may continue to receive funding under this section for
                    future fiscal years conditioned on the availability of
                    budget authority and on meeting the requirements of the
                    grant, as determined by the Secretary.
                        ``(B) Discontinuation.--The Secretary may
                    discontinue funding of the Federal share of a grant
                    under this section if the State or Indian tribe has
                    violated the terms of the grant.
                ``(6) Supplement, not supplant.--Funds made available under
            this section shall be used to supplement, and not supplant,
            other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be
            expended to carry out activities under this section.
        ``(e) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Eligible student.--
                        ``(A) Definition.--The term `eligible student'
                    means a student who--
                                ``(i) attends a public institution of
                            higher education on not less than a half-time
                            basis;
                                ``(ii) is not a recipient of a Federal Pell
                            Grant under subpart 1 of part A of title IV of
                            this Act;
                                ``(iii) is maintaining satisfactory
                            progress (as defined in section 484(c)) in the
                            student's course of study;
                                ``(iv) is enrolled in an eligible program
                            (as defined in section 481(b)); and
                                ``(v) either--
                                        ``(I) qualifies for in-State
                                    resident institution of higher
                                    education tuition, as determined by the
                                    State or Indian tribe; or
                                        ``(II) would qualify for such in-
                                    State tuition, but for the immigration
                                    status of such student.
                        ``(B) Special rule.--An otherwise eligible student
                    shall lose eligibility under this section--
                                ``(i) after 3 years of receiving benefits
                            under this section for enrollment at a
                            community college (as defined in section 499F);
                            and
                                ``(ii) after 6 years of receiving benefits
                            under this section for enrollment in a 4-year
                            institution of higher education.
                ``(2) Indian tribe.--The term `Indian tribe' has the
            meaning given the term in section 102 of the Federally
            Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994 (25 U.S.C. 479a).
                ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the
            term in section 101.
                ``(4) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term
            `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning as
            described in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and
            Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
                ``(5) State.--The term `State' has the meaning given the
            term in section 103.
                ``(6) Unmet need.--The term `unmet need' means, with
            respect to an eligible student, the amount determined by
            calculating the difference between--
                        ``(A) the institution's cost of attendance (as
                    defined in section 472) for the year for which the
                    determination is made; and
                        ``(B) the sum of--
                                ``(i) the total amount of need-based grant
                            aid and merit-based grant aid, from Federal,
                            State, and institutional sources, provided to
                            such eligible student for the year for which
                            the determination is made; and
                                ``(ii) the expected family contribution for
                            such eligible student for the year for which
                            the determination is made.
        ``(f) Appropriations.--
                ``(1) Authorization and appropriations.--For the purpose of
            making grants under this section there are authorized to be
            appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this
            section for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal year.
                ``(2) Availability.--Funds appropriated under paragraph (1)
            shall remain available to the Secretary until expended.
                ``(3) Insufficient funds.--If the amount appropriated under
            paragraph (1) for a fiscal year is not sufficient to award each
            participating State and Indian tribe a grant under this section
            that is equal to the minimum amount of the Federal share
            described in subsection (b), the Secretary may ratably reduce
            the amount of each such grant or take other actions necessary
            to ensure an equitable distribution of such amount.
                ``(4) Transfer availability.--The Secretary is authorized,
            subject to the availability of appropriations, to transfer
            amounts authorized to be appropriated to carry out subpart 1 or
            to carry out section 499T for a fiscal year to make grants
            under this section if--
                        ``(A) all grants eligible to be made under such
                    subpart have been made for such fiscal year; and
                        ``(B) all grants eligible to be made under such
                    section have been made for such fiscal year.''.

    SEC. 4806. TUITION WAIVERS.

        Subpart 4 of part I of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), as added by section 4804, is further amended
    by adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 499V. TUITION WAIVERS.

        ``(a) In General.--
                ``(1) Grant program.--Subject to paragraph (2), from
            amounts appropriated under subsection (g) for any fiscal year,
            the Secretary may award grants to eligible States and Indian
            tribes to pay the Federal share of expenditures needed to carry
            out the activities and services described in subsection (d).
                ``(2) Limitation.--The Secretary may not make grants under
            paragraph (1) in fiscal year unless--
                        ``(A) all grants eligible to be made under subpart
                    1 have been made for such fiscal year;
                        ``(B) all grants eligible to be made under 499T
                    have been made for such fiscal year; and
                        ``(C) all grants eligible to be made under 499U
                    have been made for such fiscal year.
                ``(3) Eligibility.--A State or Indian tribe may only be
            eligible for a grant under this section in a fiscal year if
            such State or Indian tribe received--
                        ``(A) a grant under subpart 1 for such fiscal year;
                        ``(B) a grant under section 499T for such fiscal
                    year; and
                        ``(C) a grant under 499U for such fiscal year.
        ``(b) Federal Share; Non-Federal Share.--
                ``(1) Federal share.--
                        ``(A) Formula.--Subject to paragraph (2), the
                    Federal share of a grant under this section shall be
                    based on a formula, determined by the Secretary, that--
                                ``(i) accounts for the State or Indian
                            tribe's share of eligible students;
                                ``(ii) provides, for each eligible student
                            in the State or Indian tribe, a per-student
                            amount that is at least 75 percent of--
                                        ``(I) for the first award year for
                                    which grants are made under this
                                    section, the average resident public 4-
                                    year institutions of higher education
                                    tuition and fees per student in all
                                    States for the most recent year for
                                    which data are available; and
                                        ``(II) for each subsequent award
                                    year, the amount determined under this
                                    subparagraph for the preceding award
                                    year, increased by the lesser of--
                                                ``(aa) a percentage equal
                                            to the estimated percentage
                                            increase in the Consumer Price
                                            Index (as determined by the
                                            Secretary) since the date of
                                            such determination; or
                                                ``(bb) 3 percent.
                        ``(B) Exception for certain indian tribes.--In any
                    case in which not less than 75 percent of the students
                    at the institutions of higher education operated or
                    controlled by an Indian tribe are low-income students,
                    the amount of the Federal share for such Indian tribe
                    shall be not less than 95 percent of the total amount
                    needed to waive tuition and fees for all eligible
                    students enrolled in such institutions of higher
                    education.
                ``(2) State or tribal share.--
                        ``(A) Formula.--
                                ``(i) In general.--The State or tribal
                            share of a grant under this section for each
                            fiscal year shall be the amount needed to pay
                            25 percent of the average resident public 4-
                            year institutions of higher education tuition
                            and fees for eligible students in all States in
                            first award year for which grants are made
                            under this section for all eligible students in
                            the State or Indian tribe, respectively, for
                            such fiscal year, except as provided in clause
                            (ii).
                                ``(ii) Exception for certain indian
                            tribes.--In the case of an Indian tribe
                            described in paragraph (1)(B), the amount of
                            such Indian tribe's tribal share shall not
                            exceed 5 percent of the total amount needed to
                            waive tuition and fees for all eligible
                            students enrolled in the institutions of higher
                            education described in such paragraph.
                        ``(B) Need-based aid.--A State or Indian tribe may
                    include, as part of the State or tribal share, any
                    need-based financial aid that--
                                ``(i) is provided from State or tribal
                            funds to an eligible student; and
                                ``(ii) may be used by such student to pay
                            costs of attendance other than tuition and
                            fees.
                ``(3) Determining number of eligible students.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall develop and
                    implement a process for accurately estimating the
                    number of eligible students in a State or Indian tribe
                    for purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2).
                        ``(B) Initial determination.--For the first year
                    for which grants are awarded under this section, the
                    number of eligible students in a State or Indian tribe
                    shall be considered to be equal to the number of
                    eligible students that were in the State or tribe for
                    the preceding school year.
                ``(4) Adjustment of grant amount.--Not later than 180 days
            after the date on which a State or Indian tribe receives a
            grant under this section, the Secretary shall--
                        ``(A) in consultation with the State or tribe
                    concerned, determine whether the actual number of
                    eligible students in the State or Tribe for the year
                    covered by the grant is greater than the estimated
                    number of such students that was used to determine the
                    amount of the grant; and
                        ``(B) if it is determined under paragraph (1) that
                    the actual number of eligible students in the State or
                    Tribe is higher than such estimate, issue a
                    supplementary grant payment to the State or tribe in an
                    amount that ensures that the total amount of the grant
                    funds received by the State or tribe under this section
                    for the year covered by the grant accurately reflects
                    the higher number of eligible students.
        ``(c) Applications.--In order to receive a grant under this
    section, a State or tribe shall submit an application to the Secretary
    at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the
    Secretary may require.
        ``(d) General Requirements.--As a condition of receiving a grant
    under this subpart a State or Indian tribe shall meet the following
    requirements:
                ``(1) For each year of the grant the total amount of public
            4-year institution of higher education resident tuition and
            fees charged to an eligible student in the State or Indian
            tribe shall be $0.
                ``(2) For each year of the grant no amount of financial
            assistance for which an eligible student qualifies may be
            applied to such tuition or fees.
        ``(e) Allowable Uses of Funds.--
                ``(1) In general.--A State or Indian tribe shall use a
            grant under this section only to provide funds to participating
            public 4-year institutions to enable such public 4-year
            institutions to waive resident tuition and fees for eligible
            students as required under subsection (d).
                ``(2) Annual report.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a
            grant under this section shall submit an annual report to the
            Secretary describing the uses of grant funds under this
            section, the progress made in fulfilling the requirements of
            the grant, and rates of transfer, graduation, and attainment of
            recognized postsecondary credentials at institutions of higher
            education in the State or Indian tribe, including such rates
            disaggregated by race, income, and age, and including any other
            information as the Secretary may require.
                ``(3) Reporting by the secretary.--The Secretary annually
            shall--
                        ``(A) compile and analyze the information described
                    in paragraph (2); and
                        ``(B) prepare and submit a report to the Committee
                    on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate
                    and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House
                    of Representatives containing the analysis described in
                    subparagraph (A) and an identification of State and
                    Indian tribe best practices for achieving the purpose
                    of this section.
                ``(4) Technical assistance.--The Secretary shall provide
            technical assistance to eligible States and Indian tribes
            concerning best practices regarding the promising and evidence-
            based institutional reforms and innovative practices to improve
            student outcomes and shall disseminate such best practices
            among the States and Indian tribes.
                ``(5) Continuation of funding.--
                        ``(A) In general.--A State or Indian tribe
                    receiving a grant under this section for a fiscal year
                    may continue to receive funding under this section for
                    future fiscal years conditioned on the availability of
                    budget authority and on meeting the requirements of the
                    grant, as determined by the Secretary.
                        ``(B) Discontinuation.--The Secretary may
                    discontinue funding of the Federal share of a grant
                    under this section if the State or Indian tribe has
                    violated the terms of the grant.
                ``(6) Supplement, not supplant.--Funds made available under
            this section shall be used to supplement, and not supplant,
            other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be
            expended to carry out activities under this section.
        ``(f) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Eligible student.--
                        ``(A) Definition.--The term `eligible student'
                    means a student who--
                                ``(i) attends a public institution of
                            higher education on not less than a half-time
                            basis;
                                ``(ii) is maintaining satisfactory progress
                            (as defined in section 484(c)) in the student's
                            course of study;
                                ``(iii) is enrolled in an eligible program
                            (as defined in section 481(b)); and
                                ``(iv) either--
                                        ``(I) qualifies for in-State
                                    resident institution of higher
                                    education tuition, as determined by the
                                    State or Indian tribe; or
                                        ``(II) would qualify for such in-
                                    State tuition, but for the immigration
                                    status of such student.
                        ``(B) Special rule.--An otherwise eligible student
                    shall lose eligibility under this section after 6 years
                    of receiving benefits under this section.
                ``(2) Indian tribe.--The term `Indian tribe' has the
            meaning given the term in section 102 of the Federally
            Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994 (25 U.S.C. 479a).
                ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the
            term in section 101.
                ``(4) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term
            `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning as
            described in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and
            Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
                ``(5) State.--The term `State' has the meaning given the
            term in section 103.
        ``(g) Appropriations.--
                ``(1) Authorization and appropriations.--For the purpose of
            making grants under this section there are authorized to be
            appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this
            section for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal year.
                ``(2) Availability.--Funds appropriated under paragraph (1)
            shall remain available to the Secretary until expended.
                ``(3) Insufficient funds.--If the amount appropriated under
            paragraph (1) for a fiscal year is not sufficient to award each
            participating State and Indian tribe a grant under this section
            that is equal to the minimum amount of the Federal share
            described in subsection (b), the Secretary may ratably reduce
            the amount of each such grant or take other actions necessary
            to ensure an equitable distribution of such amount.
                ``(4) Transfer availability.--The Secretary is authorized,
            subject to the availability of appropriations, to transfer
            amounts authorized to be appropriated to carry out subpart 1,
            to carry out 499T, and to carry out 499U for a fiscal year to
            make grants under this section if--
                        ``(A) all grants eligible to be made under such
                    subpart have been made for such fiscal year;
                        ``(B) all grants eligible to be made under 499T
                    have been made for such year; and
                        ``(C) all grants eligible to be made under 499U
                    have been made for such fiscal year.''.

    SEC. 4807. EXPANSION FOR PRIVATE INSTITUTIONS.

        Subpart 4 of part I of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), as added by section 4804, is further amended
    by adding at the end the following:

    ``SEC. 499W. EXPANSION FOR PRIVATE INSTITUTIONS.

        ``(a) Authority.--The Secretary may establish a program under
    which--
                ``(1) a State that participates in section 499T may elect
            to carry out the grant programs under such section to students
            who--
                        ``(A) meet the requirements under clauses (i)
                    through (iv) of subparagraph (A) and subparagraph (B)
                    of subsection (e)(3) of such section; and
                        ``(B) are enrolled in nonprofit private institution
                    of higher education in such State; and
                ``(2) a State that participates in section 499U may elect
            to carry out the grant programs under such section to students
            who--
                        ``(A) meet the requirements under clauses (i)
                    through (iv) of subparagraph (A) and subparagraph (B)
                    of subsection (e)(1) of such section; and
                        ``(B) and are enrolled in nonprofit private
                    institution of higher education in such States.
        ``(b) Program Requirements.--The Secretary shall set eligibility
    standards for nonprofit private institutions of higher education which
    shall, at a minimum, include--
                ``(1) benchmarks for the enrollment of low-income students;
                ``(2) a requirement that any nonprofit private institution
            of higher education that participates in a grant program
            pursuant to this section may not reduce the funding for
            institutional need-based aid; or
                ``(3) a requirement that grant amounts for students at such
            institutions of higher education shall not exceed grants for
            students with similar levels of financial need (as measured by
            expected family contribution) at public institutions of higher
            education.
        ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of making
    grants under this section there are authorized to be appropriated such
    sums as may be necessary to carry out this section for fiscal year 2021
    and each succeeding fiscal year.''.

                        TITLE V--DEVELOPING INSTITUTIONS

    SEC. 5001. HISPANIC-SERVING INSTITUTIONS.

        (a) Authorized Activities.--Section 503(b) of the Higher Education
    Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1101b(b)) is amended--
                (1) by redesignating paragraph (16) as paragraph (17); and
                (2) by inserting after paragraph (15) the following:
                ``(16) Promoting opportunities for international education,
            including through the development of partnerships with
            institutions of higher education outside the United States.''.
        (b) Endowment Funding Limitations.--Section 503(c) of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1101b(c)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (2)--
                        (A) by striking ``non-Federal funds'' and inserting
                    ``non-Federal funds (which may include gifts to the
                    endowment fund restricted for a specific purpose)'';
                    and
                        (B) by striking ``equal to or greater than'' and
                    inserting ``equal to 50 percent of''; and
                (2) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
                ``(4) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that uses
            grant funds provided under this title to establish or increase
            an endowment fund may use the interest proceeds from such
            endowment to provide scholarships to students for the purposes
            of attending such institution.''.

    SEC. 5002. PROMOTING POSTBACCALAUREATE OPPORTUNITIES FOR HISPANIC
                  AMERICANS.

        (a) Program Authority.--Section 512 of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1102a) is amended by adding at the end the following:
        ``(c) Minimum Grants Awarded.--Of the funds appropriated to carry
    out this part for a fiscal year, the Secretary--
                ``(1) shall--
                        ``(A) use not less than one-third of such funds to
                    award grants to carry out the activities described in
                    section 513(b); and
                        ``(B) use not less than one-third of such funds to
                    award grants to carry out the activities described in
                    section 513(c); and
                ``(2) may use any funds remaining (after using the funds in
            accordance with paragraph (1)) to award grants to carry out
            activities described in subsection (b) or (c) of section
            513.''.
        (b) Authorized Activities.--Section 513 of the Higher Education Act
    of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1102b) is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 513. AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.

        ``(a) Requirements.--
                ``(1) In general.--Grants awarded under this part shall be
            used for--
                        ``(A) one or more of the activities described in
                    subsection (b); or
                        ``(B) one or more of the activities described in
                    subsection (c).
                ``(2) Prohibition.--A grant awarded under this part may not
            be used for activities under both subsections (b) and (c).
        ``(b) Promoting Postbaccalaureate Opportunities for Hispanic
    Americans Activities.--Grants awarded under this part may be used for
    one or more of the following activities promoting postbaccalaureate
    opportunities for Hispanic Americans:
                ``(1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or
            laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including
            instructional and research purposes.
                ``(2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and
            improvement of classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other
            instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of
            telecommunications technology equipment or services.
                ``(3) Purchase of library books, periodicals, technical and
            other scientific journals, microfilm, microfiche, and other
            educational materials, including telecommunications program
            materials.
                ``(4) Support for low-income postbaccalaureate students
            including outreach, academic support services, mentoring,
            scholarships, fellowships, and other financial assistance to
            permit the enrollment of such students in postbaccalaureate
            certificate and postbaccalaureate degree granting programs.
                ``(5) Creating or improving facilities for Internet or
            other distance education technologies, including purchase or
            rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.
                ``(6) Collaboration with other institutions of higher
            education to expand postbaccalaureate certificate and
            postbaccalaureate degree offerings.
                ``(7) Other activities proposed in the application
            submitted pursuant to section 514 that--
                        ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of
                    this part; and
                        ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the
                    review and acceptance of such application.
        ``(c) Faculty Development Activities.--Grants awarded under this
    part may be used for one or more of the following activities for
    faculty development:
                ``(1) Support of faculty exchanges, faculty development,
            faculty research, curriculum development, and academic
            instruction.
                ``(2) Financial support to graduate students planning to
            pursue academic careers who desire to become faculty at
            Hispanic-serving institutions.
                ``(3) Career services in preparing for an academic career
            and identifying opportunities.
                ``(4) Developing partnerships between Hispanic-serving
            institutions to help graduate students and hiring institutions
            connect with each other.
                ``(5) Faculty recruitment efforts with an emphasis on
            graduates from Hispanic-serving institutions and other
            minority-serving institutions.
                ``(6) Recruitment and retention incentives to allow
            Hispanic-serving institutions to make competitive offers to
            potential faculty, including use of funds for student loan
            repayment.
                ``(7) Research support specifically for early career
            faculty.''.

    SEC. 5003. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

        Section 528(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1103g(a)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``$175,000,000'' and
            inserting ``$350,000,000'';
                (2) in paragraph (2), by striking ``$100,000,000'' and
            inserting ``$115,000,000'';
                (3) by striking ``2009'' each place it appears and
            inserting ``2021''; and
                (4) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(3) Reservation for technical assistance.--From the
            amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) to carry out part A
            for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve 0.75 percent to
            carry out technical assistance and administrative training for
            staff and faculty at Hispanic-serving institutions under such
            part.''.

                   TITLE VI--INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

    SEC. 6001. INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION.

        (a) Graduate and Undergraduate Language and Area Centers and
    Programs.--Section 602(b)(2)(B)(ii) of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1122(b)(2)(B)(ii)) is amended--
                (1) in subclause (III), by striking ``or'';
                (2) in subclause (IV), by striking the period at the end
            and inserting ``; or''; and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
                                ``(V) the beginning, intermediate, or
                            advanced study of a foreign language related to
                            the area of specialization.''.
        (b) International Research and Innovation.--Section 605 of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1125) is amended to read as
    follows:

    ``SEC. 605. INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH AND INNOVATION.

        ``(a) Purpose.--It is the purpose of this section to support
    essential international and foreign language education research and
    innovation projects with the goal of assessing and strengthening
    international education capacity, coordination, delivery, and outcomes
    to meet national needs.
        ``(b) Authority.--
                ``(1) In general.--From the amount provided to carry out
            this section, the Secretary shall carry out the following
            activities:
                        ``(A) Conduct research and studies that contribute
                    to the purpose described in subsection (a), which shall
                    include research to provide a systematic understanding
                    of the United States' international and foreign
                    language education capacity, structures, and
                    effectiveness in meeting growing demands by education,
                    government, and the private sector (including business
                    and other professions).
                        ``(B) Create innovative paradigms or enhance or
                    scale up proven strategies and practices that address
                    systemic challenges to developing and delivering
                    international and foreign language education resources
                    and expertise across educational disciplines,
                    institutions, employers, and other stakeholders.
                        ``(C) Develop and manage a national standardized
                    database that--
                                ``(i) includes the strengths, gaps, and
                            trends in the United States' international and
                            foreign language education capacity; and
                                ``(ii) documents the outcomes of programs
                            funded under this title for every grant cycle.
                ``(2) Grants or contracts.--The Secretary shall carry out
            activities to achieve the outcomes described in paragraph (1)--
                        ``(A) directly; or
                        ``(B) through grants awarded under subsection (d)
                    or (e).
        ``(c) Eligible Entity Defined.--In this section, the term `eligible
    entity' means--
                ``(1) an institution of higher education;
                ``(2) a public or private nonprofit library;
                ``(3) a nonprofit educational organization;
                ``(4) an entity that--
                        ``(A) received a grant under this title for a
                    preceding fiscal year; or
                        ``(B) is receiving a grant under this title as of
                    the date of application for a grant under this section;
                    or
                ``(5) a partnership of two or more entities described in
            paragraphs (1) through (4).
        ``(d)  Research Grants.--
                ``(1) Program authorized.--For any fiscal year for which
            the Secretary carries out activities under subsection (b)(1)
            through research grants under this subsection, the Secretary
            shall award such grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible
            entities.
                ``(2) Required activities.--An eligible entity that
            receives a grant under this subsection shall use the grant
            funds for the systematic development, collection, analysis,
            publication, and dissemination of data, and other information
            resources in a manner that is easily understandable, made
            publicly available, and that contributes to achieving the
            purposes of subsection (a) and carries out at least one
            activity under subsection (b)(1).
                ``(3) Discretionary activities.--An eligible entity that
            receives a grant under this subsection may use the grant to
            carry out the following activities:
                        ``(A) Assess and document international and foreign
                    language education capacity and supply through studies
                    or surveys that--
                                ``(i) determine the number of foreign
                            language courses, programs, and enrollments at
                            all levels of education and in all languages,
                            including a determination of gaps in those
                            deemed critical to the national interest;
                                ``(ii) measure the number and types of
                            degrees or certificates awarded in area
                            studies, global studies, foreign language
                            studies, and international business and
                            professional studies, including identification
                            of gaps in those deemed critical to the
                            national interest;
                                ``(iii) measure the number of foreign
                            language, area or international studies
                            faculty, including international business
                            faculty, and elementary school and secondary
                            school foreign language teachers by language,
                            degree, and world area; or
                                ``(iv) measure the number of undergraduate
                            and graduate students engaging in long- or
                            short-term education or internship abroad
                            programs as part of their curriculum, including
                            countries of destination.
                        ``(B) Assess the demands for, and outcomes of,
                    international and foreign language education and their
                    alignment, through studies, surveys, and conferences
                    to--
                                ``(i) determine demands for increased or
                            improved instruction in foreign language, area
                            or global studies, or other international
                            fields, and the demand for employees with such
                            skills and knowledge in the education,
                            government, and private sectors (including
                            business and other professions);
                                ``(ii) assess the employment or utilization
                            of graduates of programs supported under this
                            title by educational, governmental, and private
                            sector organizations (including business and
                            other professions); or
                                ``(iii) assess standardized outcomes and
                            effectiveness and benchmarking of programs
                            supported under this title.
                        ``(C) Develop and publish specialized materials for
                    use in foreign language, area, global, or other
                    international studies, including in international
                    business or other professional education or technical
                    training, as appropriate.
                        ``(D) Conduct studies or surveys that identify and
                    document systemic challenges and changes needed in
                    higher education and elementary school and secondary
                    school systems to make international and foreign
                    language education available to all students as part of
                    the basic curriculum, including challenges in current
                    evaluation standards, entrance and graduation
                    requirements, program accreditation, student degree
                    requirements, or teacher and faculty legal workplace
                    barriers to education and research abroad.
                        ``(E) With respect to underrepresented institutions
                    of higher education (including minority-serving
                    institutions or community colleges), carry out studies
                    or surveys that identify and document--
                                ``(i) current systemic challenges and
                            changes incentives, and partnerships needed to
                            comprehensively and sustainably
                            internationalize educational programming; or
                                ``(ii) short- and long-term outcomes of
                            successful internationalization strategies and
                            funding models.
                        ``(F) Evaluate the extent to which programs
                    assisted under this title--
                                ``(i) reflect diverse perspectives and a
                            wide range of views; and
                                ``(ii) generate debate on world regions and
                            international affairs
        ``(e)  Innovation Grants.--
                ``(1) Program authorized.--For any fiscal year for which
            the Secretary carries out activities to achieve the outcomes
            described in subsection (b)(1) through innovation grants under
            this subsection, the Secretary shall award such grants, on a
            competitive basis, to eligible entities.
                ``(2) Uses of funds.--An eligible entity that receives an
            innovation grant under this subsection shall use the grant
            funds to fund projects consistent with this section, which may
            include one or more of the following:
                        ``(A) Innovative paradigms to improve
                    communication, sharing, and delivery of resources that
                    further the purposes described in subsection (a)
                    including the following:
                                ``(i) Networking structures and systems to
                            more effectively match graduates possessing
                            international and foreign language education
                            skills with employment needs.
                                ``(ii) Sharing international specialist
                            expertise across institutions of higher
                            education or in the workforce to pursue
                            specialization or learning opportunities not
                            available at any single institution of higher
                            education, such as shared courses for studying
                            less commonly taught languages, world areas or
                            regions, international business or other
                            professional areas, or specialized research
                            topics of national strategic interest.
                                ``(iii) Producing, collecting, organizing,
                            preserving, and widely disseminating
                            international and foreign language education
                            expertise, resources, courses, and other
                            information through the use of electronic
                            technologies and other techniques.
                                ``(iv) Collaborative initiatives to
                            identify, capture, and provide consistent
                            access to, and creation of, digital global
                            library resources that are beyond the capacity
                            of any single eligible entity receiving a grant
                            under this section or any single institution of
                            higher education, including the professional
                            development of library staff.
                                ``(v) Utilization of technology to create
                            open-source resources in international, area,
                            global, and foreign language studies that are
                            adaptable to multiple educational settings and
                            promote interdisciplinary partnerships between
                            technologists, curriculum designers,
                            international and foreign language education
                            experts, language teachers, and librarians.
                        ``(B) Innovative curriculum, teaching, and learning
                    strategies, including the following:
                                ``(i) New initiatives for collaborations of
                            disciplinary programs with foreign language,
                            area, global, and international studies, and
                            education abroad programs that address the
                            internationalization of such disciplinary
                            studies with the purpose of producing globally
                            competent graduates.
                                ``(ii) Innovative collaborations between
                            established centers of international and
                            foreign language education excellence and
                            underrepresented institutions and populations
                            seeking to further their goals for
                            strengthening international, area, global, and
                            foreign language studies, including at
                            minority-serving institutions or community
                            colleges.
                                ``(iii) Teaching and learning
                            collaborations among foreign language, area,
                            global, or other international studies with
                            diaspora communities, including heritage
                            students.
                                ``(iv) New approaches and methods to
                            teaching emerging global issues, cross-regional
                            interactions, and underrepresented regions or
                            countries, such as project- and team-based
                            learning.
                        ``(C) Innovative assessment and outcome tools and
                    techniques that further the purposes described in
                    subsection (a), including the following:
                                ``(i) International and foreign language
                            education assessment techniques that are
                            coupled with outcome-focused training modules,
                            such as certificates or badges, immersion
                            learning, or e-portfolio systems.
                                ``(ii) Effective and easily accessible
                            methods of assessing professionally useful
                            levels of proficiency in foreign languages or
                            competencies in area, culture, and global
                            knowledge or other international fields in
                            programs under this title, which may include
                            use of open access online and other cost-
                            effective tools for students and educators at
                            all educational levels and in the workplace.
        ``(f) Application.--Each eligible entity desiring a grant under
    this section shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time,
    in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary shall
    require, including--
                ``(1) a description of each proposed project the eligible
            entity plans to carry out under this section and how such
            project meets the purposes described in subsection (a);
                ``(2) if applicable, a demonstration of why the entity
            needs a waiver or reduction of the matching requirement under
            subsection (g); and
                ``(3) an assurance that each such proposed project will be
            self-sustainable after the grant term is completed.
        ``(g) Matching Requirement.--
                ``(1) In general.--The Federal share of the total cost for
            carrying out a project supported by a grant under this section
            shall be no more than 66.66 percent of the cost of the project.
                ``(2) Non-federal share contributions.--The non-Federal
            share of such cost may be provided either in-kind or in cash,
            from institutional and non-institutional funds, including
            contributions from State or private sector corporations,
            nonprofits, or foundations.
                ``(3) Special rule.--The Secretary may waive or reduce the
            share required under paragraph (1) for eligible entities that--
                        ``(A) are minority-serving institutions or are
                    community colleges; or
                        ``(B) demonstrate need in an application for such a
                    waiver or reduction under subsection (f)(2).
        ``(h) Database and Reporting.--The Secretary shall directly, or
    through grants or contracts with an eligible grant recipient--
                ``(1) establish, curate, maintain, and update at least
            every grant cycle, a publically available website which shall
            showcase the results of this section and serve as a user-
            friendly repository of the information, resources, and best
            practices generated through activities conducted under this
            section; and
                ``(2) prepare, publish, and disseminate to Congress and the
            public at least once every 5 years, a report that summarizes
            key findings and policy issues from the activities conducted
            under this section, including as such activities relate to
            international and foreign language education and outcomes.''.
        (c) Discontinuation of Foreign Information Access Program.--Part A
    of title VI of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1121 et
    seq.) is further amended by striking sections 606 and 610, and
    redesignating sections 607, 608, and 609 as sections 606, 607, and 608,
    respectively.

    SEC. 6002. GLOBAL BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS.

        (a) Findings; Purpose.--Section 611 of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1130) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)--
                        (A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
                ``(1) the future welfare of the United States will depend
            substantially on increasing international and global skills in
            business, educational, and other professional communities and
            creating an awareness among the American public of the
            internationalization of our economy and numerous other
            professional areas important to the national interest;'';
                        (B) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
                ``(2) concerted efforts are necessary to engage business
            and other professional education and technical training
            programs, language, area, and global study programs,
            professional international affairs education programs, public
            and private sector organizations, and United States' business
            community in a mutually productive relationship which benefits
            the Nation's future economic and security interests;'';
                        (C) in paragraph (3), by striking ``and the
                    international'' and inserting ``and other professional
                    fields and the international and global''; and
                        (D) in paragraph (4)--
                                (i) by inserting ``, as well as other
                            professional organizations'' after
                            ``departments of commerce''; and
                                (ii) by inserting ``or other professions''
                            after ``business''; and
                (2) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)--
                                (i) by striking ``and economic enterprise''
                            and inserting ``, economic enterprise, and
                            security''; and
                                (ii) by inserting ``and other
                            professional'' before ``personnel''; and
                        (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``to prosper in
                    an international'' and inserting ``and other
                    professional fields to prosper in a global''.
        (b) Professional and Technical Education for Global
    Competitiveness.--Section 613 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
    U.S.C. 1130a) is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 613. PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION FOR GLOBAL
                  COMPETITIVENESS.

        ``(a) Purpose.--The purpose of this section is to support
    innovative strategies that provide undergraduate and graduate students
    with the global professional competencies, perspectives, and skills
    needed to strengthen and enrich global engagement and competitiveness
    in a wide variety of professional and technical fields important to the
    national interest.
        ``(b) Program Authorized.--The Secretary shall make grants to, or
    enter into contracts with eligible entities to pay the Federal share of
    the cost of programs designed to--
                ``(1) establish an interdisciplinary global focus in the
            undergraduate and graduate curricula of business, science,
            technology, engineering, and other professional education and
            technical training programs to be determined by the Secretary
            based on national needs;
                ``(2) produce graduates with proficiencies in both the
            global aspects of their professional education or technical
            training fields and international, cross-cultural, and foreign
            language skills; and
                ``(3) provide appropriate services to or partnerships with
            the corporate, government, and nonprofit communities in order
            to expand knowledge and capacity for global engagement and
            competitiveness and provide internship or employment
            opportunities for students and graduates with international
            skills.
        ``(c) Mandatory Activities.--An eligible entity that receives a
    grant under this section shall use the grant to carry out the
    following:
                ``(1) With respect to undergraduate or graduate
            professional education and technical training curricula,
            incorporating--
                        ``(A) foreign language programs that lead to
                    proficiency, including immersion opportunities;
                        ``(B) international, area, or global studies
                    programs;
                        ``(C) education, internships, or other innovative
                    or technological linkages abroad; and
                        ``(D) global business, economic, and trade studies,
                    where appropriate.
                ``(2) Innovating and improving international, global, and
            foreign language education curricula to serve the needs of
            business and other professional and nonprofit communities,
            including development of new programs for nontraditional, mid-
            career, or part-time students.
                ``(3) Establishing education or internship abroad programs,
            domestic globally focused internships, or other innovative
            approaches to enable undergraduate or graduate students in
            professional education or technical training to develop foreign
            language skills and knowledge of foreign cultures, societies,
            and global dimensions of their professional fields.
                ``(4) Developing collaborations between institutions of
            higher education and corporations or nonprofit organizations in
            order to strengthen engagement and competitiveness in global
            business, trade, or other global professional activities.
        ``(d) Discretionary Activities.--An eligible entity that receives a
    grant under this section may use the grant to carry out the following:
                ``(1) Developing specialized teaching materials and
            courses, including foreign language and area or global studies
            materials, and innovative technological delivery systems
            appropriate for professionally oriented students.
                ``(2) Establishing student fellowships or other innovative
            support opportunities, including for underrepresented
            populations, first generation college students (defined in
            section 402A(h)), and heritage learners, for education and
            training in global professional development activities.
                ``(3) Developing opportunities or fellowships for faculty
            or junior faculty of professional education or technical
            training (including the faculty of minority-serving
            institutions or community colleges) to acquire or strengthen
            international and global skills and perspectives.
                ``(4) Creating institutes that take place over academic
            breaks, like the summer, including through technological means,
            and cover foreign language, world area, global, or other
            international studies in learning areas of global business,
            science, technology, engineering, or other professional
            education and training fields.
                ``(5) Internationalizing curricula at minority-serving
            institutions or community colleges to further the purposes of
            this section.
                ``(6) Establishing international linkages or partnerships
            with institutions of higher education, corporations, or
            organizations that contribute to the objectives of this
            section.
                ``(7) Developing programs to inform the public of
            increasing global interdependence in professional education and
            technical training fields.
                ``(8) Establishing trade education programs through
            agreements with regional, national, global, bilateral, or
            multilateral trade centers, councils, or associations.
        ``(e) Application.--Each eligible entity desiring a grant under
    this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time,
    in such manner, and including such information as the Secretary may
    reasonably require, including assurances that--
                ``(1) each proposed project will be self-sustainable after
            the grant term is completed;
                ``(2) the institution of higher education will use the
            assistance provided under this section to supplement and not
            supplant activities conducted by institutions of higher
            education described in (c);
                ``(3) in the case of eligible entities that are consortia
            of institutions of higher education, or partnership described
            in subsection (g)(1)(C), a copy of their partnership agreement
            that demonstrates compliance with subsection (c) will be
            provided to the Secretary;
                ``(4) the activities funded by the grant will reflect
            diverse perspectives and a wide range of views of world regions
            and international affairs where applicable; and
                ``(5) if applicable, a demonstration of why the eligible
            entity needs a waiver or reduction of the matching requirement
            under subsection (f).
        ``(f) Matching Requirement.--
                ``(1) In general.--The Federal share of the total cost for
            carrying out a program supported by a grant under this section
            shall be not more than 50 percent of the total cost of the
            project.
                ``(2) Non-federal share contributions.--The non-Federal
            share of such cost may be provided either in-kind or in cash,
            from institutional and non-institutional funds, including
            contributions from State and private sector corporations,
            nonprofits, or foundations.
                ``(3) Special rule.--The Secretary may waive or reduce the
            share required under paragraph (1) for eligible entities that--
                        ``(A) are minority-serving institutions or are
                    community colleges; or
                        ``(B) have submitted a grant application as
                    required by subsection (e) that demonstrates a need for
                    such a waiver or reduction.
        ``(g) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means--
                        ``(A) an institution of higher education;
                        ``(B) a consortia of such institutions; or
                        ``(C) a partnership between--
                                ``(i) an institution of higher education or
                            a consortia of such institutions; and
                                ``(ii) at least one corporate or nonprofit
                            entity.
                ``(2) Professional education and technical training.--The
            term `professional education and technical training' means a
            program at an institution of higher education that offers
            undergraduate, graduate, or postgraduate level education in a
            professional or technical field that is determined by the
            Secretary as meeting a national need for global or
            international competency (which may include business, science,
            technology, engineering, law, health, energy, environment,
            agriculture, transportation, or education).
        ``(h) Funding Rule.--Notwithstanding any other provision of this
    title, funds made available to the Secretary for a fiscal year may not
    be obligated or expended to carry out this section unless the funds
    appropriated for such fiscal year to carry out this title exceeds
    $65,103,000.''.
        (c) Discontinuation of Certain Authorizations of Appropriations.--
    Part B of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1130 et seq.) is
    further amended by striking section 614.

    SEC. 6003. REPEAL OF ASSISTANCE PROGRAM FOR INSTITUTE FOR INTERNATIONAL
                  PUBLIC POLICY.

        Part C of title VI of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1131 et seq.) is repealed.

    SEC. 6004. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

        (a) Definitions.--Section 631(a) of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1132(a)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (9), by striking ``and'' at the end;
                (2) in paragraph (10), by striking the period at the end
            and inserting a semicolon; and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
                ``(11) the term `community college' has the meaning given
            the term `junior or community college' in section 312(f);
                ``(12) the term `heritage student' means a postsecondary
            student who--
                        ``(A) was born in the United States to immigrant
                    parents or immigrated to the United States at an early
                    age;
                        ``(B) is proficient in English, but raised in a
                    family primarily speaking 1 or more languages of the
                    country of origin; and
                        ``(C) maintains a close affinity with the family's
                    culture and language of origin; and
                ``(13) the term `minority-serving institution' means an
            institution of higher education that is eligible to receive a
            grant under part A or B of title III or title V.''.
        (b) Minority-Serving Institutions.--Part D of title VI of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1132 et seq.) is amended--
                (1) by striking section 637;
                (2) by redesignating section 638 as section 637; and
                (3) by inserting after section 637, as so redesignated, the
            following:

    ``SEC. 638. PRIORITY TO MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS.

        ``(a) Priority.--In seeking applications and awarding grants under
    this title, the Secretary, may give priority to--
                ``(1) minority-serving institutions; or
                ``(2) institutions of higher education that apply for such
            grants that propose significant and sustained collaborative
            activities with one or more minority-serving institutions.
        ``(b) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical
    assistance to minority-serving institutions to ensure maximum
    distribution of grants to eligible minority-serving institutions and
    among each category of such institutions.''.
        (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--Part D of title VI of the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1132 et seq.) is further
    amended by adding at the end the following new section:

    ``SEC. 639. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

        ``(a) In General.--Subject to subsection (b), there are authorized
    to be appropriated to carry out this title $125,000,000 for fiscal year
    2021 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
        ``(b) Adjustment for Inflation.--
                ``(1) In general.--The amount authorized to be appropriated
            under subsection (a) for fiscal year 2022 and each of the 4
            succeeding fiscal years shall be deemed increased by a
            percentage equal to the annual adjustment percentage.
                ``(2) Definition.--In this subsection, the term `annual
            adjustment percentage' as applied to a fiscal year, means the
            estimated percentage change in the Consumer Price Index (as
            determined by the Secretary, using the definition in section
            478(f)) for the most recent calendar year ending prior to the
            beginning of that fiscal year.''.

           TITLE VII--GRADUATE AND POSTSECONDARY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS

    SEC. 7001. GRADUATE EDUCATION PROGRAMS.

        (a) HBCU.--Section 723 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
    U.S.C. 1136a) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (b)(1), by adding at the end the
            following:
                        ``(S) Each institution not listed under
                    subparagraphs (A) through (R) that is eligible to
                    receive funds under part B of title III and that offers
                    a qualified masters degree program.'';
                (2) in subsection (e), by striking ``or 724'' and inserting
            ``or 724, or subpart 5 or 6 of this part''; and
                (3) in subsection (f)(3)--
                        (A) by striking ``any amount in excess of
                    $9,000,000'' and inserting ``after the application of
                    paragraph (2), the remaining amount''; and
                        (B) by striking ``(R)'' and inserting ``(S)''.
        (b) Predominantly Black Institutions.--Section 724 of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1136b) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (b)(1), by adding at the end the
            following:
                        ``(F) Each institution not listed in subparagraph
                    (A) through (E) that is eligible to receive funds under
                    section 318 and that offers a qualified masters degree
                    program.'';
                (2) in subsection (e), by striking ``or 723'' and inserting
            ``or 723, or subpart 5 or 6''; and
                (3) in subsection (f)(3)--
                        (A) by striking ``any amount in excess of
                    $2,500,000'' and inserting ``after the application of
                    paragraph (2), any remaining amount''; and
                        (B) by striking ``(E)'' and inserting ``(F)''.
        (c) Enhancing Support for Asian American and Native American
    Pacific Islander-Serving Institutions and Tribal Colleges and
    Universities.--Part A of title VII of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1134 et seq.) is amended--
                (1) in section 731--
                        (A) by striking ``1 through 4'' each place it
                    appears and inserting ``1 through 6''; and
                        (B) by striking ``subpart 1, 2, 3, or 4'' and
                    inserting ``subparts 1 through 6'';
                (2) by redesignating subpart 5 as subpart 7;
                (3) by redesignating section 731 as section 735; and
                (4) by inserting after subpart 4 the following:

       ``Subpart 5--Graduate Opportunities at Asian American and Native
                 American Pacific Islander-Serving Institutions

    ``SEC. 726. GRANT PROGRAM ESTABLISHED.

        ``(a) In General.--Subject to the availability of funds
    appropriated to carry out this subpart, the Secretary shall award
    grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible institutions to enable the
    eligible institutions to carry out the activities described in section
    727.
        ``(b) Award of Grant Funds.--Of the funds appropriated to carry out
    this subpart for a fiscal year, the Secretary--
                ``(1) shall reserve--
                        ``(A) not less than one-third of such funds to
                    award grants to carry out the activities described in
                    section 727(b); and
                        ``(B) not less than one-third of such funds to
                    award grants to carry out the activities described in
                    section 727(c); and
                ``(2) may use the amount of funds remaining after the
            reservation required under paragraph (1) to award grants to
            carry out the activities described in subsections (b) and (c)
            of section 727.
        ``(c) Duration.--Grants under this subpart shall be awarded for a
    period not to exceed five years.
        ``(d) Limitation on Number of Awards.--The Secretary may not award
    more than one grant under this subpart in any fiscal year to any Asian
    American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institutions.
        ``(e) Application.--Any eligible institution may apply for a grant
    under this subpart by submitting an application to the Secretary at
    such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such
    application shall demonstrate how the grant funds will be used to
    improve postbaccalaureate education opportunities for Asian American
    and Native American Pacific Islander and low-income students.
        ``(f) Interaction With Other Grant Programs.--No institution that
    is eligible for and receives an award under section 326, 512, 723, or
    724, or subpart 6 of this part for a fiscal year shall be eligible to
    apply for a grant, or receive grant funds, under this subpart for the
    same fiscal year.
        ``(g) Eligible Institution Defined.--For the purposes of this
    subpart, an `eligible institution' means an institution of higher
    education that--
                ``(1) is an Asian-American and Native American Pacific
            Islander-serving institution (as defined in section 320); and
                ``(2) offers a postbaccalaureate certificate or
            postbaccalaureate degree granting program.

    ``SEC. 727. USE OF FUNDS.

        ``(a) In General.--
                ``(1) Activities.--An eligible institution that receives a
            grant under this subpart shall use such funds to carry out--
                        ``(A) one or more of the activities described in
                    subsection (b); or
                        ``(B) one or more of the activities described in
                    subsection (c).
                ``(2) Requirement.--An eligible institution that receives a
            grant under this subpart may not use such funds for activities
            under both subsections (b) and (c).
        ``(b) Graduate Program Activities.--Grants awarded under this
    subpart may be used for one or more of the following activities
    promoting postbaccaulaureate opportunities for Asian American and
    Native American Pacific Islander students:
                ``(1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or
            laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including
            instructional and research purposes.
                ``(2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and
            improvement of classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other
            instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of
            telecommunications technology equipment or services.
                ``(3) Purchase of library books, periodicals, technical and
            other scientific journals, microfilm, microfiche, and other
            educational materials, including telecommunications program
            materials.
                ``(4) Support for low-income postbaccalaureate students
            including outreach, academic support services and mentoring,
            scholarships, fellowships, and other financial assistance to
            permit the enrollment of such students in postbaccalaureate
            certificate and postbaccalaureate degree granting programs.
                ``(5) Creating or improving facilities for Internet or
            other distance education technologies, including purchase or
            rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.
                ``(6) Collaboration with other institutions of higher
            education to expand postbaccalaureate certificate and
            postbaccalaureate degree offerings.
                ``(7) Other activities proposed in the application
            submitted pursuant to section 726 that--
                        ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of
                    this subpart; and
                        ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the
                    review and acceptance of such application.
        ``(c) Faculty Development Activities.--Grants awarded under this
    subpart may be used for one or more of the following activities for
    faculty development:
                ``(1) Support of faculty exchanges, faculty development,
            faculty research, curriculum development, and academic
            instruction.
                ``(2) Financial support to graduate students planning to
            pursue academic careers who desire to become faculty at Asian
            American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving
            institutions.
                ``(3) Career services in preparing for an academic career
            and identifying opportunities.
                ``(4) Developing partnerships between Asian American and
            Native American Pacific Islander-serving institutions to
            facilitate connections between graduate students and hiring
            institutions.
                ``(5) Faculty recruitment efforts with an emphasis on
            graduates from Asian American and Native American Pacific
            Islander-serving institutions and other minority-serving
            institutions.
                ``(6) Recruitment and retention incentives to allow Asian
            American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving
            institutions to make competitive offers to potential faculty,
            including use of funds for student loan repayment.
                ``(7) Research support for early career faculty.
                ``(8) Other activities proposed in the application
            submitted pursuant to section 726 that--
                        ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of
                    this subpart; and
                        ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the
                    review and acceptance of such application.

    ``SEC. 728. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

        ``There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subpart
    $30,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal
    years.

    ``Subpart 6--Graduate Opportunities at Tribal Colleges and Universities

    ``SEC. 729. GRANT PROGRAM ESTABLISHED.

        ``(a) In General.--Subject to the availability of funds
    appropriated to carry out this subpart, the Secretary shall award
    grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible institutions to enable the
    eligible institutions to carry out the activities described in section
    730.
        ``(b) Award of Grant Funds.--Of the funds appropriated to carry out
    this subpart for a fiscal year, the Secretary--
                ``(1) shall reserve--
                        ``(A) not less than one-third of such funds to
                    award grants to carry out the activities described in
                    section 730(b); and
                        ``(B) not less than one-third of such funds to
                    award grants to carry out the activities described in
                    section 730(c); and
                ``(2) may use the amount of funds remaining after the
            reservation required under paragraph (1) to award grants to
            carry out the activities described in subsections (b) and (c)
            of section 730.
        ``(c) Duration.--Grants under this part shall be awarded for a
    period not to exceed five years.
        ``(d) Limitation on Number of Awards.--The Secretary may not award
    more than one grant under this subpart in any fiscal year to any Tribal
    College and University.
        ``(e) Application.--Any eligible institution may apply for a grant
    under this subpart by submitting an application to the Secretary at
    such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such
    application shall demonstrate how the grant funds will be used to
    improve postbaccalaureate education opportunities for American Indian
    and Alaska Native students.
        ``(f) Interaction With Other Grant Programs.--No institution that
    is eligible for and receives an award under section 326, 512, 723, or
    724, or subpart 5 of this part for a fiscal year shall be eligible to
    apply for a grant, or receive grant funds, under this section for the
    same fiscal year.
        ``(g) Eligible Institution Defined.--For the purposes of this
    subpart, an `eligible institution' means an institution of higher
    education that--
                ``(1) is a Tribal College or University (as defined in
            section 316); and
                ``(2) offers a postbaccalaureate certificate or
            postbaccalaureate degree granting program.

    ``SEC. 730. USE OF FUNDS.

        ``(a) In General.--
                ``(1) Activities.--An eligible institution that receives a
            grant under this subpart shall use such funds to carry out--
                        ``(A) one or more of the activities described in
                    subsection (b); or
                        ``(B) one or more of the activities described in
                    subsection (c).
                ``(2) Requirement.--An eligible institution that receives a
            grant under this subpart may not use such funds for activities
            under both subsections (b) and (c).
        ``(b) Graduate Program Activities.--Grants awarded under this
    subpart may be used for one or more of the following activities
    promoting postbaccalaureate opportunities for American Indian and
    Alaska Native students:
                ``(1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or
            laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including
            instructional and research purposes.
                ``(2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and
            improvement of classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other
            instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of
            telecommunications technology equipment or services.
                ``(3) Purchase of library books, periodicals, technical and
            other scientific journals, microfilm, microfiche, and other
            educational materials, including telecommunications program
            materials.
                ``(4) Support for American Indian and Alaska Native
            postbaccalaureate students including outreach, academic support
            services and mentoring, scholarships, fellowships, and other
            financial assistance to permit the enrollment of such students
            in postbaccalaureate certificate and postbaccalaureate degree
            granting programs.
                ``(5) Creating or improving facilities for Internet or
            other distance education technologies, including purchase or
            rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.
                ``(6) Collaboration with other institutions of higher
            education to expand postbaccalaureate certificate and
            postbaccalaureate degree offerings.
                ``(7) Other activities proposed in the application
            submitted pursuant to section 729 that--
                        ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of
                    this subpart; and
                        ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the
                    review and acceptance of such application.
        ``(c) Faculty Development Activities.--Grants awarded under this
    subpart may be used for one or more of the following activities for
    faculty development:
                ``(1) Support of faculty exchanges, faculty development,
            faculty research, curriculum development, and academic
            instruction.
                ``(2) Financial support to graduate students planning to
            pursue academic careers who desire to become faculty at Tribal
            Colleges and Universities.
                ``(3) Career services in preparing for an academic career
            and identifying opportunities.
                ``(4) Developing partnerships between Tribal Colleges and
            Universities to facilitate connections between graduate
            students and hiring institutions.
                ``(5) Faculty recruitment efforts with an emphasis on
            graduates from Tribal Colleges and Universities and other
            minority-serving institutions.
                ``(6) Recruitment and retention incentives to allow Tribal
            Colleges and Universities to make competitive offers to
            potential faculty, including use of funds for student loan
            repayment.
                ``(7) Research support for early career faculty.
                ``(8) Other activities proposed in the application
            submitted pursuant to section 729 that--
                        ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of
                    this subpart; and
                        ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the
                    review and acceptance of such application.

    ``SEC. 731. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

        ``There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subpart
    $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal
    years.''.

    SEC. 7002. FUND FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION.

        Section 745 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1138d)
    is amended by striking ``2009'' and inserting ``2021''.

    SEC. 7003. MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS INNOVATION FUND.

        Title VII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1133 et
    seq.) is amended by inserting after part B the following:

         ``PART C--FUNDING INNOVATIONS AT MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS

    ``SEC. 751. PURPOSE.

        ``It is the purpose of this part to assist minority-serving
    institutions in planning, developing, implementing, validating, and
    replicating innovations that provide solutions to persistent challenges
    in enabling economically and educationally disadvantaged students to
    enroll in, persist through, and graduate from college, including
    innovations designed to--
                ``(1) increase the successful recruitment at minority-
            serving institutions of--
                        ``(A) students from low-income families of all
                    races;
                        ``(B) students who begin college when over 21 years
                    of age; and
                        ``(C) military-affiliated students;
                ``(2) increase the rate at which students enrolled in
            minority-serving institutions make adequate or accelerated
            progress toward graduation, and successfully graduate from such
            institutions;
                ``(3) increase the number of students pursuing and
            completing degrees in science, technology, engineering, and
            mathematics at minority-serving institutions and pursuing
            graduate work in such fields, including through the
            establishment of innovation ecosystems on the campuses of such
            institutions;
                ``(4) redesign course offerings and other instructional
            strategies at minority-serving institutions to improve student
            outcomes and reduce postsecondary education costs;
                ``(5) enhance the quality and number of traditional and
            alternative route teacher preparation programs offered by
            minority-serving institutions;
                ``(6) expand the effective use of technology at minority-
            serving institutions; and
                ``(7) strengthen postgraduate employment outcomes for
            students enrolled in minority-serving institutions.

    ``SEC. 752. DEFINITION.

        ``In this part:
                ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means--
                        ``(A) a minority-serving institution; or
                        ``(B) a consortium of a minority-serving
                    institution and--
                                ``(i) one or more other institutions of
                            higher education;
                                ``(ii) a private nonprofit organization;
                                ``(iii) a local educational agency;
                                ``(iv) a high school that--
                                        ``(I) receives funding under part A
                                    of title I of the Elementary and
                                    Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20
                                    U.S.C. 6311 et seq.); and
                                        ``(II) has been identified for
                                    comprehensive support and improvement
                                    under section 1111(c)(4)(D)(i) of such
                                    Act (20 U.S.C. 6311(c)(4)(D)(i)); or
                                ``(v) any combination of the entities
                            described in clauses (i) through (iv).
                ``(2) Minority serving institution.--The term `minority
            serving institution' means an institution of higher education
            described in paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), or (7) of
            section 371(a).

    ``SEC. 753. GRANTS AUTHORIZED.

        ``(a) In General.--Except as provided in subsection (b)(2), with
    the funds made available for this part under section 757, the Secretary
    shall make planning and implementation grants, as described in
    subsections (b) and (c), to eligible entities to enable such entities
    to plan for the implementation of, in the case of a planning grant, and
    implement, in the case of an implementation grant, innovations
    described in section 751 and to support the planning, development,
    implementation, validation, scaling up, and replication of such
    innovations.
        ``(b) Planning Grants.--
                ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2),
            with the funds made available under section 757 for a fiscal
            year, the Secretary shall use not more than 5 percent or
            $42,500,000 (whichever is greater) to award planning grants to
            enable eligible entities to plan, design, and develop
            innovations described in section 751.
                ``(2) Type of institution.--Planning grants shall be
            awarded to minority-serving institutions in proportion to the
            allocations made in subparagraphs (A) through (G) of section
            757(1).
                ``(3) Order of consideration.--Subject to paragraph (2) and
            the priority described in section 755(a), planning grants shall
            be awarded to eligible entities satisfying the application
            requirements under section 754 in the order in which received
            by the Secretary.
                ``(4) Duration.--A planning grant authorized under this
            subsection shall be for the duration of 1 year.
                ``(5) Grant amounts.--Each planning grant authorized under
            this subsection shall be in an amount that is not more than
            $150,000.
        ``(c) Implementation Grants.--
                ``(1) In general.--With funds made available for this part
            under section 757, the Secretary shall award implementation
            grants on a competitive basis to enable eligible entities to
            further develop, pilot, field-test, implement, document,
            validate, and, as applicable, scale up and replicate,
            innovations described in section 751.
                ``(2) Duration.--An implementation grant authorized under
            this subsection shall be for a duration of 5 years, except that
            the Secretary may not continue providing funds under the grant
            after year 3 of the grant period unless the eligible entity
            demonstrates that the entity has achieved satisfactory progress
            toward carrying out the educational innovations, activities,
            and projects described in their application pursuant to section
            754(d), as determined by the Secretary.
                ``(3) Grant amount.--Each implementation grant authorized
            under this subsection shall be in an amount sufficient to
            enable the eligible entity to achieve the purposes of its
            proposed activities and projects, but shall not exceed
            $10,000,000.
        ``(d) Special Rules for Consortiums.--
                ``(1) Fiscal agent.--
                        ``(A) In general.--In the case of an eligible
                    entity applying for a grant under this part as a
                    consortium, each member of the consortium shall agree
                    on 1 such member of such eligibility entity to serve as
                    a fiscal agent of such entity.
                        ``(B) Responsibilities.--The fiscal agent of an
                    eligible entity, as described in subparagraph (A),
                    shall act on behalf of such entity in performing the
                    financial duties of such entity under this part.
                        ``(C) Written agreement.--The agreement described
                    in subparagraph (A) shall be in writing and signed by
                    each member of the consortium.
                ``(2) Subgrants.--In the case of an eligible entity
            applying for a grant under this part as a consortium, the
            fiscal agent for such entity (as described in paragraph (1))
            may use the funds provided by the grant to make subgrants to
            members of the consortium.

    ``SEC. 754. APPLICATIONS.

        ``(a) In General.--An eligible entity desiring to receive a grant
    under this part shall submit an application to the Secretary at such
    time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary
    may reasonably require.
        ``(b) Consortium Entities.--An application under this section which
    is submitted by an eligible entity applying as a consortium shall
    include the written agreement described in section 753(d)(1)(C).
        ``(c) Planning Grants.--The Secretary shall ensure that the
    application requirements under this section for a planning grant
    authorized under section 753(b) include, in addition to the requirement
    in subsection (b) (if applicable), only those minimal requirements that
    are necessary to review the proposed process of an eligible entity for
    the planning, design, and development of one or more of the innovations
    described in section 751.
        ``(d) Implementation Grants.--An application under this section for
    an innovation grant authorized under section 753(c) shall include, in
    addition to the requirement under subsection (b) (if applicable),
    descriptions of--
                ``(1) each innovation described in section 751 that the
            eligible entity would implement using the funds made available
            by such grant, including, as applicable, a description of the
            evidence base supporting such innovation;
                ``(2) how each such innovation will address the purpose of
            this part, as described in section 751, and how each such
            innovation will further the institutional or organizational
            mission of the minority-serving institution that is part of the
            eligible entity;
                ``(3) the specific activities that the eligible entity will
            carry out with funds made available by such grant, including,
            in the case of an eligible entity applying as a consortium, a
            description of the activities that each member of the
            consortium will carry out and a description of the capacity of
            each such member to carry out those activities;
                ``(4) the performance measures that the eligible entity
            will use to track its progress in implementing each such
            innovation, including a description of how the entity will
            implement those performance measures and use information on
            performance to make adjustments and improvements to its
            implementation activities, as needed, over the course of the
            grant period;
                ``(5) how the eligible entity will provide for an
            independent evaluation of the implementation and impact of the
            projects funded by such grant, including--
                        ``(A) an interim report (evaluating the progress
                    made in the first 3 years of the grant); and
                        ``(B) a final report (completed at the end of the
                    grant period); and
                ``(6) the plan of the eligible entity for continuing each
            proposed innovation after the grant has ended.

    ``SEC. 755. PRIORITY.

        ``(a) Planning Grants.--In awarding planning grants under this
    part, the Secretary shall give priority to applications that were
    submitted with respect to the prior award year, but did not receive a
    planning grant due to insufficient funds.
        ``(b) Implementation Grants.--In awarding implementation grants
    under this part, the Secretary shall give--
                ``(1) first priority to applications for programs at
            minority-serving institutions that have not previously received
            an implementation grant under this part; and
                ``(2) second priority to applications that address issues
            of major national need, including--
                        ``(A) innovative partnerships between minority-
                    serving institutions and local educational agencies
                    that are designed to increase the enrollment of
                    historically underrepresented populations in higher
                    education;
                        ``(B) educational innovations designed to increase
                    the rate of postsecondary degree attainment for
                    populations within minority groups that have low
                    relative rates of postsecondary degree attainment;
                        ``(C) educational innovations that support programs
                    and initiatives at minority-serving institutions to
                    enhance undergraduate and graduate programs in science,
                    technology, engineering, and mathematics;
                        ``(D) innovative partnerships between minority-
                    serving institutions and other organizations to
                    establish innovation ecosystems in support of economic
                    development, entrepreneurship, and the
                    commercialization of technology supported by research
                    funded through this grant;
                        ``(E) educational innovations that enhance the
                    quality and number of traditional and alternative route
                    teacher preparation programs at minority-serving
                    institutions to enable teachers to be highly effective
                    in the classroom and to enable such programs to meet
                    the demands for diversity and accountability in teacher
                    education; and
                        ``(F) educational innovations that strengthen
                    postgraduate employment outcomes of minority-serving
                    institutions through the implementation of
                    comprehensive and strategic career pathways for
                    students.

    ``SEC. 756. USES OF FUNDS.

        ``(a) Planning Grants.--An eligible entity receiving a planning
    grant under section 753(b) shall use funds made available by such grant
    to conduct an institutional planning process that includes--
                ``(1) an assessment of the needs of the minority-serving
            institution;
                ``(2) research on educational innovations described in
            section 751 that will meet the needs described in paragraph
            (1);
                ``(3) the selection of one or more such educational
            innovations for implementation;
                ``(4) an assessment of the capacity of the minority-serving
            institution to implement such educational innovation; and
                ``(5) activities to further develop such capacity.
        ``(b) Implementation Grants.--An eligible entity receiving an
    implementation grant under section 753(c) shall use the funds made
    available by such grant to further develop, pilot, field-test,
    implement, document, validate, and, as applicable, scale up, and
    replicate innovations described in section 751, such as innovations
    designed to--
                ``(1) create a college-bound culture at secondary schools
            (including efforts targeting high-achieving students from low-
            income families) through activities undertaken in partnership
            with local educational agencies and nonprofit organizations,
            such as--
                        ``(A) activities that promote postsecondary school
                    awareness, including recruitment, organizing campus
                    visits, and providing assistance with entrance and
                    financial aid application completion; and
                        ``(B) postsecondary school preparation efforts such
                    as--
                                ``(i) aligning high school coursework and
                            high school graduation requirements with the
                            requirements for entrance into credit-bearing
                            coursework at 4-year institutions of higher
                            education;
                                ``(ii) early identification and support for
                            students at risk of not graduating from high
                            school, or at risk of requiring remediation
                            upon enrolling in postsecondary education; and
                                ``(iii) dual-enrollment programs;
                ``(2) improve student achievement, such as through
            activities designed to increase the number or percentage of
            students who successfully complete developmental or remedial
            coursework (which may be accomplished through the evidence-
            based redesign of such coursework) and pursue and succeed in
            postsecondary studies;
                ``(3) increase the number of minority males who attain a
            postsecondary degree, such as through evidence-based
            interventions that integrate academic advising with social and
            cultural supports and assistance with job placement;
                ``(4) increase the number or percentage of students who
            make satisfactory or accelerated progress toward graduation
            from postsecondary school and the number or percentage who
            graduate from postsecondary school on time, such as through the
            provision of comprehensive academic and nonacademic student
            support services.
                ``(5) activities to promote a positive climate on campuses
            of institutions of higher education and to increase the sense
            of belonging among eligible students, including through first
            year support programs such as mentoring and peer networks and
            advisories;
                ``(6) increase the number or percentage of students,
            particularly students who are members of historically
            underrepresented populations, who enroll in science,
            technology, engineering, and mathematics courses, graduate with
            degrees in such fields, and pursue advanced studies in such
            fields;
                ``(7) develop partnerships between minority-serving
            institutions and other organizations to establish innovation
            ecosystems in support of economic development,
            entrepreneurship, and the commercialization of technology
            supported by funded research;
                ``(8) implement evidence-based improvements to courses,
            particularly high-enrollment courses, to improve student
            outcomes and reduce education costs for students, including
            costs of remedial courses;
                ``(9) enhance the quality and number of traditional and
            alternative route teacher and school leader preparation
            programs at minority-serving institutions that enable graduates
            to be profession-ready and highly effective in the classroom
            and to enable such programs to meet the demands for diversity
            and accountability in educator preparation;
                ``(10) expand the effective use of technology in higher
            education, such as through collaboration between institutions
            on implementing technology-enabled delivery models (including
            hybrid models) or through the use of open educational resources
            and digital content;
                ``(11) strengthen postgraduate employment outcomes through
            the implementation of comprehensive and strategic career
            pathways for students, which may include aligning curricula
            with workforce needs, experiential learning, integration of
            career services, and developing partnerships with employers and
            business organizations; and
                ``(12) provide a continuum of solutions by incorporating
            activities that address multiple objectives described in
            paragraphs (1) through (11).

    ``SEC. 757. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

        ``There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out activities
    under this part $850,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5
    succeeding fiscal years, to be allocated as follows:
                ``(1) for institutions described in paragraph (1) of
            section 371(a), $224,987,083;
                ``(2) for institutions described in paragraph (2) of
            section 371(a), $214,446,428;
                ``(3) for institutions described in paragraph (3) of
            section 371(a), $78,056,743;
                ``(4) for institutions described in paragraph (4) of
            section 371(a), $20,662,079;
                ``(5) for institutions described in paragraph (5) of
            section 371(a), $130,859,834;
                ``(6) for institutions described in paragraph (6) of
            section 371(a), $122,305,533; and
                ``(7) for institutions described in paragraph (7) of
            section 371(a), $58,682,300.''.

    SEC. 7004. DEFINITIONS.

        Section 760 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140) is
    amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 760. DEFINITIONS.

        ``In this part:
                ``(1) Comprehensive transition and postsecondary program
            for students with intellectual disabilities.--The term
            `comprehensive transition and postsecondary program for
            students with intellectual disabilities' means a program that
            leads to a degree, certificate, or recognized postsecondary
            credential issued by an institution of higher education that
            meets each of the following requirements:
                        ``(A) Is offered by an institution of higher
                    education.
                        ``(B) Is designed to support students with
                    intellectual disabilities who are seeking to continue
                    academic, career and technical, and independent living
                    instruction at an institution of higher education in
                    order to prepare for gainful employment and competitive
                    integrated employment.
                        ``(C) Includes student advising and a program of
                    study.
                        ``(D) Requires students with intellectual
                    disabilities to participate on not less than a half-
                    time basis as determined by the institution, with such
                    participation focusing on academic and career
                    development components and occurring through one or
                    more of the following activities:
                                ``(i) Regular enrollment in credit-bearing
                            courses with students without disabilities that
                            are offered by the institution.
                                ``(ii) Auditing or participating in courses
                            with students without disabilities that are
                            offered by the institution and for which the
                            student does not receive regular academic
                            credit.
                                ``(iii) Enrollment in noncredit-bearing,
                            nondegree courses with students without
                            disabilities.
                                ``(iv) Participation in internships,
                            registered apprenticeships, or work-based
                            experiences in competitive integrated settings
                            for a semester, or multiple semesters.
                        ``(E) Requires students with intellectual
                    disabilities to be socially and academically integrated
                    with students without disabilities to the maximum
                    extent practicable.
                        ``(F) Does not require the work components (ii) to
                    occur each semester.
                ``(2) Disability.--The term `disability' has the meaning
            given such term in section 3 of the Americans with Disabilities
            Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12102).
                ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given such
            term in section 101.
                ``(4) Office of accessibility.--The term `Office of
            Accessibility' has the meaning given to the office of
            disability services of the institution or equivalent office.
                ``(5) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term
            `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning given the
            term in section 101 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity
            Act.
                ``(6) Student with an intellectual disability.--The term
            `student with an intellectual disability' means a student--
                        ``(A) with a cognitive impairment, characterized by
                    significant limitations in--
                                ``(i) intellectual and cognitive
                            functioning; and
                                ``(ii) adaptive behavior as expressed in
                            conceptual, social, and practical adaptive
                            skills;
                        ``(B) who is currently, or was formerly, eligible
                    for a free appropriate public education under the
                    Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C.
                    1400 et seq.); and
                        ``(C) or, in the case of a student who has not
                    currently or formerly been found eligible for a free
                    appropriate education under the Individuals with
                    Disabilities Education Act, or a student who has not
                    previously been found eligible as a student with an
                    intellectual disability under IDEA, documentation
                    establishing that the student has an intellectual
                    disability, such as--
                                ``(i) a documented comprehensive and
                            individualized psycho-educational evaluation
                            and diagnosis of an intellectual disability by
                            a psychologist or other qualified professional;
                            or
                                ``(ii) a record of the disability from a
                            local or State educational agency, or
                            government agency, such as the Social Security
                            Administration or a vocational rehabilitation
                            agency, that identifies the intellectual
                            disability.''.

    SEC. 7005. SUPPORTING POSTSECONDARY FACULTY, STAFF, AND ADMINISTRATORS
                  IN PROVIDING ACCESSIBLE EDUCATION.

        (a) Grants.--Section 762 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
    U.S.C. 1140b) is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 762. GRANTS AUTHORIZED.

        ``(a) Competitive Grants Authorized To Support Postsecondary
    Faculty, Staff, and Administrators in Providing an Accessible
    Education.--
                ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under section
            765C, the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis,
            to institutions of higher education to enable the institutions
            to carry out the activities under subsection (b).
                ``(2) Awards for professional development and technical
            assistance.--Not less than 5 grants shall be awarded to
            institutions of higher education that provide professional
            development and technical assistance in order to improve access
            to, and completion of, postsecondary education for students,
            including students with disabilities.
        ``(b) Duration; Activities.--
                ``(1) Duration.--A grant under this section shall be
            awarded for a period of 5 years.
                ``(2) Authorized activities.--A grant awarded under this
            section shall be used to carry out one or more of the following
            activities:
                        ``(A) Teaching methods and strategies.--The
                    development and implementation of training to provide
                    innovative, effective, and evidence-based teaching
                    methods and strategies, consistent with the principles
                    of universal design for learning, to provide
                    postsecondary faculty, staff, and administrators with
                    the skills and supports necessary to teach and meet the
                    academic and programmatic needs of students (including
                    students with disabilities) in order to improve the
                    retention of such students in, and the completion by
                    such students of, postsecondary education. Such methods
                    and strategies may include in-service training,
                    professional development, customized and general
                    technical assistance, workshops, summer institutes,
                    distance learning, and training in the use of assistive
                    and educational technology.
                        ``(B) Implementing accommodations.--The development
                    and implementation of training to provide postsecondary
                    faculty, staff, and administrators methods and
                    strategies of providing appropriate accommodations
                    consistent with the principles of universal design for
                    learning for students with disabilities, including
                    descriptions of legal obligations of the institution of
                    higher education to provide such accommodations.
                        ``(C) Effective transition practices.--The
                    development and implementation of innovative,
                    effective, and evidence-based teaching methods and
                    strategies to provide postsecondary faculty, staff, and
                    administrators with the skills and supports necessary
                    to ensure the successful and smooth transition of
                    students with disabilities from secondary school to
                    postsecondary education. The teaching methods and
                    strategies may include supporting students in the
                    development of self-advocacy skills to improve
                    transition to, and completion of, postsecondary
                    education.
                        ``(D) Distance learning.--The development and
                    implementation of training to provide innovative,
                    effective, and evidence-based teaching methods and
                    strategies to enable postsecondary faculty, staff, and
                    administrators to provide accessible distance education
                    programs or classes that would enhance the access of
                    students (including students with disabilities) to
                    postsecondary education, including the use of
                    accessible curricula and electronic communication for
                    instruction and advising that meet the requirements of
                    section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29
                    U.S.C. 794d).
                        ``(E) Career pathway guidance.--The development and
                    implementation of effective and evidence-based teaching
                    methods and strategies to provide postsecondary
                    faculty, staff, and administrators with the ability to
                    advise students with disabilities with respect to their
                    chosen career pathway, which shall include at least one
                    of the following:
                                ``(i) Supporting internships,
                            apprenticeships, or work-based learning
                            opportunities.
                                ``(ii) Counseling on coursework to meet the
                            recognized educational credential or recognized
                            postsecondary credential appropriate for the
                            field chosen.
                                ``(iii) Developing self-advocacy skills to
                            advocate for appropriate accommodations once in
                            the workplace.
                                ``(iv) Support with selecting a career
                            pathway that leads to competitive, integrated
                            employment.
                ``(3) Mandatory evaluation and dissemination.--An
            institution of higher education awarded a grant under this
            section shall evaluate and disseminate to other institutions of
            higher education the information obtained through the
            activities described in subparagraphs (A) through (E) of
            paragraph (2).
        ``(c) Considerations in Making Awards.--In awarding grants,
    contracts, or cooperative agreements under this section, the Secretary
    shall consider the following:
                ``(1) Geographic distribution.--Providing an equitable
            geographic distribution of such awards.
                ``(2) Rural and urban areas.--Distributing such awards to
            urban and rural areas.
                ``(3) Range and type of institution.--Ensuring that the
            activities to be assisted are developed for a range of types
            and sizes of institutions of higher education.
        ``(d) Reports.--
                ``(1) Initial report.--Not later than one year after the
            date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the
            Secretary shall prepare and submit to the authorizing
            committees, and make available to the public, a report on all
            projects awarded grants under this part, including a review of
            the activities and program performance of such projects based
            on existing information as of the date of the report.
                ``(2) Subsequent report.--Not later than five years after
            the date of the first award of a grant under this section after
            the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the
            Secretary shall prepare and submit to the authorizing
            committees, and make available to the public, a report that--
                        ``(A) reviews the activities and program
                    performance of the projects authorized under subsection
                    (b); and
                        ``(B) provides guidance and recommendations on how
                    effective projects can be replicated.''.
        (b) Applications.--Section 763 of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1140c) is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 763. APPLICATIONS.

        ``Each institution of higher education desiring to receive a grant
    under section 762 shall submit an application to the Secretary at such
    time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the
    Secretary may require. Each application shall include--
                ``(1) a description of the activities authorized under
            section 762(b) that the institution proposes to carry out, and
            how such institution plans to conduct such activities in order
            to further the purposes of this subpart;
                ``(2) a description of how the institution consulted with a
            broad range of people including students with disabilities and
            individuals with expertise in disability supports or special
            education within the institution to develop activities for
            which assistance is sought;
                ``(3) a description of how the institution will coordinate
            and collaborate with the office of accessibility; and
                ``(4) a description of the extent to which the institution
            will work to replicate the research-based and best practices of
            institutions of higher education with demonstrated
            effectiveness in serving students with disabilities.''.

    SEC. 7006. OFFICE OF ACCESSIBILITY.

        Subpart 1 of part D of title VII of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140a et seq.) is amended--
                (1) by redesignating section 765 as section 765C;
                (2) by inserting after section 764 the following:

    ``SEC. 765A. OFFICE OF ACCESSIBILITY.

        ``(a) Establishment.--Each institution of higher education shall
    establish an office of accessibility to develop and implement policies
    to support students who enter postsecondary education with disabilities
    and students who acquire a disability while enrolled in an institution
    of higher education.
        ``(b) Duties.--Each office of accessibility shall--
                ``(1) inform students, during student orientation, about
            services provided at the institution of higher education, and
            continually update such information through the accessibility
            office's website and other communications to improve
            accessibility of such services;
                ``(2) provide information to students regarding
            accommodations and modifications provided by the institution of
            higher education with respect to internships, practicums, work-
            based learning, apprenticeships, or other work-related
            environments that--
                        ``(A) the student may engage in through courses; or
                        ``(B) are necessary for completion of a recognized
                    educational credential or recognized postsecondary
                    credential;
                ``(3) provide information to students regarding their legal
            rights under the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C.
            12101 et seq.) and section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act (29
            U.S.C. 794); and
                ``(4) in order to provide appropriate accommodations to
            students with disabilities, carry out the following:
                        ``(A) Adopt policies that, at a minimum, make any
                    of the following documentation submitted by an
                    individual sufficient to establish that such individual
                    is an individual with a disability:
                                ``(i) Documentation that the individual has
                            had an individualized education program (in
                            this clause referred to as an `IEP') in
                            accordance with section 614(d) of the
                            Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20
                            U.S.C. 1414(d)), including an IEP that may not
                            be current on the date of the determination
                            that the individual has a disability. The
                            office of accessibility may ask for additional
                            documentation from an individual who had an IEP
                            but who was subsequently evaluated and
                            determined to be ineligible for services under
                            the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act
                            (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.), including an
                            individual determined to be ineligible during
                            elementary school.
                                ``(ii) Documentation describing services or
                            accommodations provided to the individual
                            pursuant to section 504 of the Rehabilitation
                            Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794) (commonly referred
                            to as a `Section 504 plan').
                                ``(iii) A plan or record of service for the
                            individual from a private school, a local
                            educational agency, a State educational agency,
                            or an institution of higher education provided
                            in accordance with the Americans with
                            Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et
                            seq.).
                                ``(iv) A record or evaluation from a
                            relevant licensed professional finding that the
                            individual has a disability.
                                ``(v) A plan or record of disability from
                            another institution of higher education.
                                ``(vi) Documentation of a disability due to
                            service in the uniformed services, as defined
                            in section 484C(a).
                        ``(B) Adopt policies that are transparent and
                    explicit regarding the process by which the institution
                    determines eligibility for accommodations.
                        ``(C) Disseminate the information described in
                    subparagraph (B) to students, parents, and faculty--
                                ``(i) in an accessible format;
                                ``(ii) during student orientation; and
                                ``(iii) by making such information readily
                            available on a public website of the
                            institution.
                        ``(D) Provide accommodations to students with
                    mental health disabilities, and students with
                    disabilities associated with pregnancy.
                        ``(E) Provide outreach and consult with students in
                    inclusive higher education.

    ``SEC. 765B. COMPETITIVE GRANT FOR INNOVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY.

        ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
                ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under section
            765C, the Secretary may award grants on a competitive basis to
            institutions of higher education to enable the institutions to
            carry out the activities described under subsection (c).
                ``(2) Duration.--A grant under this section shall be
            awarded for a period of 5 years.
                ``(3) Consideration in making awards.--In awarding grants
            under this section, the Secretary shall consider the following:
                        ``(A) Providing an equitable geographic
                    distribution of such awards.
                        ``(B) Ensuring that the activities to be assisted
                    are developed for a range of types and sizes of
                    institutions of higher education.
        ``(b) Application.--Each institution of higher education desiring
    to receive a grant under this section shall submit an application to
    the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such
    information as the Secretary may require. Each application shall
    include--
                ``(1) a description of how the institution will carry out
            the activities under subsection (c);
                ``(2) a description of the consultation the institution has
            had with a broad range of people within the institution,
            including students with disabilities and individuals with
            expertise in disability supports or special education, in
            developing the information under paragraph (1);
                ``(3) a plan for the sustainability of the program after
            the end of the grant period; and
                ``(4) a written business plan for revenue and expenditures
            to be provided to the Department under subsection (d).
        ``(c) Activities.--A grant awarded under this section shall be used
    to--
                ``(1) develop and implement across the institution of
            higher education, a universal design for learning framework for
            course design and instructional materials to improve campus-
            wide accessibility to instruction, materials, and the learning
            environment; or
                ``(2) develop or improve distance education courses
            consistent with the principles of universal design for learning
            to improve accessibility of instruction and materials.
        ``(d) Reports.--
                ``(1) Grant recipient reports.--An institution of higher
            education awarded a grant under this section shall evaluate and
            disseminate to other institutions of higher education, the
            information obtained through the activities described in
            subsection (c).
                ``(2) Initial report by secretary.--Not later than one year
            after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary
            shall prepare and submit to the authorizing committees, and
            make available to the public, a report on all projects awarded
            grants under this section, including a review of the activities
            and program performance of such projects based on existing
            information as of the date of the report.
                ``(3) Final report by secretary.--Not later than 6 years
            after the date of the first award of a grant under this
            section, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the
            authorizing committees, and make available to the public, a
            report that--
                        ``(A) reviews the activities and program
                    performance of the projects authorized under this
                    section; and
                        ``(B) provides guidance and recommendations on how
                    effective projects can be replicated.''; and
                (3) by amending section 765C, as so redesignated, by
            striking ``2009'' and inserting ``2021''.

    SEC. 7007. POSTSECONDARY PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WITH INTELLECTUAL
                  DISABILITIES.

        (a) Purpose.--Section 766 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
    U.S.C. 1140f) is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 766. PURPOSE.

        ``It is the purpose of this subpart to support inclusive programs
    that promote the successful transition of students with intellectual
    disabilities into higher education and the earning of a recognized
    educational credential or recognized postsecondary credential issued by
    the institution of higher education.''.
        (b) Programs for Students With Intellectual Disabilities.--Section
    767 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140g) is amended to
    read as follows:

    ``SEC. 767. INCLUSIVE HIGHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WITH
                  INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES.

        ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
                ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under section
            769(a), the Secretary shall annually award grants, on a
            competitive basis, to institutions of higher education (or
            consortia of three or more institutions of higher education),
            to enable such institutions or consortia to create or expand a
            comprehensive transition and postsecondary education program
            for students with intellectual disabilities.
                ``(2) Eligibility and appropriations limits.--
                        ``(A) Relation to other grants.--An institution of
                    higher education that received a grant under this
                    section before the date of the enactment of the College
                    Affordability Act may not receive an additional grant
                    under this section unless--
                                ``(i) the institution receives a grant as
                            part of a consortium of three or more
                            institutions of higher education; or
                                ``(ii) the grant term of such preceding
                            grant has ended.
                        ``(B) Limitation on amounts.--
                                ``(i) Institution of higher education.--A
                            grant under this section made to an institution
                            of higher education may not be in an amount
                            greater than $300,000.
                                ``(ii) Consortium.--A grant under this
                            section made to a consortia of institutions of
                            higher education may not be in an amount
                            greater than $500,000.
                ``(3) Administration.--The program under this section shall
            be administered by the office in the Department that
            administers other postsecondary education programs in
            collaboration with the Office of Postsecondary Education and
            the Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services of
            the Department of Education.
                ``(4) Duration of grants.--A grant under this section shall
            be awarded for a period of 5 years.
        ``(b) Application.--An institution of higher education or a
    consortium desiring a grant under this section shall submit an
    application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and
    containing such information as the Secretary may require.
        ``(c) Award Basis.--In awarding grants under this section, the
    Secretary shall--
                ``(1) provide for an equitable geographic distribution of
            such grants;
                ``(2) to the extent possible, provide for an equitable
            distribution of such grants between 4-year institutions of
            higher education and 2-year institutions of higher education,
            including community colleges;
                ``(3) provide grant funds for high-quality, inclusive
            higher education programs for students with intellectual
            disabilities, herein after referred to as inclusive higher
            education programs, that will serve areas that are underserved
            by programs of this type;
                ``(4) in the case of an institution of higher education
            that provides institutionally owned or operated housing for
            students attending the institution, award grants only to such
            institutions that integrate students with intellectual
            disabilities into the housing offered to students without
            disabilities or to institutions that provide such integrated
            housing through providing supports to students directly or
            through partnerships with other organizations;
                ``(5) provide grant funds to encourage involvement of
            students attending institutions of higher education in the
            fields of special education, general education, vocational
            rehabilitation, assistive technology, or related fields in the
            program;
                ``(6) select applications that--
                        ``(A) demonstrate an existing comprehensive
                    transition and postsecondary education program for
                    students with intellectual disabilities that is title
                    IV eligible; or
                        ``(B) agree to establish such a program; and
                ``(7) give preference to applications submitted under
            subsection (b) that agree to incorporate into the inclusive
            higher education program for students with intellectual
            disabilities carried out under the grant one or more of the
            following elements:
                        ``(A) The formation of a partnership with any
                    relevant agency serving students with intellectual
                    disabilities, such as a vocational rehabilitation
                    agency.
                        ``(B) Applications that represent geographically
                    underserved States.
        ``(d) Use of Funds; Requirements.--An institution of higher
    education or consortium receiving a grant under this section shall--
                ``(1) use the grant funds to establish an inclusive higher
            education program for students with intellectual disabilities
            that--
                        ``(A) serves students with intellectual
                    disabilities;
                        ``(B) provides individual supports and services for
                    the academic and social inclusion of students with
                    intellectual disabilities in academic courses,
                    extracurricular activities, and other aspects of the
                    regular postsecondary program, including access to
                    health and mental health services, offices of
                    accessibility, and graduation ceremonies;
                        ``(C) with respect to the students with
                    intellectual disabilities participating in the program,
                    provides a focus on--
                                ``(i) academic and career development;
                                ``(ii) socialization and inclusion with the
                            general student population;
                                ``(iii) independent living skills,
                            including self-advocacy skills; and
                                ``(iv) integrated work experiences and
                            career skills that lead to competitive
                            integrated employment;
                        ``(D) integrates person-centered planning in the
                    development of the course of study for each student
                    with an intellectual disability participating in the
                    program;
                        ``(E) plans for the sustainability of the program
                    after the end of the grant period, with a written
                    business plan for revenue and expenditures to be
                    provided to the Department by the end of year 3; and
                        ``(F) awards a degree, certificate, or recognized
                    postsecondary credential for students with intellectual
                    disabilities upon the completion of the program;
                ``(2) in the case of an institution of higher education
            that provides institutionally owned or operated housing for
            students attending the institution or integrated housing
            through providing supports to students directly or through
            partnerships with other organizations, provide for the
            integration of students with intellectual disabilities into
            housing offered to students without disabilities;
                ``(3) participate with the coordinating center established
            under section 777(b) in the evaluation of the program,
            including by regularly submitting data on experiences and
            outcomes of individual students participating in the program;
            and
                ``(4) partner with one or more local educational agencies
            to support students with intellectual disabilities
            participating in the program who are eligible for special
            education and related services under the Individuals with
            Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.), including
            the use of funds available under part B of such Act (20 U.S.C.
            1411 et seq.) to support the participation of such students in
            the program.
        ``(e) Matching Requirement.--An institution of higher education (or
    consortium) that receives a grant under this section shall provide
    matching funds toward the cost of the inclusive higher education
    program for students with intellectual disabilities carried out under
    the grant. Such matching funds may be provided in cash or in-kind, and
    shall be in an amount of not less than 25 percent of the amount of such
    costs.
        ``(f) Data Collection and Transmission.--
                ``(1) In general.--An institution or consortium receiving a
            grant under this section shall collect and transmit to the
            coordinating center established under section 777(b) on an
            annual basis for each student who is enrolled in the program,
            student-level information related to the experiences and
            outcomes of students who participate in the inclusive higher
            education program for students with intellectual disabilities.
                ``(2) Longitudinal data.--Each grantee shall collect
            longitudinal outcome data from each student participating in
            the program and transmit such data to the coordinating center
            established under section 777(b). Such longitudinal data shall
            be collected for every student each year for 5 years after the
            student graduates from, or otherwise exits, the program.
                ``(3) Data to be collected.--The program-level information
            and data and student-level information and data to be collected
            under this subsection shall include--
                        ``(A) the number and type of postsecondary
                    education courses taken and completed by the student;
                        ``(B) academic outcomes;
                        ``(C) competitive, integrated employment outcomes;
                        ``(D) independent living outcomes; and
                        ``(E) social outcomes, including community
                    integration.
                ``(4) Disaggregation.--The information determined under
            paragraph (3) shall be disaggregated by race, gender,
            socioeconomic status, Federal Pell Grant eligibility status,
            status as a first generation college student, and veteran or
            active duty status.
        ``(g) Report.--Not later than 5 years after the date of the first
    grant awarded under this section, the Secretary shall prepare and
    disseminate a report to the authorizing committees and to the public
    that--
                ``(1) reviews the activities of the inclusive higher
            education programs for students with intellectual disabilities
            funded under this section; and
                ``(2) provides guidance and recommendations on how
            effective programs can be replicated.''.
        (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 769(a) of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140i) is amended by striking ``2009''
    and inserting ``2021''.

    SEC. 7008. NATIONAL TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE CENTER AND NATIONAL
                  COORDINATING CENTER FOR INCLUSION OF STUDENTS WITH
                  INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES.

        (a) In General.--Section 777 of the Higher Education Act of 1965
    (20 U.S.C. 1140q) is amended to read as follows:

    ``SEC. 777. NATIONAL TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE CENTER AND NATIONAL
                  COORDINATING CENTER FOR INCLUSION OF STUDENTS WITH
                  INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES.

        ``(a) National Technical Assistance Center.--
                ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under
            paragraph (5), the Secretary shall award a grant to, or enter
            into a contract or cooperative agreement with, an eligible
            entity to provide for the establishment and support of a
            National Technical Assistance Center. The National Technical
            Assistance Center shall carry out the duties set forth in
            paragraph (4).
                ``(2) Administration.--The program under this section shall
            be administered by the office in the Department that
            administers other postsecondary education programs in
            consultation with the Office of Special Education and
            Rehabilitative Services.
                ``(3) Eligible entity.--In this subpart, the term `eligible
            entity' means an institution of higher education, a nonprofit
            organization, or partnership of two or more such institutions
            or organizations, with demonstrated expertise in--
                        ``(A) transitioning students with disabilities from
                    secondary school to postsecondary education;
                        ``(B) supporting students with disabilities in
                    postsecondary education;
                        ``(C) technical knowledge necessary for the
                    dissemination of information in accessible formats; and
                        ``(D) working with diverse types of institutions of
                    higher education, including community colleges.
                ``(4) Duties.--The duties of the National Technical
            Assistance Center shall include the following:
                        ``(A) Assistance to students and families.--The
                    National Technical Assistance Center shall provide
                    information and technical assistance to students with
                    disabilities and the families of students with
                    disabilities to support students across the broad
                    spectrum of disabilities, including--
                                ``(i) information to assist individuals
                            with disabilities who are prospective students
                            of an institution of higher education in
                            planning for postsecondary education while the
                            students are in secondary school;
                                ``(ii) information and technical assistance
                            provided to individualized education program
                            teams (as defined in section 614(d)(1) of the
                            Individuals with Disabilities Education Act)
                            for secondary school students with
                            disabilities, and to early outreach and student
                            services programs, including programs
                            authorized under subparts 2, 4, and 5 of part A
                            of title IV, to support students across a broad
                            spectrum of disabilities with the successful
                            transition to postsecondary education;
                                ``(iii) research-based supports, services,
                            and accommodations which are available in
                            postsecondary settings, including services
                            provided by other agencies such as vocational
                            rehabilitation;
                                ``(iv) information on student mentoring and
                            networking opportunities for students with
                            disabilities; and
                                ``(v) effective recruitment and transition
                            programs at postsecondary educational
                            institutions.
                        ``(B) Assistance to institutions of higher
                    education.--The National Technical Assistance Center
                    shall provide information and technical assistance to
                    faculty, staff, and administrators of institutions of
                    higher education to improve the services provided to,
                    the accommodations for, the retention rates of, and the
                    completion rates of, students with disabilities in
                    higher education settings, which may include--
                                ``(i) collection and dissemination of best
                            and promising practices and materials for
                            accommodating and supporting students with
                            disabilities, including practices and materials
                            supported by the grants, contracts, or
                            cooperative agreements authorized under
                            subparts 1, 2, and 3;
                                ``(ii) development and provision of
                            training modules for higher education faculty
                            on exemplary practices for accommodating and
                            supporting postsecondary students with
                            disabilities across a range of academic fields,
                            which may include universal design for learning
                            and practices supported by the grants,
                            contracts, or cooperative agreements authorized
                            under subparts 1, 2, and 3; and
                                ``(iii) development of technology-based
                            tutorials for higher education faculty and
                            staff, including new faculty and graduate
                            students, on best and promising practices
                            related to support and retention of students
                            with disabilities in postsecondary education.
                        ``(C) Information collection and dissemination.--
                    The National Technical Assistance Center shall be
                    responsible for building, maintaining, and updating a
                    database of disability support services information
                    with respect to institutions of higher education, or
                    for expanding and updating an existing database of
                    disabilities support services information with respect
                    to institutions of higher education. Such database
                    shall be available to the general public through a
                    website built to high technical standards of
                    accessibility practicable for the broad spectrum of
                    individuals with disabilities. Such database and
                    website shall include available information on--
                                ``(i) disability documentation
                            requirements;
                                ``(ii) support services available;
                                ``(iii) links to financial aid;
                                ``(iv) accommodations policies;
                                ``(v) accessible instructional materials;
                                ``(vi) other topics relevant to students
                            with disabilities; and
                                ``(vii) the information in the report
                            described in subparagraph (E).
                        ``(D) Disability support services.--The National
                    Technical Assistance Center shall work with
                    organizations and individuals with proven expertise
                    related to disability support services for
                    postsecondary students with disabilities to evaluate,
                    improve, and disseminate information related to the
                    delivery of high quality disability support services at
                    institutions of higher education.
                        ``(E) Review and report.--Not later than three
                    years after the establishment of the National Technical
                    Assistance Center, and every two years thereafter, the
                    National Technical Assistance Center shall prepare and
                    disseminate a report to the Secretary and the
                    authorizing committees analyzing the condition of
                    postsecondary success for students with disabilities.
                    Such report shall include--
                                ``(i) a review of the activities and the
                            effectiveness of the programs authorized under
                            this part;
                                ``(ii) annual enrollment and graduation
                            rates of students with disabilities in
                            institutions of higher education from publicly
                            reported data;
                                ``(iii) recommendations for effective
                            postsecondary supports and services for
                            students with disabilities, and how such
                            supports and services may be widely implemented
                            at institutions of higher education;
                                ``(iv) recommendations on reducing barriers
                            to full participation for students with
                            disabilities in higher education; and
                                ``(v) a description of strategies with a
                            demonstrated record of effectiveness in
                            improving the success of such students in
                            postsecondary education.
                        ``(F) Staffing of the center.--In hiring employees
                    of the National Technical Assistance Center, the
                    National Technical Assistance Center shall consider the
                    expertise and experience of prospective employees in
                    providing training and technical assistance to
                    practitioners.
                ``(5) Authorization of appropriations.--There is authorized
            to be appropriated to carry out this subsection $10,000,000.
        ``(b) The National Coordinating Center for Inclusion of Students
    With Intellectual Disabilities.--
                ``(1) Definition of eligible entity.--In this subsection,
            the term `eligible entity' means an entity, or a partnership of
            entities, that has demonstrated expertise in the fields of--
                        ``(A) higher education;
                        ``(B) the education of students with intellectual
                    disabilities;
                        ``(C) the development of inclusive higher education
                    programs for students with intellectual disabilities;
                    and
                        ``(D) evaluation and technical assistance.
                ``(2) In general.--From amounts appropriated under
            paragraph (7), the Secretary shall enter into a cooperative
            agreement, on a competitive basis, with an eligible entity for
            the purpose of establishing a coordinating center for
            institutions of higher education that offer inclusive higher
            education programs for students with intellectual disabilities,
            including institutions participating in grants authorized under
            subpart 2 to provide--
                        ``(A) recommendations related to the development of
                    standards for such programs;
                        ``(B) technical assistance for such programs; and
                        ``(C) evaluations for such programs, including
                    systematic collection of data on the experiences and
                    outcomes of individuals with intellectual disabilities.
                ``(3) Administration.--The program under this subsection
            shall be administered by the Office of Postsecondary Education,
            in collaboration with the Office of Special Education and
            Rehabilitative Services.
                ``(4) Duration.--The Secretary shall enter into a
            cooperative agreement under this subsection for a period of
            five years.
                ``(5) Requirements of cooperative agreement.--The eligible
            entity entering into a cooperative agreement under this
            subsection shall establish and maintain a coordinating center
            that shall--
                        ``(A) serve as the technical assistance entity for
                    all inclusive higher education programs and
                    comprehensive transition and postsecondary programs for
                    students with intellectual disabilities;
                        ``(B) provide technical assistance regarding the
                    development, evaluation, and continuous improvement of
                    such programs;
                        ``(C) evaluate such programs using qualitative and
                    quantitative methodologies for measuring program
                    strengths in the areas of academic access, academic
                    enrichment, socialization, competitive integrated
                    employment, attainment of a degree, certificate, or
                    recognized postsecondary credential, and independent
                    living;
                        ``(D) evaluate participant progress by creating and
                    maintaining a database of student-level information and
                    data related to the experiences and outcomes of youth
                    who participate in each inclusive higher education
                    program that receives a grant under this subpart;
                        ``(E) create and maintain a mechanism for
                    continuing to collect outcome information from students
                    who participated in inclusive higher education programs
                    that were developed in previous grant award cycles;
                        ``(F) assist recipients of a grant under this
                    subpart in efforts to award a degree, certificate, or
                    recognized postsecondary credential;
                        ``(G) create and maintain a database of student and
                    program level data reflecting implementation of the
                    inclusive higher education program that receives a
                    grant under this subpart;
                        ``(H) create and maintain a mechanism to
                    consolidate follow up data on student outcomes
                    collected by inclusive higher education programs funded
                    through previous grant cycles;
                        ``(I) assist recipients of grants under subpart 2
                    in efforts to award a degree, certificate, or
                    recognized postsecondary credential to students with
                    intellectual disabilities upon the completion of such
                    programs;
                        ``(J) identify model memoranda of agreement for use
                    between or among institutions of higher education and
                    State and local agencies providing funding for such
                    programs;
                        ``(K) develop recommendations for the necessary
                    components of such programs, such as--
                                ``(i) academic, career and technical,
                            social, and independent living skills;
                                ``(ii) evaluation of student progress;
                                ``(iii) program administration and
                            evaluation;
                                ``(iv) student eligibility;
                                ``(v) issues regarding the equivalency of a
                            student's participation in such programs to
                            semester, trimester, quarter, credit, or clock
                            hours at an institution of higher education, as
                            the case may be; and
                                ``(vi) access to student housing for
                            students participating in the inclusive higher
                            education programs, including accommodations
                            and services that support independent living;
                        ``(L) review and analyze--
                                ``(i) the impact of State and Federal
                            policy on inclusive higher education
                            legislation; and
                                ``(ii) funding streams for such programs;
                        ``(M) provide recommendations regarding the funding
                    streams described in paragraph (H)(ii);
                        ``(N) develop mechanisms for regular communication,
                    outreach and dissemination of information about
                    inclusive higher education programs for students with
                    intellectual disabilities under subpart 2 between or
                    among such programs and to families and prospective
                    students;
                        ``(O) host a meeting of all recipients of grants
                    under subpart 2 not less often than once each year; and
                        ``(P) convene a work group to continue the
                    development of and recommendations for model criteria,
                    standards, and components of inclusive higher education
                    programs and comprehensive transition and postsecondary
                    programs for students with intellectual disabilities,
                    that are appropriate for the development of
                    accreditation standards--
                                ``(i) which work group shall include--
                                        ``(I) an expert in community
                                    college education;
                                        ``(II) an expert in career
                                    technical education;
                                        ``(III) an expert in 4-year
                                    institutions of higher education;
                                        ``(IV) an expert in special
                                    education;
                                        ``(V) a disability organization
                                    that represents students with
                                    intellectual disabilities;
                                        ``(VI) a representative from the
                                    National Advisory Committee on
                                    Institutional Quality and Integrity;
                                    and
                                        ``(VII) a representative of a
                                    regional or national accreditation
                                    agency or association; and
                                ``(ii) the work group will carry out the
                            following activities--
                                        ``(I) conduct outreach to
                                    accrediting agencies;
                                        ``(II) develop a technical guidance
                                    document to support implementation of
                                    the model standards;
                                        ``(III) develop and conduct a
                                    protocol for implementing the model
                                    standards; and
                                        ``(IV) update recommendations for
                                    the model standards, criteria, and
                                    components of such programs, as
                                    applicable.
                ``(6) Report.--Not later than 5 years after the date of the
            establishment of the coordinating center under this subsection,
            the coordinating center shall report to the Secretary, the
            authorizing committees, and the National Advisory Committee on
            Institutional Quality and Integrity on the activities described
            in paragraph (5).
                ``(7) Authorization of appropriations.--There are
            authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection such
            sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2021 and each of the
            five succeeding fiscal years.''.
        (b) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 778 of the Higher
    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140r) is repealed.

    SEC. 7009. FORMULA GRANTS TO STATES TO IMPROVE HIGHER EDUCATION
                  OPPORTUNITIES FOR FOSTER YOUTH AND HOMELESS YOUTH.

        Title VII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1133 et
    seq.) is further amended by adding at the end the following new part:

        ``PART F--GRANTS FOR IMPROVING ACCESS TO AND SUCCESS IN HIGHER
                 EDUCATION FOR FOSTER YOUTH AND HOMELESS YOUTH

    ``SEC. 791. DEFINITIONS.

        ``In this part:
                ``(1) Foster youth.--The term `foster youth'--
                        ``(A) means an individual whose care and placement
                    is the responsibility of the State or tribal agency
                    that administers a State or tribal plan under part B or
                    E of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 621
                    et seq.; 670 et seq.), without regard to whether foster
                    care maintenance payments are made under section 472 of
                    such Act (42 U.S.C. 672) on behalf of the individual;
                    and
                        ``(B) includes any individual--
                                ``(i) whose care and placement was the
                            responsibility of such a State or tribal agency
                            when, or at any time after, the individual
                            attained 13 years of age, without regard to
                            whether foster care maintenance payments were
                            made under section 472 of such Act (42 U.S.C.
                            672) on behalf of the individual; and
                                ``(ii) who is no longer under the care and
                            responsibility of such a State or tribal
                            agency, without regard to any subsequent
                            adoption, guardianship arrangement, or other
                            form of permanency option.
                ``(2) Homeless youth.--The term `homeless youth' has the
            meaning given the term `homeless children and youths' in
            section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42
            U.S.C. 11434a).
                ``(3) Indian tribe; tribal organization.--The terms `Indian
            Tribe' and `tribal organization' have the meanings given the
            terms in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and
            Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 5304).
                ``(4) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the
            term in section 101.
                ``(5) State.--The term `State' means each of the several
            States and the District of Columbia.
                ``(6) Territory.--The term `territory' means Puerto Rico,
            United States Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the
            Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Republic of
            the Marshall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, and
            the Republic of Palau.

    ``SEC. 792. FORMULA GRANTS TO STATES TO IMPROVE ACCESS TO AND SUCCESS
                  IN HIGHER EDUCATION FOR FOSTER YOUTH AND HOMELESS YOUTH.

        ``(a) Grant Program Established.--From the amount appropriated
    under subsection (h), the Secretary shall make allotments under
    subsection (b), to States having applications approved under subsection
    (c), to enable each State to--
                ``(1) carry out the Statewide transition initiative
            described in subsection (d); and
                ``(2) make subgrants described in subsection (e).
        ``(b) Allocations.--
                ``(1) Formula.--
                        ``(A) Reservation for indian tribes and
                    territories.--
                                ``(i) In general.--From the amount
                            appropriated under subsection (h) for a fiscal
                            year and subject to clause (ii), the Secretary
                            shall reserve--
                                        ``(I) not more than 3 percent for
                                    grants to Indian Tribes, consortia of
                                    Indian Tribes, or Tribal organizations;
                                    and
                                        ``(II) not more than 2 percent for
                                    grants to territories.
                                ``(ii) Requirements.--In awarding grants
                            under this subparagraph, the Secretary--
                                        ``(I) shall not award a grant under
                                    subclause (I) or (II) of clause (i) for
                                    a fiscal year for which no Indian Tribe
                                    (or consortium of Indian Tribes) or
                                    Tribal organization, or territory,
                                    respectively, submits a satisfactory
                                    application for a grant under such
                                    subclause;
                                        ``(II) shall require that any
                                    Indian Tribe, consortium, Tribal
                                    organization, or territory that
                                    receives a grant under this
                                    subparagraph provide an assurance of a
                                    partnership among relevant education,
                                    child welfare, and homeless agencies or
                                    organizations; and
                                        ``(III) may determine any other
                                    requirements with respect to such
                                    grants (including the allocation,
                                    application, and use of fund
                                    requirements), which to the extent
                                    possible, shall be consistent with the
                                    requirements for States under this
                                    part, except that appropriate
                                    adjustments shall be made based on the
                                    needs and size of populations served by
                                    the Indian Tribe, consortium, Tribal
                                    organization, or territory applying for
                                    the grant.
                        ``(B) Reservation for department activities.--From
                    the amount appropriated under subsection (h) for a
                    fiscal year, the Secretary may reserve--
                                ``(i) not more than 7 percent to--
                                        ``(I) provide technical assistance,
                                    in consultation with Secretary of
                                    Health and Human Services, to States
                                    carrying out activities under this
                                    section; and
                                        ``(II) complete the evaluations
                                    required by subsection (g)(1); and
                                ``(ii) not more than 3 percent for
                            administrative expenses.
                        ``(C) Allocations.--From the amount appropriated
                    under subsection (h) for a fiscal year and remaining
                    after the Secretary reserves funds under subparagraphs
                    (A) and (B), the Secretary shall allocate to each State
                    the greater of--
                                ``(i) $500,000; or
                                ``(ii) the amount that bears the same
                            proportion to the remaining appropriated amount
                            for such fiscal year as the number of foster
                            youth and homeless youth in the State bears to
                            the number of foster youth and homeless youth
                            in all States.
                        ``(D) Ratable reduction.--If the amount
                    appropriated under subsection (h) for a fiscal year and
                    remaining after the Secretary reserves funds under
                    subparagraphs (A) and (B) is less than the amount
                    required to be allocated to States under subparagraph
                    (C), then the amount of the allocation to each State
                    shall be ratably reduced.
                ``(2) State reservation.--From the amounts awarded a State
            under paragraph (1)(C) for a fiscal year, the State may reserve
            not more than 5 percent for administrative expenses.
                ``(3) Temporary ineligibility for subsequent payments.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall determine a
                    State to be temporarily ineligible to receive a grant
                    payment under this subsection for a fiscal year if--
                                ``(i) the State fails to submit an annual
                            report under subsection (f) for the preceding
                            fiscal year; or
                                ``(ii) the Secretary determines, based on
                            information in such annual report, that the
                            State is not effectively--
                                        ``(I) meeting the outcomes
                                    described in the application of such
                                    State under subsection (c)(2)(C), and
                                    does not have a plan to improve the
                                    outcomes;
                                        ``(II) monitoring and evaluating
                                    the activities under subsections (d)
                                    and (e); or
                                        ``(III) using funds as required
                                    under subsections (d) and (e).
                        ``(B) Reinstatement.--If the Secretary determines
                    that a State is ineligible under subparagraph (A), the
                    Secretary may enter into an agreement with the State
                    setting forth the terms and conditions under which the
                    State may regain eligibility to receive payments under
                    this section.
        ``(c) Applications.--
                ``(1) In general.--For each fiscal year for which a State
            desires an allotment under subsection (b), the State shall
            submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such
            manner, and containing the information described in paragraph
            (2).
                ``(2) Information required.--An application submitted under
            paragraph (1) shall include the following:
                        ``(A) A plan for how the State will carry out the
                    activities under subsections (d) and (e).
                        ``(B) A description of the State's capacity to
                    carry out such activities.
                        ``(C) A description of intended outcomes for such
                    activities.
                        ``(D) A plan for how the State will monitor and
                    evaluate such activities, including how the State will
                    use data to continually update and improve such
                    activities.
                        ``(E) A description of how students will be
                    identified and recruited for participation in the
                    Statewide transition initiative under subsection (d).
                        ``(F) An estimate of the number and characteristics
                    of the populations targeted for participation in the
                    Statewide transition initiative under subsection (d)
                    with attention to the diverse needs of homeless youth
                    and foster youth in the State.
                        ``(G) A description of how the State will
                    coordinate services provided under the grant with
                    services provided to foster youth and homeless youth
                    under the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42
                    U.S.C. 11301 et seq.), the Elementary and Secondary
                    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.), the
                    Runaway and Homeless Youth Act (42 U.S.C. 5701 et
                    seq.), and other services provided to foster youth and
                    homeless youth by the State.
                        ``(H) An assurance that the State will comply with
                    subtitle B of title VII of the McKinney-Vento Homeless
                    Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11431 et seq.).
                        ``(I) An assurance that the State will partner with
                    State educational agencies, local educational agencies,
                    institutions of higher education, State and local child
                    welfare authorities, and other relevant organizations
                    that serve foster youth or homeless youth.
                        ``(J) An assurance that the State will submit the
                    annual report required under subsection (f).
                        ``(K) A budgetary analysis of the use of funds
                    awarded under this section.
                        ``(L) Such other information as the Secretary may
                    require.
        ``(d) Statewide Transition Initiative.--
                ``(1) Use of funds.--Subject to subsection (b)(2), and in
            consultation and coordination with the entities described in
            paragraph (2) of this subsection, a State receiving a grant
            award under this section shall use not less than 25 percent of
            the funds to--
                        ``(A) provide intensive outreach and support to
                    foster youth and homeless youth to--
                                ``(i) improve the understanding and
                            preparation of such youth for enrollment in
                            institutions of higher education;
                                ``(ii) increase the number of applications
                            to institutions of higher education submitted
                            by such youth; and
                                ``(iii) increase the number of enrollments
                            at institutions of higher education;
                        ``(B) provide education to foster youth and
                    homeless youth with respect to--
                                ``(i) the benefits and opportunities of
                            postsecondary education;
                                ``(ii) planning for postsecondary
                            education;
                                ``(iii) financial aid opportunities that
                            assist youth with covering the cost of
                            attendance of an institution of higher
                            education;
                                ``(iv) the Federal and State services and
                            benefits available to foster youth and homeless
                            youth while enrolled at an institution of
                            higher education, including health and mental
                            health services;
                                ``(v) career exploration; and
                                ``(vi) financial literacy training,
                            including security from identity theft;
                        ``(C) assist foster youth and homeless youth with
                    submitting applications for--
                                ``(i) enrollment at an institution of
                            higher education;
                                ``(ii) financial aid for such enrollment;
                            and
                                ``(iii) scholarships available for such
                            students, including under a State educational
                            and training voucher program referred to in
                            section 477(i) of the Social Security Act; and
                        ``(D) provide free programming, which may include
                    free transportation to and from such programming, for
                    foster youth and homeless youth to prepare such
                    individuals socially and academically for the rigors of
                    postsecondary education during the summer before such
                    individuals first attend an institution of higher
                    education.
                ``(2) Required consultation and coordination.--In carrying
            out the activities described in paragraph (1), a State shall
            consult and coordinate with State educational agencies, local
            educational agencies, institutions of higher education, State
            and local child welfare authorities, and other relevant
            organizations that serve foster youth or homeless youth.
        ``(e) Subgrants To Create Institutions of Excellence.--
                ``(1) In general.--Subject to the subsection (b)(2), a
            State receiving a grant under this section shall, acting
            through the administering State agency, use not less than 70
            percent of the funds to award, on a competitive basis,
            subgrants to eligible institutions to enable such institutions
            to become institutions of excellence by improving college
            access, retention, and completion rates for foster and homeless
            youth as described in paragraph (3).
                ``(2) Application.--
                        ``(A) In general.--An eligible institution desiring
                    a subgrant under this subsection shall submit an
                    application to the State in which such eligible
                    institution is located, at such time, in such manner,
                    and containing such information as the State may
                    require.
                        ``(B) Technical assistance.--States shall provide
                    outreach and technical assistance to eligible
                    institutions with respect to applications for subgrants
                    under this subsection.
                ``(3) Activities.--An eligible institution that receives a
            grant under this subsection shall use the grant funds to carry
            out the following activities with respect to homeless youth and
            foster youth:
                        ``(A) Provide flexibility and assistance in
                    completing the application process to enroll at such
                    institution.
                        ``(B) Coordinate programs with relevant on- and
                    off-campus stakeholders to increase the enrollment of
                    such youth at the institution and align services at the
                    institution for such youth.
                        ``(C) Adjust the cost of attendance for such youth
                    at such eligible institution to include the cost of
                    housing during periods of non-enrollment.
                        ``(D) Provide institutional aid to such students to
                    meet the cost of attendance that is not covered by
                    other Federal or State educational grants.
                        ``(E) Provide outreach to such students to ensure
                    that such youth are aware of housing resources
                    available during periods of non-enrollment.
                        ``(F) Subsidize any fees for such students
                    associated with orientation and offer free
                    transportation to college orientation or move-in week.
                        ``(G) Hire and provide training for at least one
                    full-time staff at the eligible institution to serve as
                    a point of contact to provide case management services
                    and monthly face-to-face meetings with students who are
                    foster youth or homeless youth. Such individual shall
                    have an advanced degree and at least two years of
                    relevant experience.
                        ``(H) Establish or enhance campus support programs
                    to provide such students with a wide-range of on-campus
                    services including--
                                ``(i) assistance with financial aid;
                                ``(ii) career advice; and
                                ``(iii) leadership development.
                        ``(I) Ensure the availability of robust student
                    health services (physical and mental) that meet the
                    specific needs of foster youth and homeless youth.
                        ``(J) Establish or expand early alert systems to
                    identify and support such students who may be
                    struggling academically.
                        ``(K) For each such student with reasonable,
                    unanticipated expenses that would not be covered by the
                    institutional aid provided under subparagraph (D) and
                    that would be necessary for the student to persist in
                    college during an academic year, provide the student
                    with access to an emergency grant to help cover such
                    expenses.
                        ``(L) Collect, review, and monitor data for program
                    improvement.
                ``(4) Reliance on institutional aid.--Any institutional aid
            provided to a student under paragraph (3)(D) by an eligible
            institution during the grant period of the institution's grant
            under this section shall continue to be provided during the
            student's continuous enrollment at the institution, without
            regard to whether the grant period ends during such enrollment.
                ``(5) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                        ``(A) Administering state agency.--The term
                    `administering State agency' means a State agency--
                                ``(i) designated by the Governor or
                            executive of the State to administer the
                            subgrants under this subsection; and
                                ``(ii) that, with respect to such State,
                            has jurisdiction over--
                                        ``(I) foster youth;
                                        ``(II) homeless youth;
                                        ``(III) elementary and secondary
                                    education; or
                                        ``(IV) higher education.
                        ``(B) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible
                    institution' means an institution of higher education--
                                ``(i) that is in partnership with--
                                        ``(I) the State child welfare
                                    agency that is responsible for the
                                    administration of the State plan under
                                    part B or E of title IV of the Social
                                    Security Act (42 U.S.C. 621 et seq.;
                                    670 et seq.); and
                                        ``(II) an organization that serves
                                    homeless youth (such as a youth shelter
                                    or outreach program); and
                                ``(ii) that may partner with any other
                            provider, agency, official, or entity that
                            serves foster youth and homeless youth, or
                            former foster youth and homeless youth.
        ``(f) State Reports.--For each year in which a State receives an
    allotment under subsection (b), the State shall prepare and submit a
    report to the Secretary that includes--
                ``(1) each activity or service that was carried out under
            this section;
                ``(2) the cost of providing each such activity or service;
                ``(3) the number of students who received each activity or
            service disaggregated by each subgroup of students described in
            subclauses (I) through (VI) of section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the
            Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
            6311(b)(2)(B)(xi));
                ``(4) using qualitative and quantitative analysis, how the
            State--
                        ``(A) improved access to higher education for
                    foster youth and homeless youth; and
                        ``(B) measured youth satisfaction with activities
                    carried out under this part;
                ``(5) an analysis of the implementation and progress of the
            Statewide transition initiative under subsection (d), including
            challenges and changes made to the initiative throughout the
            preceding year;
                ``(6) if, based on the analysis under paragraph (5), the
            State determines that the program is not on track to meet the
            intended outcomes described in the application of the State
            under subsection (c)(2)(C), a description of how the State
            plans to meet such intended outcomes; and
                ``(7) information on the eligible institutions receiving
            subgrants, including how such institutions used subgrant funds
            to carry out the activities described in subsection (e)(3).
        ``(g) Department Activities.--
                ``(1) Evaluations.--Beginning on the date on which funds
            are first allotted under subsection (b), and annually
            thereafter, the Secretary shall evaluate recipients of
            allotments and subgrants under this section. The results of
            such evaluations shall be made publicly available on the
            website of the Department.
                ``(2) Report to congress.--Not later than 1 year after the
            date on which funds are first allocated under subsection (b),
            and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit a report to
            Congress that includes--
                        ``(A) the amount of each allotment under subsection
                    (b);
                        ``(B) the amount of each subgrant under subsection
                    (e); and
                        ``(C) with respect to the year for which such
                    report is made, the results of the evaluations under
                    paragraph (1).
        ``(h) Authorization of Appropriations.--
                ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), there are
            authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part
            $150,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding
            fiscal years.
                ``(2) Adjustment for inflation.--
                        ``(A) In general.--The amount authorized to be
                    appropriated under paragraph (1) for fiscal year 2022
                    and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years shall be
                    deemed increased by the annual adjustment percentage.
                        ``(B) Definition.--In this paragraph, the term
                    `annual adjustment percentage', as applied to a fiscal
                    year, means the estimated percentage change in the
                    Consumer Price Index (as determined by the Secretary,
                    using the definition in section 478(f)) for the most
                    recent calendar year ending before the beginning of
                    that fiscal year.''.

                        TITLE VIII--ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS

    SEC. 8001. RONALD V. DELLUMS MEMORIAL STEAM SCHOLARS PROGRAM.

        Part B of title VIII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
    1161b) is amended to read as follows:

              ``Part B--Ronald V. Dellums Memorial STEAM Scholars

    ``SEC. 802. RONALD V. DELLUMS MEMORIAL STEAM SCHOLARS PROGRAM.

        ``(a) Program Authorized.--
                ``(1) Grants for scholarships.--The Secretary shall award
            grants under this section to institutions of higher education
            (as defined in section 101) to provide scholarships to eligible
            students for the purpose of enabling such students to enter
            into the STEAM workforce and increasing the number of
            underrepresented students in STEAM fields.
                ``(2) Eligible students.--A student is eligible for a
            scholarship under this section if the student--
                        ``(A) meets the requirements of section 484(a);
                        ``(B) is an at least half-time student who has
                    completed at least the first year of undergraduate
                    study;
                        ``(C) is enrolled in a program of undergraduate
                    instruction leading to a bachelor's degree at the
                    institution with a major in a STEAM field; and
                        ``(D) has obtained a cumulative grade point average
                    of at least a 3.0 (or the equivalent as determined
                    under regulations prescribed by the Secretary) at the
                    end of the most recently completed term.
                ``(3) Priority for scholarships.--The Secretary shall set a
            priority for awarding scholarships under this section for
            students agreeing to work after graduation in a STEAM field.
                ``(4) Students from minority-serving institutions and
            historically black colleges and universities.--The Secretary
            shall ensure that not fewer than 50 percent of the scholarships
            awarded under this section are awarded to eligible students who
            attend historically Black colleges and universities and other
            minority-serving institutions, including Hispanic-serving
            institutions, Asian American and Native American Pacific
            Islander-serving institutions, American Indian Tribally
            controlled colleges and universities, Alaska Native and Native
            Hawaiian-serving institutions, Predominantly Black
            Institutions, and Native American-serving, Nontribal
            institutions.
                ``(5) Amount and duration of scholarship.--Scholarship
            amounts awarded under this section shall not exceed--
                        ``(A) $10,000 per student for an academic year; and
                        ``(B) $40,000 per student in the aggregate.
        ``(b) Matching Requirement.--In order to receive a grant under this
    section, an institution of higher education shall provide matching
    funds for the scholarships awarded under this section in an amount
    equal to 25 percent of the Federal funds received.
        ``(c) Application.--An institution that desires a grant under this
    section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in
    such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may
    require. Each application shall include a description of how the
    institution will meet the matching requirement of subsection (b).
        ``(d) Reports.--Not later than 2 years after the date on which the
    first scholarship is awarded under this section, and each academic year
    thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Congress a report
    containing--
                ``(1) a description and analysis of the demographic
            information of students who receive scholarships under this
            section, including information with respect to such students
            regarding--
                        ``(A) race;
                        ``(B) ethnicity;
                        ``(C) gender; and
                        ``(D) eligibility to receive a Pell Grant;
                ``(2) the total number of underrepresented students in
            STEAM fields who obtain a degree with scholarship funds each
            year; and
                ``(3) an analysis of the effects of the program on the
            goals of increasing the number of underrepresented students in
            STEAM fields and the number of such students who enter into the
            STEAM workforce.
        ``(e) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be
    appropriated to carry out this section $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2021
    and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.
        ``(f) Definitions.--For purposes of this section:
                ``(1) The term `minority-serving institution' means an
            institution eligible to receive assistance under title III or
            V.
                ``(2) The term `STEAM' means science, technology,
            engineering, arts, and mathematics.
                ``(3) The term `underrepresented student in STEAM fields'
            means a student who is a member of a minority group for which
            the number of individuals in such group who annually receive
            bachelor's degrees in the STEAM fields per 10,000 individuals
            in such group is substantially less than the number of white,
            non-Hispanic individuals who annually receive bachelor's
            degrees in the STEAM fields per 10,000 such individuals.''.

    SEC. 8002. TEACH FOR AMERICA.

        Subparagraph (C) of section 806(f)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1161f(f)(1)) is
    amended to read as follows:
                        ``(C) $30,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of
                    the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

    SEC. 8003. PATSY T. MINK FELLOWSHIP PROGRAM.

        Subsection (f) of section 807 (20 U.S.C. 1161g) is amended to read
    as follows:
        ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be
    appropriated to carry out this section $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2021
    and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

    SEC. 8004. IMPROVING SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, ENGINEERING, AND MATHEMATICS
                  EDUCATION WITH A FOCUS ON AMERICAN INDIAN, ALASKA NATIVE,
                  AND NATIVE HAWAIIAN STUDENTS.

        Section 819 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1161j)
    is amended--
                (1) in the section heading, by striking ``alaska native and
            native hawaiian'' and inserting ``native american'';
                (2) in subsection (a)(2), by striking ``Alaska Natives and
            Native Hawaiians'' and inserting ``American Indians, Alaska
            Natives, Native Hawaiians and other Native American Pacific
            Islanders to enable them to succeed in these fields'';
                (3) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) by redesignating paragraphs (1), (2), (3), and
                    (4), as paragraphs (2), (4), (5), and (6),
                    respectively;
                        (B) by inserting before paragraph (2), as
                    redesignated by subparagraph (A), the following:
                ``(1) Native american.--The term `Native American' includes
            Alaska Natives, American Indians, Native Hawaiians and Native
            American Pacific Islanders.''; and
                        (C) by inserting after paragraph (2), as
                    redesignated by subparagraph (A), the following:
                ``(3) American indian.--The term `American Indian' has the
            meaning given the term `Indian' in section 202 of the Indian
            Land Consolidation Act (25 U.S.C. 2201).'';
                (4) in subsection (c)--
                        (A) by inserting ``create or'' after ``to enable
                    the eligible partnership to'';
                        (B) by inserting ``Native American'' after ``the
                    development of''; and
                        (C) by striking ``, including existing programs for
                    Alaska Native and Native Hawaiian students'';
                (5) in subsection (d)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``Alaska Native
                    or Native Hawaiian students'' and inserting ``programs
                    that serve Native American students'';
                        (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``Alaska Native
                    and Native Hawaiian students'' and inserting ``programs
                    that serve Native American students''; and
                        (C) in paragraph (3), by striking ``Alaska Native
                    or Native Hawaiian students'' and inserting ``Native
                    American students'';
                (6) in subsection (f), by striking ``30 percent or more of
            the program participants are Alaska Native or Native Hawaiian''
            and inserting ``30 percent or more of the program participants
            are Native American''; and
                (7) in subsection (i), by striking ``to carry out this
            section such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and
            each of the five succeeding fiscal years'' and inserting
            ``$5,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding
            fiscal years''.

    SEC. 8005. GRANTS FOR RURAL-SERVING INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION.

        Subsection (g) of section 861 (20 U.S.C. 1161q) is amended to read
    as follows:
        ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be
    appropriated to carry out this section $20,000,000 for fiscal year 2021
    and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

    SEC. 8006. TRAINING FOR REALTIME WRITERS TO PROVIDE CLOSED CAPTIONING
                  AND COURT REPORTING SERVICES.

        Section 872(e) (20 U.S.C. 1161s(e)) is amended by striking ``2009''
    and inserting ``2021''.

    SEC. 8007. GRANT PROGRAM TO ESTABLISH, MAINTAIN, AND IMPROVE VETERAN
                  STUDENT CENTERS.

        (a) In General.--Title VIII (20 U.S.C. 1161a et seq.) is amended by
    striking part T (20 U.S.C. 1161t) and inserting the following:

                  ``PART T--GRANTS FOR VETERAN STUDENT CENTERS

    ``SEC. 873. GRANTS FOR VETERAN STUDENT CENTERS.

        ``(a) Grants Authorized.--Subject to the availability of
    appropriations under subsection (i), the Secretary shall award grants
    to institutions of higher education or consortia of institutions of
    higher education to assist in the establishment, maintenance,
    improvement, and operation of Veteran Student Centers. The Secretary
    shall award not more than 30 grants in a fiscal year under this
    section.
        ``(b) Eligibility.--
                ``(1) Application.--An institution or consortium seeking a
            grant under subsection (a) shall submit to the Secretary an
            application at such time, in such manner, and containing such
            information as the Secretary may require.
                ``(2) Criteria.--The Secretary may award a grant under
            subsection (a) to an institution or a consortium if the
            institution or consortium meets each of the following criteria:
                        ``(A) The institution or consortium enrolls in
                    undergraduate or graduate courses--
                                ``(i) a significant number of veteran
                            students, members of the Armed Forces serving
                            on active duty, and members of a reserve
                            component of the Armed Forces; or
                                ``(ii) a significant percentage of veteran
                            students, as measured by comparing the overall
                            enrollment of the institution or consortium to
                            the number, for the most recent academic year
                            for which data are available, of veteran
                            students, members of the Armed Forces serving
                            on active duty, and members of a reserve
                            component of the Armed Forces who are enrolled
                            in undergraduate or graduate courses at the
                            institution or consortium.
                        ``(B) The institution or consortium presents a
                    sustainability plan to demonstrate that the Veteran
                    Student Center of such institution or consortium will
                    be maintained and will continue operations upon
                    conclusion of the grant period under subsection (a).
                ``(3) Additional criteria.--
                        ``(A) Mandatory considerations.--In awarding grants
                    under subsection (a), the Secretary shall consider
                    institutions or consortia representing a broad spectrum
                    of sectors and sizes, including institutions or
                    consortia from urban, suburban, and rural regions of
                    the United States.
                        ``(B) Discretionary criteria.--In awarding grants
                    under subsection (a), the Secretary may provide
                    consideration to institutions or consortia that meet
                    one or more of the following criteria:
                                ``(i) The institution or consortium is
                            located in a region or community that has a
                            significant population of veterans.
                                ``(ii) The institution or consortium
                            carries out programs or activities that assist
                            veterans in the local community and the spouses
                            of veteran students.
                                ``(iii) The institution or consortium
                            partners in its veteran-specific programming
                            with nonprofit veteran service organizations,
                            local workforce development organizations, or
                            institutions of higher education.
                                ``(iv) The institution or consortium
                            commits to hiring staff at the Veteran Student
                            Center that includes veterans (including
                            veteran student volunteers and veteran students
                            participating in a Federal work-study program
                            under part C of title IV, a work-study program
                            administered by the Secretary of Veteran
                            Affairs, or a State work-study program).
                                ``(v) The institution or consortium commits
                            to using a portion of the grant received under
                            this section to develop and implement an early-
                            warning veteran student retention program
                            designed to alert staff at the Veteran Student
                            Center that a veteran student may be facing
                            difficulties that could lead to the non-
                            completion of the course of study of such
                            veteran.
                                ``(vi) The institution or consortium
                            commits to providing mental health counseling
                            to its veteran students and their spouses.
                                ``(vii) The institution or consortium
                            carries out programs or activities that assist
                            individuals pursuing a course of education
                            using educational assistance under chapter 31
                            of title 38, United States Code.
        ``(c) Use of Funds.--
                ``(1) In general.--An institution or consortium that is
            awarded a grant under subsection (a) shall use such grant to
            establish, maintain, improve, or operate a Veteran Student
            Center.
                ``(2) Other allowable uses.--An institution or consortium
            receiving a grant under subsection (a) may use a portion of
            such funds to carry out supportive instruction services for
            student veterans, including--
                        ``(A) assistance with special admissions and
                    transfer of credit from previous postsecondary
                    education or experience; and
                        ``(B) any other support services the institution or
                    consortium determines to be necessary to ensure the
                    success of veterans on campus in achieving education
                    and career goals.
        ``(d) Amounts Awarded.--
                ``(1) Duration.--Each grant awarded under subsection (a)
            shall be for a 4-year period.
                ``(2) Total amount of grant and schedule.--Each grant
            awarded under subsection (a) may not exceed a total of
            $500,000. The Secretary shall disburse to an institution or
            consortium the amounts awarded under the grant in such amounts
            and at such times during the grant period as the Secretary
            determines appropriate.
        ``(e) Report.--From the amounts appropriated to carry out this
    section, and not later than 3 years after the date on which the first
    grant is awarded under subsection (a), the Secretary shall submit to
    Congress a report on the grant program established under subsection
    (a), including--
                ``(1) the number of grants awarded;
                ``(2) the institutions of higher education and consortia
            that have received grants;
                ``(3) with respect to each such institution of higher
            education and consortium--
                        ``(A) the amounts awarded;
                        ``(B) how such institution or consortium used such
                    amounts;
                        ``(C) a description of the students to whom
                    services were offered as a result of the award; and
                        ``(D) data enumerating whether the use of the
                    amounts awarded helped veteran students at the
                    institution or consortium toward completion of a
                    degree, certificate, or credential;
                ``(4) best practices for veteran student success,
            identified by reviewing data provided by institutions and
            consortia that received a grant under this section; and
                ``(5) a determination by the Secretary with respect to
            whether the grant program under this section should be extended
            or expanded.
        ``(f) Termination.--The authority of the Secretary to carry out the
    grant program established under subsection (a) shall terminate on the
    date that is 4 years after the date on which the first grant is awarded
    under subsection (a).
        ``(g) Department of Education Best Practices Website.--Subject to
    the availability of appropriations under subsection (i) and not later
    than 3 years after the date on which the first grant is awarded under
    subsection (a), the Secretary shall develop and implement a website for
    veteran student services at institutions of higher education, which
    details best practices for serving veteran students at institutions of
    higher education.
        ``(h) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the
            term in section 101.
                ``(2) Veteran student center.--The term `Veteran Student
            Center' means a dedicated space on a campus of an institution
            of higher education that provides students who are veterans or
            members of the Armed Forces with the following:
                        ``(A) A lounge or meeting space for such veteran
                    students, their spouses or partners, and veterans in
                    the community.
                        ``(B) A centralized office for veteran services
                    that--
                                ``(i) is a single point of contact to
                            coordinate comprehensive support services for
                            veteran students;
                                ``(ii) is staffed by trained employees and
                            volunteers, which includes veterans and at
                            least one full-time employee or volunteer who
                            is trained as a veterans' benefits counselor;
                                ``(iii) provides veteran students with
                            assistance relating to--
                                        ``(I) transitioning from the
                                    military to student life;
                                        ``(II) transitioning from the
                                    military to the civilian workforce;
                                        ``(III) networking with other
                                    veteran students and veterans in the
                                    community;
                                        ``(IV) understanding and obtaining
                                    benefits provided by the institution of
                                    higher education, Federal Government,
                                    and State for which such students may
                                    be eligible;
                                        ``(V) understanding how to succeed
                                    in the institution of higher education,
                                    including by understanding academic
                                    policies, the course selection process,
                                    and institutional policies and
                                    practices related to the transfer of
                                    academic credits; and
                                        ``(VI) understanding their
                                    disability-related rights and
                                    protections under the Americans with
                                    Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C.
                                    12101 et seq.) and section 504 of the
                                    Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C.
                                    794); and
                                ``(iv) provides comprehensive academic and
                            tutoring services for veteran students,
                            including peer-to-peer tutoring and academic
                            mentorship.
        ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be
    appropriated to carry out this part $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2021
    and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.
        (b) Continuation of Awards.--An institution of higher education
    that received a grant under section 873 of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1161t) before the date of enactment of this Act, as
    such section 873 (20 U.S.C. 1161t) was in effect on the day before the
    date of enactment of this Act, shall continue to receive funds in
    accordance with the terms and conditions of such grant.

    SEC. 8008. UNIVERSITY SUSTAINABILITY PROGRAM AMENDMENTS.

        Section 881 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1161u)
    is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)--
                        (A) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting:
                ``(1) In general.--From the amounts appropriated to carry
            out this section, the Secretary, in consultation with the
            Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, shall
            make grants to eligible entities to establish sustainability
            programs to design and implement the teaching and practice of
            sustainability, including in the areas of staff and faculty
            professional development, energy management, greenhouse gas
            emissions reductions, green building, waste management,
            transportation, resilience, green workforce, and other aspects
            of sustainability that integrate the local community with
            multidisciplinary academic programs and are applicable to the
            private and Government sectors.''; and
                        (B) by striking paragraph (3)(B) and inserting:
                        ``(B) a nonprofit consortium, association,
                    alliance, or collaboration operating in partnership
                    with more than one institution of higher education.'';
                (2) in subsection (c)--
                        (A) in paragraph (1)--
                                (i) by inserting ``in alignment with local
                            community needs'' after ``following purposes'';
                                (ii) in subparagraph (D)--
                                        (I) by striking ``establish'' and
                                    inserting ``scale established'';
                                        (II) by striking ``purchasing,
                                    toxics management,''; and
                                        (III) by inserting ``resilience,
                                    green workforce,'' after
                                    ``transportation,''; and
                                (iii) in subparagraph (G), by inserting
                            ``economics, law, political science,'' after
                            ``business,''; and
                        (B) in paragraph (2)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``of''
                            and inserting ``relating to''; and
                                (ii) in subparagraph (C), by inserting
                            ``city and State governments,'' after
                            ``business,'';
                (3) in subsection (e), by striking ``$250,000 or more than
            $2,000,000'' and inserting ``$200,000 or more than $500,000'';
            and
                (4) in subsection (f), by striking ``2009'' and inserting
            ``2021''.

    SEC. 8009. MODELING AND SIMULATION.

        Subsection (e) of section 891 (20 U.S.C. 1161v) is amended, in the
    matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking the first sentence and
    inserting the following: ``There is authorized to be appropriated to
    carry out this section $75,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the
    5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

    SEC. 8010. MANDATORY FUNDING FOR MASTERS AND POSTBACCALAUREATE
                  PROGRAMS.

        (a) Masters Degree Programs.--Section 897 (20 U.S.C. 1161aa) is
    amended by striking ``$11,500,000 for fiscal year 2009 and for each of
    the five succeeding fiscal years'' and inserting ``$13,500,000 for
    fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal year''.
        (b) Postbaccalaureate Programs.--Section 898 (20 U.S.C. 1161aa-1)
    is amended--
                (1) by striking ``In addition'' and inserting ``(a)
            Additional Appropriations for Part B of Title V.--In
            addition'';
                (2) by striking ``$11,500,000 for fiscal year 2009 and for
            each of the five succeeding fiscal years'' and inserting
            ``$21,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal
            year''; and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
        ``(b) Additional Appropriations for Part A of Title VII.--In
    addition to any amounts appropriated under subpart 5 of part A of title
    VII, there are authorized to be appropriated, and there are
    appropriated, out of any funds in the Treasury not otherwise
    appropriated, $13,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5
    succeeding fiscal years to carry out subpart 5 of part A of title
    VII.''.

    SEC. 8011. FUNDS FOR ACCESS TO OPEN EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES.

        Title VIII (20 U.S.C. 1161a et seq.) is amended by adding at the
    end the following:

                ``PART BB--ACCESS TO OPEN EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES

    ``SEC. 899. AFFORDABLE COLLEGE TEXTBOOKS.

        ``(a) Grant Program.--
                ``(1) Grants authorized.--From the amounts appropriated
            under paragraph (8), the Secretary shall make grants, on a
            competitive basis, to eligible entities to support projects
            that expand the use of high-quality open textbooks in order to
            achieve savings for students while improving instruction and
            student learning outcomes.
                ``(2) Applications.--
                        ``(A) In general.--Each eligible entity desiring a
                    grant under this subsection, after consultation with
                    relevant faculty, shall submit an application to the
                    Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing
                    such information as the Secretary may reasonably
                    require.
                        ``(B) Contents.--Each application submitted under
                    subparagraph (A) shall include--
                                ``(i) a description of the proposed project
                            to be completed with grant funds;
                                ``(ii) a plan for promoting and tracking
                            the use of open textbooks in postsecondary
                            courses offered by the eligible entity,
                            including an estimate of the projected savings
                            that will be achieved for students through the
                            use of such textbooks;
                                ``(iii) a description of how the eligible
                            entity will evaluate whether existing open
                            educational resources could be used or adapted
                            into open educational resources before creating
                            new open educational resources;
                                ``(iv) a plan for quality review (including
                            peer review), review of accuracy, and review of
                            accessibility of any open educational resources
                            created or adapted through the grant;
                                ``(v) a plan for assessing the impact of
                            open textbooks on instruction and student
                            learning outcomes at the eligible entity;
                                ``(vi) a plan for disseminating information
                            about the results of the project to
                            institutions of higher education outside of the
                            eligible entity, including promoting the
                            adoption of any open textbooks created or
                            adapted through the grant;
                                ``(vii) a statement on consultation with
                            relevant faculty, including those engaged in
                            the creation of open educational resources, in
                            the development of the application; and
                                ``(viii) an assurance that open educational
                            resources utilized, developed, or researched
                            will be available in accessible formats, which
                            may include braille, audio books, closed
                            captioning, and audio descriptions.
                ``(3) Special consideration.--In awarding grants under this
            section, the Secretary shall give special consideration to
            applications that demonstrate the greatest potential to--
                        ``(A) achieve the highest level of savings for
                    students through sustainable expanded use of high-
                    quality open textbooks in postsecondary courses offered
                    by the eligible entity;
                        ``(B) achieve improvements in student learning and
                    student outcomes;
                        ``(C) expand the use of open textbooks at
                    institutions of higher education outside of the
                    eligible entity; and
                        ``(D) produce--
                                ``(i) the highest quality and most
                            accessible open textbooks;
                                ``(ii) open textbooks that can be most
                            easily utilized and adapted by faculty members
                            at institutions of higher education;
                                ``(iii) open textbooks that correspond to
                            the highest enrollment courses at institutions
                            of higher education;
                                ``(iv) open textbooks created or adapted in
                            partnership with entities, including campus
                            bookstores, that will assist in marketing and
                            distribution of the open textbook; and
                                ``(v) open textbooks that conform to
                            accessibility standards under section 508 of
                            the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C.
                            794d).
                ``(4) Use of funds.--
                        ``(A) Mandatory uses of funds.--An eligible entity
                    that receives a grant under this section shall use the
                    grant funds to carry out the following activities to
                    expand the use of open textbooks:
                                ``(i) Professional development for any
                            faculty and staff members at institutions of
                            higher education, including the search for and
                            review of open textbooks.
                                ``(ii) Creation or adaptation of high-
                            quality open educational resources that conform
                            to accessibility standards under section 508 of
                            the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C.
                            794d), especially open textbooks, and the
                            quality assurance of such open educational
                            resources.
                                ``(iii) Development or improvement of tools
                            and informational resources that support the
                            use of open textbooks, including improving
                            accessible instructional materials for students
                            with disabilities that conform to accessibility
                            standards under section 508 of the
                            Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794d).
                                ``(iv) Research evaluating the efficacy of
                            the use of open textbooks for achieving savings
                            for students and the impact on instruction and
                            student learning outcomes.
                        ``(B) Discretionary use of funds.--An eligible
                    entity that receives a grant under this section may use
                    grant funds to purchase or maintain electronic
                    equipment necessary for the operation or use of digital
                    open educational resources, including mobile computer
                    devices and accompanying hardware, software
                    applications, computer systems and platforms, and other
                    digital and online services and support.
                ``(5) Open licensing requirement.--
                        ``(A) Copyright.--An eligible entity receiving a
                    grant under this section may, with prior approval from
                    the Secretary, assert a copyright in a copyrightable
                    work first produced under the grant.
                        ``(B) Open license requirement.--
                                ``(i) Requirement.--With respect to each
                            copyrightable work first produced under the
                            grant, except as provided in clause (ii), an
                            eligible entity that asserts a copyright under
                            subparagraph (A) shall provide to the public a
                            non-exclusive, royalty-free, perpetual,
                            irrevocable, worldwide license to carry out
                            each exclusive right provided to that eligible
                            entity under section 106 of title 17, United
                            States Code.
                                ``(ii) Exception.--With respect to a
                            copyrightable work first produced under the
                            grant that employs preexisting material, the
                            requirement described under such subparagraph
                            shall apply to such work to the extent that--
                                        ``(I) no copyright subsists in such
                                    preexisting material; or
                                        ``(II) the eligible entity is
                                    authorized to license such material in
                                    the manner described under such
                                    subparagraph.
                        ``(C) Rule of construction.--Nothing in this
                    subsection may be construed as affecting the
                    application of the requirements of chapter 18 of title
                    35, United States Code (commonly known as the `Bayh-
                    Dole Act').
                        ``(D) Copyrightable work defined.--In this
                    subsection, the term `copyrightable work' means a work
                    subject to protection under title 17, United States
                    Code, but does not include a work that may be
                    patentable or otherwise protectable under title 35,
                    United States Code.
                ``(6) Access and distribution.--The full and complete
            digital content of each educational resource created or adapted
            under paragraph (5) shall be made available free of charge to
            the public--
                        ``(A) on an easily accessible and interoperable
                    website, which shall be identified to the Secretary by
                    the eligible entity;
                        ``(B) in a machine readable, digital format that
                    anyone can directly download, edit with attribution,
                    and redistribute; and
                        ``(C) in a fully accessible format in compliance
                    with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42
                    U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) and section 508 of the
                    Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794d).
                ``(7) Report.--Upon an eligible entity's completion of a
            project for which the eligible entity received a grant under
            this section, the eligible entity shall prepare and submit a
            report to the Secretary regarding--
                        ``(A) the effectiveness of the project in expanding
                    the use of high-quality open textbooks and in achieving
                    savings for students;
                        ``(B) the impact of the project on expanding the
                    use of open textbooks at institutions of higher
                    education outside of the eligible entity;
                        ``(C) educational resources created or adapted
                    under the grant, including instructions on where the
                    public can access each educational resource under the
                    terms of paragraphs (5) and (6);
                        ``(D) information about the quality review process
                    that was used to ensure quality and accuracy;
                        ``(E) the impact of the project on instruction and
                    student learning outcomes; and
                        ``(F) all project costs, including the value of any
                    volunteer labor and institutional capital used for the
                    project.
                ``(8) Authorization of appropriations.--There are
            authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section
            $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding
            fiscal years.
        ``(b) Report to Congress.--Not later than 2 years after the date of
    enactment of College Affordability Act, the Secretary shall prepare and
    submit a report to authorizing committees detailing--
                ``(1) the high-quality open textbooks created or adapted
            under this section;
                ``(2) the adoption of such open textbooks;
                ``(3) the savings generated for students, States,
            territories, and the Federal Government through the use of open
            textbooks; and
                ``(4) the impact of open textbooks on instruction and
            student learning outcomes.
        ``(c) GAO Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of
    enactment of College Affordability Act, the Comptroller General of the
    United States shall prepare and submit a report to the authorizing
    committees on the cost of textbooks to students at institutions of
    higher education. The report shall include--
                ``(1) the change of the cost of textbooks between the date
            of the enactment of the College Affordability Act and the date
            of such report;
                ``(2) the factors that have contributed to such change in
            the cost of textbooks, including the impact of open textbooks
            on the cost;
                ``(3) the extent to which open textbooks are used at
            institutions of higher education compared to the use of open
            textbooks before the date of the enactment of this subsection;
                ``(4) how institutions are tracking the impact of open
            textbooks on instruction and student learning outcomes;
                ``(5) the availability of accessible forms of open
            textbooks and the barriers faced by students with disabilities
            in accessing accessible forms of open educational resources
            compared to the barriers faced in accessing traditional
            educational materials; and
                ``(6) the barriers faced by other student populations,
            including low-income students, in accessing high-quality open
            educational resources compared to the barriers faced in
            accessing traditional educational materials.
        ``(d) Definitions.--In this section:
                ``(1) Educational resource.--The term `educational
            resource' means a print or digital educational material that
            can be used in postsecondary instruction, including textbooks
            and other written or audiovisual works.
                ``(2) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means an
            institution of higher education or a consortia of such
            institutions of higher education.
                ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term
            `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the
            term in section 101.
                ``(4) Open educational resource.--The term `open
            educational resource' means a print or digital educational
            resource that either resides in the public domain or has been
            released under an intellectual property license that permits
            its free use, reuse, modification, and sharing with others.
                ``(5) Open textbook.--The term `open textbook' means an
            open educational resource or set of open educational resources
            that either is a textbook or can be used in place of a textbook
            for a postsecondary course at an institution of higher
            education.
                ``(6) Relevant faculty.--The term `relevant faculty' means
            both tenure track and contingent faculty members who may be
            involved in the creation of open educational resources or the
            use of open educational resources created as part of the grant
            application.''.

    SEC. 8012. REPEALS.

        Title VIII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1161a et
    seq.), as amended by this title, is further amended by repealing the
    following:
                (1) Section 801 (20 U.S.C. 1161a).
                (2) Section 803 (20 U.S.C. 1161c).
                (3) Section 804 (20 U.S.C. 1161d).
                (4) Section 805 (20 U.S.C. 1161e).
                (5) Section 808 (20 U.S.C. 1161h).
                (6) Section 818 (20 U.S.C. 1161i-7).
                (7) Section 820 (20 U.S.C. 1161k).
                (8) Section 824 (20 U.S.C. 1161l-3)
                (9) Section 830 (20 U.S.C. 1161m).
                (10) Section 835 (20 U.S.C. 1161n-4).
                (11) Section 841 (20 U.S.C. 1161o).
                (12) Section 851 (20 U.S.C. 1161p).
                (13) Section 871 (20 U.S.C. 1161r).
                (14) Section 893 (20 U.S.C. 1161x).
                (15) Section 894 (20 U.S.C. 1161y).
                (16) Section 895 (20 U.S.C. 1161z).

               TITLE IX--DIRECTIVES TO THE SECRETARY OF EDUCATION

    SEC. 9001. PROVIDING THAT THE SECRETARY OF EDUCATION MAY NOT ISSUE OR
                  ENFORCE CERTAIN RULES THAT WEAKEN THE ENFORCEMENT OF THE
                  PROHIBITION OF SEX DISCRIMINATION APPLICABLE UNDER TITLE
                  IX OF THE EDUCATION AMENDMENTS OF 1972.

        The Secretary of Education may not--
                (1) take any action to implement, enforce, or otherwise
            give effect to the proposed amendments to regulations relating
            to the enforcement of title IX of the Education Amendments of
            1972, published on November 29, 2018, under the heading
            ``Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Sex in Education Programs
            or Activities Receiving Federal Financial Assistance'' (83 Fed.
            Reg. 61462); or
                (2) propose or issue any rule or guidance that is similar
            in substance or effect to any of such proposed amendments.

    SEC. 9002. STUDY AND REPORT ON SINGLE CERTIFICATION FORM.

        (a) Study.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment
    of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall conduct a study on the
    feasibility of developing a single certification form that borrowers
    may use to electronically submit information with respect to--
                (1) TEACH Grants under subpart 9 of part A of title IV of
            the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g et seq.);
                (2) loan forgiveness under section 428J of the Higher
            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078-10);
                (3) loan cancellation under section 460 of the Higher
            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087j); and
                (4) public service loan forgiveness under section 455(m) of
            the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(m)).
        (b) Report.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment
    of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall submit a report to
    Congress that includes--
                (1) the results of the study required under subsection (a);
            and
                (2) recommendations with respect to using a single
            certification form that borrowers may use to electronically
            submit information with respect to the programs specified in
            paragraphs (1) through (4) of such subsection.

    SEC. 9003. LONGITUDINAL STUDY ON THE EFFECTIVENESS OF STUDENT LOAN
                  COUNSELING.

        (a) In General.--Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment
    of this Act, the Secretary of Education, acting through the Director of
    the Institute of Education Sciences, shall begin conducting a rigorous,
    longitudinal study of the impact and effectiveness of the student loan
    counseling--
                (1) provided under subsections (b), (l), and (n) of section
            485 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092), as
            amended by this Act; and
                (2) provided through such other means as the Secretary of
            Education may determine.
        (b) Contents.--
                (1) Borrower information.--The longitudinal study carried
            out under subsection (a) shall include borrower information, in
            the aggregate and disaggregated by race, ethnicity, gender,
            income, status as an individual with a disability, and status
            as a first generation college student (defined in section
            402A(h)(3)), on--
                        (A) student persistence;
                        (B) degree attainment;
                        (C) program completion;
                        (D) successful entry into student loan repayment;
                        (E) cumulative borrowing levels; and
                        (F) such other factors as the Secretary of
                    Education may determine.
                (2) Exception.--The disaggregation under paragraph (1)
            shall not be required in a case in which the number of
            borrowers in a category is insufficient to yield statistically
            reliable information or the results would reveal personally
            identifiable information about an individual borrower.
        (c) Interim Reports.--Not later than 18 months after the
    commencement of the study under subsection (a), and annually
    thereafter, the Secretary of Education shall evaluate the progress of
    the study and report any short-term findings to the appropriate
    committees of Congress.

    SEC. 9004. STUDY AND PROCEDURES ON DETERMINING FAMILY SIZE.

        (a) In General.--Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment
    of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall--
                (1) conduct, in consultation with the Secretary of the
            Treasury, a study which meets the specifications described in
            subsection (b), on the effect of using data from the Internal
            Revenue Service on the deduction for personal exemptions
            provided by section 151 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
            for a proxy for family size in an income-driven repayment plan,
            and publish such study in the Federal Register;
                (2) use the results of the study conducted under paragraph
            (1) to develop procedures for determining family size for the
            automatic recertification of income for an income-driven
            repayment plan in a manner that minimizes burdens and
            unintended harm to borrowers;
                (3) publish the procedures developed under paragraph (2) in
            the Federal Register; and
                (4) after a notice and comment period on such procedures,
            use such comments to finalize the procedures.
        (b) Specifications.--The study conducted under subsection (a)(1)
    shall--
                (1) determine how closely such personal exemptions match
            the family size that borrowers report on their income-driven
            repayment plan request form;
                (2) compare the borrower's actual monthly payment amount
            with the monthly payment amount borrowers would have using
            family size information derived from tax returns; and
                (3) use data from more than one year, where possible, to
            analyze how much family size changes over time.
        (c) Definition.--The term ``the income-driven repayment plan''
    means a plan described in subparagraph (D) or (E) of section 455(d)(1)
    of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(d)(1)) and the
    income-based repayment plan under section 493C(f) of such Act (20
    U.S.C. 1098e(f)), as added by section 4627 of this Act.

    SEC. 9005. UNIVERSAL UNIQUE NUMERIC DATA IDENTIFIER.

        (a) Assignment of Unique Numeric Identifier Required.--Not later
    than 18 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, the
    Secretary of Education shall assign a unique numeric identifier to at
    least each campus of each institution of higher education that
    participates in a program under title IV of the Higher Education Act of
    1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) to be used for reporting and
    disaggregating data for the purposes of the following:
                (1) Surveys conducted as a part of the Integrated
            Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS) or any other
            Federal postsecondary institution data collection effort, as
            completed in accordance with section 487(a)(17) of the Higher
            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(17)).
                (2) Reports required to be filed under section 485(f) of
            the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(f)).
                (3) The electronic exchange of data under section 485B of
            the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092b).
                (4) Determinations under section 496 of the Higher
            Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099b).
                (5) Reports filed on the College Scorecard website of the
            Department of Education (or any successor website).
                (6) Reports filed on the College Navigator website (as
            defined in section 132 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
            U.S.C. 1015a)).
                (7) Data submitted to the postsecondary student data system
            established under section 132(l) of the Higher Education Act of
            1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015a(l)), as added by this Act.
                (8) To the extent determined to be appropriate by the
            Secretary, any other data systems of the Department of
            Education that include information on institutions of higher
            education.
        (b) Considerations.--In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary
    of Education shall--
                (1) consider the ability to use the unique numeric
            identifier assigned under such subsection to--
                        (A) disaggregate institutions of higher education
                    by corporate ownership;
                        (B) identify an institution of higher education
                    with more than one campus; and
                        (C) in the case of institutions of higher education
                    described in subparagraph (B), distinguish between a
                    campus with a specific location and a distance
                    education program;
                (2) account for interactions of the unique numeric
            identifier with requirements under title IV of the Higher
            Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), including by preventing
            institutional attempts to evade such requirements by changing
            the unique numeric identifiers associated with the campuses of
            the institution;
                (3) to the extent practicable, minimize the paperwork
            burden on institutions of higher education;
                (4) create and make public a crosswalk indicating changes
            in the unique numeric identifiers assigned by the Secretary to
            each campus under subsection (a) and the numeric identifiers
            used by the Department of Education prior to the date on which
            the Secretary assigns each campus a unique numeric identifier;
            and
                (5) annually create and make public an updated crosswalk
            indicating changes in unique numeric identifiers assigned to
            campuses, including changes that result from the establishment
            of new locations, the closing of campuses, and changes in
            ownership and affiliation.

    SEC. 9006. QUESTIONS ON FOOD AND HOUSING INSECURITY IN NATIONAL
                  POSTSECONDARY STUDENT AID STUDY.

        For purposes of each National Postsecondary Student Aid Study
    conducted after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of
    Education shall include questions that measure rates of food and
    housing insecurity in the National Postsecondary Student Aid Study.

    SEC. 9007. DISAGGREGATION OF DATA USING RACIAL GROUPS.

        (a) Study Required.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the
    enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall carry out a
    study on the feasability of disaggregating data reported under the
    Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) to the Secretary
    using the racial groups identified by the American Community Survey of
    the Bureau of the Census.
        (b) Elements.--The study required by subsection (a) shall, with
    respect to the data described such subsection--
                (1) survey each method by which such data reported to the
            Secretary is disaggregated by race;
                (2) survey each method by which the Secretary disaggregates
            such data by race; and
                (3) in the case of such data that are reported to the
            Secretary and are not disaggregated by race using the racial
            groups identified by the American Community Survey of the
            Bureau of the Census, the feasibility of dissagregating such
            data using such racial groups.
        (c) Best Practices.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the
    enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall issue best
    practices with respect to dissagregating data reported to the Secretary
    using the racial groups identified by the American Community Survey of
    the Bureau of the Census.

    SEC. 9008. ACCESSIBLE INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS AND TECHNOLOGY.

        (a) Establishment of Commission.--The Speaker of the House of
    Representatives, the President pro tempore of the Senate, and the
    Secretary of Education shall establish an independent commission,
    comprised of key stakeholders, to develop guidelines for accessible
    postsecondary electronic instructional materials and related
    technologies in order--
                (1) to ensure students with disabilities are afforded the
            same educational benefits provided to students without
            disabilities through the use of electronic instructional
            materials and related technologies;
                (2) to improve the selection and use of such materials and
            technologies at institutions of higher education; and
                (3) to encourage entities that produce such materials and
            technologies to make accessible versions more readily available
            in the market.
        (b) Review.--In carrying out subsection (a), the commission shall--
                (1) review applicable information technology accessibility
            standards; and
                (2) compile and annotate such accessibility standards as an
            additional information resource for institutions of higher
            education and companies that service the higher education
            market.
        (c) Membership.--
                (1) Stakeholder groups.--The commission shall be composed
            of representatives from the following categories:
                        (A) Communities of persons with disabilities for
                    whom the accessibility of postsecondary electronic
                    instructional materials and related technologies is a
                    significant factor in ensuring equal participation in
                    higher education, and nonprofit organizations that
                    provide accessible electronic materials to these
                    communities.
                        (B) Higher education leadership, including
                    institution of higher education presidents, provosts,
                    deans, vice presidents or deans of libraries, chief
                    information officers, and other senior institutional
                    executives.
                        (C) Developers of postsecondary electronic
                    instructional materials and manufacturers of related
                    technologies.
                (2) Appointment of members.--The commission members shall
            be appointed as follows:
                        (A) Six members, two from each category described
                    in paragraph (1), shall be appointed by the Speaker of
                    the House of Representatives, three of whom shall be
                    appointed on the recommendation of the majority leader
                    of the House of Representatives and three of whom shall
                    be appointed on the recommendation of the minority
                    leader of the House of Representatives, with the
                    Speaker ensuring that 1 developer of postsecondary
                    electronic instructional materials and 1 manufacturer
                    of related technologies are appointed. The Speaker
                    shall also appoint 2 additional members, 1 student with
                    a disability and 1 faculty member from an institution
                    of higher education.
                        (B) Six members, two from each category described
                    in paragraph (1), shall be appointed by the President
                    pro tempore of the Senate, three of whom shall be
                    appointed on the recommendation of the majority leader
                    of the Senate and three of whom shall be appointed on
                    the recommendation of the minority leader of the
                    Senate, with the President pro tempore ensuring that 1
                    developer of postsecondary electronic instructional
                    materials and 1 manufacturer of related technologies
                    are appointed. The President pro tempore shall also
                    appoint 2 additional members, 1 student with a
                    disability and 1 faculty member from an institution of
                    higher education.
                        (C) 3 members, each of whom must possess extensive,
                    demonstrated technical expertise in the development and
                    implementation of accessible postsecondary electronic
                    instructional materials, shall be appointed by the
                    Secretary of Education. One of these members shall
                    represent postsecondary students with disabilities, one
                    shall represent higher education leadership, and one
                    shall represent developers of postsecondary electronic
                    instructional materials.
                (3) Eligibility to serve as a member.--Federal employees
            are ineligible for appointment to the commission. An appointee
            to a volunteer or advisory position with a Federal agency or
            related advisory body may be appointed to the commission so
            long as his or her primary employment is with a non-Federal
            entity and he or she is not otherwise engaged in financially
            compensated work on behalf of the Federal Government, exclusive
            of any standard expense reimbursement or grant-funded
            activities.
        (d) Authority and Administration.--
                (1) Authority.--The commission's execution of its duties
            shall be independent of the Secretary of Education, the
            Attorney General, and the head of any other agency or
            department of the Federal Government with regulatory or
            standard setting authority in the areas addressed by the
            commission.
                (2) Administration.--
                        (A) Staffing.--There shall be no permanent staffing
                    for the commission.
                        (B) Leadership.--Commission members shall elect a
                    chairperson from among the appointees to the
                    commission.
                        (C) Administrative support.--The Commission shall
                    be provided administrative support, as needed, by the
                    Secretary of Education through the Office of
                    Postsecondary Education of the Department of Education.
        (e) Duties.--
                (1) Guidelines.--Not later than 18 months after the date of
            enactment of this Act, subject to a 6-month extension that it
            may exercise at its discretion, the commission shall--
                        (A) develop and issue guidelines for accessible
                    postsecondary electronic instructional materials, and
                    related technologies; and
                        (B) in developing the guidelines, the commission
                    shall--
                                (i) establish a technical panel pursuant to
                            paragraph (4) to support the commission in
                            developing the guidelines;
                                (ii) develop criteria for determining which
                            materials and technologies constitute
                            postsecondary electronic instructional
                            materials and related technologies;
                                (iii) identify existing national and
                            international accessibility standards that are
                            relevant to student use of postsecondary
                            electronic instructional materials and related
                            technologies at institutions of higher
                            education;
                                (iv) identify and address any unique
                            pedagogical and accessibility requirements of
                            postsecondary electronic instructional
                            materials and related technologies that are not
                            addressed, or not adequately addressed, by the
                            identified, relevant existing accessibility
                            standards;
                                (v) identify those aspects of
                            accessibility, and types of postsecondary
                            instructional materials and related
                            technologies, for which the commission cannot
                            produce guidelines or which cannot be addressed
                            by existing accessibility standards due to--
                                        (I) inherent limitations of
                                    commercially available technologies; or
                                        (II) the challenges posed by a
                                    specific category of disability that
                                    covers a wide spectrum of impairments
                                    and capabilities which makes it
                                    difficult to assess the benefits from
                                    particular guidelines on a categorical
                                    basis;
                                (vi) ensure that the guidelines are
                            consistent with the requirements of section 504
                            of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C.
                            794) and titles II and III of the Americans
                            with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. 12131 et seq.;
                            42 U.S.C. 12181 et seq.);
                                (vii) ensure that the guidelines are
                            consistent, to the extent feasible and
                            appropriate, with the technical and functional
                            performance criteria included in the national
                            and international accessibility standards
                            identified by the commission as relevant to
                            student use of postsecondary electronic
                            instructional materials and related
                            technologies;
                                (viii) allow for the use of an alternative
                            design or technology that results in
                            substantially equivalent or greater
                            accessibility and usability by individuals with
                            disabilities than would be provided by
                            compliance with the guidelines; and
                                (ix) provide that where electronic
                            instructional materials, or related
                            technologies, that comply fully with the
                            guidelines are not commercially available, or
                            where such compliance is not technically
                            feasible, the institution may select the
                            product that best meets the guidelines
                            consistent with the institution's business and
                            pedagogical needs.
                (2) Annotated list of information technology standards.--
            Not later than 18 months after the date of the enactment of
            this Act, subject to a 6-month extension that it may exercise
            at its discretion, the commission established in section 2
            shall, with the assistance of the technical panel established
            under paragraph (4), develop and issue an annotated list of
            information technology standards.
                (3) Approval.--Issuance of the guidelines and annotated
            list of information technology standards shall require approval
            of at least 75 percent of the members of the commission.
                (4) Technical panel.--Not later than 1 month after first
            meeting, the Commission shall appoint and convene a panel of 12
            technical experts, each of whom shall have extensive,
            demonstrated technical experience in developing, researching,
            or implementing accessible postsecondary electronic
            instructional materials, or related technologies. The
            commission has discretion to determine a process for
            nominating, vetting, and confirming a panel of experts that
            fairly represents the stakeholder communities on the
            commission. The technical panel shall include a representative
            from the United States Access Board.
        (f) Review of Guidelines.--Not later than 5 years after issuance of
    the guidelines and annotated list of information technology standards
    described in subsections (a) and (b), and every 5 years thereafter, the
    Secretary of Education shall publish a notice in the Federal Register
    requesting public comment about whether there is a need to reconstitute
    the commission to update the guidelines and annotated list of
    information technology standards to reflect technological advances,
    changes in postsecondary electronic instructional materials and related
    technologies, or updated national and international accessibility
    standards. The Secretary shall then submit a report and recommendation
    to Congress regarding whether the Commission should be reconstituted.
        (g) Rule of Application.--
                (1) Nonconforming postsecondary electronic instructional
            materials or related technologies.--Nothing in this section
            shall be construed to require an institution of higher
            education to require, provide, or both recommend and provide,
            postsecondary electronic instructional materials or related
            technologies that conform to the guidelines. However, an
            institution that selects or uses nonconforming postsecondary
            electronic instructional materials or related technologies must
            otherwise comply with existing obligations under section 504 of
            the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794) and titles II
            and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. 12131
            et seq.; 42 U.S.C. 12181 et seq.) to provide access to the
            educational benefit afforded by such materials and technologies
            through provision of appropriate and reasonable modification,
            accommodation, and auxiliary aids or services.
                (2) Relationship to existing laws and regulations.--With
            respect to the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42
            U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29
            U.S.C. 701 et seq.), nothing in this Act may be construed--
                        (A) to authorize or require conduct prohibited
                    under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and
                    the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, including the
                    regulations issued pursuant to those laws;
                        (B) to expand, limit, or alter the remedies or
                    defenses under the Americans with Disabilities Act of
                    1990 and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973;
                        (C) to supersede, restrict, or limit the
                    application of the Americans with Disabilities Act of
                    1990 and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; or
                        (D) to limit the authority of Federal agencies to
                    issue regulations pursuant to the Americans with
                    Disabilities Act of 1990 and the Rehabilitation Act of
                    1973.
        (h) Definitions.--In this section:
                (1) Annotated list of information technology standards.--
            The term ``annotated list of information technology standards''
            means a list of existing national and international
            accessibility standards relevant to student use of
            postsecondary electronic instructional materials and related
            technologies, and to other types of information technology
            common to institutions of higher education, such as
            institutional websites or registration systems, annotated by
            the commission established pursuant to this section. The
            annotated list of information technology standards is intended
            to serve solely as a reference tool to inform any consideration
            of the relevance of such standards in higher education
            contexts.
                (2) Postsecondary electronic instructional materials.--The
            term ``postsecondary electronic instructional materials'' means
            digital curricular content that is required, provided, or both
            recommended and provided by an institution of higher education
            for use in a postsecondary instructional program.
                (3) Related technologies.--The term ``related
            technologies'' refers to any software, applications, learning
            management or content management systems, and hardware that an
            institution of higher education requires, provides, or both
            recommends and provides for student access to and use of
            postsecondary electronic instructional materials in a
            postsecondary instructional program.
                (4) Technical panel.--The term ``technical panel'' means a
            group of experts with extensive, demonstrated technical
            experience in the development and implementation of
            accessibility features for postsecondary electronic
            instructional materials and related technologies, established
            by the Commission pursuant to subsection (e)(4), which will
            assist the commission in the development of the guidelines and
            annotated list of information technology standards authorized
            under this section.

                       TITLE X--AMENDMENTS TO OTHER LAWS

                   PART A--EDUCATION OF THE DEAF ACT OF 1986

    SEC. 10001. COMPOSITION OF BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

        Section 103(a)(1) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20
    U.S.C. 4303(a)(1)) is amended--
                (1) by striking ``twenty-one'' and inserting ``twenty-
            three'';
                (2) in subparagraph (A)--
                        (A) by striking ``three'' and inserting ``four'';
                    and
                        (B) in clause (i)--
                                (i) by striking ``one'' and inserting
                            ``two''; and
                                (ii) by striking ``Senator'' and inserting
                            ``Senators''; and
                (3) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``eighteen'' and
            inserting ``nineteen''.

    SEC. 10002. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS OF LAURENT CLERC NATIONAL DEAF
                  EDUCATION CENTER.

        Section 104(b)(5) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20
    U.S.C. 4304(b)(5)) is amended to read as follows:
                ``(5) The University, for purposes of the elementary and
            secondary education programs carried out by the Clerc Center,
            shall--
                        ``(A)(i)(I) provide an assurance to the Secretary
                    that the University has adopted and is implementing
                    challenging State academic standards that meet the
                    requirements of section 1111(b)(1) of the Elementary
                    and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                    6311(b)(1));
                        ``(II) demonstrate to the Secretary that the
                    University is implementing a set of high-quality
                    student academic assessments in mathematics, reading or
                    language arts, and science, and any other subjects
                    chosen by the University, that meet the requirements of
                    section 1111(b)(2) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2));
                    and
                        ``(III) demonstrate to the Secretary that the
                    University is implementing an accountability system
                    consistent with section 1111(c) of such Act (20 U.S.C.
                    6311(c)); or
                        ``(ii)(I) select the challenging State academic
                    standards and State academic assessments of a State,
                    adopted and implemented, as appropriate, pursuant to
                    paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 1111(b) of such Act
                    (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)); and
                        ``(II) adopt the accountability system, consistent
                    with section 1111(c) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 6311(c)),
                    of such State; and
                        ``(B) publicly report, except in a case in which
                    such reporting would not yield statistically reliable
                    information or would reveal personally identifiable
                    information about an individual student--
                                ``(i) the results of the academic
                            assessments implemented under subparagraph (A);
                            and
                                ``(ii) the results of the annual evaluation
                            of the programs at the Clerc Center, as
                            determined using the accountability system
                            adopted under subparagraph (A).''.

    SEC. 10003. FEDERAL ENDOWMENT PROGRAMS FOR GALLAUDET UNIVERSITY AND THE
                  NATIONAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE FOR THE DEAF.

        Section 207 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C.
    4357) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (e), by striking ``(and its non-Federal
            match)''; and
                (2) in subsection (g)(1), by striking ``amounts contributed
            to the fund from non-Federal sources, and'' and inserting ``and
            the related''.

    PART B--TRIBALLY CONTROLLED COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES ASSISTANCE ACT OF
                                      1978

    SEC. 10101. TRIBALLY CONTROLLED COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES ASSISTANCE
                  ACT OF 1978.

        (a) Definitions.--Section 2 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges and
    Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a)--
                        (A) in paragraph (4), by striking ``or has been
                    formally'' and inserting ``and has been formally'';
                        (B) in paragraph (7), by adding ``and'' at the end;
                        (C) in paragraph (8), by striking ``; and'' and
                    inserting a period; and
                        (D) by striking paragraph (9); and
                (2) in subsection (b)--
                        (A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
                ``(1) Such number shall be calculated based on the number
            of Indian students who are enrolled--
                        ``(A) at the conclusion of the third week of each
                    academic term; or
                        ``(B) on the fifth day of a shortened program
                    beginning after the conclusion of the third full week
                    of an academic term.'';
                        (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``for purposes of
                    obtaining'' and inserting ``solely for the purpose of
                    obtaining'';
                        (C) in paragraph (4)--
                                (i) By striking ``students'' and inserting
                            ``individuals 16 years of age or older''; and
                                (ii) by striking ``credit hours.'' and
                            inserting ``credit hours, except that the
                            provisions of paragraphs (1) and (3) shall not
                            apply to any determination under this
                            paragraph.'';
                        (D) in paragraph (5)--
                                (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                        (I) by inserting ``hour'' after
                                    ``credit'';
                                        (II) by striking ``in the case of
                                    an institution on a quarter system, or
                                    15 contact hours in the case of an
                                    institution on a semester system,'';
                                    and
                                        (III) by striking ``and'' at the
                                    end;
                                (ii) by redesignating subparagraph (B) as
                            subparagraph (C); and
                                (iii) by inserting after subparagraph (A)
                            the following:
                        ``(B) shall be determined as one academic credit
                    hour for every three continuing education program
                    credits earned in the case of an institution on a
                    semester system (which may be adjusted by the
                    Secretary, if necessary, for institutions using
                    academic periods other than semesters, such as
                    trimesters or quarters); and''; and
                        (E) by inserting after paragraph (5), the
                    following:
                ``(6) Enrollment data from the prior-prior academic year
            shall be used.''.
        (b) Authorization of Appropriations.--
                (1) In general.--The Tribally Controlled Colleges and
            Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.) is
            amended by inserting after section 2 (25 U.S.C. 1801), the
            following:

                       ``authorization of appropriations

        ``Sec. 3.  (a)(1) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry
    out sections 105, 107, 112(b), and 113 such sums as may be necessary
    for fiscal year 2021 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.
        ``(2) Funds appropriated pursuant to the authorization under
    paragraph (1) shall be transferred by the Secretary of the Treasury
    through the most expeditious method available, with each of the
    tribally controlled colleges or universities being designated as its
    own certifying agency.
        ``(b) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out title
    III such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2021 and each of the
    five succeeding fiscal years. Any funds appropriated pursuant to this
    subsection are authorized to remain available until expended.
        ``(c) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out titles
    IV and V such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2021 and each of
    the five succeeding fiscal years.
        ``(d)(1) For the purpose of affording adequate notice of funding
    available under this Act, amounts appropriated in an appropriation Act
    for any fiscal year to carry out this Act shall become available for
    obligation on July 1 of that fiscal year and shall remain available
    until September 30 of the succeeding fiscal year.
        ``(2) In order to effect a transition to the forward funding method
    of timing appropriation action described in paragraph (1), there are
    authorized to be appropriated, in an appropriation Act or Acts for the
    same fiscal year, two separate appropriations to carry out this Act,
    the first of which shall not be subject to paragraph (1).''.
                (2) Conforming amendments.--
                        (A) Section 110 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges
                    and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C.
                    1810) is repealed.
                        (B) Section 111 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges
                    and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C.
                    1811) is amended by striking ``110(a)(2)'' and
                    inserting ``3(a)(2)''.
                        (C) Section 306 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges
                    and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C.
                    1836) is repealed.
                        (D) Title III of the Tribally Controlled Colleges
                    and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1831
                    et seq.) is amended by striking ``section 306'' each
                    place it appears and inserting ``section 3(b)''
                        (E) Section 403 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges
                    and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C.
                    1852) is repealed.
                        (F) Section 502 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges
                    and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C.
                    1862) is amended--
                                (i) in subsection (a), by striking
                            ``Subject to the availability of
                            appropriations, for fiscal year 2009 and each
                            fiscal year thereafter,'' and inserting ``From
                            the amount made available under section 3(c)
                            for each fiscal year,''; and
                                (ii) in subsection (d)(1), by striking
                            ``For fiscal year 2009 and each fiscal year
                            thereafter, of amounts made available pursuant
                            to section 504,'' and inserting ``From the
                            amount made available under section 3(c) for
                            each fiscal year,''.
                        (G) Section 504 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges
                    and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C.
                    1864) is repealed.
        (c) Annual Report on Emerging Tribal Colleges.--Section 104 of the
    Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978
    (25 U.S.C. 1804a) is amended to read as follows:

                  ``annual report on emerging tribal colleges

        ``Sec. 104. Not later than December 31 of each year, the Secretary
    shall submit a report to the Senate Committee on Indian Affairs, the
    Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, the House
    Committee on Natural Resources, the House Committee on Education and
    Labor, the Senate Appropriations Subcommittee on the Interior, and the
    House Appropriations Subcommittee on the Interior on developing and
    emerging tribally controlled colleges or universities. Such report
    shall include information on--
                ``(1) inquiries received by the Secretary from federally
            recognized Indian Tribes and tribal organizations regarding the
            process for establishing a tribally controlled college or
            university;
                ``(2) the status of ongoing efforts to establish tribally
            controlled colleges or universities;
                ``(3) the geographic location, current and projected size,
            and anticipated application time frame of each reported
            institution; and
                ``(4) such other data as the Secretary may deem
            relevant.''.
        (d) Eligibility Studies.--Section 106 of the Tribally Controlled
    Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1806) is
    amended--
                (1) in subsection (b), by striking ``for the fiscal year
            succeeding'' and inserting ``for the second fiscal year
            succeeding''; and
                (2) in subsection (c), by striking ``drawn from'' and all
            that follows through the period at the end and inserting
            ``drawn from the general administrative appropriations to the
            Secretary.''
        (e) Grants to Tribally Controlled Colleges or Universities.--
    Section 107 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities
    Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1807) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (c), by striking ``given to
            institutions'' and all that follows through the period at the
            end and inserting ``given to institutions which received
            payments under this title in fiscal year 2019 or were
            affiliated with an institution which received payments under
            this title in fiscal year 2019.''; and
                (2) in subsection (d), by inserting ``higher education''
            after ``national Indian'' both places it appears.
        (f) Amount of Grants.--Section 108 of the Tribally Controlled
    Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1808) is
    amended--
                (1) by striking subsection (a)(2) and inserting the
            following:
                ``(2) Exceptions.--
                        ``(A) If the sum appropriated for any fiscal year
                    for payments under this section is not sufficient to
                    pay in full the total amount that approved applicants
                    are eligible to receive under this section for such
                    fiscal year, the Secretary shall first allocate to each
                    such applicant that received funds under this part for
                    the preceding fiscal year an amount equal to 100
                    percent of the product of the per capita payment for
                    the preceding fiscal year and such applicant's Indian
                    student count for the current program year, plus an
                    amount equal to the actual cost of any increase to the
                    per capita figure resulting from inflationary increases
                    to necessary costs beyond the institution's control.
                        ``(B) The amount of a grant under paragraph (1)
                    shall not exceed an amount equal to the total cost of
                    the education program provided by the applicable
                    tribally controlled college or university.''; and
                (2) in subsection (b)(1)--
                        (A) by striking ``of the funds available for
                    allotment by October 15 or no later than 14 days after
                    appropriations become available'' and inserting ``of
                    the amounts appropriated for any fiscal year on or
                    before July 1 of that fiscal year''; and
                        (B) by striking ``January 1'' and inserting
                    ``September 30''.
        (g) Report on Facilities.--Section 112 of the Tribally Controlled
    Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1812) is
    amended to read as follows:

                             ``report on facilities

        ``Sec. 112.  (a) The Secretary shall provide for the conduct of a
    study on the condition of tribally controlled college or university
    facilities, which, for purposes of this section, shall include the
    facilities of a Tribal College or University, as defined in section
    316(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c(b)). Such
    study shall identify the need for new construction, renovation, and
    infrastructure enhancements of tribally controlled college or
    university facilities.
        ``(b) The study required in subsection (a) may be conducted
    directly by the Secretary or by contract.
        ``(c) A report on the results of the study required in subsection
    (a) shall be submitted to the Senate Committee on Indian Affairs, the
    Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, the House
    Committee on Natural Resources, the House Committee on Education and
    Labor, the Senate Appropriations Subcommittee on the Interior, and the
    House Appropriations Subcommittee on the Interior not later than 18
    months after the date of the enactment of the College Affordability
    Act.''.
        (h) Modification of Facilities Program.--Section 113 of the
    Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978
    (25 U.S.C. 1813) is amended--
                (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``of the Administrator
            of General Services under section 112(a) of this Act'' and
            inserting ``under section 112(c)'';
                (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``a tribally controlled
            college or university--'' and all that follows through the
            period at the end and inserting ``a tribally controlled college
            or university shall be a Tribal College or University, as
            defined in section 316(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965
            (20 U.S.C. 1059c(b)).'';
                (3) by redesignating subsections (d) through (f) as
            subsections (e) through (g), respectively; and
                (4) by inserting after subsection (c) the following:
        ``(d) Activities eligible for a grant under this section shall be
    activities that address a wide variety of facilities and infrastructure
    needs including--
                ``(1) building of new facilities;
                ``(2) renovating or expanding existing or acquired
            facilities;
                ``(3) providing new and existing facilities with equipment
            and infrastructure, including laboratory equipment, computer
            infrastructure and equipment, broadband infrastructure and
            equipment, library books, and furniture; and
                ``(4) property acquisition.''.
        (i) Conforming Amendment for the Navajo Tribe.--Section 114(a) of
    the Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of
    1978 (25 U.S.C. 1814(a)) is amended striking ``The Navajo'' and
    inserting ``Except as provided in sections 112 and 113, the Navajo''.
        (j) Rules and Regulations.--Section 115 of the Tribally Controlled
    Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1815) is
    repealed.
        (k) Endowment Grants.--Section 302 of the Tribally Controlled
    Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1832) is
    amended by adding at the end the following:
        ``(c) The period of a grant under this section shall be not more
    than 20 years. During the grant period, an institution may withdraw and
    expend interest income generated by the endowment for any operating or
    academic purpose. An institution may not withdraw or expend any of the
    endowment fund corpus. After the termination of the grant period, an
    institution may use the endowment fund corpus for any operating or
    academic purpose.
        ``(d)(1) If at any time during the grant period an institution
    withdraws part of the endowment fund corpus, the institution shall
    repay to the Secretary an amount equal to 150 percent of the withdrawn
    amount. The Secretary may use up to 75 percent of such repaid funds to
    make additional endowment grants to, or to increase existing endowment
    grants at, other eligible institutions.
        ``(2) Notwithstanding subsection (c) and paragraph(1), the
    Secretary may allow an institution to expend part of the endowment fund
    corpus if the institution demonstrates such an expenditure is necessary
    because of--
                ``(A) a financial emergency, such as a pending insolvency
            or temporary liquidity problem;
                ``(B) a life-threatening situation occasioned by a natural
            disaster or arson; or
                ``(C) any other unusual occurrence or exigent
            circumstance.''.
        (l) Participation of Tribally Controlled Postsecondary Career and
    Technical Institutions Under Other Titles.--Section 503(a) of the
    Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978
    (25 U.S.C. 1863(a)) is amended to read as follows:
        ``(a) Participation of Tribally Controlled Postsecondary Career and
    Technical Institutions Under Other Titles.--For purposes of the
    preceding titles of this Act, a tribally controlled postsecondary
    career and technical institution shall not be considered to be a
    tribally controlled college or university except as follows:
                ``(1) For purposes of section 105(a)(1), the Secretary
            shall provide, upon request from a tribally controlled
            postsecondary career and technical institution, technical
            assistance either directly or through contract.
                ``(2) For purposes of section 113, title III, and title IV,
            a tribally controlled postsecondary career and technical
            institution shall be considered to be a tribally controlled
            college or university.''.
        (m) Clerical Amendments.--The Tribally Controlled Colleges and
    Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.), as
    amended by the preceding provisions of this section, is further
    amended--
                (1) by striking ``Bureau of Indian Affairs'' each place it
            appears and inserting ``Bureau of Indian Education'';
                (2) by striking ``Navajo Community College Act'' each place
            it appears and inserting ``Dine College Act''; and
                (3) in section 109 (25 U.S.C. 1809), by redesignating the
            second subsection (c) as subsection (d).

       PART C--STRENGTHENING PROGRAM ALIGNMENT FOR POSTSECONDARY PERKINS
                    CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

    SEC. 10201. STRENGTHENING PROGRAM ALIGNMENT FOR POSTSECONDARY PERKINS
                  CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS.

        (a) Authorization of Appropriations.--
                (1) In general.--There are authorized to be appropriated to
            carry out this section $181,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and
            each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
                (2) Outlying areas.--In addition to the amounts authorized
            to be appropriated under paragraph (1), there are authorized to
            be appropriated $1,520,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the
            5 succeeding fiscal years, for the purpose of awarding funds to
            carry out this section to the outlying areas described in
            section 115(a) of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical
            Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2325(a)).
                (3) Tribally controlled postsecondary career and technical
            institutions.--In addition to the amounts authorized to be
            appropriated under paragraphs (1) and (2), there are authorized
            to be appropriated $10,469,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of
            the 5 succeeding fiscal years, for the purpose of awarding
            funds to carry out this section to tribally controlled
            postsecondary career and technical institutions described in
            section 117(a) of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical
            Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2327(a)).
        (b) Allotment and Allocation.--
                (1) State allotment.--
                        (A) In general.--From the amount appropriated under
                    subsection (a)(1) for each fiscal year, the Secretary
                    of Education shall allot funds to States in the same
                    manner as allotments are made to States under 111(a)(2)
                    of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education
                    Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2321(a)(2)), except that such
                    section 111(a)(2) shall be applied by substituting
                    ``From the amount appropriated under subsection
                    (a)(1),'' for ``From the remainder of the amount
                    appropriated under section 9 and not reserved under
                    paragraph (1) for a fiscal year,''.
                        (B) Reallotment.--If for any fiscal year the amount
                    appropriated for allotments under this paragraph is
                    insufficient to satisfy the provisions of subparagraph
                    (A), the payments to all States under such subparagraph
                    shall be ratably reduced.
                (2) Requirements for state allotment.--From the amount
            allotted to each State under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year,
            the eligible agency shall use such funds in the same manner and
            in the same amounts as described in paragraphs (2) and (3) of
            section 112(a) of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical
            Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2321(a)).
                (3) Eligible recipient allocation.--
                        (A) In general.--From the amount allotted to each
                    State under paragraph (1) and not used under paragraph
                    (2) for a fiscal year, the eligible agency shall
                    allocate funds to each eligible recipient within the
                    State in the same manner that funds are allocated to
                    eligible institutions or consortium of eligible
                    institutions under section 132(a)(2) of the Carl D.
                    Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20
                    U.S.C. 2352(a)(2)), except that such section 132(a)(2)
                    shall be applied by substituting ``the amount allotted
                    to the State under paragraph (1) and not used under
                    paragraph (2)'' for ``the portion of funds made
                    available under section 112(a)(1) to carry out this
                    section''.
                        (B) Requirements for allocation.--To receive an
                    allocation under subparagraph (A), an eligible
                    recipient shall meet the following requirements:
                                (i) Provide a description to the Secretary,
                            at such time and in such manner, as may be
                            required by the Secretary of how the eligible
                            recipient will use the allocation to support
                            and coordinate with--
                                        (I) any funds received by such
                                    eligible recipient under title I of the
                                    Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical
                                    Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2321
                                    et seq.); and
                                        (II) the activities described in
                                    the State plan of the eligible agency
                                    that distributes funds under such title
                                    to such eligible recipient, and local
                                    application of such eligible recipient
                                    under such title.
                                (ii) Establish partnerships with each of
                            the following:
                                        (I) A local educational agency or a
                                    consortia of local educational
                                    agencies.
                                        (II) An area career and technical
                                    education school, in a case in which
                                    such a school is located in the State
                                    or local area of the eligible
                                    recipient.
                                        (III) A State or local workforce
                                    development system.
                                        (IV) A 4-year institution of higher
                                    education.
                (4) Allotments to outlying areas.--From funds appropriated
            under subsection (a)(2), the Secretary shall--
                        (A) make a grant in the amount of $660,000 to Guam;
                        (B) make a grant in the amount of $350,000 to each
                    of the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands and
                    American Samoa; and
                        (C) make a grant in the amount of $160,000 to the
                    Republic of Palau.
        (c) Uses of Funds.--
                (1) In general.--Each eligible recipient that receives an
            allocation under subsection (b)(2) shall use such allocation to
            carry out a career and technical education program of study
            that shall--
                        (A) include alignment to career pathways, the use
                    of articulation agreements, and career guidance and
                    academic counseling;
                        (B) combine a minimum of 2 years of secondary
                    education (as determined under State law) with a
                    minimum of 2 years of postsecondary education in a
                    nonduplicative, sequential course of study;
                        (C) include work-based learning or apprenticeship
                    programs;
                        (D) be aligned with--
                                (i) the workforce development system; and
                                (ii) institutions of higher education
                            offering baccalaureate or advanced degree
                            programs;
                        (E) offer education and training in high-skill,
                    high-wage, or in-demand industry sectors and
                    occupations to meet the regional needs and support the
                    priorities described in the most recent comprehensive
                    local needs assessment conducted by the eligible
                    recipient under section 134(c) of the Carl D. Perkins
                    Career and Technical Education Act (20 U.S.C. 2354(c));
                    and
                        (F) carry out the requirements of subparagraph (A),
                    (B), (C), (D), or (E) of paragraph (2).
                (2) Requirements.--Each career and technical education
            program of study described in paragraph (1) shall carry out at
            least one of the following:
                        (A) Supporting the development, delivery, or
                    implementation of a statewide effort to scale such
                    program of study and career pathways.
                        (B) Establishing industry or sector partnerships
                    inside or outside the State.
                        (C) Providing equal access to, and supports for,
                    successful completion of the career and technical
                    education program of study to individuals who are
                    members of special populations, including the
                    development of services appropriate to the needs of
                    special populations.
                        (D) Improving career guidance, academic counseling,
                    and career exploration activities for prospective or
                    participating students through the development and
                    implementation of graduation and career plans aligned
                    to career pathways.
                        (E) Developing curriculum and supports for
                    effective transitions between the following:
                                (i) The transition from a secondary career
                            and technical education program to a
                            postsecondary career and technical education
                            program.
                                (ii) The transition from postsecondary
                            career and technical education programs to an
                            institution of higher education offering a
                            baccalaureate or an advanced degree program.
                                (iii) The transition from a workforce
                            development system to a postsecondary career
                            and technical education program.
                                (iv) The transition from a postsecondary
                            career and technical education program to
                            employment.
                                (v) The transition from a career and
                            technical education program to an
                            apprenticeship program or from an
                            apprenticeship program to an institution of
                            higher education or employment.
                (3) Restriction on uses of funds.--Each eligible recipient
            that receives an allocation under subsection (b)(2) shall not
            use more than 5 percent of such allocation for costs associated
            with the administration of activities.
        (d) Definitions.--In this section:
                (1) Apprenticeship program.--The term ``apprenticeship
            program'' means an apprenticeship registered under the Act of
            August 16, 1937 (commonly known as the ``National
            Apprenticeship Act''; 50 Stat. 664, chapter 663; 29 U.S.C. 50
            et seq.).
                (2) Eligible recipient.--The term ``eligible recipient''
            has the meaning given the term in section 3(21)(B) of the Carl
            D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 1965 (20
            U.S.C. 2302(21)(B)).
                (3) Institution of higher education.--The term
            ``institution of higher education'' has the meaning given such
            term in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
            U.S.C. 1001).
                (4) Local educational agency.--The term ``local educational
            agency'' has the meaning given such term in section 8101 of the
            Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
            7801).
                (5) Perkins cte terms.--The terms ``articulation
            agreement'', ``area career and technical education school'',
            ``career and technical education'', ``eligible agency'',
            ``program of study'', ``special population'', and ``work-based
            learning'' have the meanings given the terms in section 3 of
            the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006
            (20 U.S.C. 2302).
                (6) State.--The term ``State'' has the meaning given the
            term in section 111(d) of the Carl D. Perkins Career and
            Technical Education Act of 2006.
                (7) WIOA terms.--The terms ``career pathway'', ``workforce
            development system'', ``in-demand industry sector or
            occupation'', and ``industry or sector partnership'' have the
            meanings given the terms in section 3 of the Workforce
            Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3201).

                    PART E--GENERAL EDUCATION PROVISIONS ACT

    SEC. 10301. RELEASE OF EDUCATION RECORDS TO FACILITATE THE AWARD OF A
                  RECOGNIZED POSTSECONDARY CREDENTIAL.

        Section 444(b) of the General Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C.
    1232g(b)) is amended--
                (1) in paragraph (1)--
                        (A) in subparagraph (K)(ii), by striking ``; and''
                    and inserting a semicolon; and
                        (B) in subparagraph (L), by striking the period at
                    the end and inserting ``; and''; and
                (2) by inserting after subparagraph (L) the following:
                ``(M) an institution of postsecondary education in which
            the student was previously enrolled, to which records of
            postsecondary coursework and credits are sent for the purpose
            of applying such coursework and credits toward completion of a
            recognized postsecondary credential (as that term is defined in
            section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (29
            U.S.C. 3102)), upon condition that the student provides written
            consent prior to receiving such credential.''.

                 PART F--EDUCATION SCIENCES REFORM ACT OF 2002

    SEC. 10401. INCLUSION OF RACIAL SUBGROUPS IN IPEDS DATA.

        Section 153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (20
    U.S.C. 9543(a)(3)) is amended--
                (1) by striking ``feasible, information'' and inserting the
            following: ``feasible--
                        ``(A) information'';
                (2) by inserting ``and'' after the semicolon; and
                (3) by adding at the end the following:
                        ``(B) information from the Integrated Postsecondary
                    Education Data Survey, the postsecondary student data
                    system established under section 132(l), or a successor
                    system (whichever includes the most recent data), that
                    is disaggregated by race in a manner that captures all
                    the racial groups specified in the American Community
                    Survey of the Bureau of the Census;''.

                    PART G--UNITED STATES INSTITUTE OF PEACE

    SEC. 10501. REAUTHORIZATION OF THE UNITED STATES INSTITUTE OF PEACE.

        Section 1710 of the United States Institute of Peace Act (22 U.S.C.
    4609) is amended in subsection (a)(1) by striking ``fiscal years 2009
    through 2014'' and inserting ``fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5
    succeeding fiscal years''.
                                     <all>